Francine Shapiro Library ~ EMDR Bibliography

Francine Shapiro Library - EMDR Bibliography Links

Choose any combination of the search options below. If you do not wish to include an option in your search, leave the box blank, or select "Any."

Year:
Format:
Language:
Title of Article or Chapter:
Title of Book or Journal:
Author's Last Name:
Keywords:

Your Results - you searched for the keyword Affect Regulation Techniques 877 Results

1. Dibajnia, P., Reza Zahirodin, A., & Gheidar, Z. (2012). اثر حساسيت زدایي چشمي حرکتي بر اختلال استرس پس از سانحه [Eye-movement desensitization influence on post-traumatic stress disorder]. Pejouhandeh Journal, 16(7), 322-326.

Language: Persian

Format: Journal

Abstract:
چکيده سابقه و هدف: ا ختلال پس از سانحه ) Post traumatic stress disorder ( با شيوع 5 تاا 15 درصادي در واول زنادگي 3( ماي تواناد اثرات سوء و زيانباري بر فرد و جامعه وارد كند. پژوهش حاضر با هدف بررسي اثرحساسيت زداياي شایي حركتاي Eye movement desensitization reprocessing ( در كاهش نشانه هاي PTSD در اين دسته از بيیاران انجام شده است. مواد و روشها: تعداد 13 بيیار مبتلا به PTSD به وور تصادفي انتخاب و بوسيله روش EMDR تحت درماان رارار گرفتناد. اولاعاات جیعيت شناختي و نوع يادآوري حادثه به وسيله دو پرسشنامه محقق ساخته جیع آوري گرديد. هیچنين ميازان ضاربان رلاف، فشاار خون و تعداد تنفس اين بيیاران ربل و بعد از EMDR اندازه گيري گرديد. داده هاا باه وسايله نارم افازار SPSS.16 و روشاهاي آمااري توصيفي و مجذوركا مورد تجزيه و تحليل ررار گرفتند. یافته ها: 50 % گروه مورد مطالعه در رده سني 19 تا 19 سال ررار دارند و 10 % را زنان تشكيل ميدهند. EMDR به وور باارزي ناوع و گونگي يادآوري سانحه را تغيير داد. ميزان فشار خون، ضربان رلف و تعداد تنفس به وور معناداري هیراه با يادآوري ساانحه افازايش

Background: The 5% to 25% prevalence of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) during life-time can cause irrefutable harms an individuals and society. This research carried out to examine; or not eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) treatment can improve PTSD symptoms. Materials and methods: 71 patients (56 females and 15 males) have been selected randomly. Demographic and kind of trauma-reminding information were collected by two questionnaires. Blood pressure, Heart beating and Breathing numbers before and after EMDR were measured. Data were analyzed by descriptive statistic and Q2 using SPSS software version 16. Results: 59% of patients were under 20-30 years old. 79% were females. According to the results, EMDR resulted to significant reduction of trauma reminding. Blood pressure, heart beating and breathing increased by trauma reminding significantly. ‍Conclusion: EMDR techniques promote improvement of negative symptoms of PTSD.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

2. 大河原美以 [Mii Ogawara] (2004年8月). 子どもが生きるカウンセリング技法(28)EMDR--記憶の中のトラウマを脳が再処理することを促す技法 [Counseling techniques for children to live (28) EMDR - techniques that encourage the brain to reprocess memories of trauma]. Child Study, 58(12), 156-167.

Language: Japanese

Format: Journal

Keywords: Children Counseling Techniques Trauma Memories

Accuracy Verified: Yes

3. 大河原美以 [Mii Ogawara] (2010年1月). 感情制御の発達不全とその回復--嘔吐経験がトラウマとなった小学生事例の治療経過から (第1土曜特集原始感覚と情動--生体防御系としての情動機構とその破綻) [Under developed affect regulation and therapeutic process: Case reports of the children who were traumatized by the experiences of vomiting]. 医学のあゆみ 232(1), 33-37 [History of Medicine, 232(1), 33-37].

Language: Japanese

Format: Journal

Keywords: Elementary School Emotional Regulation Vomiting

Accuracy Verified: Yes

4. 市井雅哉 [Ichii Masaya]. (2002年5月). 焦点2 EMDRとは何か--PTSDに効果? その技法とメカニズム [What is EMDR? Part 2 - PTSD effects? The techniques and mechanisms]. 精神精神保健看護学、5（3）、69-73 [Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing, 5(3), 69-73].

Language: Japanese

Format: Journal

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

5. 孙海霞，杨蕴萍 [Sun Hai Xia, Yang Yun Ping]. (2004, August). 眼动脱敏与再加工治疗现状 [The psychotherapy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing]. 中国临床心理学杂志，2004，12（3）：324 [Chinese Journal of Clinical Psychology, 12(3), 324-326].

Language: Chinese

Format: Journal

Abstract:
眼动脱敏与再加工(Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing ,以下简称EMDR) 由Francine Shapiro 于1987 年创立,最初仅为眼动脱敏( EMD) ,1991 年发展为眼动脱敏与再加工,其中眼动脱敏仅是EMDR 中双侧刺激的一种,而双侧刺激是EMDR 操作中众多组分的一部分。EMDR 是一种整合的心理疗法,它借鉴了控制论(cybernetics) 、精神分析、行为、认知、生理学等多种学派的精华,建构了加速信息处理的模式,帮助患者迅速降低焦虑,并且诱导积极情感、唤起患者对内的洞察、观念转变和行为改变以及加强内部资源,使患者能够达到理想的行为和人际关系改变[1 ] 。本文拟对EMDR 的有关机理与实践应用作一综述。

(Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, hereinafter referred to as EMDR) Francine Shapiro in 1987 by the creation of an initial eye movement desensitization only (EMD), 1991 years of development for the eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, which EMDR eye movement desensitization only in a bilateral stimulation, and EMDR bilateral stimulation is part of the operation of many components. EMDR is an integrated psychological therapy, which draw on the control theory (cybernetics), psychoanalysis, behavioral, cognitive, physiological, and other schools of the essence of information processing to speed up construction of the model, to help patients rapidly reduce anxiety, and induce positive affect, arouse patients insight into the internal, the concept of change and behavior change and the strengthening of internal resources, so that patients can achieve the desired changes in behavior and interpersonal relationships [1]. This paper about the mechanism of EMDR reviews the application and practice.

Keywords: Mechanism of Action Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

6. 熊野宏昭 [Kumano Hiroaki] (1992). 眼球運動により外傷的記憶の脱感作と再体制化を行う技法 [EMDR (Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) - and re-organization techniques to desensitization of traumatic memories by oculomotor]. 心身医学、4、1331から1337 [Psychosomatic Medicine, 4(11), 1331-1337].

Language: Japanese

Format: Journal

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

7. Lanius, U. (2005, April). 'Dissociative processes' and EMDR - Staying connected. Presentation at 3rd Annual Conference of the EMDR Association of UK and Ireland, Jordanstown, Northern Ireland .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: D
issociative processes, common in a wide variety of psychological disorders (e.g., PTSD, Anxiety Disorders, Personality Disorders, Dissociative Disorders, etc.) can interfere with effective EMDR treatment. The information processing system gets overwhelmed and shuts down, thereby barring the integration and resolution of traumatic experience. The workshop presents a model, based on recent developments in neuroscience and the neurobiology of dissociation, that guides therapeutic interventions in general and EMDR treatment in particular. Treatment planning, target selection, the use of both body-oriented (bottom-up processing) versus cognitive and ego-state (top-down processing), and other interventions are discussed. Participants will become familiar with specific interventions designed to minimize dissociative symptoms, as well as techniques that aid clients in becoming reconnected once dissociative processes have occurred. A comprehensive therapeutic approach is described that aids clients with dissociative symptoms to stay connected and thereby enhance the likelihood of efficient information processing during EMDR treatment.

Keywords: Dissociation Dissociative Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

8. Spierings, J. (2011, August). (Non) cognitive interweaves in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with severely damaged clients we can hardly expect EMDR-processing to go smoothly by itself. ‘Just staying out of the way’ is not enough to help these clients process their traumatic material. A more active approach is called for to bring trauma resolution. In EMDR this type of intervening is called ‘(cognitive) interweaving’. The therapist may need to intervene on the process level with process interweaves, in order to keep the client within his window of (affect)tolerance.Or the therapist has to intervene on the content level with content interweaves, when the client gets stuck in a specific problem is unable to solve with the information he has available. In this workshop the participant learns to use process interweaves to modulate the arousal level of the client. In addition to this a toolkit of useful content interweaves is presented, cognitive and non-cognitive, e.g. sensory, physical, humorous, symbolic and spiritual interweaves. The presentation includes metaphors for all kinds of blocks, bits and pieces of psycho-education for specific stuck points, unorthodox, creative or hilarious interweaves to get round resistance, and interweaves to bring reconciliation and forgiveness.

Keywords: (Non) Cognitive Interweaves

Accuracy Verified: Yes

9. Paulsen, S. (2012, October). 31 secrets of the embodied self: Hearing baby’s story in EMDR for trauma in implicit memory. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR targeting relies on explicit memory images and verbalization of cognitions, but attachment trauma is held in the right hemisphere’s implicit memory. Any therapy purporting to treat attachment trauma must meet four criteria (Fosha) (Objective 1). This workshop draws from ego state therapy, somatic therapy, and the Early Trauma protocol of EMDR (Paulsen, in press, O’Shea & Paulsen, 2007) to provide a range of techniques to meet the Fosha criteria (Objective 2). Efficient resolution of attachment injuries can occur through temporal integration, targeting time periods instead of explicit memory (O’Shea & Paulsen, 2007, Paulsen, 2009 and in press) (Objective 3).Transforming early trauma requires listening to reenactment material, the baby state’s only “voice” to tell the non-verbal story.

Keywords: Embodied Self Implicit Memory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

10. Koshal, A. (2010, June). The 4-fields-technic in the traumatherapy of complex traumatized and drug-addicted people (in methadone-treatment). In Addictions. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Nowadays several international studies demonstrate that the problem of drug-addiction is very often found in combination with complex traumatization in early childhood and youth. (Felitti. 2903; Kufner et al. 2000; Langeland et al. 2006; Schmidt, 2000 etc.) As we all know PTSD and the other trauma symptoms cause a lot of psychophysical dysregulation. So the psychiatrist Khantrian postulated already 1985 the "self-medication hypothesis of addictive disorders". Janina Fisher, Trauma Center Boston, 2000, called this assumed combination of trauma-consequences and drug-addiction, "compensatory strategies aimed at self-regulation" In many years of working with drug-addicted people it became very obvious that a high percentage of this people are using drugs, for example to calm down after being aggressive, may be caused by an argue: or to reduce strong inner tensions; to sleep without nightmares, to alleviate the feeling of helplessness and fear etc. Drugs and alcohol do reduce all the mentioned symptoms for a while. To learn to cope in another, more adaptive way, the addicted people need to learn alternatives strategies for a good functioning self-regulation. After stabilization, the trauma therapy can start, so the patient can reduce some of the sources of psychophysiological dysregulation. Even when the addicted people still get methadone psychotherapy is possible. Practical experience over a long time. started 1990, did show a lot of successful treatments and that methadone does not interfere a traumatherapy. The 4-Fields-Technic is a special method of EMDR that was developed by Jarero et al. 1997 in Mexico after a hurricane disaster. Dorothee Lansch modified the group method into a therapy-setting for single persons. For complex traumatized and drug-addicted people this technic is very helpful. The focus is more easy to keep in mind, - in front of the eyes. In the 4-Fields-Technic the patient focuses on a self-painted picture, that represents the worst part of a trauma experience. The patient keeps his focus on this picture, combined with bilateral stimulation, till he feels the picture should be changed. And so the process is going on till finished. The participant will be able to learn: - about the correlation between complex trauma and drug-addiction - that drug-addicted people who get methadone are able to do trauma therapy -the 4-Fieids-Technic as a method to create resources. Psychotherapy and specially psychotraumatherapy with drug-addicted people who are as well in a methadone-treatment is for many therapists still controversial. This presentation will give you an idea how good it can work, based on various case series.

Keywords: 4-Fields-Technic Complex Trauma Drug Addiciton Methodone Treatment Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

11. Koshal, A. (2012, June). The 4-fields-technique in the trauma therapy of complex traumatized and addicted patients [La técnica de 4-‐Campos en la terapia de trauma complejo y pacientes adictos, incluso en tratamiento de metadona]. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will employ lecture and demonstration of several case studies. The 4-‐Field-‐Technique is a special method of EMDR that was developed by Jarero et al. 1997 in Mexico. For complex traumatized and drug addicted people this method is very helpful. The risk to trigger other trauma clusters is quite minor, because the patient’s concentration is focused on his specific picture and situation. Several international studies demonstrate that addicted people are very often complex traumatized. (Felitti et al., 2003; Schmidt, 2000 etc.) PTSD and other trauma symptoms cause a lot of psychophysical deregulation. The psychiatrist Khantzian realized 1985, that addicted people suffer a lot from different symptoms and try to reduce the unbearable inner tension in using drugs. So Khantzian postulated the “self-‐medication hypothesis of addictive disorders”. Janina Fisher, Trauma Center Boston, 2000, interpreted the correlation of early traumatization and drug-‐addiction as “compensatory strategies aimed at self-‐ regulation”. 20 years of psychotherapeutic work revealed, a high percentage of addicted patients use drugs to influence their emotional states. Drugs and alcohol do short term reduce the mentioned symptoms. Addicted patients need to learn to cope in another, more adaptive way to get a better functioning self-‐regulation. After stabilization, trauma-‐therapy can start. So the patient can reduce his psycho-‐ physiological deregulation. Even when addicted patients are still in a methadone-‐ treatment trauma-‐therapy is effective. Practical experiences show a lot of successful treatments.

Este taller empleará la presentación y demostración de muchos estudios de caso. La técnica de 4 campos es un método especial de EMDR que fue desarrollado por Jarero et al. 1997 en Méjico. Para gente con traumas complejos y adictos este método resulta ser muy adecuado. El riesgo de disparar grupos de traumas es menor, debido a que la concentración del paciente está centrada en una sola imagen y situación. Muchos estudios demuestran que los adictos son muy a menudo traumatizados de manera compleja. (Felitti et al., 2003; Schmidt, 2000 etc.) El TEPT y otros síntomas del trauma causan muchas desregulaciones psicofisiológicas. El psiquiatra Khantzian se dio cuenta en 1985, que la gente que sufre de adicción sufren también muchos otros síntomas diferentes e intentan reducir su tensión interna a través del uso de sustancias. Por ello Khantzian postuló “ La hipótesis de la automedicación en trastornos adictivos” Janina Fisher, Trauma Center Boston, 2000, interpretó la correlación de la traumatización temprana y la adicción a la drogas como “ Estrategias compensatorias dirigidas a la autorregulación”. 20 años de trabajo psicoterapéutico muestran que un gran porcentaje de pacientes adictos usan drogas para modificar sus estados emocionales. Las drogas y el alcohol reducen a corto plazo los síntomas mencionados. Los pacientes adictos necesitan aprender a afrontar de manera más adaptativa su autorregulación. Después de la estabilización, la terapia del trauma puede empezar. Por ello el paciente puede reducir su desregulación psicofisiológica. Incluso cuando aún están sometidos a un tratamiento de metadona la terapia del trauma es efectiva. Las experiencias en la práctica muestran una gran cantidad de tratamientos exitosos.

Keywords: 4-Fields-Technique Addiction

Accuracy Verified: Yes

12. Watkins, J. G., & Paulsen, S. L. (2004, March). Abreactions in EMDR and hypnoanalytic therapies. Presentation at the American Society for Clinical Hypnosis, Chicago, IL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Abreactions Hypnoanalytic Techniques

Accuracy Verified: Yes

13. Shapiro, F. (2000, September). Accommodation, assimilation and growth: Integrating the future, now. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) understand the primary principles of personality developments from an information processing perspective; 2) be able to examine the integration and interface of affect and cognition; and 3) be able to examine parallels of personal and global development.

Keywords: Affect Cognition Information Processing

Accuracy Verified: Yes

14. Hogberg, G., & Hallstrom, T. (2008). Active multimodal psychotherapy in children and adolescents with suicidality: Description, evaluation and clinical profile. Clinical Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 13(3), 435-448. doi:10.1177/1359104507088348.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The aim of this study was to describe and evaluate the clinical pattern of 14 youths with presenting suicidality, to describe an integrative treatment approach, and to estimate therapy effectiveness. Fourteen patients aged 10 to 18 years from a child and adolescent outpatient clinic in Stockholm were followed in a case series. The patients were treated with active multimodal psychotherapy. This consisted of mood charting by mood-maps, psycho-education, wellbeing practice and trauma resolution. Active techniques were psychodrama and body-mind focused techniques including eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. The patients were assessed before treatment, immediately after treatment and at 22 months post treatment with the Global Assessment of Functioning Scale. The clinical pattern of the group was observed. After treatment there was a significant change towards normality in the Global Assessment of Functioning scale both immediately post-treatment and at 22 months. A clinical pattern, post trauma suicidal reaction, was observed with a combination of suicidality, insomnia, bodily symptoms and disturbed mood regulation. We conclude that in the post trauma reaction suicidality might be a presenting symptom in young people. Despite the shortcomings of a case series the results of this study suggest that a mood-map-based multimodal treatment approach with active techniques might be of value in the treatment of children and youth with suicidality.

Keywords: Adolescents Children Suicide

Accuracy Verified: Yes

15. Barreda-Hanson, C. (2012, Septiember). Adaptación del EMDR y terapia breve centrada en el cliente para cambiar percepciones negativas y traumaticas [EMDR adaption of brief client-centered therapy to change negative and traumatic perceptions]. Presentación en la 70 Conferencia Anual del International Council of Psychologist(ICP), Sevilla, España.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
El estrés subsiguiente después de un traumatismo, representa un trastorno disfuncional – tanto interno como externo – que se manifiesta en alteraciones en el reconocimiento cognitivo y en los comportamientos, llevando además asociados síntomas somáticos, afloramiento de problemas inconscientes y ansiedades. Pues una de las características del estrés post-traumático, es precisamente la pérdida de equilibrio entre el mundo interno y externo de quien lo sufre. Por eso, ante la complejidad de las respuestas post-traumáticas, éstas se pueden catalogar en gran medida dentro de las perturbaciones psicopatológicas. El estrés psicológico surge por una situación estresante “real”, externa, tangible y la reacción ante esta difícil experiencia, evoca un conjunto bastante universal y coherente de síntomas y respuestas que provocan reacciones primitivas relacionadas con temores inconscientes ante las amenazas a la vida, que hacen aflorar incipientemente fantasías e impulsos abrumadores. Los resultados son los pensamientos disfuncionales que conducen a las respuestas y a los comportamientos desadaptativos. Objetivos: el taller está diseñado para proporcionar a estudiantes y profesionales de la Psicología – que trabajan o desean trabajar en esta área del trauma y el cambio de comportamientos -, la habilidad para utilizar eficaz y rápidamente intervenciones breves, que puedan poner en practicar incluso en casa. En el taller se estudiará la forma inicial de evaluar, tanto al trauma como a la clientela. Se trabajará la historia del trauma y se profundizará en sus consecuencias y en cómo diseñar las intervenciones breves para hacerles frente. También se centrará en averiguar qué cambios quieren los y las clientes a través de relatos y visualizaciones, utilizando una adaptación de las terapias EMDR y la Solución Enfocada tanto a crear el cambio deseado, como a mantenerlo. En consecuencia el taller es de particular interés para quienes trabajan con personas que han sufrido cualquier tipo de trauma, o quienes perciben acontecimientos de la vida, experiencias, etc. que les afectan de forma negativa en su día a día. También es útil para las personas que sufren de TOC, sobre todo trastornos del pensamiento. Los aspectos más útiles de las dos técnicas que se han adaptado junto con otras innovaciones de la autora, guardan relación con la creación de un ambiente seguro, no-traumático, que actúa rápidamente y que además, se puede realizar en casa sin peligro de consecuencias negativas. Objetivos específicos: 1. Ser capaz de describir e identificar las manifestaciones del trauma. 2. Aprender y describir dos técnicas terapéuticas breves en el tratamiento del trauma 3. Definir una técnica breve terapéutica que puede ser utilizada para fomentar el cambio 4. Destacar el rol del o de la terapeuta durante el tratamiento de los traumatismos 5. Ser capaz de describir, diseñar y establecer metas de la terapia y promover cambios mediante el uso de técnicas de terapia breve. Métodos: la Desensibilización y Reprocesamiento por Movimientos Oculares (EMDR), es un método complejo e integrador de la psicoterapia individual, mediante el que se guía al cliente utilizando un procedimiento para acceder a sus experiencias y resolver sus problemas conductuales y emocionales. El EMDR utiliza elementos de múltiples orientaciones psicoterapéuticas tanto psicodinámicas, como cognitivo- conductuales, enfoques centrados en el cliente, gestalt y bioenergéticos. La premisa subyacente de EMDR es que las experiencias de pánico y ansiedad se procesan de forma diferente por el cerebro que las experiencias habituales. La teoría subyacente es que durante el estrés, la memoria grava en una parte del cerebro responsable de las emociones de modulación (la amígdala) y se cierra temporalmente otra parte del cerebro (el hipocampo), responsable de procesamiento de la memoria normal. La experiencia traumática queda atrapada en el exterior y potencialmente no forma parte del procesamiento normal del cerebro, y el EMDR permite a la persona acceder a la experiencia y transformarla en memoria declarativa en el hipocampo. Con el método EMDR, el hipocampo se puede abrir a las emociones evocadas por la experiencia para que el/la cliente pueda soportarlas mientras se realiza el tratamiento. La distracción y la atención a la estimulación bilateral, desempeñan un importante papel que ayuda al cliente a experimentar las emociones como tolerables. Aunque cómo la distracción bilateral en concreto, facilita el procesamiento de las experiencias dolorosas, sea algo que todavía no se termina de entender. Por otra parte, las Intervenciones Breves de Terapias enfocadas al Cliente se centran en las excepciones del problema, pensando que a continuación se desarrollará un cambio natural en el comportamiento. Es una especie de visión orientada no en las formas tradicionales, sino hacia el futuro, sin profundizar demasiado en la “patología” sino más bien centrándose en lo que el sistema puede hacer para adaptarse a ella, puesto que ambos pueden decidir si esa “patología” es un problema o no lo es. Las Intervenciones de Terapia Breve enfocadas al Cliente se utilizan para resolver una variedad de problemas de comportamientos y actitudes, mediante el uso de los propios recursos de los y las clientes y las observaciones de las estrategias que utilizan para alcanzar los resultados deseados, en sus situaciones vitales habituales. Se trata de una buena técnica para establecer y mantener un contexto de cambio en el que los pequeños, pero útiles cambios, se anticipan y se buscan. En definitiva, la combinación de ambas técnicas con algunas variaciones desarrolladas por la Dra. Barreda-Hanson, han demostrado ser una herramienta poderosa para mejorar la respuesta al tratamiento en un período de tiempo más corto, teniendo también la ventaja de permitir practicar los ejercicios en casa. Aplicaciones: la aplicación habitual del EMDR ha sido el tratamiento de trastornos emocionales relacionados con eventos muy perturbadores o traumáticos. Pero también se usa para trabajar síntomas preocupantes como la ansiedad, la depresión, la culpa y la ira. E igualmente, se puede utilizar para mejorar recursos emocionales tales como la confianza y la autoestima. Procedimientos: - El taller se impartirá en español y el alumnado recibirá amplios folletos complementarios. - Se realizará en una única jornada, en sesión de mañana para teoría y de tarde para prácticas, trabajando cada modelo por separado. - Se espera que quienes asistan lleven una cuestión-problema sobre la que trabajar utilizando las diversas técnicas, pues aunque se utilizarán múltiples ej. de casos reales, se alentará a quienes participen a traer sus propias experiencias e ideas para debatir y trabajar sobre ellas.

The subsequent stress after trauma represents a dysfunctional disorder - internal and external - that is manifested in alterations in cognitive recognition and behavior, besides being associated somatic symptoms outcrop unconscious problems and anxieties. As one of the characteristics of post-traumatic stress, is the loss of balance between internal and external world of the sufferer. Therefore, given the complexity of post-traumatic responses, they can be categorized largely into psychopathological disturbances. Psychological stress arises from a stressful situation "real" external, tangible and reaction to this difficult experience, quite evokes a universal and consistent set of symptoms that cause reactions and responses primitive unconscious fears related to threats to life, which bring out fantasies and impulses incipiently overwhelming. The results are the thoughts that lead to dysfunctional responses and maladaptive behaviors. Objectives: The workshop is designed to provide students and psychology professionals - who work or want to work in this area of trauma and behavior change - the ability to quickly and efficiently use brief interventions, which may put in practice even in house. The workshop will explore how to evaluate initial both trauma as to clients. It will work history of trauma and its consequences will deepen and how design brief interventions to address them. It will also focus on finding out what changes customers want and through stories and views, using an adaptation of EMDR therapy and Solution Focused both to create the desired change, and to keep it. Thus the workshop is of particular interest to those working with people who have suffered any kind of trauma, or who perceive life events, experiences, etc.. that negatively affect them in their day to day. Also useful for persons suffering from OCD, especially disorders of thought. The most useful of the two techniques that have adapted along with other innovations of the author, are related to the creation of a safe, non-traumatic, acting quickly and also can be done at home without fear of consequences negative. Specific objectives: 1. Be able to describe and identify the manifestations of trauma. 2. Learn and describe two brief therapeutic techniques in the treatment of trauma 3. Define a short therapeutic technique that can be used to promote change 4. Outline the role of the therapist or during treatment of injuries 5. Be able to describe, design and establish goals of therapy and promote change through the use of brief therapy techniques. Methods: Desensitization and Reprocessing Eye Movement (EMDR), is a complex and inclusive method of individual psychotherapy, which is guided by the client using a procedure to access their experiences and address their behavioral and emotional problems. The EMDR uses multiple elements of both psychodynamic psychotherapeutic approaches as cognitive-behavioral, client-centered approaches, gestalt and bioenergy. The underlying premise of EMDR is that experiences panic and anxiety are processed differently by the brain than normal experiences. The underlying theory is that during stress, gravel memory part of the brain responsible for emotions modulation (amygdala) and temporarily closes another part of the brain (hippocampus), responsible for normal memory processing. The trapped traumatic experience abroad and potentially not part of the normal brain processing, and EMDR allows people access to the experience and transform it into declarative memory in the hippocampus. With EMDR, the hippocampus can be opened to the emotions evoked by the experience that he / the client is able to bear while performing the treatment. Distraction and attention to bilateral stimulation, play an important role to help the client to experience emotions as tolerable. Although bilateral distraction how specifically facilitates the processing of painful experiences, is something that is not yet fully understood. Moreover, brief interventions focused Customer Therapies focus on the exceptions of the problem, thinking that then will develop a natural change in behavior. It is a kind of non-oriented view on traditional forms, but to the future, without going too deeply into the "pathology" but rather focus on what the system can do to adapt to it, since both can decide whether this "pathology "is a problem or not. Brief therapy interventions focused Customer are used to solve a variety of problem behaviors and attitudes, using their own resources and comments from customers and the strategies used to achieve the desired results in their situations normal life. This is a good technique to establish and maintain a context of change in that small but useful changes, anticipate and seek. In short, the combination of both techniques with some variations developed by Dr. Barreda Hanson, have proved a powerful tool for improving the response to therapy in a shorter period of time, having also the advantage of allowing in practice exercises house. Applications: the routine application of EMDR has been the treatment of emotional disorders associated with very disturbing or traumatic events. But also used to work worrying symptoms such as anxiety, depression, guilt and anger. And also, can be used to enhance emotional resources such as confidence and self-esteem. Procedures: - The workshop will be taught in Spanish and students will receive extensive additional brochures. - Will be held in a single day, in morning session and afternoon theory to practice, working each model separately. - Who are expected to attend with a question-problem on which to work using various techniques, for example, although multiple use. real cases, those involved are encouraged to bring their own experiences and ideas to discuss and work on them.

Keywords: Brief Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

16. Fisher, J. A. (2000, November). Adapting EMDR techniques in the treatment of dysregulated or dissociative patients. Presentation at the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Annual Meeting, San Antonio, Texas.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Since its inception, EMDR [Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing] has been understood by both clinicians and patients as a powerful vehicle for processing traumatic experience but one to be undertaken only when the patient has achieved some degree of stabilization (Shapiro, 1992). In DID and DDNOS patients, that baseline stability is also supposed to include a level of internal communication and consensus that would permit cooperation between parts of self about how to tolerate the memory processing and how to re-stabilize afterward. However, as any clinician who works with this population knows, some dissociative disorder patients never achieve that degree of internal coherence, and some have a long, rocky, tumultuous, exhausting road to travel before they get there. Faced with the DID or DDNOS patient who cannot tolerate affect or associations to traumatic memories; who cannot control switching, get grounded, or resolve internal struggles over power and control; who is unable to manage selfdestructive impulses; who cannot differentiate past and present experience; who is even unable to tolerate Resource Development (Korn & Leeds, 2002) or create a Safe Place inside—is there any way that EMDR can be helpful?

Keywords: Dissociation Dysregulation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

17. Spierings, J. J. (2005, June). Adapting EMDR to work effectively with clients from other cultures. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Intercultural competence is the ability to expand your EMDR skills to other cultures. It has both an attitude aspect and a technical aspect : a different style of relating and communicating with your client, and different things to ask and explore.
This workshop offers a systematic way to understand this type of differences, it offers also very practical do's and don'ts, and tips and tricks to overcome difficulties.
The participants will learn intercultural competence in the development of resources and the building up of affect tolerance, making use of the healing rituals, objects and symbols of their clients own culture.

Keywords: Culture

Accuracy Verified: Yes

18. Miller, R., & Tay, K. H. (2009, August). Adapting the standard EMDR protocol for clients with mild mental retardation: Some guidelines and implications. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR as a psychotherapeutic approach has been shown to be effective. However, there is a paucity of studies examining the efficacy of EMDR for clients diagnosed with mild mental retardation. The DSM-IV defines mild mental retardation as below average intelligence (IQ between 70 and 55) along with some deficiencies in adaptive functioning skills demonstrated before age 18. The purpose of our clinical project was to explore the applicability of EMDR for our adult clients (n = 12; mean age 22.5) diagnosed with mild mental retardation by adapting the standard protocol. Studies showed that individuals with mental retardation learn and retain information more effectively when materials are presented to them in a visual, concrete, and interactive manner while utilizing the principles of positive reinforcements.
The prevalence of mental health problems and the wide range of clinical symptoms among these individuals have been reported in several studies. Additionally, these adults are misunderstood as being overly limited in their ability to reap any therapeutic benefit from counseling interventions. Prout and Strohmer (1998), for instance, argued that adults with mental retardation do benefit from counseling interventions. However, they stressed the need for more sophisticated or modified use of psychotherapeutic interventions. Psychotherapeutic techniques and models should be modified, if feasible, in regards to language and cognitive levels commensurate with the clients’ background.
Based on our clinical observations, the following are some examples of proposed guidelines to assist the EMDR clinicians in thinking more creatively when adapting the standard protocol.
1) Considerable amount of preparation at the onset of EMDR is necessary, as it plays a pivotal role in ensuring a successful outcome.
2) Visual depiction of the SUDs and VOCs on a scale of 0 through 5, or 0 through 10, depending on the client’s cognitive abilities is beneficial. Use of “faces” to depict concretely various levels of distress should be made.
3) The concepts of PC and NC may be too abstract for some in this population. We assist clients by operationally defining those concepts with the list of commonly used PCs and NCs in simpler language.
4) Coping resources are sometimes limited for these adults. Clients will benefit from having multiple reinforcements of self-soothing skills thorough the installation of the “safe place” and “resources”.
5) Positive reinforcements (e.g., frequent verbal reminders) should be used regularly in sessions throughout treatment. However, be mindful of clients’ desire to please the clinician.
6) Role-playing should be used when feasible throughout treatment, e.g., during the installation of future templates, as it heightens more sensory, affective, and behavioral modes of learning rather than verbal modality alone.
Based on the treatment outcomes reported by our clients, EMDR is an effective treatment option, as evidenced by sustained reduction in their level of distress to traumatic memories. Findings from this clinical project have practice and research implications. First, the standard protocol should be adapted for use with adults with mild mental retardation to achieve optimal gain. Second, empirical research is needed to provide further evidence for the efficacy of EMDR for adults with mild mental retardation.

Keywords: Mental Retardation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

19. Hensley, B. J. (2012). Adaptive information processing, targeting, the standard protocol, and strategies for successful outcomes in EMDR reprocessing. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 92-100. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.92.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article provides excerpts from each chapter of An EMDR Primer: From Practicum to Practice (Hensley, 2009) to assist novice eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) clinicians who are learning how to use this approach and to serve as a refresher for therapists who have not used EMDR consistently in their practices. Actual cases are presented that demonstrate various strategies that the therapist can use to help clients reach adaptive resolution of trauma. Tables and figures highlight important features to explain the obvious and subtle nuances of EMDR. Focal points are the following: (a) the adaptive information processing model; (b) the types of targets accessed during the EMDR process; (c) the 8 phases of EMDR; (d) the components of the standard EMDR protocol used during the assessment phase; (e) past, present, and future in terms of appropriate targeting and successful outcomes; and (f) strategies and techniques for dealing with challenging clients, high levels of abreaction, and blocked processing.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Cognitive Interweave Three-Pronged Approach Types of Targets Unblocking Strategies

Accuracy Verified: Yes

20. Wheeler, M. S. (1997, December). Adlerian interventions and applications: The creating context technique. Journal of Individual Psychology, 53(4), 396-406.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Therapists who are trained in Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) (Shapiro, 1995) may try using the Creating Context Technique when a client is not stable enough for EMDR or when a client is unwilling to try EMDR. An example will be presented to demonstrate the use of the technique with a typical problem.

Keywords: Adlerian Psychotherapy Adlerian Psychotherapy Connexions Focusing Technique Psychotherapeutic Techniques

Accuracy Verified: Yes

21. Molero-Zafra, M., & Perez-Marin, M. (2011, Julio). Adopcion: Un protocolo basado en EMDR, terapia familiar narrativa y la teoria del apego [Adoption: A protocol based on EMDR, family therapy, narrative and attachment theory]. En Aplicación de EMDR en el tratamiento de distintos trastornos (Francisca García Guerrero, Coordinadora). Simposio realizado en el IX Congreso Nacional de Psicología Clínica, San Sebastián, España .

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
La adopción es un tema actual, cuyo interés crece progresivamente. Su vigencia social resulta incuestionable si atendemos al incremento exponencial de niños adoptados por familias españolas, especialmente en adopciones internacionales. La Ley de Adopción vigente en España contempla la adopción como un recurso de protección para aquellos niños/as que no puedan permanecer en su propia familia. Para que se cumpla este objetivo deben arbitrarse todos los mecanismos necesarios que garanticen al niño una familia capaz de asegurar las atenciones propias de la función parental (atención, desarrollo y educación). Los niños adoptados pueden sufrir trastornos como cualquier otro niño, ahora bien, sus experiencias de vida anteriores pueden afectar en mayor grado su desarrollo emocional, social y familiar. Las experiencias vinculares durante la infancia, influyen significativamente en la capacidad para formar relaciones íntimas y emocionalmente saludables. Asimismo, para la formación y cambio de actitudes a lo largo de nuestra vida, van a ser fundamentales nuestros grupo de referencia, siendo la familia uno de los más importantes (López et al., 1999). La empatía, el afecto, el deseo de compartir, el inhibirse de agredir, la capacidad de amar y ser amado y un sinnúmero de características de una persona asertiva, operativa y feliz, están asociadas a las capacidades medulares de apego formadas en la infancia y niñez temprana (Punset, 2008). El objetivo de esta comunicación es presentar un protocolo de abordaje psicológico ante las dificultades que afectan a las familias con problemas de adaptación en casos de adopción. Partiendo de la perspectiva conceptual de la teoría del apego, intentamos promover en estas familias una base de apego seguro, mediante el uso de herramientas terapéuticas de la terapia familiar narrativa y el EMDR. Se presenta el protocolo elaborado para tal fin y un caso para la comprensión de la aplicación del tratamiento.

Adoption is a current issue, whose interest grows gradually. Its validity social is unquestionable if we consider the exponential increase of adopted children Spanish families, especially in international adoptions. The Adoption Act force in Spain provides for the adoption as a source of protection for those children / as not to remain in their own family. To fulfill this objective must be put all the necessary mechanisms to guarantee the child a family able to secure the attentions of parenting (care, development and education). Adopted children may suffer from disorders like any other child, however, previous life experiences can affect their development to a greater extent emotional, social and family life. Relational experiences during childhood influence significantly in the ability to form intimate and emotionally healthy. Also, for the formation and change of attitudes throughout our lives, will be essential to our reference group, the family being one of the most important (Lopez et al., 1999). Empathy, affection, desire to share, the inhibited of attack, the ability to love and be loved and a host of features of a assertive person, operational and happy, are associated with the core competencies of attachment formed in infancy and early childhood (Punset, 2008). The aim of this paper is to present a protocol of psychological approach to the difficulties affecting families with adjustment problems in cases of adoption. From the conceptual perspective of attachment theory, we try in these families to promote a secure attachment base through the use of tools therapeutic narrative family therapy and EMDR. We present a protocol developed for this purpose and a case for understanding the application of the treatment.

Keywords: Adoption Attachment theory Family Therapy Narrative Theory Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

22. Grand, D. (1998, July). Advance clinical seminar: Innovation and integration in EMDR based diagnosis, technique, teaching, performance enhancement and creativity. Presentation at the annual meetng of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to understand and utilize EMDR based diagnosis; 2) be able to utilize both forming of "questioning interweaves" and reflection of clients questions for processing; 3) gain an in depth understanding of the rationale and use of auditory and tactile modes of EMDR stimulation; 4) have working knowldge of advanced conceptualizations of parallel protocols, processing interaction between internalized selves and longer term EMDR; 5) have an expanded knowledge of issues in teaching EMDR, such as individual and group supervision and presenting seminars; 6) gain an understanding of a developmental model of performance and techniques for application of EMDR to performance enhancement and sports psychology; and 7) develop comprehensive understanding of issues of creativity and EMDR. This will include both the client's and therapist's creativity in the EMDR process, as well as se of EMDR for creativity enhancement.

Keywords: Creativity Performance Enhancement

Accuracy Verified: Yes

23. Vogelmann-Sine, S., Popky, A. J., Lazrove, S., Sine, L., Speare, J., Wade, D., & Wade, T. (1995, June). Advanced clinical applications of EMDR to addictive behaviors. Symposium conducted at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop addresses the application of standard and modified EMDR treatment protocols to addictive and compulsive behaviors including substance abuse/dependence, overeating, smoking, love addiction. Individuals with addictive and compulsive behaviors frequently have suffered from childhood trauma and neglect resulting in developmental arrests, as well as a variety of maladaptive behaviors which are trauma-related and serve to minimize pain. The successful implementation of EMDR to addictive behaviors requires that EMDR be used as part of an overall treatment program carefully addressing the needs of individuals who have been traumatized and are exhibiting addictive behaviors. A thorough diagnostic work up is needed aimed at assessing comorbidity, dissociation, and a detailed trauma history covering childhood traumas and traumas suffered as adults including traumas that occur as a consequence of addictive behaviors. Careful client preparation is essential to assist individuals in coping adequately with the high levels of emotion experienced during EMDR Clients' readiness to stop compulsive/addictive behaviors needs to be carefully evaluated. A decision tree aimed at determining the appropriateness of EMDR to individuals diagnosed with addictive behaviors is presented which assists clinicians in minimizing the premature use of EMDR. EMDR is a client centered method, and thus, careful pacing is needed with this population to reprocess underlying traumatic issues. This frequently implies utilizing a modified EMDR treatment protocol with only partial resolutions of underlying traumatic material. Guidelines will be discussed to assist clinicians in selecting EMDR targets for optional results which relate to the stages of recovery. EMDR can be used at all stages of recovery to neutralize the negative impact of memories contributing to problematic behaviors, such as urges to use, ambivalence about treatment, fear of facing painfull feelings from the past. EMDR also has the power to install templates for future actions which assist individuals with skill deficits in more rapidly acquiring necessary skills for a successful recovery. Examples of cognitive interweaves are presented which take into consideration clients' readiness, as well as the need to accelerate the recovery process. EMDR has a unique role in the recovery of traumatized individuals with addictive and compulsive behaviors since the accelerated processing of negative experiences and the installation of positive adaptive cognitions assist clients in more rapidly overcoming barriers throughout the recovery process. It also challenges rigid approaches to recovery which frequently stress that trauma work should not be attempted before abstinence has been accomplished for a specified period of time. EMDR is especially valuable in processing core issues which center around shame and manifest in cognitions, such as "I am defective," "There is something wrong with me," "I am not good enough," "I am not quite right," "I don't belong," "I don't deserve to live." Case examples will be given as to how such core issues can be targeted to accelerate the recovery process. A.J. Popky has developed a specialized EMDR treatment protocol which targets levels of urges of addictive/compulsive behaviors directly and installs a positive internal state of feeling empowered without relying on compulsive and addictive behaviors. Case examples fiom clinical practice indicate that when levels of urges are targeted directly, underlying traumas frequently emerge without increasing clients' usage. The symposium addresses the application of this protocol to a range of addictive and compulsive behaviors. The Wades' integrative psychotherapy combines ego-state therapy and EMDR in a psychosocial developmental context. Their substance use disorders treatment program incorporates specialized applications of their integrative psychotherapy, which includes both individual and group therapy and employs hypnosis as well as EMDR Their presentation focuses on applications of the standard EMDR protocol in individual therapy, which is limited primarily to desensitization of dysphoric affect and reprocessing negative cognitions associated with grief and trauma. Their conceptual framework of substance use disorders proceeds from a goal of reducing the harm caused by substance use and a primary distinction between functional and autonomous use (rather than the DSM conceptualizations of "dependence" or "abuse") because this guides interventions. Initial treatment planning depends upon external constraints (e.g., lack of support for positive change, hostile environment), internal limitations (e.g., severity of substance use and its effects, neurocognitive deficits, inadequate "ego strength," lack of skills, disrupted psychosocial development, psychological trauma) and the nature of the substance use disorder (i.e., functional, autonomous, or both). Methods include education about substance use disorders and processes of change, group therapy to develop skills and obtain feedback and support, individual therapy to correct disrupted development and resolve traumatic stress reactions, and exercises to apply what is learned in real-life situations. The standard EMDR protocol is applied to disrupted development involving grief and to resolve psychological trauma that lead to substance use. Case vignettes in which such applications of the standard EMDR protocol were employed are presented in detail.

Keywords: Addictions Substance Abuse Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

24. Dworkin, M. (2008, September). Advanced clinical strategies for clients with complex PTSD and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients with complex PTSD and dissociation present many challenges. The neurosciences have helped us to begin to understand and deal with them through a recent clarification of mirror neurons and associated neural structures in both the clinician and client. Concepts from the Boston Change Process Study Group and ego state therapy provide methods of analyzing and intervening in the “microprocesses” that occur in treatment. Hoppenwasser’s concept of “dissociative attunement” challenges thinking about the “multiple self states” both clinician and client operate from. Her ideas push us to rethink current conceptualizations of relatedness. Participants will learn how to deal with ruptures in positive empathy that may result in the history taking, assessment, and desensitization phases. In the preparation phase, participants learn to use the therapeutic relationship as an additional resource for containment. Concepts of dyadic regulation of affect, now moments and moments of meeting will be taught to deal with ruptures to the therapeutic relationship throughout treatment. Dealing productively with countertransference ruptures poses additional challenges. Participants will learn a strategy called the “relational interweave”. Its function is to restore EMDR processing when an interpersonal “event” has temporarily derailed the work. A practicum using Dworkin’s Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire will be held in the afternoon part of the workshop to enhance learning this strategy.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress DIsorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Dissociation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

25. Phillips, M., & Frankel, A. S. (2003, November). Advanced techniques in hypnosis and ego state therapy. Presentation at the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Fall Conference, Chicago, IL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Ego State Therapy Hypnosis

Accuracy Verified: Yes

26. Forgash, F., & Litt, B. (2008, September). Advanced techniques in the EMDR-based treatment of complex trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is an important therapy in the treatment of complex PTSD, including dissociative disorders and certain personality disorders. This presentation will provide solutions to problems within the 8 phases of EMDR. Objectives include managing triggers and dealing with reactions such as avoidance, freeze, and hyperarousal. Techniques include ego state work and somatic interweaves. Therapists will learn readiness criteria for trauma processing (phase 4-7) and how to avoid premature interventions. In phase 4, therapists will learn about the zone of optimal arousal and a sequence of techniques to maintain client stability and to identify when and why a patient has stopped processing.

Keywords: Complex Trauma Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

27. Litt, B. (2012, October). Advanced techniques in the EMDR-based treatment of complex trauma. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Abstract:EMDR is an efficacious therapy for the treatment of PTSD. Increasingly, EMDR is being recognized as an important and viable therapy in the treatment of complex PTSD, including Dissociative Disorder Not Otherwise Specified, Dissociative Identity Disorder, and personality disorders that have their origins in attachment trauma. This population presents unique clinical challenges in terms of stability, affect tolerance, and accessibility to trauma resolution. While much has been written and presented about affect regulation, attachment issues, and dissociation, therapists are not often aware that these phenomena emerge and must be managed throughout all phases of EMDR therapy. This presentation will focus on advanced techniques that provide solutions to problems within phases 2,3, and 4. Clinicians will learn techniques to incorporate in the stabilization/ preparation phase and to revisit as necessary in later stages of EMDR treatment. Objectives include helping the patient effectively deal with reactions such as avoidance, freeze, hyperarousal and numbing. Techniques include ego state work and somatic interweaves.In Phase 4, (desensitization) therapists will be learn about the Zone of Optimal Arousal and learn a sequence of advanced techniques to maintain client stability and safety, and to identify when and why a patient has stopped processing.

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to perform a series of strategies for overcoming looping and blocking in EMDR phases three and four. Participants will be able to utilize the Domains of Self Model to rapidly assess triggers and anticipate processing style and resolution profile. Participants will be able to utilize the Zone of Optimal Processing model to assess problems with processing and select appropriate strategies to safely resume desensitization.

Keywords: Advanced Techniques Complex Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

28. Litt, B. (2008). Advanced techniques in the use of EMDR to treat complex trauma. www.barrylittmft.com.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Summary • Pathogenic family dynamics (relational configurations) are internalized as ego state conflicts • The resulting ego state system is a structured complementation of the loyalty system • The subjective sense of Self (and corresponding relational attitude) is adaptive to the original, formative context[Excerpt]

Keywords: Complex Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

29. Blore, D. C. (2005). Affect and traumatised traincrew: Using an integrated CBT/EMDR approach to facilitate an early return to work. Integrating Affect into the Practice of CBT with EMDR. Symposium conducted at the XXXVth EABCT Conference, Thessalonica, Greece.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Symposium Trainmen

Accuracy Verified: Yes

30. Omaha, J. (2006). Affect centered therapy for substance abuse of traumatic origin. In B. Carruth (Ed.), Psychological trauma and addiction treatment ( pp. 89-113). Binghamton, NY: Haworth Press.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
No abstract available.

Keywords: Affect Centered Therapy Substance Abuse

Accuracy Verified: Yes

31. Nielsen, T. (1991). Affect desensitization: A possible function of REMs in both waking and sleeping states. Sleep Research, 20, 10.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Recent evidence (1) that rapid eye movements (REMs) elicited systemically during psychotherapy (Eye Movement Desensitization/Reprocessing (EMD/R) produce immediate and lasting alleviation of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms suggests that the REMs of REM sleep may serve a similiar affect desensitization function (1.2). Although little is known about how EMD/R works, preliminary, positive results from an independent replication (3) and several independent clinical case studies (4.5) have been reported. Exploration of the relationships between EMD/R and REM sleep may thus prove useful in understanding how both RE/R and REM sleep function to modify affect.

Keywords: Affect Rapid Eye Movements REM

Accuracy Verified: Yes

32. Browning, C., & Omaha, J. (2001, June). Affect management skills training (AMST): Basic and advanced techniques. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
AMST blends EMDR, imagery, and ego state therapy to assist clients in developing affect tolerance and can be used with extremely vulnerable clients to prepare them for safe EMDR processing. Practicum and video demonstration will be used.

Keywords: Affect Management Skills Training Affect Tolerance AMST Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

33. Leeds, A. (2012, June). Affect phobias in EMDR therapy - developing affect tolerance capacities in client and clinician [Fobias afectivas en la terapia con EMDR -‐ El desarrollo de habilidades para la tolerancia afectiva en el cliente y el clínico]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Affect phobias may also be described as psychodynamic or dissociative defenses or as ego state conflicts. When patients present with affect phobias and fail to progress with standard EMDR procedural interventions, EMDR therapy can still be effective when clinicians have the conceptual knowledge and perceptual skills to recognize these defenses, and when they can make use of a flexible set of advanced EMDR procedural stills for responding. EMDR trained clinicians must also confront their own affect phobias and psychodynamic conflicts as they experience a range of responses to their work with patients including countertransference and vicarious traumatization that can disrupt their ability to make use of their conceptual, perceptual and procedural knowledge and skills. This presentation provides an overview of concepts from Short-Term Dynamic Psychotherapy (STDP: McCullough, 1997, 2003) and the Theory of Structural Dissociation of the Personality (TSDP: van der Hart, Nijenhuis & Steele, 2006) and identifies procedures from Knipe (1999, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010a, 2010b, 2010c), Mosquera (2010, 2011), Mosquera and Gonzalez (2010), and Leeds (2001), which clinicians can employ with cases involving affect phobia. We will also consider how clinicians can be sensitive to and mitigate the potential impact of their own affect phobias in their clinical work.

Las fobias al afecto también se pueden describir como defensas psicodinámicas, disociativas ó como conflictos del estado del yo. Cuando los pacientes presentan fobias al afecto y no avanzan con las intervenciones siguiendo los procedimientos de EMDR habituales, EMDR aún puede ser efectivo cuando los clínicos gozan del conocimiento conceptual, así como las habilidades perceptivas para reconocer dichas defensas y cuándo puede servirse de un conjunto flexible de habilidades de procedimiento de EMDR para responder [ante ellas]. Los clínicos formados en el uso de EMDR también han de afrontar sus propias fobias y conflictos psicodinámicos a medida que pasen por una variedad de respuestas a su trabajo con pacientes, incluidas la contra-‐transferencia y la traumatización indirecta que pueden perturbar su capacidad para aprovechar sus conocimientos y habilidades conceptuales, perceptivos y habilidades. La presente ponencia ofrece una visión del conjunto de los conceptos de Short-‐Term Dynamic Psychotherapy (STDP: McCullough, 1997, 2003) [psicoterapia dinámica breve] y de Theory of Structural Dissociation of the Personality (TSDP: van der Hart, Nijenhuis & Steele, 2006) [teoría de la disociación estructural de la personalidad] e identifica procedimientos de Knipe (1999, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010a, 2010b, 2010c), Mosquera (2010, 2011), Mosquera y Gonzalez (2010) y Leeds (2001) que pueden aplicar los clínicos en casos de fobia al afecto. También se contemplará cómo los clínicos pueden estar sensibles ante el impacto potencial de sus propias fobias al afecto y cómo mitigarlo en su trabajo clínico.

Keywords: Affect Phobias

Accuracy Verified: Yes

34. Turner, E. (2005, September). Affect regulation for children through art, play and storytelling. Presentation at the annual mmeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Traumatized and neglected children are likely to have deficits that results in low affect tolerance, leading to a tendency to become overwhelmed and dissociate during trauma processing. This workshop will describe the impact of the abuse and neglect on emotional regulation and the need for fun and developmentally appropriate experiences that build internal resources prior to trauma processing. Through live demonstration and small group activities, participants will learn to integrate EMDR principles with art interventions that help children identify emotion and tolerate affect. They will be able to apply EMDR principles to common games to increase affect tolerance and install resources and will be able to identify the EMDR principles inherent in effective storytelling appropriate for the preparation phase.

Keywords: Affect Regulation Art Therapy Children Play Therapy Storytelling

Accuracy Verified: Yes

35. Turner, E. (2005). Affect regulation for children through art, play, and storytelling. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing, (pp. 327-344). New York: W W Norton & Co. xi, 360 pp.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
No abstract available.

Keywords: Affect Regulation Affect Tolerance Art Emotional Control Emotional Regulation Play Play Therapy Safety Storytelling Tolerance

Accuracy Verified: Yes

36. Kirsch, A., & Seidler, G. (2007). Affekt und trauma: Mimisch affektive beziehungsregulation bei gewaltopfern in der EMDR therapie [Affect and trauma: Facial affective behavior and relationship regulation in violence victims during EMDR therapy]. Zeitschrift für Psychotraumatologie, Psychotherapiewissenschaft, Psychologische Medizin (ZPPM), 5(2), 53-66.

Language: German

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Es wird davon ausgegangen, dass Patienten mit PTBS ein spezifisches Interaktionsverhalten in die Beziehung implementieren, das sich im mimisch affektiven Ausdruck und insbesondere im affektiven Mikroverhalten ausdrückt. Das mimisch-affektive Verhalten wurde mit dem Emotional Facial Action Coding System (EMFACS) analysiert. EMFACS ist ein Kodiersystem zur Erfassung von mimischen Expressionen, die den Primäremotionen zugeordnet werden. Zusätzlich wurde das Blickverhalten der Interaktanden kodiert und mit den Emotionen in Beziehung gesetzt. Patienten mit einer akuten Traumatisierung zeigen eine Reduktion der gesamten mimischen Aktivität sowie der Primäremotionen. Bezogen auf das Blickverhalten findet sich bei den PTSD-Patienten ein reduziertes beidseitiges Anblicken. Das mimisch affektive Verhalten der Patienten wurde in der ersten und der letzten EMDR-Sitzung verglichen. Es zeigte sich eine leichte Erhöhung.

It is assumed that patients with mental diseases implement a specific interaction pattern, that is expressed in the facial affective expression and particularly in facial-affective micro-behaviours. The facial affective behaviour was coded with the Emotional Facial Acting Coding System, an instrument for the registration of facial movements with emotional relevance. Afterwards these analyses were connected with gazing behaviour. Patients with an acute trauma showed a reduction of overall facial expressions and a reduced frequency of facial affects. Taking the gazing behaviour into consideration it became obvious that PTSD patients showed decreased portion of mutual gaze. Furthermore the facial affective expression of the patients' first and last EMDR session was compared. A slight increasing of facial affective expression and also an increase of the psychic complains was found. [Author Summary]

Keywords: Crime Emotional Numbing Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

37. Colelli, G. (2003, September). After the World Trade Center disaster – Use of EMDR recent events protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The Recent Events Protocol was used extensively in the treatment of World Trade Center survivors, first responders and recovery workers. In this workshop we will review the Recent Events Protocol and discuss the utilization in treating Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). The workshop will describe when it is appropriate to modify the Recent Events Protocol. Clinical examples for civilian and non-civilian personnel will be presented. Specific techniques will be described on how to reprocess PTSD symptoms in 5 sessions or less even when the client has significant previous traumatic memories. The contrast in using the protocol for PTSD symptoms as compared to grief will be discussed.

Keywords: 9/11 Recent Events September 11th World Trade Center WTC

Accuracy Verified: Yes

38. Solvey, P., & Ferrazzano de Solvey, R. C. (2006, January 2). Algunas fobias...¿Algunos traumas? - Segunda Parte [Some phobias...some traumas - Part 2]. DePsicoterapias S.R.L. Retrieved from http://www.depsicoterapias.com/articulo.asp?IdArticulo=542/8/2009.

Language: Spanish

Format: Other

Abstract:
Este artículo postula una relación unívoca, causa efecto entre la existencia de un trauma y la aparición posterior de una fobia. Estos traumas pueden ser de distinta naturaleza, pueden ser recordados y relacionados con la fobia, recordados y no relacionados con la fobia, olvidados y cuyo recuerdo emerge con las técnicas de avanzada, y traumas perinatales, cuyo recuerdo también puede emerger durante el reprocesamiento de la fobia. Se incluye una casuística de ejemplos clínicos, complementando la parte teórica de este trabajo, que postula una función de evolución adaptativa para las fobias.

This article posits a unilinear relation cause-effect relationship between the existence of a trauma and the subsequent appearance of a phobia. These traumas can be of different nature, can be remembered and associated with the phobia, remembered and not related to the phobia, forgotten and whose memory emerges with advanced techniques, and perinatal trauma, the memory may also emerge during the reprocessing of phobia. It includes a case series of clinical examples, complementing the theoretical part of this work, we hypothesize a role of adaptive evolution for phobias.

Keywords: Phobias Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

39. Solvey, P., & Ferrazzano de Solvey, R. C. (2006, January 3). Algunas fobias...¿algunos traumas? [Some phobias...some traumas?]. DePsicoterapias S.R.L. Retrieved from ://translate.google.com/translate?hl=en&sl=es&u=http://www.depsicoterapias.com/articulo.asp%3FIdArticulo%3D54&ei=jV-zS9rxA4aKlwfm1_m7BA&sa=X&oi=translate&ct=result&resnum=1&ved=0CA0Q7gEwAA&prev=/search%3Fq%3DAlgunas%2Bfobias...%25C3%2582%25C2%25BFalgunos%2Btraumas%253F%26hl%3Den%26rlz%3D1T4SNNT_enUS353US354 3/12/2006.

Language: Spanish

Format: Other

Abstract:
Este artículo postula una relación unívoca, causa efecto entre la existencia de un trauma y la aparición posterior de una fobia. Estos traumas pueden ser de distinta naturaleza, pueden ser recordados y relacionados con la fobia, recordados y no relacionados con la fobia, olvidados y cuyo recuerdo emerge con las técnicas de avanzada, y traumas perinatales, cuyo recuerdo también puede emerger durante el reprocesamiento de la fobia. Se incluye una casuística de ejemplos clínicos, complementando la parte teórica de este trabajo , que postula una función de evolución adaptativa para las fobias.

This article posits a unilinear relation cause-effect relationship between the existence of a trauma and the subsequent appearance of a phobia. These traumas can be of different nature, can be remembered and associated with the phobia, remembered and not related to the phobia, forgotten and whose memory emerges with advanced techniques, and perinatal trauma, the memory may also emerge during the reprocessing of phobia. It includes a case series of clinical examples, complementing the theoretical part of this work, we hypothesize a role of adaptive evolution for phobias.

Keywords: Phobias Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

40. Phillips, M. (2002, June). All for one and one for all: Integrating EMDR, ego-state therapy and energy psychology. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
One of the most challenging barriers to healing from past trauma is the inner conflict triggered by dissociative fragmentation. This workshop presents several ways of synthesizing ego-state therapy, EMDR and energy psychology methods to resolve competing inner needs and reactions and promote more integrated functioning within a comprehensive four stage model. Specific protocols incorporating ego-state work, EMDR and meridian (energy) techniques will be demonstrated and practiced. Special emphasls will be given to the resolution of mind/body symptoms that interface with trauma.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy Energy Psychology Meridian Therapy Mind/Body

Accuracy Verified: Yes

41. de Roos, C., & Went, M. (2011, April). Als woorden tekort schieten: EMDR bij preverbaal trauma [When words fail: EMDR for pre-verbal trauma]. Presentatie op de 5e jaarlijkse conferentie van EMDR Vereniging, Nijmegen, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Infants (0-4 jarigen) kunnen allerlei traumatische gebeurtenissen meemaken zoals intrusieve medische handelingen, een ongeluk, seksueel misbruik en andere vormen van mishandeling. Daarnaast zijn er negatieve ervaringen die niet duidelijk identificeerbaar zijn zoals chronische oorpijn- of buikpijn. Ook deze ervaringen beinvloeden de ouder-kind interactie/ hechtingsrelatie en hebben daarmee hun weerslag op het vermogen tot emotieregulatie en het gedrag. Herinneringen aan deze gebeurtenissen zijn preverbaal en dus niet op bewust nivo toegankelijk. Daardoor worden zij gemakkelijk over het hoofd gezien als mede-oorzaak of instandhoudende factor van emotionele of gedragsproblematiek in de basisschoolleeftijd. Na aanmelding bij de Geestelijke Gezondheidszorg wordt behandeling daarom vaak gericht op de aanpak van de huidige gedragsproblematiek (symptoombestrijding). Onze ervaring is dat EMDR hier een goede aanvulling biedt. Deze methode richt zich immers op de ‘onderlaag’ van de problematiek door negatieve ervaringen die hieraan gerelateerd zijn te verwerken. Daarna kan een inhaalslag gemaakt worden met betrekking tot de emotieregulatie waardoor zowel gedrag als de ouder-kind interactie verbeteren. Aan de hand van casuïstiek van infants en schoolkinderen wordt de indicatiestelling en toepassing getoond van het EMDR protocol bij de behandeling van kinderen die in de eerste 4 levensjaren getraumatiseerd zijn. In de presentatie wordt geillustreerd hoe de ‘verhalenmethode’ geintegreerd kan worden in een breder behandelaanbod. Werkvorm In de presentatie worden theorie en praktijk gecombineerd. Videobeelden ondersteunen het verhaal.

Infants (0-4 years), all kinds of traumatic experience as intrusive medical procedures, accidents, sexual abuse and other forms ofof abuse . There are also negative experiences that are not clearly identifiable as chronic ear pain or abdominal pain. These experiences affect the parent-infant interaction / attachment relationship and thus have their impact on the capacity for emotion regulation and behavior. Memories of these events are preverbal and not accessible on a conscious level. Thus they are easily overlooked as a cause or co-maintaining factor of emotional or behavioral problems in primary school. After reporting to the Mental Health Treatment is therefore often aimed at addressing the current behavioral problems (symptoms). Our experience here is that EMDR provides a good addition. This method is focused on the 'layer' of the problem by negative experiences related to this process. Then caught up with regard to both behavior and emotion regulation allowing the parent-child interactions improve. Through case studies of infants and schoolchildren being shown the indication and application of the EMDR protocol in the treatment of children who are traumatized life on April 1. The presentation illustrated how the 'stories'method can be incorporated into a broader range of treatment. Form In the presentation combines theory and practice. Video images support the story.

Keywords: Infants Children Pre-Verbal Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

42. Lu, D. P., Lu, G. P., & Lu, W. I. (2007). Anxiety control of dental patients by clinical combination of acupuncture, bi-digital o-ring test, and eye movement desensitization with sedation via submucosal route. Acupuncture and Electro-Therapeutics Research, 32(1-2), 15-30 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The data presented in this article was collected after reviewing clinical findings gathered from using various anxiety control methods on apprehensive patients. We examined clinical applications of the eye movement (EM) component of Eye Movement Desensitization (EMD) on fearful dental patients who have histories of traumatic dental experiences. We also used Bi-Digital O-Ring Test (BDORT) to select the proper dosage of sedative to minimize the adverse side effects. For patients who did not respond well to EM, we used BDORT to select the proper sedative medication and its dosage. In certain difficult cases, we supplemented these techniques with acupuncture to augment the sedative effects. Findings were based on the clinical impressions and assessments of both the patients and the operating team. Results showed that EM, although effective in enabling patients to undergo non-invasive dental procedures such as clinical examination and simple prophylaxis, had only limited beneficial effect with invasive procedures such as extraction, drilling, and injections, etc. We also found that BDORT greatly reduced adverse side effects of sedatives such as hypertension, hypotension, hypoxia, tachycardia, bradycardia, nausea, and vomiting. For most apprehensive patients, we found that EMD and acupuncture combined with BDORT predetermined dosage for the submucosal sedation enabled these patients to undergo the complete dental treatment. The authors try to explain the mechanism of BDORT and EM in terms of visual awareness (or consciousness) and preferred patterns, where neurons in the brain respond to the actions and/or direction of movement. The authors believe that BDORT and EM could have better results if the persons performing BDORT have visual awareness and are focused on the task; whereas in EM, the patient's eye on the therapist's hand movements. A more focused approach via visual pathway will result in more favorable results in EM. Likewise, performing BDORT absentmindedly could lead to false results if visual awareness (or consciousness) is absent. "Preferred pattern" will arouse neurons in the brain to cause conscientiousness, and performing BDORT with 'open eyes' arouse the necessary visual awareness that is necessary for the successful performance of BDORT tasks

Keywords: Acupuncture Anxiety Bi-Digital O-Ring Test Dental Phobic Patients Pharmacological sedation Preferred Patterns Visual Pathway

Accuracy Verified: Yes

43. Mestanza, R. (2007). Aplicación de terapia cognitivo conductual individual, grupal y EMDR, en adolescentes de 11 a 13 anos con altos nivelesde ansiedad del 8º ano de educación básica de la red educativia Helena Cortes Bedoya, en la ciudad de Quito, ano lectivo 2006-2007 [Application of individual and group cognitive behavioral EMDR therapy to 11 to 13 year old adolescents with high levels of anxiety in the 8th year of the Helena Cortes Bedoya educational network, City of Quito School Year 2006-2007]. Universidad Central Del Ecuador, Facultad de Ciencias Psicologicas, Instituto Superior de Postgrado, Quito, Ecuador.

Language: Spanish

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
El presente trabajo de investigación tuvo como objetivo general, verificar si la Terapia Cognitivo-Conductual individual, grupal y EMDR disminuyen la ansiedad en adolescentes de 11 a 13 años del 8º año de Educación Básica de la Red Educativa Helena Cortes Bedoya, Sector Carapungo de la ciudad de Quito, en el año lectivo 2006-2007. Se tomó como referencia que la Terapia Cognitivo-Conductual , es el conjunto de técnicas terapéuticas que han resultado del empleo sistemático del método experimental en la Psicología y demás disciplinas afines, empleados con el propósito de modificar pensamientos y conductas desadaptativas . En tanto que EMDR consiste en la Desensibilización y Reprocesamiento por medio del Movimiento Ocular u otras estimulaciones bi-hemisféricas especialmente para trabajar sobre recuerdos traumáticos. La investigación a realizarse fue de tipo explicativo con diseño cuasi- experimental con un grupo de sujetos estimado del 30 al 50 % del total de la población de adolescentes evaluados con el test ISRA-J. Con ISRAJ (Inventario de Situaciones y Respuestas de Ansiedad – Jóvenes ) se evaluó a 70 estudiantes de 8º Año de Educación Básica obteniendo 14 con alto nivel de ansiedad, a los cuales se les invitó a participar en el taller “ Jóvenes en Aprendizaje” durante 12 sesiones. Al grupo se realizó la evaluación pre y post tratamiento, para verificar si la Terapia Cognitivo Conductual individual y en grupo + EMDR, son efectivos para bajar niveles de ansiedad y considerando el género saber que grupo fue beneficiado en mayor medida. Verificada su efectividad, el programa anteriormente señalado, se aplicará para bajar niveles de ansiedad a todos los adolescentes que luego de ser evaluados con el test ISRAJ obtenga un puntaje directo de 51 a 75, con indicación de tratamiento necesario y de 76 a 100 con necesidad de terapia urgente.

The present research aimed generally verify whether cognitive behavioral therapy individual, group and EMDR decrease anxiety in adolescents 11 to 13 years of Grade 8 Basic Education Educational Network Helena Cortes Bedoya, Sector Carapungo of Quito, in the academic year 2006-2007. The reference used was that cognitive behavioral therapy, is the set of therapeutic techniques that have resulted from the systematic use of the experimental method in psychology and other disciplines, employees with the aim of changing maladaptive thoughts and behaviors. While EMDR is Desensitization and Reprocessing Eye Movement or other bi-hemispheric stimulation specifically to work on traumatic memories. The research was carried out explanatory type quasi-experimental design with a group of subjects estimated 30 to 50% of the total population of adolescents assessed with the ISRA-J test. With ISRAJ (Inventory of Situations and Responses of Anxiety - Young) was assessed 70 students from Year 8 Basic Education getting 14 with high anxiety, to which were invited to participate in the workshop "Young People in Learning" for 12 sessions. The group evaluation was performed before and after treatment, to verify if the individual and Cognitive Behavioral Therapy + EMDR group, are effective in lowering anxiety levels and considering the genre know that group was benefited most. Verified its effectiveness, the program noted above will apply to lower levels of anxiety to all adolescents be evaluated after the test will score ISRAJ live 51 to 75, indicating the necessary treatment and from 76 to 100 with need Urgent therapy.

Keywords: Adolescents Helena Cortes Bedoya Educational Network Group Behavioral Therapy Quito

Accuracy Verified: Yes

44. de Jongh, A. (1999, June). The application of EMDR in the treatment of specific phobias. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will 1) gain an understanding of when and how to apply the phobia protocol; and 2) learn to integrate the use of adaptive coping skills and exposure techniques into their EMDR work with phobic individuals.

Keywords: Phobias

Accuracy Verified: Yes

45. Darker-Smith, S. (2007, June). Application of mindfulness for impulse control and self harm. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Self harm presents a risk in using EMDR with emotionally vulnerable clients, due to the dangers of their immediate behaviours. However, often these behaviours are in response to deep-seated memories linked to traumas, which with the help of EMDR could safely be processed once the impulsive and risky behaviours are controlled. Mindfulness has been utilised by the Author as a stabilisation method of reducing dissociation in clients, prior to trauma processing (CEP conference – Darker-Smith, 2005). More recently, the author has discovered that the application of mindfulness and imagery techniques work more effectively for clients with tendencies for self-harm, compared to alternative behavioural techniques designed to distract from or substitute for impulsive desires to self-harm (e.g.., the use of ice cubes or elastic bans, to create a distraction from the impulse). Two groups were studied in the process of treating co-morbid symptoms for alternative conditions with EMDR, ranging from eating disorders, anxiety disorders, and trauma, prior to EMDR processing. For clinical reasons, clients with depression, personality disorders and other Axis 2 disorders were not included in this study due to contraindications in current research relating to Mindfulness. Participants self-harming behaviours related to superficial cutting, punching, and burning. Group 1 consisted of six clients who were offered alternative behavioural techniques (e.g., elastic bands or ice cubes) to distract or substitute for the desire for self-harm. Group 2 consisted of eight clients who were offered mindfulness techniques, including imagery meditations to distract or substitute for the desire to self harm. The groups were distributed as evenly as possible and no major emphasis was placed on the treatment of self-harming behaviours, instead being placed on the major problems (anxiety, eating disorder or trauma).
The Group (1)[consisted of 6 persons:(3 with Anxiety, 3 with Eating Disorders, 1 with Trauma)] who were offered suitable behavioural techniques utilised them effectively when their distress levels were mild (between 1-4 on a 0-8 behavioural scale), however, reverted back t self harming behaviours (e.g., cutting, burning, pinching) when distress levels reached 5 or higher. The Group (2)[consisted of 8 persons: (3 with Anxiety, 4 with Eating Disorders, 1 with Trauma)] who were offered aspects of Mindfulness training to facilitate tolerance of distressing emotions and being aware of the active moment did not tend (on average) to revert back to self-harming behaviours, choosing instead to utilise mindfulness methods (such as 3-minute breathing space).
Conclusion: Mindfulness is more effective as impulse control for self-harming behaviours than behavioural alternative strategies and can be utilised as a form of stabilisation in combination with controlling impulsive behaviours, prior to EMDR.

Keywords: Impulse Control Mindfulness Poster Self Harm

Accuracy Verified: Yes

46. Lansch, D. (2010, June). Application of the Four-Fields-Technique in treatment of a patient with dissociative disorder (case report). In Complex trauma. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The treatment of complex traumatized patients is difficult. Especially during long term treatments it is not easy for the chronically traumatized individuals to tolerate the exhausting confrontation with the trauma during the EMDR standard procedure. On the other hand they have often problems to recognize the severity of what happened to them. Many have problems with their compromised feelings of self-worth. Those and other clinical problems are the reason to look for alternative EMDR techniques. The Four-Field-Technique. one of the techniques of EMDR. could be a good approach to solve some of these problems. It was developed by Jarero et al, as a group protocol which followed the 8 phases of the standard EMDR protocol (STDP). Different from the STDP is that the moment of greatest distress is drawn on a sheet of paper (after drawing a resource image before and installing it with (bilateral: butterfly hugs. Different from the group protocol patients some benefit greatly from the individual application of the technique. In this lecture the long term treatment of a patient with a dissociative disorder is reported. Thereby the different phases of trauma treatment will be demonstrated via spates of pictures. The four field- technique itself will be explained as well as the difference to the standard protocol of EMDR as the patient experienced.

Keywords: Case Report Dissociative Disorder Four-Fields-Technique Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

47. Vos, S. M. (2005, December). An application of the transtheoretical model to a case of sexual trauma in middle childhood. University of Stellenbosch. doi:10019.1/2938 .

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
This study demonstrates the use of the transtheoretical model in the context of sexual trauma in middle childhood. Exploring contemporary literature I found that there is no literature in South Africa available on this topic. It was not until 1997 that the transtheoretical model was implemented internationally with regard to sexual abuse. Taking this in consideration, I realised that there was much scope for exploring, discovering and reflecting on the transtheoretical model and its use within the boundaries of childhood sexual trauma. A qualitative case study within the social constructivist/interpretive paradigm, was chosen as research design. The study involved a participant in middle childhood. Elna (pseudonym) was selected from referrals from the Child Protection Unit of the South African Police Services to the Unit for Educational Psychology at Stellenbosch. The reason for referring Elna to the Unit was because of the negative and diverse effects sexual trauma had on her life story. The study explores the transtheoretical model and the appropriateness thereof as alternative treatment model in a case of sexual trauma, as well as insight into progression of the client in the therapeutic process. Data was collected by means of interviews and therapy sessions during which Narrative therapy, EMDR, sandtray therapy (used in a narrative context) and art therapy techniques were used in an integrated manner. The data was analysed by means of interpreting codes, categories and themes. The study concluded with a discussion of the findings and a reflection on the impact the use of the transtheoretical model had on me as a research-therapist-in-training. The literature review and the findings of this research suggest that the transtheoretical model can be applied effectively to a case of sexual trauma in middle childhood. The use of the model also gives insight into progression of the client in the therapeutic process. Thesis (MEdPsych (Educational Psychology)--University of Stellenbosch, 2005.

Keywords: Narrative Therapy South Africa Transtheoretical Model

Accuracy Verified: Yes

48. Cocco, N. (1995, June). Applications of EMDR to children: EMDR in the treatment of darkness phobia in children. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR in the treatment of darkness phobia in children: 1. Overview of Darkness Phobia: A. Assessment of Childhood Phobias; B. Definition; C. Prevalence; D. Consequences.
2. Treatment Literature on Darkness Phobia: A. Invivo Exposure; B. Imaginal Desensitization; C. Modeling Symbolic and Participant; D. Coping Self Talk; E. Emotive Imagery.
3. [Preliminary Data on Controlled Comparison Between Emotive Imagery and EMDR: A. Aims of Study; B. Method: Subject, Design, Procedure: Assessment, Treatment Protocols; C. Results; D. Discussion.
4. EMDR Protocol: A. Assessment of Darkness Phobia; B. Hero Interview; C. EMDR Target Selection; D. Fantasy Based Cognitive Interweave: Linking Cues/Cognition/Affect Superheros to Change Cognition and Affect.]

Keywords: Children Darkness Phobia

Accuracy Verified: Yes

49. Callipo, N. (2007-2008). Applicazioni del pensiero controfattuale negli esiti post-traumatici [Applications of counterfactual thinking in post-traumatic events]. Università degli Studi di Trieste, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Applicazione del pensiero controfattuale negli esiti post-traumatici 1. Introduzione. Il pensiero controfattuale è un processo che esprime la capacità di riflettere e modificare gli scenari di situazioni da cui sarebbero potuti conseguire esiti differenti dalla realtà. Nella quotidianità è comune che un sentimento di rammarico – il regret - venga provato a seguito di una discrepanza tra i risultati attesi e la realtà. La ricerca e l’esperienza condivisa dicono che, rilevare le differenze tra ciò che avremmo voluto e ciò che abbiamo ottenuto, ci aiuta a pianificare azioni più efficaci nel futuro. Tuttavia, in condizioni di elevato stress, come quello provato dopo un evento indesiderato e traumatico, possono fare irruzione nella coscienza pensieri nella forma “Se solo non fossi stato così…”, oppure “Se solo non avessi fatto” o “Se avessi fatto qualcosa per evitare tutto ciò”; nel tentativo di annullare (undoing) idealmente le conseguenze dell’accaduto. Questi pensieri controfattuali possono sortire l’effetto di amplificare emozioni e sentimenti come il biasimo, la rabbia, la vergogna e il senso di colpa. L’attitudine alla generazione automatica, indiscriminata e non finalizzata all’azione, di domande e affermazioni ricorsive, può condensarsi in un particolare stile di pensiero – la ruminazione – che sottende sensazioni di disagio diffuse e invalidanti, come gli stati depressivi, ansiosi ed ossessivi. La prima parte di questo lavoro è occupato da una rassegna sulle ricerche che, inizialmente, pongono il pensiero controfattuale nel quadro delle più generali abilità di problem-solving; successivamente, la prospettiva funzionale, riesce a farne risaltare il versante adattivo, rilevante ai fini della regolazione degli stati affettivi e, più in generale, del mantenimento della salute mentale. Nella seconda parte viene discusso il ruolo del pensiero controfattuale, in relazione al suo versante disfunzionale , con particolare riguardo agli esiti post-traumatici. Nella terza parte vengono analizzati i modelli di elaborazione delle informazioni che riconoscono un ruolo al pensiero controfattuale nella regolazione dell’umore, citando alcuni paradigmi psicoterapeutici, tra cui l’Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), ideato da Francine Shapiro. Per verificare l’applicazione del pensiero controfattuale nel trattamento degli esiti post-traumatici sono stati riportati due esempi: uno tratto dalla letteratura sull’EMDR e un caso di disturbo ansioso-depressivo, in trattamento con psicoterapia a orientamento cognitivo.

Application of counterfactual thinking in a post-traumatic results. Introduction. The counterfactual thinking is a process that expresses the ability to reflect and change scenarios of situations that could have been large gains different from reality. In everyday life it is common that a feeling of regret - the regret - should be tried as a result of a discrepancy between expected results and reality. The research says that shared experience, point out the differences between what we wanted and what we have achieved, helps us to plan more effective actions in the future. However, under conditions of high stress, such as that experienced after a traumatic event and unwanted, they can break into the conscious thoughts in the form "If only I had not been so ..." or "If only I had not done" or "If I had done something to avoid anything "in an attempt to cancel (undoing) the ideal of what the consequences. These counterfactual thoughts may have the effect of amplifying emotions and feelings such as blame, anger, shame and guilt. The ability to generate automatic, indiscriminate and not action-oriented questions and statements recursive, it can condense into a particular style of thinking - rumination - that underlies feelings of discomfort common and disabling, such as depression, anxiety and obsessive . The first part of this work is occupied by a review of the research that initially pose the counterfactual thinking in the context of more general skills of problem-solving, since then the functional perspective, can bring out the side adaptive, relevant to the regulation of affective states and, more generally, of maintaining mental health. The second part discussed the role of counterfactual thinking, in relation to its dysfunctional side, especially with regard to post-traumatic results. In the third part analyzes the patterns of information processing that recognize a role in regulating mood counterfactual thinking, citing some psychotherapeutic paradigms, including eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), developed by Francine Shapiro. To test the application of counterfactual thinking in the treatment of post-traumatic results were two examples: one taken from the literature on EMDR and a case of anxiety-depressive disorder, treatment with cognitive-oriented psychotherapy.

Keywords: Counterfactual Thinking Informational Processing

Accuracy Verified: Yes

50. Tardy, J., & El Farricha, M. (2007, Juin). Approache Ericksonienne du traumatisme psychique et thérapie EMDR [Ericksonian approach of trauma]. Présentation à la réunion annuelle de l'Association EMDR Europe, Paris, France.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Les techniques d’hypnose éricksonienne sont des outils très utiles au cours d’une psychothérapie, spécialement avec les personnes ayant connu des traumatismes répétés dans l’enfance. En effect, par le biais d’une dissociation thérapeutique, patient et thérapeute on accès à la mémoire traumatique neurobiologique et psychologique et le patient pourra (ré)experimenter la confiance dans ses propres forces naturelles.
Cependant, manié avec peu de précaution l’hypnose risqué d’aggraver la dissociation pathologique. L’association des techniques éricksoniennes et du protocole de la thérapie EMDR augmente les capacitiés de l’espirt et du corps et offre au paitent un meilleur contrôle émotionnel et un amélioration del la (ré)orientation à la réalité.
Le travail des auteurs est a situé dans le cadre de la psychothérapie brève des victimes et s’appuie sur une approche éricksonienne du traumatisme psychique et la thérapie EMDR en tant que novelle méthode thérapeutique efficace pour l’ESPT.
Mohammed El Farricha et Josette Tardy psychologues cliniciens, présenteront un apercu d’un programme de traitement psychothérapique expérimenté avec des patients en ambulatoire ces dix dernières années.
Dans cet atelier l’accent sera plus particulièrement mis sur l’apport des techniques d’hypnose éricksonienne qui semblent cliniquement efficaces et peuvent venir renforcer le protocole EMDR au cours des phases: evaluation et terminaison.
Il s’agira par exemple de démontrer comment, lors de l’évaluation, guider la personne vers la concentration interne nécessaire à une desensitisation complete? Ou encore comment mieux projeter le patient dans un future <> des limitations du traumatisme?

Ericksonian hypnosis techniques are useful tools in the course of psychotherapy, especially with people who have experienced repeated trauma in childhood. In effect, through a separation treatment, patient and therapist is memory access neurobiological and psychological trauma for the patient to (re) experiment confidence in its own natural forces. However, handled with some caution hypnosis risked aggravating the pathological dissociation. The combination of Ericksonian techniques and EMDR protocol extends the capabilities of espirt and body and offers better paitent emotional control and improvement del (re) orientation to reality. The authors' work is situated in brief psychotherapy of victims and an approach based on Ericksonian of psychic trauma and EMDR as an effective therapeutic method novella for PTSD. Mohammed El Farricha and Josette Tardy clinical psychologists, will present an overview of a program of psychotherapy experimented with outpatients in the last ten years. In this workshop the emphasis will be placed on the contribution of Ericksonian hypnosis techniques that seem clinically effective and can reinforce the EMDR protocol in phases: evaluation and termination. Some examples demonstrate how, during the evaluation, guide the person towards the internal concentration required for a complete desensitisation? Or how to better plan the patient in a future <> limitations of trauma?

Keywords: Erickson Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

51. de Jongh, A. (2000, May 6). Approaches to using EMDR for the treatment of phobias. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Utrecht, Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop focuses on the clinical application of EMDR with specific phobias. There are a number of advantages in using EMDR for the treatment of specific phobias compared to other approaches, such as exposure in vivo. One of the most important advantages seems to be the possibility to utilize EMDR under circumstances where the critical elicitors cannot be reproduced or simulated in real life (e.g., certain sexual, illness or death situations) or, more generally, for which phobic stimuli are hard to obtain. However, unlike patients suffering with PTSD, after deconditioning of an anxiety associated with a traumatic incident, phobic individuals till have to anticipated future anxiety evoking situations. This has important implications for treatment. For example, contrary to its application with PTSD, the treatment of specific phobias with EMDR should not be concluded until clients are prepared for future interactions with (former) anxiety-eliciting stimuli or situations. This may involve acquisition of adaptive coping skills, such as mental strategies to relax or to distract oneself, and the use of exposure (in vivo) techniques. Participants of this workshop will learn when and how to apply EMDR with specific phobias and integrate this into general (cognitive-behavioral) treatment approach. This approach is illustrated by several videotaped treatments.

Keywords: Phobias

Accuracy Verified: Yes

52. Haycock, R. D. (2009). Arming commanders to combat PTSD: A time for change – Attacking the stressors vice the symptoms. School of Advanced Military Studies, United States Army Command and General Staff College, Fort Leavenworth, Kansas.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Arming Commanders to Combat Posttraumatic Stress Disorder by COL Robert D. Haycock, US Army, 53 pages. Just as war is not a new phenomenon, neither are the issues associated with the mental and emotional scars combat brings to those who fight a nation’s wars. Historically, the United States has assumed a reactive vice proactive posture as it relates to coping with the fiscal, and humanistic challenges that manifest within a nation at war, and those who experience the trauma of combat. The Army has proven slow to respond to the need to train and educate its leaders and instead has devoted vast capital on the assessment and treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), attacking the symptoms as they arise, vice attacking the stressors which cause the affliction. The invasions of Iraq and Afghanistan and the deployment of forces throughout the world to combat terror, however, have created conditions whereby PTSD is again in the lime-light. This monograph examines PTSD from a historical perspective reviewing the manner in which the Army viewed, assessed, and treated those afflicted with PTSD as well its methods for training and educating those honored with the opportunity to lead these warriors in battle. This monograph highlights existing shortfalls in assessment, training, doctrine, and education as it relates to those commanding at the battalion-level. The Army does not properly prepare battalion commanders for the complexities of coping with PTSD in their units nor arm them with the tactics, techniques, and procedures necessary to mitigate the effects of PTSD on the combat effectiveness of their units and the soldiers that fill the ranks. The Army should implement more rigorous assessment programs for units deployed to identify those at risk of PTSD or demonstrating stress-related symptoms before the mental well-being of the soldier is dramatically affected and treatment becomes more difficult. Further, the Army should review and update existing doctrine and training techniques (Battlemind training) to focus specifically on commanders at the battalion level. The Army must demonstrate a linkage between doctrine, training and education, enhance efforts to consolidate PTSD resources for ease of access, and revise strategic communications procedures to reduce stigmas associated with PTSD. The Army must arm its tactical commanders with the tools to address the stressors associated with PTSD in order to preserve the force and ensure its effectiveness in the ambiguous and complex environment which appears to best characterize the way ahead.

Keywords: Combat Military Monograph Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

53. Solomon, R. M. (2007, June). The art of EMDR: Dealing with abreactions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The overall objective of this workshop is to enable the EMDR therapist to deal more effectively, and comfortably, with intense client affect. Treatment of complex trauma, where dissociation prevents the integration of traumatic emotions, often involved the processing of intense emotions. The abreaction can be quite shocking to the therapist who may then engage the client in talking therapy, utilize resource installation, or provide an interweave to lower the level of intensity. While this can, at times, be appropriate and helpful, often it is counter indicated and a perceived resolution may be short lived and/or needlessly circumscribed. It is important to recognize the markers of treatment, and what choices are appropriate. Ironically, it is often the therapist who is uncomfortable with the level of client affect, rather than the client being unable to deal with the intense emotion.
The hallmark of EMDR is “staying out of the way” if the dysfunctionally stored information is moving. An inherent value of EMDR is to facilitate natural processing and the client’s natural healing patterns. Assuming client readiness and preparation to deal with emotional material, an interweave (which elicits other neural networks), or resource installation (which initiates a state change) or prolonged talking (which initiates an interpersonal process) – though often useful – can interfere with the client’s own internal processing and take the client away form their natural and unique resolution and integration. The therapist can enable the client to process intense material utilizing a) strong attunement skills to hold the client one’s therapeutic presence, b) recognition of behavioral manifestations of processing to guide speed, rate and tempo of bilateral stimulation to maximize processing, c) using different rate, speed and tempo to control emotional intensity of the processing, d) and knowing when to verbally intervene and when to “stay out of the way.”
This workshop will focus on:
a) Assessment of client readiness
b) Therapeutic clinical presence and attunement skills
c) Detecting behavioral manifestations of processing and calibrating bilateral stimulation to the client in order to maximize processing and control intensity
d) Therapeutic choice points concerning verbal interventions and “staying out of the way."
Demonstration and video tapes will be used to illustrate teaching points. (Participants should be aware that the videos have intense emotional content).

Keywords: Abreactions Intense Affect

Accuracy Verified: Yes

54. Solomon, R. M. (2006, September). The art of EMDR: Dealing with abreactions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The overall objective of this workshop is to enable the EMDR therapist to deal more effectively, and comfortably, with intense client affect. Treatment of complex trauma, where dissociation prevents the integration of traumatic memories, often involves the processing of intense emotions. The abreaction can be quite shocking to the therapist who may then engage the client in verbal interventions (e.g. interweave, resource installation, talking therapy). While this can indeed be appropriate and helpful, it is often the therapist who is uncomfortable with the level of & client affect, rather than the client being unable to deal with the intense emotions. The hallmark of EMDR is "staying out of the way" if the dysfunctionally stored information is moving. An inherent value of EMDR is to facilitate natural processing and the client's natural patterns. Assuming client readiness and preparation to deal with emotional material, an interweave (which elicits other neural networks), or resource installation (which initiates a state change) or prolonged talking (which initiates an interpersonal process) - though often useful - can interfere with the client's own internal processing and take the client away from their natural and unique resolution and integration. The therapist can enable the client to process intense material utilizing a) strong attunement skills to hold the client in one's therapeutic presence, b) recognition of behavioral manifestations of processing to guide speed, rate, and tempo of bilateral stimulation to maximize processing c) using different rate, speed, and tempo to control emotional intensity of processing; d) and knowing when to verbally intervene and when to "stay out of the way". Hence, more important than the mechanics of bilateral stimulation is the way EMDR is delivered. EMDR is a "dance" between client and therapist with the therapist interacting through bi-lateral stimulation even more than through verbal communication. This workshop will focus on dealing with intense affect with EMDR (the dance) and include discussjon of 1) How to assess client readiness for dealing with intense material, both before and during EMDR processing. 2) Therapist clinical presence and attunement skills. 3) Detecting behavioral manifestations of processing and calibrating bilateral stimulation to the client in order to maximize processing, and control intensity of processing. 4) Therapeutic choice points concerning verbal interventions and "staying out of the way". Demonstration and video tapes will be used to illustrate teaching points. (Participants should be aware that the videos have intense emotional content).

Keywords: Abreactions

Accuracy Verified: Yes

55. Solomon, R., Watkins, J., & Paulsen, S. L. (2004, September). Art of EMDR: Use of therapeutic self, resonance and managing effect at the optimal level. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The therapist's ability to continually assess and detect client response to EMDR is crucial in order to: 1) provide safely and containment; 2) titrate the level of client arousal; 3) enhance ego strength: and 4) facilitate optimal movement. Detecting subtle client movement and shifts enables the therapist to: a) optimize the tempo and rhythm of bilateral stimulation; b) assess if the material is moving: c) detect state changes that can potentially block processing; and d) point to cognitive interweaves for blocked processing. This workshop will teach participants how to utilize their therapeutic presence to provide containment, enhance the client’s ability to process through intense emotions, and adapt to continual changing states in the client.

Keywords: Managing Affect Resonance Therapeutic Self

Accuracy Verified: Yes

56. Cohn, L. (1994, March). Art therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Sunnyvale, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
New modes of thempy, before they are completely tried and defined, challenge the professional status quo as well as our individual skills and preconceptions. Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR)presents just such a challenge: the method, barely three years old, has shown excellent results in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), but is as yet incompletely documented, and the reasons for its success remain open to speculation (Shapiro, 1989). Even so, only by continually exploring new techniques can art therapists adjust to advances in mental health care.

Keywords: Art Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

57. van der Kolk, B. A. (1999, November). Assessment and treatment of complex PTSD. Specialty training course presented at the annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Miami, FL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
While most research on PTSD has studied subjects exposed to single trauma, in clinical practice the vast majority of treatment seeking patients have histories of multiple traumas, usually interpersonal, abuse. This gives rise to complex clinical pictures, of which PTSD is just one dimension. The Trauma Center in Boston is a large, multidisciplinary, developmentally focused Clinic which specializes in the treatment of traumatized children and adults. Our clinic uses a developmentally based assessment tool which helps in the staging of appropriate treatment interventions. Special emphasis is placed on providing patients with skills to deal with complex trauma-based symptoms, such as dissociation, by teaching stablization with DBT techniques, psychoeducational groups, resource installation, SIT, and body-oriented methods, in which patients are taught skills to increase their internal locus of control. We will review the rationale for various psychopharmacological interventions and the role of groups to enhance the capacity for mutual relationships. All treatment occurs on the foundation of continuity of care with one individual therapist who follows the patient’s progress,explores life issues, helps deal with re-enactment behaviors, and does trauma-specific treatment, such as EMDR or CBT for alleviation of trauma-specific symptoms. This conference will explore these issues in depth and discuss in detail the staging and applications of various treatment techniques in clinical practice.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PSTD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

58. Carter, A. (2007, June). Assessment and treatment of complex PTSD and dissociative disorders in childhood and adolescence, the role and use of EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Damage occurs to a child’s self in the context of relationship when raised in an environment of abuse and neglect. This damage to self is manifested through disruptions in development. A child or adolescent will be unable to perform tasks a non-traumatized child or adolescent has not difficulty mastering. These tasks may be physical, emotional, intellectual, sexual, social, or spiritual. When these disruptions become manifest in the environment with which the child or adolescent is interacting, home, school, or community, conflict arises. The conflict is both internal with self and external in relationship, behavioral, and biological. This is generally when a child or adolescent is brought into therapy for intervention Caregivers are not always aware of the impact traumatic events have on a child’s life or may not want to deal with the impact and the long term implications. The therapeutic relationship is a context outside of the system where the child was traumatized that provide the potential environment and relationship which can facilitate healing for the child, adolescent, and possible, the system in which they live.
Children and adolescents with a complex PTSD will often employ the use of dissociation as a way to cope with overwhelming events or chronically dysfunctional lifestyles. The degree and way in which the child dissociates to self regulate internal systems will determine behavioural and neurological trajectories in their life such as, how the child will cope, rupture of developmental task attainment, and it will determine what type of attachment process the child experiences. Also determined are: impulse control, sleep regulation, meta cognitive functioning, neurobiological processes and the integrative processes of self. When there is no therapeutic intervention, the self which emerges as a result of these processes is a “traumatic self” organization, that is a self structural in response to traumatic experience determined to avoid the repetition of the traumatic experience “at all costs.” The biological body that emerges is the traumatized body organized for avoidance in the forms of fighting, fleeing, or freezing and submitting.
The assessment phase of therapy will map for the therapist and client where the internal dysregulation occur, what are the maladaptive response which have been developed, and what the negative beliefs are which all contribute to the construction of the “traumatic self." There are a variety of assessment tools specifically designed for this purpose.
Once the map is established, a plan can be developed to use with children and adolescents and family for therapy and for EMDR. There are a variety of models which have been developed to use with children and adolescents to process bad memories, negative cognitions and to strengthen internal resources. EMDR can also be used to facilitate state change, strengthen self regulatory capacities, and promote integrative processes of authentic self, facilitating healing throughout self, body, and relational systems.

Keywords: Adolescents Children Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Dissociative Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

59. Paulsen, S. (2012, October). Attachment repair and temporal integration: EMDR for early trauma. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Progress in neuroscience reveals that attachment learning, affect dysregulation, and traumatic experience are predominantly held in the right hemisphere (Schore, 2009). Therapists can access trauma and neglect held in the right hemisphere using EMDR, somatic awareness, imaginal excursions, and the therapists mirror neuronal experience. This workshop summarizes the Early Trauma approach of EMDR (O'Shea, 2009; and its variations for the dissociative client (Paulsen, in press). Of note is a new stabilization procedure that appears to work directly on the subcortical affective circuits (Panksepp, 1998). The Early Trauma approach to EMDR processes preverbal implicit memory in sequential time periods, while attending to the nuances of somatic and affective experience as they emerge both in the clients subjective report and in the relationship field. As the infants story is told with the deciphering of these nuances, the therapy repairs developmental milestones imaginally. This enables integration from the bottom up, by time frame, called Temporal Integration (Paulsen, 2009), which contrasts with Strategic and Tactical Integration. Preliminary clinical findings are that the procedure helps repair injuries of attachment, structural dissociation, affect dysregulation and personality. The workshop will interest both EMDR and non-EMDR practitioners because of its significant implications for theory and practice Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to list a modification of the ET procedure for dissociative clients for each of the four steps. Participants will be able to list the seven hardwired subcortical affective circuits described by Panksepp. Participants will be able to name four steps of the Early Trauma procedure for non-dissociative clients.

Keywords: Attachment Repair Early Trauma Temporal Integration

Accuracy Verified: Yes

60. Brisch, K. H. (2013, June). Attachment trauma and treatment process with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will provide an overview of the various forms of attachment disorders, their significance in terms of affect and stress regulation, and their effects on the development of early severe psychopathology. Case studies will illustrate the use of EMDR as a therapeutic modality.

Keywords: Attachment Trauma Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

61. Shapiro, R. (2009). Attachment, affect tolerance, and avoidance targets in obsessive-compulsive personality disorder. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR Solutions II: For depression, eating disorders, performance, and more (1st Ed.) (pp. 403-411). New York, NY: W. W. Norton & Co..

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Keywords: Affect Tolerance Attachment Avoidance Targets Obsessive-Compulsive Personality Disorder

Accuracy Verified: Yes

62. Saint Paul, N. V. (2002, May). Aus der fülle ... Ressourcen- und Korperorientierung in der traumatherapeutischen arbeit [Out of the abundance ... Resource and body orientation in trauma therapy]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Frankfurt, Germany.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This paper describes how trauma therapy including body awareness can reduce the impact of the traumatic memory and can efficiently prevent retraumatization. The goal is to achieve the ability to self-regulate activation of the autonomic nervous system and hence, to attain access to states in which patients can maximize their resources. This procedure is based on neurobiological findings and exemplified with case studies. The approach complements other trauma therapeutic interventions, regardless of the theoretical orientation, and can be combined with techniques like, for instance, EMDR.

Keywords: Neurobiology Psychotherapy Psycho Trauma Resource Orientation Selective Mutism

Accuracy Verified: Yes

63. Saint Paul, N. V. (2008). Aus der fülle ... Ressourcen- und körperorientierung in der traumatherapeutischen arbeit [Out of the abundance ... Resource and body orientation in trauma therapy]. Interdisziplinär, 16(3), 166-175 .

Language: German

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
In diesem Beitrag wird beschrieben, wie Traumatherapie unter Einbeziehung der Körperwahrnehmung schonend gestaltet und so einer Retraumatisierungsgefahr wirksam begegnet wird. Ziel ist das Erlangen der Fähigkeit, den Aktivierungszustand des autonomen Nervensystems zu regulieren und auf diese Weise Zugang zu ressourcenvollen Ich-Zuständen zu erlangen. Das Vorgehen wird durch neurobiologische Erkenntnisse begründet und anhand von Fallbeispielen veranschaulicht. Der Ansatz wird als Ergänzung zu anderen traumatherapeutischen Verfahren, gleich welcher Schule, verstanden und lässt sich gut mit speziellen Methoden, wie beispielsweise EMDR, verbinden.

Summary: This paper describes how trauma therapy including bodyawareness can reduce the impact of the traumatic memory and can efficiently prevent retraumatization. The goal is to achive the ability to self-regulate activation of the atuonomic nervous system and hence, to attain access in states in which patients can maximize their resources. This proceedure is based on neurobiological findings and exemplified with case studies. The approach compliments other trauma therapeutic interventions, regardless of the theoretical orentation, and can be combined with techniques like, for instance, EMDR.

Keywords: Neurobiology Psychotherapy Psycho Trauma Resource Orientation Selective Mutism

Accuracy Verified: Yes

64. Kirsch, A., & Seidler, G. H. (2004). Ausdruck und erleben von emotionen bei der posttraumatischen belastungsstörung: Erste ergebnisse einer studie mit gewaltopfern [Expression and experience of emotion in patients with posttraumatic stress disorder: First result of a study with victims]. Zeitschrift für Psychotraumatologie und Psychologische Medizin, ZPPM 2(1), 45-60.

Language: German

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Emotionale Betäubung (EN) in PTSD ist ein Cluster von schwächenden Symptomen mit Problemen in der Erfahrung und dem Ausdruck von Emotionen. EN ist in drei separate diagnostischen Kriterien dargestellt: deutlich vermindertes Interesse an wichtigen Aktivitäten, Gefühle der Ablösung oder Entfremdung von anderen, und eingeschränkte Bandbreite des Affekts. Die funktionale Beziehung zwischen anderen Klassen von PTSD Symptome und EN ist nicht gut verstanden. In diesem Artikel werden verschiedene Studien diskutiert werden. Es wird davon ausgegangen, dass Patienten mit psychischen Erkrankungen eine spezifische Wechselwirkung Muster implementieren, die in der Gesichts-affektiven Ausdruck und äußerte sich vor allem in Gesichts-affektiven Mikro-Verhalten. Das Ziel der vorliegenden Pilot-Studie war die Analyse von Gesichts-affektive Verhalten von Patienten mit PTSD im Vergleich zu gesunden Personen. Erste Ergebnisse der ersten EMDR-Sitzungen auf Video aufgezeichnet von Patienten und psychodynamischen Interviews von gesunden Personen (keine psychische / psychiatrische Störungen nach ICD-10) wurden mit dem codierten Emotional Facial Coding System Acting, ein Instrument zur Erfassung von mimischen mit emotionaler Bedeutung. Danach wurden diese Analysen mit Blickverhalten verbunden. PTSD Patienten zeigten eine Verringerung der gesamten Mimik und eine verminderte Häufigkeit von Gesichts wirkt im Vergleich zu gesunden Personen. Unter dem Blickverhalten in Betracht, wurde es offensichtlich, dass PTSD Patienten zeigten Anteil sank gegenseitigen Blick im Vergleich zu gesunden Personen. Außerdem war der Gesichtsausdruck affektiven Ausdruck von vier Patienten (Eltern, die durch den gewaltsamen Tod ihrer Kinder beraubt) erste und letzte EMDR-Sitzung verglichen. Eine leichte Erhöhung des Gesichts affektiven Ausdruck gefunden wurde. [Autor Summary)

Emotional numbing (EN) in PTSD is a cluster of debilitating symptoms involving problems in the experience and expression of emotion. EN is represented in three separate diagnostic criteria: markedly diminished interest in significant activities, feelings of detachment or estrangement from others, and restricted range of affect. The functional relationship between other classes of PTSD symptoms and EN is not well understood. In this article different studies will be discussed. It is assumed that patients with mental diseases implement a specific interaction pattern, that is expressed in the facial affective expression and particularly in facial-affective micro-behaviours. The aim of the presented pilot-study was the analysis of facial-affective behaviour of patients with PTSD in comparison to healthy persons. First results of videotaped first EMDR sessions of patients and psychodynamic interviews of healthy persons (absence of mental/psychiatric disorder according to ICD-10) were coded using the Emotional Facial Acting Coding System, an instrument for the registration of facial movements with emotional relevance. Afterwards these analyses were connected with gazing behaviour. PTSD patients showed a reduction of overall facial expressions and a reduced frequency of facial affects in comparison to healthy persons. Taking the gazing behaviour into consideration, it became obvious that PTSD patients showed decreased portion of mutual gaze compared to healthy persons. Furthermore, the facial affective expression of four patients' (parents bereaved by the violent deaths of their children) first and last EMDR session was compared. A slight increasing of facial affective expression was found. [Author Summary]

Keywords: Crime Emotional Numbing Interpersonal Interaction Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

65. Uddane, L. (2004, March 14). Author looks at alternative self-help techniques. Orange County, CA: The Orange County Register, Life, HF3.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing. Servan-Schreiber believes that in a short period, EMDR may help people cope with difficult memories. In a typical session, the patient is asked to remember the painful, debilitating memory and visually focus on the moving hand of the therapist or moving set of lights. It's not clear how EMDR works, so it's a controversial approach.

Keywords: Orange County Self-Help Techniques

Accuracy Verified: Yes

66. van den Hout, M., Muris, P., Salemink, E., & Kindt, M. (2001). Autobiographical memories become less vivid and emotional after eye movements. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 40(2), 121-130. doi:10.1348/014466501163535.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Objectives: To test (1) whether eye movements during retrieval of emotional memories are followed by less vividness and less emotionality of future recollections, (2) whether this effect, if present, is stronger than the effects of a control activity (finger tapping), (3) whether the alleged effects of tapping and eye movements are stronger than a no-movement, control condition (mere imagery), (4) whether reductions in vividness and emotionality after eye movements (and finger tapping) are specific to negative memories or also occur in the case of positive memories. Method: 60 healthy volunteers recalled either positive or negative memories and scored the vividness and emotionality of the recollections. Next, memories were recalled whilst the participant was performing rapid eye movements, finger tapping, or not performing a dual task. Then participants were asked to recall the event again and to rate its vividness and emotionality. Results: Compared to finger tapping and the no-dual-task condition, recollections after eye movements made future recollections less vivid. After eye movements, but not after the other interventions, negative memories became less negative, and positive memories became less positive. Conclusion: The findings show that eye movements not only reduce vividness and emotionality of memories during the eye moving, but also affect future recollections, during which no eye movements are made. Some theoretical explanations are discussed. As to clinical implications, it is suggested that if there is a role for eye-movement-based treatments, it is very limited. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adolescents Cognitive Processes College Students Dutch Exposure Therapy Memory Impairment Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Survivors Treatment Effectiveness Young Adults

Accuracy Verified: Yes

67. Cortés, C. (2012, June). Ayudando a desarrollar el sistema de procesamiento de la información para la reconstrucción del apego en niños adoptados [Helping to develop the adaptive information system for attachment reconstruction in adopted children]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is based on the adaptive information system model. Humans have an inherent information processing system that generally processes the complex elements of an experience to an adaptive state. In other words, we have the innate capacity to resolve difficult emotional experiences and move forward in our lives. There are cases where, besides the trauma of abandonment and lack of attachment, there has been no early stimulation, mainly during the first year of life. Sometimes the emotional environment is so poor that results in insufficient attachment, and prevents the motivational system from becoming strong enough to push the baby to find and produce stimulation. Other times, the environment has been so negligent that has not provided the conditions for the baby to adequately cover this first sensory stimulation. Whether it is poor emotional environment or a negligent environment, or both at once, the result is that we find children who have not had the opportunity to generate enough neural connections or the quality required for the reptilian brain to mature. This phenomenon hinders the brain integration, both vertically and horizontally, and makes the processing of the adaptive information system difficult, if not impossible. Aiming to promote and foster the development of the adaptive information system, we have focused on a dual purpose: rebuilding attachment and ensuring the neurofunctional reorganization and development of the child at early stages. For this we rely on both; EMDR processing, as well as sensory integration and sensorimotor therapies, which promote the integration of primitive reflexes and the child´s development at early years. Given the baby's phylogenetic development and the ideal conditions for such development to occur, we try to generate the same conditions, with the aim to facilitate and complete part of the child's development that, so far, has not occurred yet. Therefore, the quality of attachment is what will define the self-‐regulation capacity and the child's motivational system. And in this sense, the neurofunctional organization and sensory integration will provide the child with the necessary resources to meet the challenges of both, development and growth, and the possibility to achieve success and thus to obtain the perception of efficiency. Both aspects, attachment and neurofunctional organization, are interwoven with each other and feed the adaptive information system. Through videos and clinical material, we show the evolution of adopted children with whom we have already intervened from this dual therapeutic point of view; generating a greater vertical and horizontal integration and a better attachment consolidation. Parents will play a key role in this intervention and we prepare them for it through both; psycho-‐education and EMDR. In this way, they can become proper therapeutic parents, capable to parenthesize their own children.

EMDR está basado en el modelo del sistema adaptativo del procesamiento de la información. El ser humano posee un sistema inherente de procesamiento de la información que normalmente procesa los elementos complejos de una experiencia en un sistema adaptativo. En otras palabras, tenemos una capacidad innata para resolver las experiencias emocionalmente difíciles y seguir adelante con nuestras vidas. Existen casos donde, tras el trauma de abandono y la falta de apego, no ha existido estimulación temprana, principalmente durante el primer año de vida. A menudo el ambiente emocional es tan pobre que da como resultado un apego insuficiente, e impide que el sistema emocional sea lo suficientemente fuerte para conseguir que el bebe encuentre y produzca estimulación. En otras ocasiones, el ambiente ha sido tan negligente que no proporciona las condiciones adecuadas para que el bebe cubra su primera estimulación sensorial. Ya sea por ambiente emocional pobre o un ambiente negligente, o bien ambos, el resultado es que encontramos niños que no tienen la oportunidad de generar conexiones neurales suficientes o de calidad requeridas por el cerebro reptiliano para madurar. Este fenómeno dificulta la integración del cerebro vertical y horizontalmente y hace que el sistema de procesamiento de la información sea deficitario, si no imposible. Con el objetivo de promover y fomentar el desarrollo del sistema adaptativo del procesamiento de la información, nos hemos centrado en un propósito dual: Reconstruir el apego y asegurarnos de reorganizar y desarrollar la neurofuncionalidad del niño en las etapas tempranas del niño. Para ello nos apoyamos en el procesamiento del EMDR, así como en las terapias de integración sensorial y sensoriomotoras, que fomentan la integración de los reflejos primitivos y el desarrollo del niño en las etapas tempranas. Dado el desarrollo filogenético del niño y las condiciones ideales para que dicho desarrollo ocurra, intentamos generar las mismas condiciones, con el objetivo de facilitar y completar parte del desarrollo del niño que hasta ahora, no ha ocurrido todavía. Por tanto, la calidad del apego es aquella que será definida por la capacidad de autorregulación y el sistema motivacional del niño. Y en este sentido, la organización neurofuncional y la integración sensorial promoverán en el niño los recursos necesarios para encontrarse con los retos de desarrollo y crecimiento y la posibilidad de conseguir el éxito en ambos, además de obtener la percepción de eficiencia. Ambos aspectos, apego y organización neurofuncional, están entrelazados y alimentan el sistema adaptativo del procesamiento de la información. A través videos y material clínico, mostramos la evolución de los niños adoptados los cuales ya han sido intervenidos desde esta perspectiva terapéutica dual; generando una gran integración vertical y horizontal y una mejora en la consolidación del apego. Los

Keywords: Adoptives

Accuracy Verified: Yes

68. Lendl, J. (2006, September). Back to basics: The positive template & affect bridge. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
One of the reasons EMDR is such a powerful treatment method is the eight phase, three prong protocol. The robustness of the method is not achieved if any part of the protocol is dismissed. Dr. Shapiro's recent trainings have emphasized the need for the future template. The future template is a combination of the use of imagery, and used successfully in sport performance and health recovery, and bi-lateral stimulation. Back fo Basics: The Positive Template is a workshop to remind participants of the importance of positive templates in complete and incomplete EMDR protocol sessions. The future template, which addresses avoidance, adaptation, and actualization, is a part of phase eight/reevaluation and the third prong (future) of the EMDR protocol. Preliminary research will be presented that suggests positive templates are useful before phase eight. Participants will learn to integrate the positive template to help maintain skills between sessions, encourage new skills and practice ways to handle resistance. There will be supervised practica for using the future template and ESP (End Session Positive) template. Additionally, this workshop has been expanded to go over the Affect Bridge and practice will be included.

Keywords: Affect Bridge Future Template Positive Template

Accuracy Verified: Yes

69. Stofsel, M., & Mooren, T. (2012, March). Behandeling van complex trauma: EMDR en meer hoe geef je zo’n behandeling vorm, welke valkuilen kunnen er zijn, welke plek heeft EMDR en hoe bewaak je de rode lijn bij deze vaak langdurige behandelingen? [Treatment of complex trauma: EMDR and more how do you form such a treatment, what pitfalls may exist, which place has EMDR and how do you monitor the red line in these often long-term treatments?]. Presentatie op de 6e congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Behandeling van ‘Complex trauma’ is lastig, omdat er vaak op veel verschillende levensgebieden problemen zijn. Daarbij is er sprake van een opeenstapeling van traumatische ervaringen. Dit kan leiden tot een soort schrik of terughoudendheid bij behandelaren, om complex trauma adequaat aan te pakken. In deze workshop willen wij duidelijk maken dat complex trauma goed te behandelen is, mits men de ruimte heeft om een langere behandeling aan te gaan, een therapeutische relatie (met tegenoverdrachtelijke valkuilen) aan kan gaan met cliënten met een geschokt wantrouwen in hun medemens en men niet te snel terugschrikt en mits men goed overzicht houdt over het verloop van de behandeling. Wij presenteren een model dat richting geeft aan de behandeling van complex trauma. We gaan uit van het drie-fasen model (Herman, 1992) met stabilisatie, verwerking en integratie en vullen dit aan met handvatten voor praktisch gebruik. Dit model gebruiken we om op systematische wijze de verandermogelijkheden te kunnen bepalen bij complexe traumaproblematiek. We zullen uit elke fase een of meerdere technieken demonstreren en op een rijtje zetten hoe EMDR toegepast wordt bij de behandeling van j complexe traumaproblematiek.

Treatment of 'Complex trauma is difficult, because there are often many different areas of life problems. In addition, there is an accumulation of traumatic experiences. This can lead to a kind of fear or reluctance of clinicians to adequately handle complex trauma. In this workshop we want to make clear that complex trauma can be treated well, provided they have the space for a longer treatment to enter a therapeutic relationship (with counter-transference traps) to can deal with clients with a shaken confidence in their fellow man and one not afraid to quickly and if one does good overview over the course of treatment. We present a model that gives direction to the treatment of complex trauma. We assume the three-phase model (Herman, 1992) with stabilization, processing and integration and supplement this with handles for practical use. The model we use to systematically change the options to determine in complex trauma problems. We will phase out any one or more techniques and demonstrate how this straight EMDR is used in the treatment of complex trauma problems j.

Keywords: Complex Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

70. Zdravkovic, J. (1994). Behavioural-cognitive therapy of posttraumatic stress disorder. Psihijatrija Danas, 26(2-3), 129-146.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The basic theoretical postulations on PTSD are given in the first part of the work. Hypotheses are given on PTSD as being a kind of conditioned emotional reaction to trauma and, possibly, an illness that has disturbed REM sleep mechanism at its roots. The second part describes behavioural and cognitive techniques that have been proven empirically to be successful in the treatment and the prevention of this disorder. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Behavior Therapy Cognitive Therapy Epidemiology Etiology Nosology Psychophysiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Relaxation Therapy

Accuracy Verified: No

71. Paulsen, S. L., & Watkins, J. G. (2005, November). Best resourcing, affect regulation & abreaction techniques: From the armamentaria of hypnoanalytic, EMDR, somatic experiencing, and cognitive behavioral sources. Presentation at the International Society for the Study of Dissociation, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Abreaction Techniques Affect Regulation Techniques

Accuracy Verified: Yes

72. Paulsen, S. L., & Watkins, J. G. (2005, November). Best techniques from the armamentarium of hypnoanalytic, EMDR, somatic psychotherapy and cognitive behavioral methods. Presentation at the annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation. Fall Conference, Toronto, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Best Techniques

Accuracy Verified: Yes

73. Stein, D., Rousseau, C., & Lacroix, L. (2004, March). Between innovation and tradition: The paradoxical relationship between eye movement desensitization and reprocessing and altered states of consciousness. Transcultural Psychiatry, 41(1), 5-30. doi:10.1177/1363461504041351.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a relatively new form of psychotherapy to emerge in the West. Using both a case analysis and literature review we situate EMDR within the use of altered states of consciousness (ASCs) in psychological healing practices across times and cultures. We discuss EMDR's unique predicament as a therapy that draws upon techniques common to most therapeutic ASCs, while at the same time distancing itself from this tradition through its pseudoscientific language and technologic aesthetic. Our conclusion attempts to shed light on this paradox and raise questions for further study.

Keywords: Altered States of Consciousness Consciousness States Psychological Healing Review Transcultural Psychiatry

Accuracy Verified: Yes

74. Gaudiano, B. A. (2004, January 4). Beware of weird, wacky psychotherapy treatments. Salt Lake City, UT: The Deseret News, All, Viewpoint, AA08.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
There's also a treatment for post-traumatic stress called Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing. Similar to techniques used in other effective treatments for this condition, EMDR therapists ask clients to review the traumatic events repeatedly in their minds until their anxiety dissipates. What makes EMDR unique is that the therapist also moves index and middle fingers rapidly from left to right in front of the client, who is asked to visually track the movement while imagining the scene. But research shows that the eye movements appear to be completely superfluous, as people who are asked to keep their eyes still while recounting the events improve just as much as those who do the eye-wiggling.

Keywords: General Overview Salt Lake City

Accuracy Verified: Yes

75. Gomez, A. (2008, September). Beyond PTSD: Treating depression in children and adolescents using EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Traumatized children frequently exhibit symptoms of disorders other than PTSD. There is evidence of comorbidity between PTSD, depression and other behavioral disorders and a large overlap in symptom criteria between PTSD and depression in children and adolescents. The first part of this presentation explores what current research has identified as the key factors for the development of depression in children and adolescents. The evidence linking trauma, stress and PTSD to some forms of depression and the relationship between disorders of attachment, difficulties with affect regulation and the development of depression in children and adolescents will be explored. The second part of this presentation will introduce preliminary evidence that EMDR can be a potentially effective treatment for depression in children and adolescents through a series of case studies and anecdotal reports. The presentation will conclude with an overview of strategies for working with depressed children and adolescents across the eight phases of the EMDR protocol. Even though this presentation will focus on working with pediatric depression, it will provide a foundation for understanding and treating adult depression as well. Video clips of sessions will be shown to provide a concrete and tangible experience for clinicians.

Keywords: Adolescents Children Depression

Accuracy Verified: Yes

76. Rothschild, B. (2003, May). Beyond the model: Creating techniques from theory. Psychotherapy in Australia, 9(3), 36-40.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The following two cases are excerpted from Babette Rothschild’s newly published book 'The Body Remembers Casebook: Unifying Methods and Models in the Treatment of Trauma and PTSD' (W.W. Norton 2003). The first case advocates creative adaptation of learned methods, in this case EMDR. The second demonstrates the importance of regulating hyperarousal and halting flashbacks to facilitate increased client self-control and clear thinking. Both cases illuminate Rothschild’s principle of applying creative common sense to theory. The result is safer trauma therapy and interventions specially tailored to suit the specific needs of individual client situations.

Keywords: Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

77. Litt, B. (2009, August). Beyond trauma resolution: EMDR and the growth of the relational self. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop explores family dynamics contributing to ego fragmentation and interlocking ego-state conflict in individual and couples therapy. Participants will learn about the relationship between family dynamics and ego structure, reenactments from the family of origin, and the manifestations of ego-state conflict in individual and conjoint therapy. Participants will learn a contextual model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning, the indications and contraindications of conjoint EMDR, a model of the Self that zeroes in on the salient negative cognitions being triggered, and learn a progression of techniques to control and focus desensitization within the optimal zone of arousal.

Keywords: Family Dynamics

Accuracy Verified: Yes

78. Litt, B. (2010, April/May). Beyond trauma resolution: EMDR and the growth of the relational self. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop explores family dynamics contributing to ego fragmentation and interlocking ego state conflict in individual and couples therapy. Participants will learn about the relationship between family dynamics and ego structure, re-enactments from the family of origin, and the manifestations of ego state conflict in individual and conjoint therapy. Participants will learn a contextual model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning, the indications and contraindications for conjoint EMDR, a model of the Self that zeroes in on salient negative cognitions, and a progression of techniques to control and focus desensitization within the optimal zone of arousal. (Intermediate/Advanced)

Keywords: Relational Self

Accuracy Verified: Yes

79. Litt, B. (2011, April-May). Beyond trauma resolution: EMDR and the growth of the relational self. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Workshop in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will explore family dynamics contributing to ego fragmentation and interlocking ego state conflict in individual and couples therapy. Participants will learn a model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning, describe ego state manifestations in couples conflict and learn to manage ego states in the desensitization phase of processing.
In Part One, participants will learn about the relationship between family dynamics and ego structure, reenactments from the family of origin, and the manifestations of ego state conflict in individual and conjoint therapy. In Part Two, participants will learn a model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning using contextual family therapy, the indications and contraindications of conjoint EMDR, a model of the Self that zeroes in on the salient negative cognitions being triggered, and learn a progression of techniques to control and focus desensitization within the optimal zone of arousal. This interactive workshop will include videotape and didactic material designed to facilitate a deeper understanding of this exciting new integrative model. For individual, couples, and family therapists.
Learning Objectives: •Individual and conjoint therapists will sharpen their diagnostic skills by learning to assess intergenerational patterns that contribute to ego fragmentation in their clients. •Couples therapists will use knowledge gained to evaluate repetition compulsions or reenactments in their client couples. •Individual and conjoint therapists will learn to deconstruct reenactments to identify negative cognitions preparatory to doing EMDR. •Conjoint therapists will assess for indications and contraindications for conducting conjoint EMDR sessions with client couples. •Therapists will be able to rapidly assess negative cognitions using a new typology of Domains of the Self. •EMDR therapists will be able to employ a model of the zone of optimal processing for efficient and safe desensitization. •EMDR therapists will be able to use a variety of techniques for maintaining their clients within the zone of optimal processing.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

80. Christman, S. D., & Stieber, P. (2005, February). Bilateral eye movements lead to a neutralization of affective state. Poster presented at the 33rd annual meeting of the International Neuropsychological Society, St. Louis, MO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Engaging in bilateral eye movements (EM) leads to increases in Stroop interference, improvements in episodic memory, and decreases in false memories in a converging semantic associates paradigm. These results are interpreted as reflecting EM-induced equalization of cortical activation and subsequent enhancement of interhemispheric interaction. Since increased right versus left hemisphere activation is associated with negative versus positive affect, respectively, it was hypothesized that EMs following a mood-induction procedure should result in neutralization of affect. Seventy three right-handed participants engaged in happy or sad mood induction procedures, providing mood ratings on a 1-9 scale, followed by 30 seconds of either bilateral EMs or, as a control, watching a dot change color repeatedly. Participants then supplied a second mood rating. Analyses of the Happy condition showed no mood differences after mood induction, with all participants yielding scores significantly happier than neutral. After administration of the visual condition, participants in the Colored Dot condition showed no change in mood. In the EM condition, however, participants showed a significant reduction in positive affect. Analyses of the Sad condition showed that the mood induction procedure failed, with participants reporting neutral moods after mood induction. Post hoc analyses of only those participants reporting sad moods after induction showed that participants in the EM condition exhibited a marginally greater neutralization of affect than in the Colored Dot condition. The results provide tentative support for the hypothesis that bilateral EMs result in neutralization of emotional states, reflecting an equalization of cortical activation in the left and right hemispheres.

Keywords: Bilateral Stimulation Eye Movements

Accuracy Verified: Yes

81. Kuiken, D., Chudleigh, M., & Racher, D. (2010, December). Bilateral eye movements, attentional flexibility and metaphor comprehension: The substrate of REM dreaming?. Dreaming, 20(4), 227-247. doi:10.1037/a0020841.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Explanations for the effects of the rapid eye movements induced during Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR; Shapiro, 2001) have drawn upon an analogy with the eye movements of REM sleep (Kuiken, Bears, Miall, and Smith, 2002). An extension of that analogy posits two orienting systems, one involving threat-fear related mnemonic contextualization and another involving loss-pain related monitoring of conflicting response alternatives. In a study involving individuals who had recently experienced significant loss or trauma, we found that experimentally induced saccadic eye movements decreased reaction times to unexpected stimuli among those reporting traumatic distress (characterized by hyperarousal and intrusive thoughts) and increased reaction times among those reporting separation distress (characterized by vivid reminiscences and the sense of a foreshortened future). Also, we found that saccadic eye movements increased the perceived strikingness of metaphoric sentence endings among those reporting amnesia for events related to either loss or trauma. The eye movements of both EMDR and REM sleep may differently affect the attentional and cognitive reorienting activity of those living with the consequences of loss or trauma. These differences may be evident in their waking reflections and in their dreams.

Keywords: Attention Bereavement Dreams Eye Movements Metaphors REM Sleep Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

82. Withers, D. (1999, June). Bilateral movement therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn to implement Bilateral Movement Therapy, an innovation of EMDR, into a Group Therapy Model, establishing group safety, cohesion and culture; 2) learn to incorporate Dance Movement Therapy techniques and theory into the standard EMDR protocol using the whole body rather than just eye movements; and 3) explore the use of Bilateral Movement Therapy with a variety of treatment issues and populations and how to assess its appropriateness for each.

Keywords: Bilateral Movement Therapy Dance Movement Therapy Group Therapy Model

Accuracy Verified: Yes

83. Solomon, E. P., & Heide, K. M. (2005, January). The biology of trauma: Implications for treatment. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 20(1), 51-60. doi:10.1177/0886260504268119.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
During the past 20 years, the development of brain imaging techniques and new biochemical approaches has led to increased understanding of the biological effects of psychological trauma. New hypotheses have been generated about brain development and the roots of antisocial behavior. We now understand that psychological trauma disrupts homeostasis and can cause both short and long-term effects on many organs and systems of the body. Our expanding knowledge of the effects of trauma on the body has inspired new approaches to treating trauma survivors. Biologically informed therapy addresses the physiological effects of trauma, as well as cognitive distortions and maladaptive behaviors. The authors suggest that the most effective therapeutic innovation during the past 20 years for treating trauma survivors has been Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), a therapeutic approach that focuses on resolving trauma using a combination of top-down (cognitive) and bottom-up (affect/body) processing. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adolescents Child Abuse Children Criminal Behavior Forensic Evaluation Literature Review Neglect Neuroendocrinology Neurophysiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

84. Klaus, P. (2005, June). Birth trauma - Causes, effects, methods to heal: An EMDR approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Events at birth are traumatic and create feelings of powerlessness when they are actually or appear life-threatening to self or loved ones, are sudden, change quickly from "normal" to dangerous without explanation, and when the situation appears overwhelming. There is no time to prepare, no way to plan an escape or to prevent something from happening. A number of events during labor or birth such as unplanned interventions, serious problems in the mother, physical damage, a sick infant, and separation from the baby can be classified as traumatic. Major trauma for a woman occurs in childbirth when she has inordinate fear and is in a situation where she has no control. Other aspects of trauma are more subjective and relate to how a woman is treated and how she perceives the experience, often causing humiliation and stigma. Trauma during the prenatal period can affect the parents' perception of the baby, their own self-concept, their relationship, and can impair bonding and attachment. Early trauma can have both immediate and long-range effects on the parents and the infant and may create later in the adult psychological and somatic conditions and a negative self-concept. Equally important is the history the parents bring to this event as well as the quality of their relationship. Birth is a magnet for unresolved issues to emerge. Clinicians will learn about the causes and effects of these early traumas as well as methods, including EMDR to uncover, resolve, and heal them.

Keywords: Birth Defects

Accuracy Verified: Yes

85. Klaus, P. (2007, June). Birth trauma: Causes, effects, methods to heal with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clinicians will gain an understanding of the types of events that create psychological and physiological distress and trauma both at birth and afterward. Many conditions have their origin during this early period where generational messages as well as traumatic events surrounding birth and the early period of life can have negative effects. Participants will learn methods to work within the infant mind/body memory to retrieve early trauma and the subsequent events that reinforced it as well as facilitate healing through the life path of the individual. Clinicians can benefit by recognizing the elements that influence these situations, and with EMDR and other adjunctive techniques learn to resolve these very early experiences to help clients reach a higher level of adaptation for health. Objectives: 1.Identify the characteristics of traumatic or negative birth experiences. 2.Recognize the risk factors that affect the birth and can be projected onto the infant. 3.Identify the effects of early trauma on parent-infant relationships, bonding, the marital relationship, and on the infant. 4.Learn about long-term psychological and somatic sequelae of perinatal trauma on the adult individual. 5.Describe, demonstrate, and practice psychotherapeutic methods with EMDR to help resolve and heal these experiences.

Keywords: Birth Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

86. van der Kolk, B. A. (1994, January). The body keeps the score: Memory and the evolving psychobiology of posttraumatic stress. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 1(5), 253-265. doi:10.3109/10673229409017088.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Ever since people's responses to overwhelming experiences have been systematically explored, researchers have noted that a trauma is stored in somatic memory and expressed as changes in the biological stress response. Intense emotions at the time of the trauma initiate the long-term conditional responses to reminders of the event, which are associated both with chronic alterations in the physiological stress response and with the amnesias and hypermnesias characteristic of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Continued physiological hyperarousal and altered stress hormone secretion affect the ongoing evaluation of sensory stimuli as well. Although memory is ordinarily an active and constructive process, in PTSD failure of declarative memory may lead to organization of the trauma on a somatosensory level (as visual images or physical sensations) that is relatively impervious to change. The inability of people with PTSD to integrate traumatic experiences and their tendency, instead, to continuously relieve the past are mirrored physiologically and hormonally in the misinterpretation of innocuous stimuli as potential threats. Animal research suggests that intense emotional memories are processed outside of the hippocampally mediated memory system and are difficult to extinguish. Cortical activity can inhibit the expression of these subcortically based emotional memories. The effectiveness of this inhibition depends, in part, on physiological arousal and neurohormonal activity. These formulations have implications for both the psychotherapy and the pharmacotherapy of PTSD.[MLM MEDLINE]

Keywords: Neurobiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Practice PTSD Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

87. Jacobs, K., & Macnaughton, I. (1996, June). Body oriented techniques to help “unstuck” EMDR processing. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Body Oriented Techniques

Accuracy Verified: Yes

88. Korman, S. (2007, June). Body-based interventions for self-reguation and resourcing in the treatment of complex trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In the clinical treatment of complex trauma, it is important to evaluate a patient’s readiness for trauma processing. This includes recognizing a clinical presentation of complex trauma and an understanding of it etiology. Additionally, it is imperative to understand the effects of trauma on the body system. Pre-mature trauma processing can serve to symptomatically worsen a pervasive pattern of systemic dysregulation. Prior to successful trauma processing, a patient must be able to maintain dual attention, regulate their affect, and tolerate the experience of affective state change. Body-based resourcing and regulatory skills can be utilized by the clinician to increase a patient’s ability to tolerate and more fully integrate pre-frontal lobe cognitive activity with the emotional and sensory experiences resultant of trauma. Strategies from many modalities, such as Dialectic Behavior Therapy, Mindfulness Practices and EMDR Resourcing can be taught to and practiced by the client in preparation for successful regulated integration of traumatic memory.

Keywords: Complex PSTD Creativity Mind/Body Resourcing Self Regulation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

89. Bush, Y. R. (1999, June). Bonding and attachment. Prescott College, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
This paper reviews the issues of major importance in the current study of bonding and attachment. Adopted children and children who have spent some of their childhood in foster care account for a disproportionate number of unattached children. A review of the history of literature relative to bonding and attachment from Freud to Bowlby and to present day experts is presented. The relatively new diagnosis of Reactive Attachment Disorder and the DSM IV diagnostic features are addressed. The treatment process, including the various accepted techniques that have been somewhat successful, is described. The newest technique, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), developed by Francine Shapiro, is being used to help children who have been diagnosed with Reactive Attachment Disorder. The technique is explained in this paper. Chapter six includes information regarding how to complete a family history and assessment and the outline for a more formal narrative report. This paper was written to explain bonding and attachment and its format was planned so that parts of it can be used as a teaching tool. The purpose of the paper is to gain knowledge and understanding in this field of study so that children will benefit. Assessing the level of bonding and attachment will assist the helping professional plan appropriate treatment for children and families.

Keywords: Adoption Attachment Bonding Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

90. Leeds, A., & Mosquera, D. (2012, October). Borderline personality disorder and EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
BPD patients present difficulties with self-regulation and relating to others. The management of these difficulties is central to the treatment of BPD. Working with cases of BPD and complex trauma is intrinsically relational, often involving the need to manage moments of intense affect and affect phobias in the transference and countertransference. Understanding and having strategies for addressing these issues is essential. This workshop integrates theoretical exposition with the presentation of videos cases. The general structure of EMDR therapy in treating BPD and interventions for the preparation phase and considerations for trauma-focused EMDR work will be demonstrated and explained.

Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder

Accuracy Verified: Yes

91. Haour, F. (2009, June). Brain source imaging of the alpha rhythm in PTSD patients using the MEG technique. In K. Zaal (Chair), Research). Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In anxiety disorders, such as PTSD, brain imaging has demonstrated local modifications of functional activities using various techniques. In the present study the direct neuronal activities were measured in delta, theta and beta frequencies, using Magnetoencephalagraphy (MEG) which provides very fast temporal response. The technique is neither invasive nor stressful for the patients. Nineteen female volunteers with DSM-IV PTSD were included in the study. The protocol was a script-driven imagery provocation test, achieved with the patients sitting in the MEG apparatus. The scenarios, specific for ach patient, were composed of 4 active conditions: neutral image (N) traumatic memory (T), traumatic memory suppression (TS) and positive image (P) corresponding to 3 minutes where the patient had to imagine the corresponding sequence with eyes closed Measures of heat rate and subjective disturbance (SUD) were measured during the recoding. The MEG data were analysed in the source domain using a spatial filtering approach. Measurement of electrophysiological waves of various rhythms: delta: 1-4 Hetz (Hz), theta: 4.8-5.8 Hz, alpha: 8-12 Hz and beta: 12-25 Hz was obtained. Anatomical information was from MRI imaging. Signal of activation during trauma recall (T-N) were limited to the delta and theta waves and mainly found in the left hemisphere (visual, orbitofrontal and dorsolateral prefrontal and temporal gyrus (BA 8-9-10-11, 18-19, 22, 28) and in the right supra marginal gyrus (Wernicke BA 40). Signal of inhibition during trauma recall (T-N) were found mainly in the left hemisphere, in the delta, alpha and beta waves (visual, orbitofrontal, dorsolateral prefrontal and temporal gyrus (BA 8-9-10-11, 18-18, 22, 28), cingular cortex (BA 23-24, 31, 32), insula (BA 13) and Broca visual cortex (BA 18-19, 43-44). In conclusion trauma recall mainly induces a hypoactivation in the ventromedial prefrontal cortex and in the cingular cortices, structures linked to the experience and regulation of emotions.

Keywords: Alpha Rhythm Brain Imaging MEG Technique Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Research Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

92. Haour, F. (2010, June). Brain source imaging using magnetoencephalography (MEG): Modifications in various rhythms during memory recall, in PTSD patients. In Research. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Magnetoencephalography MEG Memory Recall Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Research Rhythms Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

93. Gannon, J. P. (2011, April). A brain-based peak performance model using meditation, EMDR and cardio imagery and rehearsal. Peak Performance Systems, San Francisco.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
This pilot study investigated the effectiveness of a new model of peak performance training based on applications of brain research to stimulate mental skill acquisition leading to enhanced performance capabilities. Brain-based techniques such as Mindfulness Meditation (MM), Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and Cardio Imagery and Rehearsal (CIR) appear to stimulate various neurological processes including alpha and theta brain waves, higher interhemispheric coherence and reduced sympathetic nervous system arousal. Clinical application of these techniques in a preliminary pilot study with a variety of performers was shown in follow-up self-assessments to have enhanced performance outcomes on seven measures including reduced performance anxiety and self-consciousness, enhanced concentration and focus, improved memorization of performance routines and enhanced overall performance goals. The idea that specific performance routines can be installed using these brain-based techniques that enhance peak performance functioning on demand was supported by these findings.. However, the results of this pilot study are preliminary and further studies using a larger subject sample, empirically validated test measurements and independent control groups are necessary before these findings can be corroborated.

Keywords: Brain-Based Peak Performance Brainscripting Cardio Imagery and Rehearsal Flow Interhemispheric Coherence Mindfulness Meditation Neurofeedback Neuroplasticity Performance Anxiety Pilot Study

Accuracy Verified: Yes

94. Rost, C. (2010, June). Bridging the gap between stabilisation and trauma confrontation. Pre-conference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
When processing trauma material during the EMDR session, we often see the spontaneous appearance of resource material. This helps patients to come to terms with the traumatic memory. With complex traumatized patients, this material appears far less frequently, and the EMDR process can be much harder. We can support the process by activating specific resources, both before and during the EMDR session.
During this workshop, specific resource techniques will be presented and practiced which can help to stabilize complex traumatized patients and which can also be combined with the EMDR standard protocol: Position of Power, Power Animal, Body Resource, CIPOS, and a protocol for early childhood memories.

Keywords: Body Resource CIPOS Position of Power Power Animal

Accuracy Verified: Yes

95. Korn, D., Rozelle D., & Weir, J. (2005, June). Bringing EMDR research into practice. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Determining Readiness for EMDR Trauma Processing: • Neither diagnosis nor trauma history determine readiness for trauma processing or response to treatment • Though studies often exclude subjects with suicidal ideation, dissociation or substance abuse, EMDR may be used with these clients if other readiness criteria (e.g., affect tolerance, coping skills, safe embodiment) are met • Key point - Capacity to tolerate and modulate arousal v. absolute level of arousal [Excerpt]

Keywords: Practice Research

Accuracy Verified: Yes

96. Shapiro, F. (2012, November). Building sustainable mental health services in war-torn and disaster-affected areas. Presentation at the 28th Annual Meeting of the ISTSS, Los Angeles, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The after effects of trauma can be transmitted across generations, resulting in ongoing cycles of violence and pain that affect individuals, families and societies. For those people and organizations working in countries in need of significant conflict prevention, mediation, reconstruction and reconciliation, these unprocessed memories can present a grave challenge. EMDR therapy is an empirically supported treatment for trauma. Since it does not demand a description of the event, it has proved successful in those cultures where self-disclosure is problematic. Since it does not need homework, it can also be implemented on consecutive days, making it amenable to the use of field teams after both natural and manmade disasters. Program evaluations have documented positive and rapid treatment effects using both individual and group protocols. The EMDR-Humanitarian Assistance Programs (HAP) is a global network of volunteer educator/clinicians working to prevent and/or remediate the psychological aftereffects of trauma. HAP projects worldwide have provided education about trauma and stabilization techniques, and taught local clinicians how to provide both individual and group treatment in war-torn and disaster-affected areas. The primary goal is to train clinicians to build sustainable mental health services that will meet not only immediate crisis needs, but also comprehensively serve future generations.

Keywords: Disasters War

Accuracy Verified: Yes

97. Waters, F. S., Potgieter, R., & Yehuda, N. (2011, November). But they are too young to be traumatized!. Presentation at the 28th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Montreal, Quebec.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
All too often it is assumed that infants or young children are too young to remember frightening, painful, and confusing experiences, and therefore will not suffer harm because they are too young to be traumatized. Clinical experience; however, as well as research on neurobiology of trauma, child development, and attachment, tell a different story. While very often not verbalized, overwhelming early experiences are nonetheless remembered implicitly. As such they tend to find expression in a myriad of debilitating emotional and somatic symptoms across a persons life span; even into adulthood. Understanding how early trauma can affect the child developmentally, and how it might be expressed, is crucial not only to clinicians treating children but also to those working with adults. It is through understanding early traumatic markers and the subtle, often coded signs, sometimes rooted as far back as infancy, that one can begin the process of untangling these symptoms and freeing the individual from a lifetime of pain, suffering, and failed relationships. This workshop will examine the types of early traumamedical, severe neglect, all forms of abuse, disrupted attachmentand how these traumatic experiences impact the young child from birth to five years. The signs and symptoms of traumatized and dissociative children, as well as available research on the topic will be described, along with case examples. The need for careful interpretation of often convoluted and subtle symptoms will be explained. Accurate interpretation of a childs presentation relies on understanding the neurobiology of trauma and dissociation. That, as well as understanding the impact on child development and attachment is crucial for effective intervention. Strategies such as Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) and involvement of caregivers in the therapy will be described. Videoed sessions and artwork describing the young traumatized child's inner world and recovery process will augment the presentation.

Keywords: Children Infants

Accuracy Verified: Yes

98. Gaudiano, B. A. (2004 January 4). Can be depressing. Monterey County, CA: The Monterey County Herald, Commentary, F1.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Keywords: General Monterey County Overview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

99. Jongedijk, R., Freeman, C., Stofsel, M., Johannesson, K. B., Groenenberg, M., & Nerad, M. (2005, October). Can evidence based trauma treatment like CGT and EMDR be used for patients with complex traumatisation and/or complex PTSD?. Presentation at the First Annual European Workshops on Traumatic and Stress, Academic Medical Center, The Netherlands .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
CGT and EMDR are well documented treatment programmes for PTSD. Most published studies concern “simple PTSD”, in this workshop presentations and discussions are focussed on the treatment principles and possible adjustments in techniques of CGT and EMDR for complex PTSD patients.

Keywords: CGT Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD Complex Trauma C-PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

100. Greenwald, R. (2007, September). Case conceptualization and treatment planning for EMDR therapists. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Want to do more/better EMDR? Trauma-informed case foundation and treatment planning enable the therapist to systematically pursue treatment activities that help the client: a) understand why trauma resolution is important; b) have the motivation to do it; and c) develop the coping skills and affect tolerance for successful EMDR. Participants will practice structured methods to understand a client from a trauma perspective and to apply the trauma-informed treatment framework to one of their own cases. Data documenting these methods’ effectiveness will be presented, including reduced therapist distress, increased empathy and confidence, and improved behaviors with challenging clients.

Keywords: Case Conceptualization

Accuracy Verified: Yes

101. Fang, L. (2005, June). Case presentation: “Relative mild negative situations” - 2 single session cases using the standard EMDR protocol. In "EMDR in action." Part 2. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It has proven that EMDR is successful in helping people who have experienced psychological difficulties that originate from some kind of traumatic experience. I used standard EMDR protocol successfully in single session for two persons who experience short negative moments. One client was a young man who had intrusive recalls of the male acquaintance telling him about oral sex intercourse between men that happened 38 hours before he asked for psychological help. The other client was a young nurse, one of my colleagues, who was scolded and threatened by the husband of a patient less than 2 hours ago before I did EMDR for her. They both had moment of trauma was very precise and very short: the moment the words were spoken. The recent events don't have several hot spots (difficult affect laden moments in the experience), but just one clearly shocking moment. So I used standard protocol and it helped stabilizing them very quickly, they both retouched their resources quickly. Two months later, I followed up my colleague. She was still stable and had the same positive cognition about the negative moment.

Keywords: China Psychotrauma Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

102. Miller, P. W., McDougall, I., O'Rawe, B., & Kirk, R. T. (2007, June). A case series detailing phenomenology, EMDR protocol and clinical outcome of EMDR in severe depression with psychosis, delusional dysmorphobia and schizophrenia. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The author will by means of oral presentation of clinical case material from patients seen as outpatients; didactic teaching and 'question and answer' explore the efficacy demonstrated by EMDR in a series of patients with disorders including ‘depression, severe with psychosis'; delusional dysmorphophobia and schizophrenia.
There will be detailed description and presentation of case studies. The author will present and discuss clinical cases seen by them and another colleague where EMDR has been used in patients preventing to their facility with ‘depression, severe with psychosis;' delusional dysmorphophobia and schizophrenia.
The author will explore the phenomenology of the case material and discuss how it potentially relates, diagnostically, to the utility of EMDR in such cases. Particular mention will be made of the role EMDR had within the overall treatment plan of these cases and discussion of potential indicators that will aid appropriate targeting of cases for EMDR will be made.
A detailed description of how to apply EMDR protocol in monosymptomatic delusional disorder, including delusional dysmorphophobia will be given. This will include discussion of the use of Floatback; explore the use of affect bridge and the possible role of the unconscious or repressed material in the development of psychotic phenomena.
As patient with psychotic phenomena are often on one if not several psychoactive medications, the author will discuss the impact of EMDR on drug therapy in this group of patients with: schizophrenia, depression, severe with psychosis and delusional dysmorphophobia, illustrating the points from the case material. They will also look at the possible effect of medication on the efficacy of EMDR in this client group.

Keywords: Delusional Dysmorphobia Depression Personality Disorders Phobias Psychosis Schizophrenia

Accuracy Verified: Yes

103. Cartwright, L. (2000, September-October). Case Studies: Expanding our tool kit: A new technique that compliments TFT and EMDR. Family Therapy Networker, 24(5), 71-82.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
In recent years, increasing numbers of therapists have discovered the effectiveness of neurologically based therapy techniques, such as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and Thought Field Therapy (TFT), not only for trauma, but for a wide range of problems, including anxiety, anger, grief and phobias. Like most therapeutic approaches, however, they provide remarkable results for one client and little or no results for another, no matter how skilled the therapist. Even more mysterious, they can significantly help a client with one problem, but not with a different problem. For instance, Sarah, age 40, had been suffering from depression for five years. The depression was triggered by the death of her father, loss of a good-paying job due to downsizing and her fiance's breaking off their engagement--all within a one-year period. After six months of increasing anxiety and worsening depression (accompanied by low energy, disinterest in life and withdrawal from social situations), Sarah entered therapy. Biweekly sessions for the next three years, which frequently included EMDR, significantly reduced her anxiety, but did not alleviate the depression. Nor did antidepressants. Years before, I had had a similar experience. EMDR had sharply reduced my obsessive-compulsive symptoms, but didn't help my depression. TFT eliminated recurring anger, but also didn't help my depression.

In the course of five years of research into neurologically based approaches, I happened upon a working hypothesis that explains such inconsistent results. The side-to-side eye movements of EMDR that activate the left and right hemispheres of the brain seem to help people resolve problems based on a lack of communication between the left and right hemispheres of the brain. The tapping, or front/back stimulation of acupuncture points, in TFT is effective when there is a lack of communication between the front and back of the nervous system (controlled by the energy center, well known to acupuncturists and martial artists, that lies below the navel). And since we are three-dimensional creatures, I hypothesized that some problems stem from a lack of communication between the top and bottom of the nervous system as well, which I correlate with the brain and the enteric nervous system of the digestive tract (the source of gut feelings). Working from this hypothesis, I have also developed processes to reintegrate the top/bottom dimension.

I have found that although certain emotions tend to be based within a given neurological dimension (indecisiveness is often in left/right, anxiety in front/back and depression in top/bottom, for example), a client may experience any emotion as a block within any dimension or combination of dimensions. As a result, depending upon both the client and the specific problem being addressed, a therapist might need to use techniques that facilitate integration of the left/right, front/back and/or top/bottom dimensions of the nervous system. When a client is blocked within two or three dimensions of the nervous system, working within just one dimension will sometimes activate healing across the entire nervous system. If this does not happen, it is then necessary to work in the remaining dimensions.

From these hypotheses I developed a system called Shifting Consciousness through Dimensions (SCtD), which provides therapists ways to assess the dimension(s) the client is blocked in, processes to identify, if necessary, which dimension to start with and specific integrating techniques for each dimension.

Keywords: TFT Thought Field Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

104. Mendoza-Weitman, L. (1992, May). Case study. EMDR Network Newsletter, 2(1), 11-12.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
A ten year-old Hispanic boy was referred by his mother for outpatient psychotherapy. The mother described her son as having been depressed since the father abandoned the family over five years ago. The depression was now worsening, although the mother could not identify any new stressors. The boy was described as having little or no interest in pleasurable activities, doing poorly academically, experiencing significant weight loss, panicking each morning about leaving home for school, complaining of stomachaches every morning, and having sad affect. Additionally, the mother was distressed that the boy had an intense phobia of eating in public and refused to do so. He complained of "picturing vomit" each time he tried to eat. The boy's stated goal of treatment was "to stop thinking about throwing up." He also asked for help " to not feel sick every morning, even though I'm not really sick."

Keywords: Case Study Throwing Up Vomiting

Accuracy Verified: Yes

105. Herbert, C. (2002, June). A CBT-based therapeutic alternative to working with complex client problems. European Journal of Psychotherapy, Counseling & Health, 5(2), 135-144.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This paper offers a therapeutic alternative to working with complex client problems, based on a cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) approach, which is informed by a combination of schema-focussed cognitive behavioural therapy (McGinn and Young 1996; Young 1994; Padesky 1994; Pretzer and Fleming 1989), specialized cognitive behaviourally-focussed trauma therapy (Herbert 1996, 2001, 2002a, 2002b; Herbert and Wetmore 1999, 2001), eye movement desensitization and reprocessing techniques (EMDR - Shapiro 1995) and mindfulness techniques (Bennett-Goleman 2001; Teasdale et al. 1995; Kabat-Zinn 1994; Linehan 1993). This paper attempts to illustrate how such an approach might be applied to working with complex client problems, such as Tracey's, by addressing some of the therapeutic issues that have been highlighted in the original case study of Tracey by her therapist and introducing an alternative understanding of these.

Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Countertransference Distress Phenomenology Physical Manifestations Psychoanalysis Psychotherapy Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy Psychological Distress Psychosomatic Phenomena Self Destructive Behavior Self Harm Somatoform Disorders Thinking Trauma Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

106. Herbert, C. (2002, May). A CBT-based therapeutic alternative to working with complex client problems. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Frankfurt, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: This paper offers a therapeutic alternative to working with complex client problems, based on a cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) approach, which is informed by a combination of schema-focussed cognitive behavioural therapy (McGinn and Young 1996; Young 1994; Padesky 1994; Pretzer and Fleming 1989), specialized cognitive behaviourally-focussed trauma therapy (Herbert 1996, 2001, 2002a, 2002b; Herbert and Wetmore 1999, 2001), eye movement desensitization and reprocessing techniques (EMDR - Shapiro 1995) and mindfulness techniques (Bennett-Goleman 2001; Teasdale et al. 1995; Kabat-Zinn 1994; Linehan 1993). This paper attempts to illustrate how such an approach might be applied to working with complex client problems, such as Tracey's, by addressing some of the therapeutic issues that have been highlighted in the original case study of Tracey by her therapist and introducing an alternative understanding of these.[Taylor-Francis]

Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Counseling Psychotherapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

107. Litt, B. (2007). The child as identified patient: Integrating contextual therapy and EMDR. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 306-324). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
It is estimated that as many as 2% of children under age 12 and from 5% to 18% of adolescents suffer from a depressive disorder (Birmaher et al., 1996; Northey, Wells, Silverman, & Bailey, 2003) that will likely persist into adulthood (Northey et al., 2003; Wagner & Ambrosini, 2001). Contextual Therapy is a differentiation-based (e.g., Kerr & Bowen, 1988; Schnarch, 1991) approach in that it promotes self-determination in the face of family pressure for compliance, reliance on internal resources for self-validation rather than dependence on others for approval, and the overcoming of emotional discomfort in the interests of responsible action (Boszormenyi-Nagy & Krasner, 1986). Both the contextual approach and the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model predict that formative childhood experiences affect both psychological health and relational functioning. With its systemic paradigm and its ethical dimension of relationship, the contextual approach is complementary and additive to Shapiro's (2001) AIP model. The contextual approach shows the clinician where to look for the targets, and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) provides the potency to transform the experience. A general structure of phase-oriented therapy can be described that accounts for most, if not all, referrals for treatment. An assessment phase, a contracting phase, and an intervention phase characterize the main tasks of the therapist. In practice, these phases may overlap, coincide, or repeat themselves over the course of minutes, weeks, or months. This chapter describes only those practices that are unique to the integrated approach. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model Affective Disorders Child Patients Contextual Therapy Depressive Disorder Integrated Approach Integrative Psychotherapy Major Depression Models

Accuracy Verified: Yes

108. Zangwill, W., Kominksy, P., & Browning, C. (2003, September). Choosing the right EMDR for the right client at the right time: A systematic approach to more effective EMDR implementation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Substantial variation exists in how, when, and with which clients' clinicians use EMDR. Some clinicians use EMDR early in their work with clients, others spend considerable time on affect management and resource development prior to using standard EMDR. Those in favor of more rapid implementation argue that for many clients' delays in starting EMDR is an unnecessary waste of time and resources. Other EMDR clinicians worry that clients may be harmed by undertaking EMDR processing without extensive prior stabilization. This workshop presents a systematic, comprehensive model to help EMDR clinicians best determine what factors to evaluate in deciding when and how to proceed.

Keywords: EMDR Implementation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

109. Knipe, J. (2008, June). The CIPOS method -- procedures to therapeutically reduce dissociative processes while preserving emotional safety. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It is well documented (Maxfield and Hyer, 2002) that the 8-phase EMDR model is highly effective for clients who are troubled by disturbing memories. However, clients who are dissociative often have great difficulty in maintaining present orientation and the "dual attention" that is a necessary condition for processing. Dissociative clients are highly vulnerable, during the EMDR Preparation, Assessment and Dissociation Phases, to becoming disoriented and overwhelmed by the surprising intrusion of dissociated parts that bring intensely disturbing images and other information. Since, with these clients, there is a greater risk of non-therapeutic dissociative abreaction, it is very important to counter this risk with an increased emphasis on safety and containment of affect. In this presentation, I will describe two procedures that can be helpful in making the healing power of EMDR available to clients who have this kind of vulnerability. One is the BHS (Back of the Head Scale), a procedure that can be useful in assessing a client’s moment-to-moment level of dissociation during a traumafocused EMDR session. The other is the CIPOS (Constant Installation of Positive Orientation and Safety) procedure, which is a method of slowing down processing, and carefully containing and controlling the emergence of potentially overwhelming post-traumatic material. These methods will be illustrated with video segments of a therapy session.

Keywords: Back-of-the-Head Scale BHS CIPOS Method Contant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety Emotional Safety Psycholgical Defenses Targeting

Accuracy Verified: Yes

110. Leeds, A. M., & Korn, D. L. (1998, July). Clinical applications of EMDR in the treatment of adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This paper was co-presented with with Deborah L. Korn, Psy.D. In my portion of this presentation I introduced Alan Schore's research on the neurobiological correlates of early trauma and abuse and with implications for treatment stragegy. The presentation covered the use of EMDR, Resource Development and Resource Installation methods across the entire treatment plan. Dr. Korn reviewed treatment principles and adaptations to the EMDR trauma protocol for this population.[Author abstract] Participants will learn how to: 1) apply specific EMDR protocols in each of the three strategies of recovery: stabilization and safety, trauma focused processing, and reconnection and identify development; 2) integrate ego strengthening strategies into a comprehensive EMDR based treatment plan for clients who have limited affect tolerance and self-capacities; 3) apply cognitive interweave strategies to address blocking beliefs and fears about the treatment process; and 4) use EMDR to address maladaptive schemas commonly seen in this population.[Conference Program Abstract]

Keywords: Adults Neglect Sexual Abuse Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

111. Korn, D. (2001, June). Clinical applications of EMDR in treating adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into a phase-oriented recovery plan in treating adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. EMDR applications with the full range of trauma-related syndromes, including simple and complex PTSD, Borderline Personality Disorder and Dissociative Disorders, will be addressed. Treatment planning and pacing will be discussed in view of presenting problem, attachment style, defenses, and self-capacities. In recognition of clients' rigid, maladaptive schemas, poor impulse control, dissociative tendencies and limited affect tolerance, strategies for modifying and supplementing standard EMDR protocols will be explored, Significant attention will be devoted to integratring EMDR ego strengthening and resource development protocols into all phases of treatment.

Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder Child Abuse Dissociative Disorders Ego Strengthening Neglect Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD Resource Development

Accuracy Verified: Yes

112. Splete, H. (2005, January). Clinical Psychiatry news’ top stories of 2004: Development on antidepressant labeling, psychologist prescribing could affect the specialty. Clinical Psychiatry News, 33(1), 14.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Biologic and psychosocial treatments of posttraumatic stress disorder were equally effective in their first direct comparison ("Psychotherapy May Offer More Benefits for PTST," June 2004, p. 20). In addition, psychotherapy patients were more likely to remit or even become asymptomatic, according to the study of 88 adults randomized to fluoxetine, placebo, or an exposure therapy method known as eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR). Patients in the EMDR group ininally responded to the treatment with psychophysiologic arousal and appeared to relive the trauma. But they ultimately improved significantly more than did the placebo group and continued to improve at 2 and 6 months' follow-up, when the fluoxetine group remained stable.

Keywords: Efficacy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

113. Grimmett, J., Hartung, J., Galvin, M. D., & Gray, S. (2012, October). Clinician experiences with EMDR: Factors influencing attrition and retention. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Over 70,000 clinicians worldwide have participated in extensive EMDR training in the past 20 years, but, as with other therapies, not all trained clinicians continue to practice newly acquired techniques.
Whether or not a clinician uses a given treatment modality seems to be a complicated issue, the literature can be organized along the lines of five themes: (a) therapists' pre-training factors, (b) the training itself, (c) clients' experiecnes before and during EMDR, (d) post-training skill development, and (e) socio-enviromental contributors to therapist attrition and retention

Keywords: Attrition Clinician Experiences Retention Training

Accuracy Verified: Yes

114. Parnell, L. (1993, Spring). Closing EMDR sessions. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(1), 5-6.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Closing down incomplete sessions is an important part of EMDR work. The following are some techniques that I found to be useful when sessions needs to be closed down.

Keywords: Closure Incomplete Sessions

Accuracy Verified: Yes

115. Morris, A. (2009, October). Closing incomplete sessions. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop, Leeds, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop explores ways of managing sessions when there isn't time to complete the eight stage protocol, and considers the factors that make closure rather than resolution the appropriate response, timing, skills and techniques to bring down high levels of affect and contain unresolved material. This presentation includes discussion and experiential practice.

Keywords: Closure Incomplete Sessions

Accuracy Verified: Yes

116. Allen, W. (2002). Coaching amateur athletes: From frozen to fearless. In L. Grodzki (Ed.), The new private practice: Therapist-coaches share stories, strategies, and advice (pp. 178-191). New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
This chapter presents a case study in which the coach, who works with amateur athletes, addresses the fear of an amateur horseback rider who broke her arm horseback riding but wanted to continue the sport. The author describes how she set the goals of addressing and diffusing the upsetting mindset; installing a cognitive-behavioral link to support new skill integration and application; and looking at the client's riding through the lens of an amateur but competitive athlete to see how she could best make certain training decisions. She discusses her tools and techniques, including eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), neurolinguistic programming, shamanic healing, and Buddhist meditation, and presents an extract from her first EMDR session with her silent thinking about the process as it unfolded. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved).

Keywords: Athletic Performance Buddhism Buddhist Meditation Coaches Coaching Amateur Athletes Emotional Trauma Fear Goals Horses Neurolinguistic Programming NLP Professional Development Shamanic Healing Shamanism Therapists

Accuracy Verified: Yes

117. Makinson, R. A., & Young, J. S. (2012, April). Cognitive behavioral therapy and the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder: Where counseling and neuroscience meet. Journal of Counseling & Development, 90(2), 131-140. doi:10.1111/j.1556-6676.2012.00017.x .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
There is increasing evidence to support the biological basis of mental disorders. Subsequently, understanding the neurobiological context from which mental distress arises can help counselors appropriately apply cognitive behavioral therapy and other well-researched cognitive interventions. The purpose of this article is to describe the neurobiological context underlying the formation and treatment of posttraumatic stress disorders, a mental disorder frequently encountered by counselors, from a cognitive therapy framework.
Recent changes to the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (2009) accreditation standards include the need for counselors-in-training to understand the neurobiological basis of behavior, which marks a new direction for the training of professional counselors who have historically reacted ambivalently toward medical models for understanding client concerns and treatments. Yet recent findings in neuroscience actually support the verbally based interventions that counselors typically use in treatment; therefore, there is much to be gained by counselors and counselor educators in understanding the basics of human neurobiology and how commonly used counseling interventions intervene on these biological systems. The National Institute of Mental Health (2010) stated in a recent strategic plan that “Important discoveries in areas such as genetics, neuroscience, and behavioral science largely account for the substantial gains in knowledge that have helped us to understand the complexities of mental illnesses and behavioral disorders over the past 15 years” (“Introduction,” para. 4).
Given the increasingly biological focus of mental health research, the practicing counselor is faced with the task of understanding and using the emerging mental health treatments and explaining to clients, to reimbursing agencies, and to the broader public how counseling fits within the medically dominated mental health culture. Some counselors have long reacted ambivalently toward the pathologically oriented diagnostic categories of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (4th ed.; DSM-IV;American Psychiatric Association, 1994) system and the medication-dominated world of psychiatry. For example, the contrasting viewpoints on this issue were published in the Journal of Counseling & Development between Allen and Mary Ivey (1998, 1999) and Scott Hinkle (1999). Ivey and Ivey (1998) argued for a developmental interpretation to the DSM-IV, opposing what they called the “pathological view” (p. 334) of the manual. According to Ivey and Ivey, disorders could be viewed through a positive development tradition to lie not within the individual but within the contextual systems in which a person lives. Subsequently, disorders are viewed as a “logical response to a developmental history” (Ivey & Ivey, 1999, p. 484). By contrast, Hinkle (1999) argued that because anxiety and depressive disorders “are the most common clinical symptoms associated with presentation to counseling” (p. 475), the counseling profession is weakened if counselors shy away from direct participation in the DSM nomenclature and treatment parlance. As Hinkle indicated, “mental disorders according to the medical model describe disease processes, not people” (p. 475). Regardless of the reader's philosophical perspective, practicing counselors know participation in medical and psychiatric systems is necessary at times. Also, recent discoveries in the field of neuroscience are providing evidence that interventions often used by counselors have direct physiological impact on client neurobiology (Kennedy et al., 2007; Linden, 2006). For example, Felmingham et al. (2007) demonstrated significant differences in brain activity before and after 8 weeks of exposure therapy, which correlated with a reduction in posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptom severity. Similarly, Paquette et al. (2003) found that cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) alters the activation and metabolism of specific brain regions following successful treatment of spider phobia. These findings, along with others (for a detailed review, see Beauregard, 2007; Frewen, Dozois, & Lanius, 2008), are significant because they support the techniques, interventions, and approaches used by counselors and provide a mechanism by which counseling positively affects brain physiology. Within the emerging physiologically based treatment milieu, counselors should be prepared to articulate how cognitive counseling interventions make measurable changes to the client. Although cognitive-behavioral-based approaches are effective in the treatment of a number of psychiatric illnesses, adult PTSD is arguably one of the best understood mental disorders from a neurological perspective. It thus presents a valuable model for exploring not only the basic tenets of neurobiology but also the mechanisms behind its successful treatment. Furthermore, PTSD is a disorder that counselors will likely encounter in practice.
PTSD is a mental disorder characterized by a sudden onset of symptoms due to environmental exposure to a psychologically stressful event such as war, natural disaster, or sexual victimization. Thus, it provides a clear example of how, even in adulthood, neurological adaptation (in this case maladaptive changes) can functionally “rewire” the brain in a short period of time, resulting in a sustained array of clinical symptoms. The diagnostic criteria for PTSD are a history of exposure to a traumatic event meeting two criteria and symptoms from each of three symptom clusters: intrusive recollections, avoidant/numbing symptoms, and hyperarousal symptoms. A fifth criterion concerns duration of symptoms and a sixth assesses functioning (American Psychiatric Association, 2000).
The National Comorbidity Survey Replication, conducted between February 2001 and April 2003 (Kessler et al., 2005), determined that the estimated lifetime prevalence of PTSD among American adults is 6.8%, with women (9.7%) twice as likely as men (3.6%) to have the disorder at some point in their lives. These findings are very similar to those of the first National Comorbidity Survey conducted in the early 1990s (Kessler, Sonnega, Bromet, Hughes, & Nelson, 1995), which was composed of interviews of a representative national sample of 8,098 Americans ages 15 to 54 years. In this earlier sample, the estimated prevalence of lifetime PTSD was 7.8% in the general population. As in the more recent survey, women (10.4%) were more than twice as likely as men (5%) to have PTSD at some point in their lives (Kessler et al., 2005; Kessler et al., 1995).

Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Neurobiological Basis of Behavior Neurobiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

118. Grandison, P. (2007). A combined approach: Using EMDR within a framework of solution focused brief therapy. Educational and Child Psychology, 24(1), 56-64.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This paper reports on a qualitative, exploratory study that creatively combined two therapeutic approaches: eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) and solution focused brief therapy. It was expected that the use of techniques drawn from solution focused brief therapy could help children to facilitate and enhance the use of techniques within EMDR. In particular, techniques focusing on current and future positive resource installation were utilised. Five primary school children age 9 to 11 years were identified by class teachers and parents as presenting as shy, anxious and lacking self-confidence. The group intervention took place in school over six sessions. Within the group setting, the children targeted their own individual area that they wished to improve. Data were collected during and after each session and post-intervention. Increases in children’s self confidence and an improvement in targeted areas were reported by children, parents and teachers. Children found the intervention helpful and were able to identify particular aspects of solution focused brief therapy and EMDR that were useful.

Keywords: Anxiety Brief Psychotherapy Children's Techniques Educational Psychology Empirical Study Group Intervention Group Psychotherapy Primary School Children Problem Solving Psychotherapeutic Techniques Qualitative Study Self-Confidence Shyness Solution Focused Brief Therapy Timidity

Accuracy Verified: Yes

119. Barfoot, K. M., Casey, M. C., & Callaway, A. J. (2012, July). Combined EEG and eye-tracking in sports skills training and performance analysis. Presentation at the World Congress of Performance Analysis of Sport IX, University of Wooster.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The use of mobile EEG brainwave monitoring and eye-tracking recorded synchronously during the training of sports skills offers significant opportunities but creates challenges. Opportunities: ¨ Measuring neurocognitive activity and visual focus in real time which can be used to provide immediate feedback to the coach, in ‘real world’ settings, for optimising training protocols for the individual athlete. ¨ Use of sound output (‘sonification’) in proportion to EEG regions of interest as a neurofeedback mechanism for athlete self-training. ¨ Application of visualisation protocols and ‘EEG-driven’ PC games where game feedback based on state of mind is used to optimise mental state prior to performance. ¨ Examining the relationship between eye movement and neuro activity (e.g. saccades and gamma waves) and in athlete coaching interventions such as sports visual scanning strategies, Eye Movement Desensitisation & Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy, focussed relaxation, etc. Challenges: ¨ The recording of EEG during gross motor behaviour is subject to non-brain artefacts in the raw (time-domain) EEG, due to the much larger (than EEG) electrical voltages arising from muscle and eye movements. Practical approaches and signal processing (frequency domain spectrum) techniques to address these problems will be discussed. ¨ The synchronisation of data recorded on different types of equipment (e.g. EEG, eyetracker, video, sound, EMG, etc.) with different ‘clocks’ and diverse data formats is difficult – both in terms of time-stamping the original recordings across all the systems and playing them back synchronously for subsequent performance analysis. Progress on creating real-time data export methods which allow synchronous data recording and playback will be reported. Examples of studies carried out in archery, golf, motorsport, football and skiing will be discussed, with a focus on archery where: ¨ Measurements were taken from intermediate, county level, near elite and elite archers. ¨ Archery was chosen to demonstrate the real-time and in-situ quantification of neural activity compared with target-based measures of performance that archery provides, over a range of time-spans and skills. ¨ Results demonstrate that there are significant and measurable changes in EEG patterns during a shot with evidence suggesting that the patterns vary as a function of skill level, but not simply as a function of score. Significance of each of these studies for goal-directed learning and performance enhancement are discussed.

Keywords: EEG Eye Tracking Performance Analysis Sports Skills

Accuracy Verified: Yes

120. Zangwill, W. (2001, June). Combining EMDR and meditation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This experiential workshop combines EMDR with meditation to teach EMDR clinicians how better to enhance client safety during and between sessions and to address issues of their own. Participants will practice specific meditative techniques for use with themselves and their clients.

Keywords: Meditation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

121. McMulin, T. (1998, June). Combining EMDR with relapse prevention programs to enhance treatment outcomes with sex offenders. EMDRIA Newsletter, 3(2), 20-24.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
There have been numerous barriers to the development of comprehensive and successful treatment for sex offenders. One of the primary barriers involved societal views of offenders as being incorrigible and first and foremost deserving of punishment. Offenders themselves have fed that view because of seemingly impenetrable defense mechanisms they develop to maintain a sense of safety from others as well as their own thoughts, feelings, and memories. Other barriers to development of comprehensive treatment models involve the failure of traditional psychodynamic techniques, which focus primarily on resolving intrapsychic conflicts, to provide cost effective, adequate, and reliable treatment results (Lockhart, Saunders, & Cleveland, 1989).

Keywords: Relapse Prevention Programs Sex Offenders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

122. Hartung, J. G., & Galvin, M. D. (2002). Combining eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and energy therapies. In F. P. Gallo (Ed.), Energy psychology in psychotherapy: A comprehensive sourcebook (1st ed) (pp. 179-197) NewYork: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract: Observing that there has been a rapid increase in the number of practitioners trained in both eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and the energy psychotherapies, the authors describe ways to combine these modalities to increase their effectiveness. Topics include correcting psychological reversals prior to initiating and during EMDR; muscle testing with EMDR; EMDR along with energy therapies to limit the severity and disruption of abreaction, dissociation, "looping," and blocking beliefs; treatment of addiction; using one method to further client receptivity to use of the other; self-use of EMDR and the energy techniques; and, among others, energy training for paraprofessional crisis teams for use in residential programs with EMDR clients. [Adapted from Introduction]

Keywords: Energy Psychotherapy Latin Americans Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors TFT Thought Field Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

123. Capps, F. (2006, January). Combining eye movement desensitization and reprocessing with Gestalt techniques in couples counseling. Family Journal, 14(1), 49-58. doi:10.1177/1066480705282055 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is gaining acceptance as efficacious treatment for PTSD for individuals but not for couples. This article reports three case studies of couples in which EMDR is combined with Gestalt therapy in a single session to resolve relational trauma effects, increase empathy and awareness in the supportive partner, and deepen intimacy within the couple. Case studies are described, and implications for research and clinical applications are discussed. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults Americans Couples Therapy Family Therapy Gestalt Therapy Nonclinical Case Study Qualitative Study Perpetrators Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Spouse Abuse Survivors Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

124. Cummings, N. A. (1999). Comment on L'Abate: Psychotherapist future shock. The Family Journal, 7(3), 221-223. doi:10.1177/1066480799073003.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
No abstract available.

Keywords: Commentary Computer Applications Computer Assisted & Programmed Distance Writing Interventions Oral Communication Preference to Traditional Talk-Oriented Techniques Therapeutic Processes Written Communication

Accuracy Verified: Yes

125. Sharpley, C. F., Montgomery, I. M., & Scalzo, L. A. (1996). Comparative efficacy of EMDR and alternative procedures in reducing the vividness of mental images. Scandinavian Journal of Behaviour Therapy, 25(1), 37-42. doi:10.1080/16506079609456006.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Nordisk Tidskrift för Beteendeterrapi: Data evaluating the effectiveness of EMDR suggest that, although it appears to be an effective treatment for many types of PTSDs, the major support comes from limited-subject case studies. To further investigate this issue, the relative efficacy (in comparison to simpler procedures) of EMDR for reduction of the vividness of subjects' memories was investigated in a non-clinical sample. Results indicated that EMDR was more successful than comparable techniques in reducing the intensity of subjects' mental images. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Australians Empirical Study Males Treatment Effectiveness Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial Young Adults

Accuracy Verified: Yes

126. Davidson, M. M., Potter, A. E., & Wesselmann, R. D. (2010, September/October). Comparing dialectical behavior therapy to eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A phase-based trauma treatment pilot project. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Internation Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
• More effective methods to treat adults affected by childhood trauma, disturbed attachments, and adulthood intimate partner violence are critically needed. • Research utilizing Adult Attachment Interview (Hess, 1999) had found that when mothers hold unresolved memories of loss or childhood abuse, their children typically develop disorganized attachments and that when mothers are poorly or inconsistently responsive to their children’s cues, the children typically develop insecure attachments • A history of abuse by childhood attachment figures also increases the likelihood of becoming involved in domestic violence experiences in adulthood for both sexes (Gratz, 2009; Henderson et al, 2005) • Previous research has demonstrated that attachment experiences influence emotional functioning and vulnerability to emotion dysregulation (Critchheld et al, 2008). Numerous empirical works demonstrate the relationship between attachment style and aggression (e. g., Sockwaite et al, 2002; Henderson et al, 2005) • Emotion dysregulation and problems with impulse control and unstable relationships are common symptoms associated with childhood abuse by attachment figures (Fonagy, 1997; Bhipman et al, 2005) • Funding more effective treatment for problems in functioning related to childhood trauma and attachment issues is imperative. Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT) and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) are two approaches that have proven beneficial in treating individuals with borderline personality disorders and trauma, respectively, and thus, could prove beneficial as treatment modalities for childhood trauma and attachment problems • The current investigation is a pilot study aimed at evaluating a treatment protocol aimed at effectively assisting adults with a history of childhood abuse and/or intimate partner violence to regulate emotions, resolve childhood trauma, move toward a healthier and more secure attachment status, and reduce the risk of repeating the cycle of violence and child abuse. More specifically, this pilot project evaluated a phase-based trauma treatment program that included (a) a year-long, initial emotion regulation skills-training phases utilizing DBT and (b) a second phase of either 10 individual sessions of EMDR or 10 individual session focused on further DBT skills training

Keywords: DBT Dialectical Behavior Therapy Poster

Accuracy Verified: Yes

127. Khosropour, F., Ebrahiminejad, G. H., Salehi, M., & Farzad, V. (2012, April-May). Comparing the effectiveness of psychological debriefing, eye movement desensitization reprocessing, and imaginal exposure on treatment of chronic post-traumatic stress disorder. Journal of Kerman University of Medical Sciences, 19(2), 149-159 .

Language: Farsi (Iran)

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Background & Aims: Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is considered as one of the most prevalent disorder during the life time and can negatively influence the individual, family and social relationships of patients, so, prevention and treatment of this disorder is highly important. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), psychological debriefing (PD), and imaginal exposure (IE) are some treatment methods, but there is controversy about long effects of these treatments, especially among chronic patients. Method: In a semi experimental study, a total of 54 adult male patients, based on Davidson scale and psychiatric diagnostic, were randomly selected, and then were divided into 3 equal therapy groups. All participants were evaluated before, after and 3 months after the treatment. Data were analyzed through the repeated variance and Duncan post-hoc tests. Results: Psychological debriefing and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing were better than imaginal exposure in relief of chronic post-traumatic stress disorder signs and remaining the effectiveness in three months follow-up. Conclusion: It is concluded that all of the above methods are effective on chronic post-traumatic stress disorder and the efficacy of the therapeutic techniques would be still in force even after 3 months. Considering the importance of psychological interventions, it is necessary that such methods be taught to psychologists so that they can use them after traumatic accidents.

Keywords: Imaginal Exposure Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychological Debriefing PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

128. Alexander, R. J. (1998, September). Comparison of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing and hypnosis. Washington State University, Pullman, WA. AAT 9825908.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is being used in the treatment of numerous disorders. This research focused on EMDR and hypnosis to gain insight into whether the EMDR procedure is a hypnotic phenomenon. Ten high (SHSS:C = 10-12) and ten low hypnotizables (SHSS:C = 0-3) from a northwestern university were exposed to EMDR treatment based on Shapiro's procedure (1995). Responses to a post hypnotic suggestion given before the installation phase of EMDR were measured. Mann Whitney U results revealed a significant difference between low and high hypnotizable participants' responses suggesting that there is a hypnotic phenomenon present in EMDR. ANOVA results for Subject Units of Disturbance (SUDS) and Validity of Cognition (VOC) measures revealed significant treatment effects for both highs and lows pre- to posttreatment. Comparison of high and low hypnotizable groups on the posttreatment outcome scores of SUDS revealed that highs experienced significantly lower levels of disturbance than lows. Comparison of high and low hypnotizables on the posttreatment outcome scores of the VOC revealed no significant difference between groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved) Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 59(3-B), Sep 1998, pp. 1357.

Keywords: Hypnosis Empirical Study Psychotherapeutic Techniques

Accuracy Verified: Yes

129. Staff. (2000). Complex PTSD in children II: Therapeutic interventions. Cavalcade Productions, Inc., Nevada City, CA.

Language: English

Format: Video

Abstract:
In this video series, Bessel van der Kolk and other clinicians from The Trauma Center, along with therapists Joyanna Silberg and Frances Waters, describe the assessment tools and therapeutic approaches that they have found most useful in working the severely traumatized in children. The clinician's role in such cases often includes working with parents or guardians as well as children, and can extend far beyond the therapy room to encompass psychoeducation and advocacy. For children with complex PTSD, safety must be established both externally and internally. Maintaining internal safety can be an especially difficult task when the child is highly dissociative. The presenters discuss ground techniques that can help a child to stay safe and stable, and describe the therapeutic modalities "play, talk, art, and group therapy" that they have found useful. Topics include controlling aggression, accessing emotions, changing the trauma story, and using EMDR.

Keywords: Children Clinical Judgment Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Intervention Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Therapeutic Processes Treatment

Accuracy Verified: No

130. Wagstaff, G. F., Cole, J., Wheatcroft, J., Marshall, M., & Barsby, I. (2007). A componential approach to hypnotic memory facilitation: Focused meditation, context reinstatement and eye movements. Contemporary Hypnosis, 24(3), 97-108. doi:10.1002/ch.334.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Although hypnosis is now less popular as an interviewing technique in forensic investigations than it used to be, recent evidence suggests that some of the components of hypnotic interviewing might still be useful in the development of brief memory facilitation procedures. Two experiments are described which continue this componential approach to hypnotic interviewing. In the first experiment, the effects on episodic memory of a brief context reinstatement (revivication) procedure were examined together with a focused breathing meditation technique which shares similarities with traditional hypnotic induction. A second experiment investigated the effects of horizontal eye movements which some have also associated with hypnotic responding. Results indicated that a combined context reinstatement and focused meditation procedure was more effective than context reinstatement alone in facilitating memory for an emotional event without the increase in false positive errors familiar to more traditional hypnosis techniques. In contrast, an instruction to perform horizontal eye movements was not effective in facilitating memory and, when combined with a suggestion for improved recall, produced higher confidence in incorrect responses. Implications are discussed. [Abstract from author]

Keywords: Accuracy Confidence Context Reinstatement Eye Movements Forensic Hypnosis Hypnotism Interviewing Meditation Memory Memory Facilitation Testing

Accuracy Verified: Yes

131. Staff. (2000, September 2). Confronting the past. London, England: The Times, Features.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
From Dr Aulakh It may be that Andrew Ravensdale has had enough of "therapy" (The Last Taboo, August 19). However, he might be interested to learn about EMDR - Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing, first discovered by Francine Shapiro. It is a method for treating post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), specifically dealing with early childhood as it is known to affect the present, and also with flashbacks.

Keywords: General Overview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

132. Forgash, C. (2009). Constructive avoidance of present day situations: Techniques for managing critical life issues. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 291-296). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Keywords: Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

133. Eidhof, M. B. (2012). The contribution of emotion to the effects of EMDR. Universiteit Utrecht, Utrecht, Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Until now, the effects of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), has been best explained by Working Memory (WM) theory. Research on the effects of EMDR has always concerned emotional memory, even though the WM account does not consider the emotional element in EMDR. Insights from neuroscience about emotion and its role in the consolidating of stimuli have led to questions that WM theory cannot address. Therefore, the present study introduces the WM/emotion theory on EMDR, which complements WM theory by incorporating knowledge about emotion and its expected role in EMDR treatment. WM/emotion theory expects emotion to play an important role in EMDR treatment, because the re-experiencing of emotion during the recall of an (traumatic) emotional memory seems to enhance (re)consolidation of the ‘blurred’ (as a result of taxing the WM) memory. If this is true, it means EMDR treatment would only affect memories with high emotional charge, and EMDR would be less effective with neutral memories. To test this hypothesis, an experiment was conducted in which negative emotional- and neutral memories of participants were treated with a lab version of EMDR (recall + eye movements (Recall+EM’s)) or a control intervention (Recall-only). It was expected that after Recall + EM’s the reduction of the vividness (and emotionality) would be larger for emotional memories than for neutral memories.It was found that after Recall+EM’s only the vividness (and emotionality) of emotional memories was reduced. The results of the present study suggest that emotion is a crucial element in EMDR treatment and knowledge about the workings of EMDR should be revised according to WM/emotion theory.

Keywords: Autobiographical Memories Consolidation Emotion Negative Memories Neutral Memories Reconsolidation Vividness Working Memory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

134. Karatzias, T., Power, K., Brown, K., McGoldrick, T., Begum, M., Young, J., Loughran, P., Chouliara, Z., & Adams, S. (2011, June). A controlled comparison of the effectiveness and efficiency of two psychological therapies for posttraumatic stress disorder: Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing vs. emotional freedom techniques. Journal of Nervous Mental Disease, 199(6), 372-378. doi: 10.1097/NMD.0b013e31821cd262.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The present study reports on the first ever controlled comparison between eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and emotional freedom techniques (EFT) for posttraumatic stress disorder. A total of 46 participants were randomized to either EMDR (n = 23) or EFT (n = 23). The participants were assessed at baseline and then reassessed after an 8-week waiting period. Two further blind assessments were conducted at posttreatment and 3-months follow-up. Overall, the results indicated that both interventions produced significant therapeutic gains at posttreatment and follow-up in an equal number of sessions. Similar treatment effect sizes were observed in both treatment groups. Regarding clinical significant changes, a slightly higher proportion of patients in the EMDR group produced substantial clinical changes compared with the EFT group. Given the speculative nature of the theoretical basis of EFT, a dismantling study on the active ingredients of EFT should be subject to future research.

Keywords: EFT Emotional Freedom Technique Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

135. Grand, D., Hartung, J., & Bergmann, U. (2007, Novembro). Conversando com… David Grand, John Hartung, Uri Bergmann [Talking with ... David Grand, John Hartung, Uri Bergmann]. Apresentação no I Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Nos últimos dez anos, as pesquisas sugerem que o Transtorno de Estresse Pós-Traumático (TEPT) seja uma desordem de humor, memória e integração somatossensorial. Estudos com neuroimagens e neuroendocrinologia têm demonstrado marcadores muito claros desse transtorno, destacando a compreensão de que o TEPT seja uma desordem neurobiológica e não o reflexo de fraqueza psicológica. Nesta apresentação examinaremos o processo de formação e consolidação da memória, a neurobiologia do TEPT e as neuroimagens correspondentes. A integração dessas três linhas ilustrarão os efeitos do TEPT sobre a regulação do humor, memória e integração somatossensorial.

Over the past decade, research suggests that Post-Traumatic Stressm Disorder (PTSD) is a disorder of mood, memory and somatosensory integration. Studies with neuroimaging and neuroendocrinology have markers demonstrated very clear that disorder, highlighting the understanding that PTSD is a neurobiological disorder and not the reflection of psychological weakness. In this presentation we will examine the process formation and consolidation of memory, neurobiology of PTSD and neuroimaging corresponding. The integration of these three lines illustrate the effects of PTSD on the regulation of mood, memory and somatosensory integration.

Keywords: Neurobiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

136. Benish, S. G., Imel, Z. E., & Wampold, B. E. (2008, October). Corrigendum to “The relative efficacy of bona fide psychotherapies for treating post-traumatic stress disorder: A meta-analysis of direct comparisons”. Clinical Psychology Review, 28(7), 1281. doi:10.1016/j.cpr.2008.06.001.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
In the course of extending our meta-analysis of the relative efficacy of psychotherapy treatment of PTSD (Benish, Imel, & Wampold, 2008), we detected three errors in the original analysis that appear in Table 1. The effect size for all measures should be d=.40 for Foa et al. (1999), while all measures and PTSD measures for Devilly & Spence (1999) should be d=.43 and d=.57, respectively. In the original analysis, data from Resick et al. (1988) was erroneously included in lieu of Resick (2002) including the quotation. The correct effect size for Resick et al. (2002) all measures and PTSD measures should be d=.31 and d=.27, respectively. After correcting these errors, the upper bound of the aggregated effect increases slightly to 0.19 and 0.22 for all measures and PTSD measures, respectively. These errors did not affect the significance level of any test of the hypotheses of the study.

Keywords: Corrigendum

Accuracy Verified: Yes

137. Seubert, A. (2007, June). The courage to feel: The power of emotional competency within the EMDR protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Much of affect education is focused on managing and tolerating emotions. What is missing on the in this is an emphasis on the positive reasons for having feelings and how they work (objective #1). We need to be able to sell our clients on the importance of emotional expertise and honesty if they are to heal. They need to develop the courage to feel, but won’t do this if feelings don’t make sense.
Because the emotional journey cuts through what is foreign territory for many of our clients, there is also a need for a map, a hands-on practical guide that clients can refer to when learning how to do this “feeling things.” For this I have developed the Four Steps to emotional competence, very teachable and very learnable (Objective #2).
Specific skills are needed to implement the Four Steps. These include the practice of awareness (the sine qua non of any therapy), breath work, visualizations, resource development and anchoring, grounding techniques, trance busters and the L.I.D.S. strategy for managing strong feelings(Objective #3). Many of these will be practiced during the workshop.
Finally, it is important for the therapist to have a trauma treatment phase model in mind in order to know where this affect education fits in and when it may need to be revisited (Objective #4). The use of EMDR to reinforce learning will be demonstrated and/or practiced during the learning of the seven skills (Objective #5).

Keywords: Strategy Technique

Accuracy Verified: Yes

138. Gomez, A. M. (2006, September). Creative approaches to motivate, prepare, and guide children to use EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop is intended to teach specific ways to use storytelling, metaphors and play therapy techniques within the context of the EMDR protocol. Participants will learn play therapy techniques to use during the target identification phase. Techniques such as the "mixed up box", "My yucky bags" among others, will provide a playful approach to assist children in identifying EMDR targets as well as to provide an opportunity for containment. Safe place, as well as other types of resource development, will be addressed using alternative ways to cue the child, such as olfactory stimulation. Participants will learn metaphors and stories to help children understand what happens in the mind and body when trauma occurs. These metaphors are intended to motivate children that are reluctant to embrace the memories associated to the trauma. By using stones and metaphors, children can also maintain emotional distance from their own struggles. One of the main goals of this workshop is to help clinicians learn to communicate more effectively with children by using metaphors, stones and play. How to talk to children about EMDR and how to prepare children for the outcome of EMDR will be addressed. By making the process more predictable, the likelihood of children stopping the process when they experience the difficult feelings associated with the trauma might be minimized. Participants will also learn to use creative, fun and playful ways to assist children in understanding and using the measure scales of the EMDR protocol (SUDS and VOC).

Keywords: Children Metaphors Play Therapy Storytelling Targets

Accuracy Verified: Yes

139. Spierings, J. J. (2008, June). Creative cognitive interweaves with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with severely damaged clients, we can hardly expect EMDR-processing to go smoothly by itself. ‘Just staying out of the way’ is not enough to help these clients process their traumatic material. A more active approach is called for to bring traumaresolution. In EMDR this type of intervening is called ‘(cognitive) interweaving’. The therapist may need to intervene on the process level with process interweaves, in order to keep the client within his window of (affect) tolerance. Or the therapist has to intervene on the content level with content interweaves; when the client gets stuck in a specific problem he is unable to solve with the information he has available. In this workshop the participant learns to use process interweaves to modulate the arousal level of the client. In addition to this a toolkit of useful content interweaves is presented, cognitive and non-cognitive, e.g. sensory, physical, and religious interweaves. Metaphors for all kinds of blocks, bits and pieces of psycho-education for specific stuck points, unorthodox, creative or hilarious interweaves to get round resistance, and interweaves to bring reconciliation and forgiveness.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave

Accuracy Verified: Yes

140. Spierings, J. (2012, April). A creative new look at interweaves / Un regard nouveau et créatif sur le tissage (Interweaves). Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with severely damaged clients, ‘just staying out of the way’ is not enough to help these clients process their traumatic material. A more active approach is called for to bring trauma resolution. In EMDR, this type of intervening is called '(cognitive) interweaving’. In this presentation, a distinction will be made between process and content interweaves. The process interweaves are designed to keep the client within their window of affect tolerance. Or, the therapist may intervene on the content level, when the client gets stuck in a specific problem they are unable to solve with the available information. Content interweaves may be either cognitive or non-cognitive, e.g. sensory, physical, humorous, symbolic and spiritual interweaves. The presentation includes metaphors for all kinds of blocks, bits and pieces of psycho-education for specific stuck points, unorthodox, creative or hilarious interweaves to get round resistance, and interweaves to bring reconciliation and forgiveness.
Learning objectives: 1.To understand the concept of interweaves and when they are used 2.To understand the difference between process and content interweaves 3.To learn to use process interweaves to modulate the arousal level of the client 4.To develop a toolkit of useful content interweaves including both cognitive and non-cognitive examples, e.g. sensory, physical, humorous , symbolic and spiritual interweaves.

Keywords: Interweaves

Accuracy Verified: Yes

141. Gomez, A. M. (2007, September). Creative ways of administering the EMDR protocol with children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will provide a comprehensive body of knowledge and advanced techniques so EMDR clinicians can effectively implement the EMDR protocol with children. Participants will learn strategies to make children acquainted with the different components of the EMDR protocol, as well as the use of sand tray techniques to assist children during the EMDR assessment and desensitization phases. Special attention will be placed on how and when to use the cognitive interweave with children. Different types of cognitive interweaves that are more suitable for children will be presented. Additionally, this workshop will address how to work on the future template with children using play therapy and creative strategies.

Keywords: Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

142. Dattilio, F. (2001). Crisis intervention techniques for panic disorder. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 55(3), 388-405.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Panic disorder is estimated to affect more than 4% of the U.S. population. It is assumed that this incident rate increases during crisis situations. While the professional literature is replete with references on the treatment of panic disorders, few authors address the use of nondrug treatment in conjunction with crisis intervention. This article provides an overview of the latest nonpharmacologic interventions for panic along with a description of their effectiveness in reducing the onset of symptomatology as well as preventing relapse during crisis.

Keywords: Crisis Intervention Non-drug Treatment Panic dsiorder Nonpharmacological Interventions

Accuracy Verified: Yes

143. Arnold, C. (2002). David Lister's 1999 paper. The EMDR Practitioner. Retrieved from http://www.emdr-practitioner.net on 12/27/2008.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
"I concur with David Lister's model of utilising EMDR in Medical Practice. My own personal trauma has been around radical surgery when I was 24, which was life saving but nonetheless changed the course of my life. The possibilities for healing are endless if EMDR could be incorporated into complementary care units of hospitals that are becoming popular here in the USA. (Complementary care units are quite unlike British health centres, complementary care units offer yoga, meditation, message, visualization, relaxation techniques, hypnosis and biofeedback to patients suffering from a broad range of medical problems, including those with catastrophic illness. Some include homeopathy and herbal medicine as part of the treatment plan. These units have not been without controversy, and administrators have waged a long and hard battle against the medical establishment.)

Keywords: David Lister Letter

Accuracy Verified: Yes

144. Jongedijk, R. A., Gersons, B. P. R., & ter Heide, F. J. J. (2011, April). De behandeling van complexe PTSS-patiënten [The treatment of complex PTSD patients]. Presentatie op het 39ste Voorjaarscongres Nederlandse Vereniging voor Psychiatrie, Amsterdam op het 39ste Voorjaarscongres Nederlandse Vereniging voor Psychiatrie, Amsterdam.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Vooral bij de behandeling van de complexere patiënten met een posttraumatische stressstoornis (PTTS) worden niet altijd de evidence-based behandelvormen toegepast zoals die zijn beschreven in de richtlijnen. Vaak worden slecht gedefinieerde stabilisatietechnieken toegepast, veelal gecombineerd met farmacotherapie. In deze bijblijfsessie zullen een drietal traumagerichte psychotherapeutische behandelvormen worden gepresenteerd, met speciale aandacht voor complexe ptss-patiënten. Dit zijn de narratieve exposure therapy (NET), het Kort Eclectisch Protocol voor PTSS (KEP) en eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR). Betoogd zal worden, dat ook bij complex getraumatiseerde patiënten heel goed met net, kep of emdr traumagerichte behandeling kan plaatsvinden en dat dit doorgaans de voorkeur verdient boven andere behandelmethoden. Wel zijn soms aanpassingen in de therapievorm noodzakelijk. Bij deze aanpassingen zal worden stilgestaan. leerdoel Aan het einde van de sessie wordt de deelnemer geacht goed op de hoogte te zijn van drie evidence-based behandelvormen voor ptss; en kennis te hebben van de mogelijkheden om ook bij complexere patiënten deze traumagerichte behandelingen uit te voeren.

Especially in the treatment of complex patients with post-traumatic stress disorder (PTTS) are not always evidence-based forms of treatment applied as described in the guidelines. Often poorly defined stabilization techniques, often combined with pharmacotherapy. This will bijblijfsessie three trauma-focused psychotherapeutic treatment modalities are presented, with special attention Complex PTSD patients. These are the narrative exposure therapy (NET), the Short Eclectic Protocol for PTSD (SEP) and Eye Movement Desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR). Will be argued that, even in complex traumatized patients with very good network, kep or EMDR trauma-focused treatment place and that it is generally preferred appropriate than other treatments. Or adjustments are sometimes necessary in the form of therapy. Such adjustments will be considered. Learning Objectives At the end of the session the participant is deemed to be well informed of three evidence-based treatments for PTSD, and be aware of the possibilities even under these complex patients, trauma-focused treatments prior to arrival.

Keywords: Narrative Exposure Therapy NET SEP Short Eclectic Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

145. Jongedijk, R. A., Gersons, B. P. R., & ter Heide, F. J. J. (2010). De behandeling van patiënten met PTSS met narrative exposure therapy, het kort eclectisch protocol voor PTSS en eye movement desensitisation [The treatment of patients with PTSD narrative exposure therapy, the short protocol for PTSD and eclectic eye movement desensitisation]. Tijdschrift voor Psychiatrie 52(4), 4.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Achtergrond: Bij de behandeling van patiënten met een posttraumatische stressstoornis (ptss) worden niet altijd de evidence-based behandelvormen toegepast zoals beschreven in de richtlijnen en in de literatuur. Vooral bij de complexere traumapatiënten worden regelmatig alleen stabilisatietechnieken en/of farmacotherapie toegepast. Doel: In deze bijblijfsessie wordt betoogd dat evidence-based traumagerichte behandeling mogelijk en wenselijk is, ook bij veel complexe patiënten die te maken hebben gehad met oorlog, vervolging, geweld en/of beroepsgerelateerd trauma. Methoden: Er zullen drie voordrachten worden gegeven, met daarna discussie, door drie specialisten in de behandeling van ptss. De voordrachten zullen drie evidence-based behandelvormen voor ptss illustreren, te weten narrative exposure therapy (net), het Kort Eclectisch Protocol voor ptss (kep) en eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (emdr). Resultaten: De drie getoonde behandelvormen zijn goed toepasbaar en effectief bij patiënten met een ptss. Dit zal worden aangetoond met behulp van theoretische uitgangspunten, ervaringen uit de klinische praktijk en onderzoeksgegevens. Conclusie: Behandeling van complexe traumapatiënten met ptss door middel van traumagerichte psychotherapie heeft doorgaans de voorkeur. De deelnemer van de bijblijfsessie heeft kennisgenomen van drie evidence-based behandelvormen voor ptss.

Background: In the treatment of patients with post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) are not always evidence-based treatment as described in the application forms and guidelines in the literature. Especially with complex trauma patients are frequently only stabilization techniques and /or pharmacotherapy used. This goal bijblijfsessie is argued that evidence-based trauma-focused treatment is possible and desirable, even with many complex patients who have experienced war, persecution, violence and / or job-related trauma. Methods: will be given three nominations, followed by discussion, by three specialists in the treatment of PTSD. The presentations will be three evidence-based treatments for PTSD illustrate, namely narrative exposure therapy (NET), the Short PTSD Eclectic Protocol (KEP) and Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR). The results shown three forms of treatment are well applicable and effective in patients with PTSD. This will be demonstrated using theoretical assumptions, experiences from clinical practice and research. Opinion Treatment of complex trauma patients with PTSD using trauma-focused psychotherapy is usually preferred. The participant of bijblijfsessie has noted three evidence-based treatments for PTSD.

Keywords: Narrative Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

146. Veeninga, A., & Hafkenscheid, A. (2005, December). De plaats van EMDR in debehandeling van posttraumatische stressstoornis [EMDR in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder]. Gedragstherapie, 38(4), 275-284.

Language: Dutch

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
In korte tijd heeft bereikt, EMDR enorme populariteit als de behandeling van keuze voor posttraumatische stress-stoornissen, zelfs in afwezigheid van een wetenschappelijk geldige theorie over de werkingsmechanismen. Advocaten vaak vet maken claims met betrekking tot effectiviteit. Ze suggereren dat EMDR is vrij eenvoudig uit te voeren om, en dat EMDR weinig last voor de patiënt heeft. Er is enig bewijs dat EMDR is zo effectief als cognitieve gedragstherapie in de behandeling van PTSS. Echter, de hoge verwachtingen met betrekking tot effectiviteit zijn nog niet bevestigd. Als de 'EMDR beweging' beweert dat de status van een officieel en wetenschappelijk gevalideerde psychotherapeutische methode, is onderzoek nodig dat zich kan identificeren met de specifieke effecten van de procedure ten opzichte van de niet-specifieke effecten van psychotherapie.

In short time EMDR has achieved enormous popularity as the treatment of choice for posttraumatic stress disorders, even in absence of a scientifically valid theory on its working mechanisms. Advocates frequently make bold claims regarding effectiveness. They suggest that EMDR is rather simple to perform, and that EMDR has little burden for the patient. There is some evidence that EMDR is as effective as Cognitive Behaviour Therapy in the treatment of PTSD. However, high levels of expectation with regard to effectiveness are not yet confirmed. If the ‘EMDR movement’ claims the status of an official and scientifically validated psychotherapeutic method, research is needed that can identify the specific effects of the procedure relative to the non-specific effects of psychotherapy.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapy Psychotherapeutic Techniques PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

147. Jaspers, J. (2011, May). De relatie tussen wetenschap en klinische praktijk [The relationship between science and clinical practice]. Psychologie & Gezondheid, 32(2), 59-60. "Online First".

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
De discussie over mindfulness die in het vorige nummer van Psychologie & Gezondheid is gevoerd, wordt in dit nummer voortgezet. Frank Vernooij reageert op de eerdere bijdragen vanuit zijn klinische ervaring metmindfulnessmeditatietraining (MTT). Hij relativeert de bijdrage die vanuit de wetenschap kan worden geleverd aan de klinische praktijk in het algemeen en aan het vaststellen van de waarde en effectiviteit van mindfulness in het bijzonder. Ook in het vorige nummer werd door Maya Schroevers en haar collega’s en door Ivan Nyklíček het effectonderzoek naar MTT al positiever ingeschat dan door Remco Havermans, maar Vernooij gaat nog een stapje verder. Hij lijkt de mogelijkheden van de wetenschap om uitspraken te doen over de klinische praktijk niet hoog in te schatten. Havermans vermoedt zelfs dat Vernooij hem beschuldigt van sciëntisme, de overtuiging dat wetenschap superieur is aan alle andere interpretaties van het leven. Havermans maakt glashelder waarom hij vindt dat wetenschap een cruciale rol vervult voor een op evidentie gebaseerde klinische praktijk. Tevens stelt hij nogmaals vast dat de evidentie voor MMT te wensen overlaat en dat ook het meest recente onderzoek, gepubliceerd in 2010 en 2011, dezelfde methodologische tekorten kent als eerder effectonderzoek naar MMT. De zoekterm ‘mindfulnesss’ leverde voor 2010 en 2011 weliswaar bijna 400 citaties op, maar hieronder vond hij slechts vijf relevante MMT-trials. Bij zijn beschrijving van deze trials stelt Havermans terloops vast dat hoge impactfactoren van tijdschriften niet garant staan voor kwalitatief het best mogelijke onderzoek. Dit laatste is mogelijk een troost voor Sandra Mulkens en andere Nederlandse onderzoekers die, geheel in de huidige academische traditie, zo hoog mogelijk proberen te scoren in Engelstalige wetenschappelijke tijdschriften, lees haar column in dit nummer. Naast effectonderzoek is onderzoek in de traditie van de experimentele psychopathologie (Jansen, Van den Hout & Merckelbach, 2010) een beproefde manier om wetenschappelijke kennis te vergaren die van groot belang kan zijn voor de klinische praktijk. Het openingsartikel van dit nummer is hiervan een voorbeeld bij uitstek. Over de werkzame factoren van EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) is veel gespeculeerd, maar nauwelijks iets bekend. Het onderzoek van Marcel van den Hout, Iris Engelhard en collega’s heeft hierover een aannemelijk theoretisch model opgeleverd. De theorie dat belasting van het werkgeheugen een cruciale rol speelt bij het vervagen van negatieve en positieve herinneringen is door hen in een serie experimenten overtuigend aangetoond. Een van die experimenten wordt in het openingsartikel beschreven. De publicaties hierover (zowel Engelstalig als in het Nederlands) en de klinische implicaties die door de onderzoekers zijn geformuleerd, hebben tot veel reacties geleid. Gelet op de geschiedenis van EMDR in Nederland, met uitgesproken pleitbezorgers en criticasters, wekt dat wellicht weinig verbazing. In nummer 1 van Dth (Directieve therapie) van dit jaar reagerenWillen van der Does en Hellen Hornsveld op het model van Van den Hout en Engelhard en de consequenties ervan voor de klinische praktijk. Een opmerkelijke overeenkomst met de discussie over mindfulness is de verschillende interpretatie van het wetenschappelijk onderzoek, in dit geval de evidentie voor EMDR in vergelijking met cognitieve gedragstherapie (CGT): Van der Does (2011) meent dat EMDR net iets minder effectief is dan CGT, terwijl Hornsveld (2011) de conclusie trekt dat CGT, in het bijzonder imaginaire exposure, het aflegt tegen EMDR. Ook al waarschuwen beiden tegen al te snelle gevolgtrekkingen van dit experimenteel onderzoek bij niet-patiënten voor de klinische praktijk, nieuwe wetenschappelijke informatie lijkt vooral geïnterpreteerd te worden vanuit reeds eerder bestaande opvattingen en oordelen over EMDR en CGT. De suggestie van Van den Hout en Engelhard (2011) dat EMDR een gewone CGT-techniek kan worden, zal hen door de snel groeiende Vereniging EMDR Nederland niet in dank worden afgenomen, al hoopt Van der Does (2011) op decimering van het ledental. Al met al blijkt uit deze recente discussies het spanningsveld tussen wetenschap en klinische praktijk. De ontwikkelingen in de (klinische) psychologie, waarbij de kloof tussen wetenschappers en clinici alleen maar lijkt toe te nemen, onder andere omdat het door de toenemende specialisaties steeds moeilijker wordt voor psychologen om beide beroepsrollen te combineren, doen daar geen goed aan.

The discussion about mindfulness in the previous issue of Psychology & Health are hereby continued in this issue. Frank Vernooij responding to previous contributions from his clinical experience mindfulness and meditation training (MTT). He puts the contribution that science can be delivered to the clinical practice in general and to determine the value and effectiveness of mindfulness in particular. In the previous issue was Schroevers Maya and her colleagues and by Ivan Nyklicek impact study MTT been more positive assessments than by Remco Havermans, Vernooij but goes one step further. He seems the ability of science to make statements about the clinical practice to estimate high. Havermans even suspects that he Vernooij accused of scientism, the belief that science is superior to all other interpretations of life. Havermans makes clear why he thinks science is a crucial role for an evidence-based clinical practice. Also, he once again that the evidence of MMT is inadequate and that the latest research, published in 2010 and 2011, has the same methodological shortcomings as earlier research on effects MMT. The search term 'mindfulnesss "delivered in 2010 and 2011, while nearly 400 citations, but below, he found only five relevant trials MMT. In his description of these trials suggests that high Havermans casually impact factors of journals does not guarantee the best quality research. The latter may be a comfort to Sandra Mulkens and Dutch researchers, all in the current academic tradition, try to score as high as possible in English scientific journals, read her column in this issue. Besides effects research, research in the tradition of experimental psychopathology (Jansen, Van den Hout & Merckelbach, 2010) a proven way to scientific knowledge is produced that may be important for clinical practice. The opening article of this issue is an example par excellence. On the effective factors of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) has been much speculation but very little known. The study by Marcel van den Hout, Iris Engelhard and colleagues has made a plausible theoretical model yielded. The theory that taxes working memory plays a crucial role in the blurring of negative and positive memories by them in a series of experiments convincingly demonstrated. One of those experiments in the opening article. The publications on this subject (both English and Dutch) and the clinical implications have been formulated by the investigators, have led to many responses. Given the history of EMDR in the Netherlands, with strong advocates and critics, suggests that perhaps little surprise. In a number of Dth (directive therapy) this year to respond to van der Does and Helen Horn Field on the model of van den Hout and Engelhard and its consequences for clinical practice. A remarkable agreement with the discussion of mindfulness is the different interpretations of scientific research, in this case the evidence for EMDR compared to cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT): Van der Does (2011) believes that EMDR is slightly less effective than CBT, while Horn Field (2011) concludes that CBT, in particular imaginal exposure, it looses against EMDR. Although both warn against too rapid conclusions from this experimental study in non-patients for clinical practice, new scientific information seems to be interpreted from pre-existing beliefs and judgments about EMDR and CBT. The suggestion of Van den Hout and Engelhard (2011) that EMDR is a simple CBT techniques may be, will bring them through the fast-growing Netherlands Association EMDR not be appreciated, though hopes Van der Does (2011) on the decimation of the membership. All in all, of these recent discussions the tension between science and clinical practice. Developments in the (clinical) psychology, where the gap between scientists and clinicians only seems to be increasing, partly because it is the increasing specialization is becoming increasingly difficult for psychologists to both professional roles to combine, do not do well.

Keywords: Mindfulness and Meditation Training, MTT

Accuracy Verified: Yes

148. Struik, A. (2010, April). De zes testen, een stabilisatie methode voor chronisch getraumatiseerde en dissociatieve kinderen [The six tests, a stabilization method for chronically traumatized children and dissociative]. Presentatie Aan de Vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
De zes testen, een stabilisatie methode voor chronisch getraumatiseerde en dissociatieve kinderen. De stabilisatie en behandeling van deze kinderen kan gecompliceerd zijn. Vanzelfsprekend is het creëren van een veilige omgeving en een hechtingsfiguur een eerste stap. Maar wat dan? Deze kinderen functioneren soms ogenschijnlijk goed. Hun vermijdingsstrategieën zijn effectief en ze weigeren om over het trauma te praten of zeggen dat ze het vergeten zijn. Ze hebben er geen last meer van. Maar de verleiding van de therapeut om dan geen slapende honden wakker te maken is een gevaarlijke. Want onder deze ogenschijnlijk goed functionerende buitenkant, zit een constant alert, angstig en eenzaam kind. Dit kind kan zich niet hechten en dit gebrek aan veilige hechting is verwoestend voor de ontwikkeling. Dit wordt echter vaak alleen zichtbaar door er expliciet naar te zoeken. In deze presentatie zal ik ‘De zes testen’ demonstreren, een stabilisatie methode voor kinderen en een bewerking van de drie testen (Spierings, 2008). De zes testen helpen de therapeut om te beslissen of een kind verdere stabilisatie nodig heeft en hoe dat te bereiken, voordat met EMDR gestart kan worden. Aan de hand van casuïstiek wordt dit proces en het gebruik van stabilisatietechnieken gedemonstreerd. De kinderen moeten technieken leren om emoties te reguleren en stress te verminderen. Dan wordt het hechtingssysteem geactiveerd, zodat ze stress kunnen reguleren door steun te zoeken. Zo vermindert de noodzaak tot dissociatie. Door problemen die het kind ervaart te koppelen aan ervaringen in het verleden wordt het kind gemotiveerd om naar de trauma’s te kijken en met EMDR te starten. Dan worden nog aanpassingen in het EMDR protocol besproken voor dissociatieve kinderen om ze in het desensitisatie proces te houden en wordt besproken hoe EMDR kan worden geïntegreerd in een gefaseerde behandeling. Spierings, J. (2008). Stabilisatie, een gestructureerd programma voor taxatie en interventie. In: Ten Broeke, E. De Jongh, A., & Oppenheim, H. Praktijkboek EMDR. Amsterdam: Harcourt

The six tests, a stabilization method for chronically traumatized and dissociative children. The stabilization and treatment of these children can be complicated. Obviously, creating a safe environment and an attachment figure is a first step. But what then? These children sometimes seem to function properly. Their avoidance strategies are effective and they refuse to talk about the trauma or say they are forgotten. They have no more trouble. But the seduction of the therapist and then to wake sleeping dogs is dangerous. For among these seemingly well-functioning exterior, is a constant alert, anxious and lonely child. This child can not attach and the lack of secure attachment is devastating for the development. This is often visible only by explicitly to search. In this presentation I will "The six tests" demonstrate a stabilization method for children and an adaptation of the three tests (Spierings, 2008). The six tests help the therapist to decide whether a child needs further stabilization and how to reach before EMDR can be started. Using case studies this process and the use of stabilization techniques are demonstrated. The children must learn techniques to regulate emotions and reduce stress. Then the attachment system is activated, so they can be regulated by stress to seek support. Thus reduces the need for dissociation. Due to problems experienced by the child to link past experience the child is motivated to look at the trauma and EMDR to start. Then further adjustments to the EMDR protocol for dissociative children to discuss them in the desensitization process and discusses how to keep EMDR can be integrated into a phased treatment. Spierings J. (2008). Stabilization, a structured program of assessment and intervention. In: Ten Broeke, E. De Jongh, A., & Oppenheim, H. EMDR Practice Book. Amsterdam: Harcourt

Keywords: Children Dissociation Six Tests Stabilization

Accuracy Verified: Yes

149. Stewart-Grey, E. (2008). De-stress: A qualitative investigation of EMDR treatment. Capella University, Minneapolis, MN. AAT 3329849.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
There is no qualitative knowledge of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) with a sub-clinical stressed population. The vast majority of EMDR research has focused on traumatized populations, leaving a significant gap in what the non-traumatized or sub-clinically stressed clients experience. Sub-clinical stress includes any level of stress that does not meet the DSM-IV-TR criteria for PTSD. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the lived experiences of body sensations, emotions, beliefs, and imagery during EMDR treatment of participants with sub-clinical stress. Participants fit into either a young adult (18-35), adult (36-49), or older adult (50-60) maturity category and did not meet the criteria for PTSD. The sample consisted of 12 participants, from a large metropolitan area in the Northeastern United States. A qualitative phenomenological design was used to gather data following the EMDRIAs treatment protocol including a final interview asking questions about what the participants experienced in their body, thoughts, emotions, and memory images. The data was analyzed using constant comparative techniques using open coding and will be verified with member check techniques. The results identify five thematic holistic experiences across the participants. The themes of responsibility, safety, choices, power, and value emerged from the data. The results imply that is may be necessary to address all 5 themes for effective stress resolution. Also, the scholarly, clinical, and practical understanding of the Adaptive Information Processing Model concepts of responsibility, safety, and choices manifest in participants lived sensory experiences are now expanded and in need of additional research. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults Americans Effects Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

150. McCammon, S. L., & Allison, E. J. (1995). Debriefing and treating emergency workers. In C. R. Figley (Ed.), Compassion fatigue: Coping with secondary traumatic stress disorder in those who treat the traumatized (pp. 115-130). New York: Brunner/Mazel.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Chapter 6 emphasizes the importance of promoting trauma resolution and healthy coping strategies in emergency workers. Strategies that can be implemented before, during, and after a traumatic event are summarized. Pretrauma interventions include the use of a stress audit, training regarding stress and its management, and policy development.During a traumatic event, interventions include orientation to the trauma site, on-scene support, demobilization, and debriefing. Common elements among the several debriefing models described include the structuring of opportunities to review the events of the traumatic situation and to ventilate feelings, the learning of skills for integrating and mastering the event, and obtaining assistance in identifying, enlisting, and accepting help from one's support system. Post-trauma activities include individual follow-up sessions, the use of experimental procedures such as eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, and attention to anniversaries of traumatic events. A decade of anecdotal reports testifies to the effectiveness of debriefing and provides helpful insights into working with emergency responders. Currently, research efforts are under way to assess systematically the impact of debriefing. Future research should address the mediating effect of emergency workers' coping behaviors and cognitions. [Introduction, p. xix]

Keywords: Adults Critical Incidence Stress Debriefing CISD Education Medical Personnel Prevention Emergency Personnel Self-Help Techniques Vicarious Traumatization

Accuracy Verified: Yes

151. Forgash, C. A. (2005, June). Deepening EMDR treatment effects across the trauma spectrum: Integrating EMDR and ego state work. Föreningen EMDR Sverige, EMDR Tidningen, 7(2), 6-14.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The concepts, interventions, and techniques presented in this workshop are culled from theory and techniques of working with the range of the dissociative disorders). They have proved to be an effective addition to the preparation stage of the EMDR protocol. In other words, they can be used with clients who dissociate under certain conditions but do not have a dissociative disorder Most of the traumatized clients seen for EMDR treatment have a range of dissociative symptoms as well as symptoms of PTSD. This combination of PTSD and a dissociative disorder is often labeled DDNOS. However, people with a more complex variety of PTSD usually have experienced very early and enduring severe physical or sexual abuse (generally perpetrated by a family member), atrocities, war, or severe environmental disruption such as earthquakes. They are more accurately diagnosed with disorders of extreme stress (DESNOS). For these clients, the dissociated neural networks, or dissociative fragmentation, cause serious problems in adult life. The adaptive information processing system is on hold for these dissociated fragments or parts. They are easily triggered by internal or external cues to which they can have extreme reactions, (flashbacks, amnesia, losing time and place, and so forth.) Our goal as therapists is to use EMDR to help clients (and their internal dissociated neural networks or parts) find stability and resources to function adaptively in their present life, and then desensitize and reprocess the dissociated trauma memories and the PTSD symptoms. We aim to help our clients manage their symptoms. It is not our goal to eliminate dissociation, which has been a major survival strategy, but to help the client utilize it with conscious control. It is important to note that attachment issues are an aspect of development that are especially impacted by trauma. The attachment styles of the family pre trauma may have already affected the client in negative ways, impacting the client's resources and responses to trauma. One way to look at this set of problems is to utilize two approaches in the preparation phase of EMDR. These approaches combine the treatment of dissociative symptoms with ego state work and are an essential aspect of treating these clients with EMDR. This work may extend the preparation phase considerably, but will add safety and structure to the trauma processing experiences for these clients.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

152. Forgash, C. A., & Bergmann, U. (1999). Deepening EMDR treatment effects in the clinical treatment of dissociative disorders: Integrating EMDR techniques, ego-state therapy, and developmental blueprinting. Presentation at the annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Fall Conference, Miami FL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Dissociation Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

153. Bergmann, U., & Forgash, C. (2000, November). Deepening the EMDR treatment effects in the treatment of dissociative disorders: Integrating EMDR and ego state techniques. Presentation at the annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Fall Conference, San Antonio, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Dissociation Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

154. Popky, A. J. (2005). DeTUR, an urge reduction protocol for addictions and dysfunctional behaviors. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 167-188). New York: W W Norton & Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The Desensitization of Triggers and Urge Reprocessing (DeTUR) model and the theories involved are based on experience from personal client observation and anecdotal reports received from other therapists using this same protocol. It is an eclectic model and combines many methodologies, including but not limited to cognitive-behavioral, solution-focused, Ericksonian hypnosis, narrative, object relations, and emotional freedom techniques (EFT), to name a few. The bilateral stimulation (BLS) in the accelerated information processing model of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) seems to form the catalyst for rapid processing and change, the turbocharger that speeds the healing process.This protocol represents only a small part of a complete treatment model. The therapist's role is that of a case manager, orchestrating any resources necessary to aid the patient through recovery and relapse to a successful and healthy state of functioning and coping. The therapist has to assess the severity of the addiction and also determine any other diagnosis associated with the case. This overall treatment model includes outside help, such as referrals for medication, testing for physical or neurological problems, and, depending on the situation, inpatient treatment, outpatient treatment, or detox. Other outside resources include support systems, such as 12-step groups, educational programs, skills training; couples, group, or family therapy; or acupuncture. Comorbidity issues, day-to-day stressors, and survival issues are addressed. An extremely high percentage of these populations are dually diagnosed and can therefore run the full dimensional spectrum of disorders and behaviors as described in the DSM-IV. [Text, pp. 167-168] [Pilots]

Keywords: Addiction Addictions Behavior Problems Behavior Therapy Bilateral Stimulation Compulsions Craving Desensitization of Triggers Dysfunctional Behaviors Information Processing Model Psychotherapeutic Techniques Urge Reduction Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

155. Lovelle, C. (2008, February). Dialectical behavioral therapy and EMDR for adolescents in residential treatment: A practical and theoretical perspective. Residential Treatment For Children and Youth, 23(1&2), 27–43. doi:10.1300/J007v23n01_03.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
DBT and EMDR as primary treatment methods provide effective treatment for adolescents in the setting of group residential facilities. Regardless of the intensity of the pathology or the length of stay, these compatible treatment methods provide adolescents with significant decreases in the impact of traumatic memories and increased emotional regulation skills. The methods have been empirically supported as effective in a variety of settings and with a diversity of age groups. They are well suited for use in a residential environment and can constitute a powerful, effective method for dealing with Post Traumatic Stress Disorder, Bipolar Disorder, Major Depression, Anxiety Disorders, Substance Abuse, and other disorders.

Keywords: Adolescent Residential Treatment DBT Dialectical Behavior Therapy Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

156. Lanius, U. F. (2001, June). Dissociation processes and EMDR: Staying connected. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn a model, based on recent developments in neuroscience and the neurobiology of dissociation, that guides therapeutic interventions in general and EMDR treatment in particular; 2) apply effective treatment planning, target selection, and the use of both body-oriented (bottom-up processing); 3) learn to utilize interventions intended to minimize dissociative symptoms; and 4) learn techniques that aid clients in becoming reconnected, once dissociative processes have occurred.

Keywords: Dissociation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

157. Lanius, U. F. (2004, September). Dissociative processes and EMDR – Staying connected. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A model is proposed, based on recent research in neuroscience and the neurobiology of dissociation and attachment, that guides therapeutic interventions in general and EMDR treatment in particular. Participants will become familiar with specific interventions intended to minimize dissociative symptoms, as well as techniques that aid clients in becoming reconnected, once dissociative processes have occurred. That is, a comprehensive therapeutic approach is described to aid clients with dissociative symptoms to stay connected, and in some cases reconnect with their healing process, thereby enhancing the likelihood of efficient information processing during EMDR treatment.

Keywords: Dissociation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

158. Muret, M. (2010, April). Dissociative vs. associative techniques to treat dissociation. Presentation at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Belfast, Northern Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In the past two decades, various effective techniques have been developed for the treatment of trauma: EMDR, EMI, EFT, OEI, NLP, SE, etc. These different techniques inevitably raise the question: “Which techniques should be used for which patients? “ Because dissociative disordered patients may react to trauma work with dissociative detachment, a "low impact" technique is needed. Thus, therapeutic approaches that employ a certain degree of dissociative distancing seem to be well-suited to dissociative patients. Richard Bandler (NLP) and, more recently, Cary Craig (EFT) have developed calm, nondramatic ways to address trauma and solve problems. EMDR, a more associative method, seems better suited to stable patients who possess good resources. This workshop will present a continuum that locates techniques along a scale of increasing degrees of confrontation. Special attention will be given to EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques), an easy-to-learn method. Techniques for reinforcing the Somatic Self during EMDR sessions will be explained. The second part of this workshop will present a conceptualization for these techniques, based on the works of Stephen Porges, Ellert Nijenhuis and Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi (Flow Theory).
Learning Outcomes The attendee will learn to consider the danger(retraumatization) of an intervention. According to the kind of patient and situation, he will be better able to choose the best available technique. For newcomers a basic methode of EFT will be taught, that can be later used in simple cases. Through a "participative" teaching the attendee will understand and integrate difficult abstracts concepts like: polyvagal model, structural dissociation, mental tension, ...

Keywords: Associative Techniques Dissociation Dissociative Technqiues

Accuracy Verified: Yes

159. Freyberger, H. J., & Spitzer, C. (2005, Juli). Dissoziative störungen [Dissociative disorders]. Der Nervenarzt, 76(7), 893-900. doi:10.1007/s00115005-1956-z .

Language: German

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Die dissoziative Störungen und Konversion sind mit erheblichen klassifikatorischen, diagnostische und therapeutische Schwierigkeiten, die nur in den historischen Kontext der Diskussion über die Hysterie verstanden werden kann, verbunden. Auch die Einstufung in die ICD-10 und DSM-IV ist heterogen. Prävalenzraten zwischen etwa 3% in der allgemeinen Bevölkerung und bis zu 30% in klinischen Populationen, jedoch beziehen sich auf die große klinische Bedeutung. Realtraumatisierungen eine wichtige Rolle in der Pathogenese. High Komorbiditätsraten mit anderen psychischen Störungen eine Tendenz zu chronischen somatischen Erkrankung und ein Konzept (insbesondere bei Patienten mit Erkrankungen erschweren Umwandlung) der psychotherapeutischen Behandlung. Dies erlaubt die Behandlung Ziele sind sowohl psychodynamische und kognitiv-verhaltenstherapeutischen in Abhängigkeit entwickelt, möglicherweise mit den Techniken der Trauma-Therapie, wie EMDR (Springer).

The dissociative and conversion disorders are associated with significant classificatory, diagnostic and therapeutic difficulties that can be understood only in the historical context of the discussion on hysteria. Even the classification in ICD-10 and DSM-IV is heterogeneous. Prevalence rates of between about 3% in the general population and up to 30% in clinical populations, however, refer to the great clinical significance. Realtraumatisierungen have an important role in the pathogenesis. High Komorbiditätsraten with other mental disorders, a tendency to chronic somatic disease and a concept (especially in patients with conversion disorders complicate) the psychotherapeutic treatment. This allows the treatment goals are designed both psychodynamic and cognitive-behavioral dependence in, possibly with the techniques of trauma therapy such as EMDR (Springer).

Keywords: Chronicity (Disorders) Comorbidity Conversion Disorder Diagnosis Dissociative Disorders Epidemiology Etiology Psychotherapy Somatization

Accuracy Verified: Yes

160. Friedberg, F. (2001). Do-it-yourself eye movement technique for emotional healing. Oakland, CA: New Harbinger Publications, Inc.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Eye-movement techniques are a set of revolutionary new methods that psychologists have been using to reduce clients' emotional conflicts and redirect their thought into more positive directions. This book teaches readers how to self-administer these techniques and change their health and happiness.

Keywords: Eye Movements

Accuracy Verified: No

161. Tym, R., Dyck, M., & McGrath, G. (2000, July-August). Does a visual perceptual disturbance characterize trauma-related anxiety syndromes?. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 14(4), 377-394. doi:10.1016/S0887-6185(00)00029-3.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The i-test was developed to assess the visual-perceptual disturbances (VPDs) frequently reported by anxious patients. Persons with the disturbance report a specific abnormal illusion of movement when they maintain a fixed gaze at the i-test stimulus. Base rates for positive responses to the i-test and for reports of a "recurrent specific memory" (RSM) of a fear experience were obtained in psychiatric outpatient (n = 301) and community (n = 128) samples. In each case, approximately one fifth of participants had a positive response to the i-test and one fifth of participants reported an RSM of fear. A positive response to the i-test is observed in women more frequently than in men. Among psychiatric patients, approximately 90% of patients who report one symptom also report the other symptom; among community members, the concordance rate is approximately 33%. When psychiatric patients with both an abnormal illusion of movement response and an RSM of trauma are treated with eye movement desensitization, both symptoms are removed in 70% of cases; when these patients undergo some other form of treatment, both symptoms are removed in 30% of cases. These results indicate that the i-test is an effective way of identifying VPDs associated with psychopathologic conditions; the association between the abnormal illusion of movement and reports of recurrent specific memories of fear experiences suggests that the VPD may be a marker of traumatic stress syndromes. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adolescents Adults Assessment Children Depressive Disorders Females Males Injuries Memory Retrieval Techniques Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Somatic Symptoms Survivors Treatment Effectiveness Visual Hallucinations Witnesses

Accuracy Verified: Yes

162. Manfield, P., & Snyker, E. (2002, June). Don’t go with that!. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
One of the beauties of EMDR is that, in most cases, clients can simply begin each set of eye movements by focusing on their associations from the previous set. The therapist simply says, "Go with that." This workshop will identify clients for whom "Go with that" will probably not work, clients who use avoidance or dissociation to defend against painful affect or who associate loosely and cause targets to "pancake." We will use video and transcripts to illustrate a variety of interventions and techniques to handle these more challenging clients and situations.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

163. Herbert, C. (2010, June). Do‘s and don‘ts in trauma therapy: Strategies for enhancing the work with trauma of different levels of complexity – a positive growth approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with traumatized clients can be overwhelming for the therapist, especially when the trauma is complex, involves dissociative symptoms or different personality states, fragmented memories or client affect is intense and poorly regulated. My experience as a supervisor of EMDR practitioners has shown that it is not uncommon for therapists, in an attempt to be helpful to the traumatized clients, to unintentionally use strategies, which are experienced as re-traumatizing or which lead to an increase in their clients’' survival based coping strategies, including the further strengthening of the ANP (Apparently Normal Personal- ~ t y- van der Hart, Nijenhuis and Steele. 2006). This workshop highlights different therapeutic challenges, which often arise for therapists when working with trauma and introduce strategies that EMDR practitioners can use in their work with such clients. This workshop embeds the principles of Positive Growth Therapy (PGT - Herbert, 20071, which encompasses combined knowledge from a variety of disciplines, including positive psychology, information-processing theory, neurobiology, somatic psychology, developmental psychology and attachment theory, mindfulness and others. These strategies, designed to nurture growth rather than dysfunction, are linked to specific therapeutic factors relevant to the work with trauma, such as different types of trauma, the nature of dissociation, the therapeutic pathway toward integration. the concept of safety, the importance of resource installation, individual pacing of therapy and the window of tolerance, different types of processing, and the integration of rational and experiential processing systems and others, which will be explored in the course of this workshop This workshop offers opportunities for both, EMDR therapists, who are fairly new to the trauma field and would like to enhance and deepen their knowledge base, and those already experienced in the trauma field who would like to use this workshop as an opportunity to re-view, further refine or validate their current ways of working. The specific learning objectives for this workshop are: 1. To find out about specific therapeutic factors that is relevant to the work with trauma. 2. To learn about strategies to avoid and strategies, which are helpful for trauma clients. 3. To increase therapist confidence in working with traumatized clients of varying levels of complexity. This workshop is unique in the way in which it transcends specific (and sometimes too narrowly defined) therapeutic modalities or psychiatric diagnoses and instead offers solutions to EMDR practitioners of all modalities by providing deeper understanding of specific therapeutic factors relevant to the work with trauma of different complexities.

Keywords: Trauma Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

164. Grabahan, A. (2012, April 5). Dr. Francine Shapiro meets trauma head-on. Santa Rosa Press Democrat. Retrieved from http://bodega.towns.pressdemocrat.com on 11-2-2012 .

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Unlike many other forms of psychotherapy, EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) can bring about relief rapidly, typically after eight 90-minute sessions. In her new book, “Getting Past Your Past: Take Control of Your Life with Self-Help Techniques from EMDR Therapy” (Rodale Books, 2012), Dr. Shapiro translates the psychotherapy for the lay audience, teaching people how to apply some of the techniques to their own lives, with book profits benefiting the EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Program. Click here to read more about how EMDR can be used for self-help purposes. [Excerpt]

Keywords: General Getting Past Your Past Overview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

165. Rogers, S. (2006, December). Drifting away from EMDR. EMDRIA Newsletter, 11(4), 7-8.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Those who have attended Francine Shapiro’s Plenary Addresses in recent EMDRIA Conferences are aware of her wish that EMDR clinicians accurately reproduce the EMDR procedure and understand her Adaptive Information Processing model. This concern was sparked by the frequency of phone calls to the EMDR Institute from clients who had been treated with variations of the EMDR protocol with poor results. Also, here in Pennsylvania, we have had several veterans come into our treatment program claiming that they had been treated with EMDR and it didn’t work. When we asked for a description of the treatment, it was clear that the therapist had added elements to the desensitization phase, such as affi rmations, positive imagery, and relaxation techniques.

Keywords: Cautions Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

166. Manfield, P. (2013, May). Dyadic resourcing: Creating a foundation for treating early trauma [La dyade comme ressource: Créer une base solide pour traiter les traumas de la petite enfance]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop introduces “dyadic resourcing,” a resourcing approach designed to facilitate EMDR processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help clients connect affectively to an internal experience of being in a nurturing parent-child relationship. This workshop will address the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing, including each of the five steps involved in establishing this resource. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, resourcing transcripts, and a live demonstration. Links to free additional training resources will be provided.
Learning Objectives: • Explain why cognitive interweaves are often not helpful to clients with attachment disorders • List 15 possible sources of resource figures a client might have that the client can feel a present affective connection to. • List 8 techniques that can be used to help a client feel more intensely connected to a resource. • Describe 4 indications that clients are NOT assuming an outside observer role and are instead overly identifying with their child selves. • Describe how the “morphing” process minimizes a client’s resistance to feeling nurtured.

Cet atelier présente la dyade comme ressource, une approche conçue pour faciliter le retraitement en EMDR pour les traumas de la petite enfance chez des clients qui ont été sévèrement négligés dont ceux avec un trouble de l’attachement. L’objectif de ce processus est d’aider le client à se connecter au niveau affectif à une expérience intérieure d’être dans une relation nourrissante parent-enfant. Cet atelier portera sur les principes de base et les processus centraux de cette forme de ressourcement incluant les 5 étapes pour établir cette ressource. Le processus sera illustré à l’aide de vidéos de transcription sur les ressources et une démonstration en direct. Il fournira aussi des ‘’liens’’ afin d’avoir accès gratuitement à des formations sur les ressources.
Objectifs d’apprentissage: • Expliquer pourquoi les tissages cognitifs ne sont pas aidant pour les clients ayant un trouble de l’attachement • Une liste de 15 figures ressourçantes pour le client et pour lesquelles il peut ressentir une connexion sur le plan affectif. • Une liste de 8 techniques qui peut être utiliser afin d’aider le client à se sentir de plus en plus connecter à une ressource. • Décrire 4 indications que le client n’adopte pas une position d’observateur mais plutôt qu’il soit vraiment identifié avec leurs ‘’soi’’ d’enfant. • Décrire comment le processus de ‘’morphing’’ peut diminuer la résistance au sentiment d’être nourrit affectivement

Keywords: Dyadic Resourcing Morphing Resource Figures

Accuracy Verified: Yes

167. Knipe, J. (2009). Dysfunctional positive affect: Codependence or obsession with self-defeating behavior. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 463-465). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Keywords: Codependence Dysfunctional Positive Affect Obsession Protocol Self-Defeating Behavior

Accuracy Verified: Yes

168. Knipe, J. (2009). Dysfunctional positive affect: Procrastination. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 453-458). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Keywords: Dysfunctional Postive Affect Procrastination Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

169. Knipe, J. (2009). Dysfunctional positive affect: To assist clients with unwanted avoidance defenses. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 451-452). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Keywords: Avoidance Defenses Dysfunctional Positive Affect Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

170. Knipe, J. (2009). Dysfunctional positive affect: To clear the pain of unrequited love. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 459-462). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Keywords: Dysfunctional Positive Affect Protocol Unrequited Love

Accuracy Verified: Yes

171. Shapiro, E., & Laub, B. (2008). Early EMDR intervention (EEI): A summary, a theoretical model, and the recent traumatic episode protocol (R-TEP). Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(2), 79-96. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.2.79.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article examines existing early EMDR intervention (EEI) procedures, presents a conceptual model, and proposes a new comprehensive protocol: the Recent-Traumatic Episode protocol (R-TEP). A review of research and important professional issues regarding application and parameters are presented. The commonly used EEI protocols and procedures are summarized, with the inclusion of descriptive case examples from the Lebanon war and a review of related research. Then a theoretical model is presented in which traumatic information processing is conceptualized as expanding from a narrow focus on the sensory image (perceptual level) to a wider focus on the event/episode (experiential level) and finally to a broad focus on the theme/identity (meaning level). The relationship of this model to the Recent-Traumatic Episode protocol is articulated and case examples are presented. Theoretical speculations are discussed relating to attention regulation and the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model. Further research is encouraged. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model AIP Cognitive Processes Crisis Intervention Early EMDR Intervention Emergency Room Patients Israel-Hezbollah War Israelis Prevention of PTSD Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Recent Events Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

172. Grey, E. (2009, August). Earning security with EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The experience of safety associated with a secure attachment is essential in promoting social engagement. Social engagement requires the capacity to identify, tolerate and communicate our emotional states. This poster illustrates the pathogenic role that relational trauma plays in thwarting such intrapersonal attunement necessary for interpersonal integration. In particular, disorganized attachment experiences are highlighted as small-t traumas and “touchstone memories” related to “affect phobias”. These phobias are key psychopathological agents that maintain dissociative barriers between components of internal working models of self and other involved in attachment relationships. Internal working models related to disorganized attachment experiences include segregated information of parent/child interactions in which the parent is the “source and solution of the child’s fright”. The establishment of “trauma coded” internal working models is instrumental in the development of “extra-personal attunement”. As opposed to intrapersonal attunement, extra-personal attunement is characterized by a preoccupation with the feelings, thoughts, and behaviors of others and simultaneous dissociation of one’s own internal experience. In the wake of such relational trauma, the adaptive information processing system within the individual becomes “corrupt”. The AIP model provides a way to understand the salience of dysfunctionally held information in the brain in thwarting interpersonal attunement and intrapersonal attunement and maintenance of a “corrupt information processing system”. Furthermore, it assists in the clinical navigation of the paths between memory, internal working models, and auto and interactive psychobiological regulation. From a clearer point of view and with an appreciation for the vulnerability of relational misattunement to be traumatic relevant EMDR processing targets can be indentified and targeted. In addition, this AIP conceptualization of relational trauma offers a parsimonious framework within which the effects of trauma can been seen in a variety of psychopathologies. From adjustment disorders to dissociative identity disorder the feeling of “insecurity” associated with relationships reinforces extra-personal attunement and avoidance of interactive regulation necessary for social engagement. In addition, extrapersonal attunement leads to a preoccupation with the emotional states of others, avoidance of social engagement and substitution of work, play, food, and sex to regulate distress and amplify positive affect. This poster will offer an Adaptive Information Processing model conceptualization of relational trauma and will outline the role of EMDR in reducing phobic responses to innate affect. It will also highlight the identification and processing of touchstone memories related to disorganized attachment experiences in both the standard EMDR protocol and the adapted “Ego-state specific” protocol. These interventions will be portrayed as necessary components of a comprehensive treatment plan in the treatment of relational trauma. Finally the successful treatment of relational trauma will be depicted as a relevant in promoting intrapersonal attunement necessary for interpersonal integration.

Keywords: Affect Phobias Phobias Relational Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

173. Cotraccia, T. (2009, August). Earning security with EMDR - Promoting social engagement in the wake of relational trauma. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Poster Social Engagement

Accuracy Verified: Yes

174. Hollander, H. E., & Bender, S. S. (2001, January-April). ECEM (Eye Closure Eye Movements): Integrating aspects of EMDR with hypnosis for treatment of trauma. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 43(3-4), 187-202. doi:10.1080/00029157.2001.10404276.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The paper addresses distinctions between hypnotic interventions and Eye Movement Desensitizing and Reprocessing (EMDR) and discusses their effect on persons who have symptoms of PTSD. Eye movements in hypnosis and EMDR are considered in terms of the different ways they may affect responses in treatment. A treatment intervention within hypnosis called ECEM (Eye Closure, Eye Movements) is described. ECEM can be used for patients with histories of trauma who did not benefit adequately from either interventions in hypnosis or the EMDR treatment protocol used separately. In ECEM the eye movement variable of EMDR is integrated within a hypnosis protocol to enhance benefits of hypnosis and reduce certain risks of EMDR. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Hypnotherapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

175. Martin, G. (2007). Editorial - On rural services for mental. Australian e-Journal for the Advancement of Mental Health, 6(1), 1-4.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Sumithra attended the village clinic for three sessions of CBT and EMDR lasting ninety minutes each, during a three week period. EMDR involved supporting her to describe her fears and hold all the elements in mind while simultaneously engaging in bilateral eye-movements. Feedback was obtained on the material that was emotion provoking. This cycle was repeated, while observing for shifts in affect, physiological states and cognitive insights. Sumithra identified emotions and physical sensations, elicited when visual images of death and destruction were combined with the belief that ‘my family is dead’, ‘I have no one’, and ‘I am alone in this world’. Three cycles were carried out by rewinding to sections of the narrative that generated sadness and fear. On each occasion she reported the level of distress she experienced, and her distress scores (SUDS) were noted.

Keywords: Editorial Mental Health Rural

Accuracy Verified: Yes

176. Kruse, M. J. (2011, June). The effect of energy psychology on rates of relapse and recidivism for substance abuse offenders in a community correction setting. The University of the Rockies, Colorado Springs, CO. AAI3460565.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
This dissertation was a study of a community corrections program which incorporated adjunct Energy Psychology Therapies for Substance Abuse Offenders (SAOs), who were transitioning back into community. Rates of relapse and recidivism were compared, upon success/failure to complete drug and alcohol treatment. When Energy Psychology therapies were added, assisting offenders in resolving underlying trauma issues, there were significance differences between groups. The Choices Program used brief therapies including: Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, Thought Field Therapy, Emotional Freedom Techniques, (EMDR, TFT, EFT) along with group and individual classes/sessions to relieve underlying trauma symptoms. The results indicated that people who chose to resolve underlying trauma achieved more successful treatment outcomes, thereby lowering rates of relapse and recidivism significantly.

Keywords: Community Corrections EFT motional Freedom Techniques Energy Psychology Offenders Eye Movement Social Sciences Substance Abuse Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

177. Yarosh, D. (2003, September). Effective EMDR for high-functioning clients with intimacy problems (Expanded with new cases). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will learn to integrate EMDR into the longer-term treatment that is necessary where issues of attachment and relationship are paramount. Trauma treament of these clients involves an understanding of their unique personality characteristics, a comprehensive treatment plan that engages their cooperation, a Motivational Interview to set goals, and a Trauma History to prioritze EMDR targets. Specific techniques that will be demonstrated are the interweaving of Resource Development and Installation into the ongoing treatment, and body-focused interweaves to promote client safety when working with strong abreaction. Special interweaves helping clients integrate the successful parts of their lives into the parts where they are developmentally immature will be illustrated.

Keywords: Attachment Intimacy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

178. Manfield, P. (2006, September). Effective EMDR targeting with couples. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The workshop begins with a discussion of which clients this technique is appropriate for. The technique is not recommended for couples in which either or both partners do not have adequate affect tolerance, observing ego, or trust of each other's integrety. Other risk factors for using EMDR in couples therapy that have been highlighted in other presentations and literature will be briefly reviewed. Participants will learn to differentiate between clients' statements that represent present experience and those that represent concepts of present experience or reporting of past experiences. Participants will be taught specific interventions which they will practice in guided exercise that will enable them to facilitate both individuals and couples to stay in their present experience during EMDR targeting. Irrational emotional responses to daily interactions and conflicts are often the result of unresolved issues resulting from underlying feeder memories. Participants will learn a simple method for identifying underlying issues of each individual partner related to a given conflict. The final and most substantial portion of this presentation will be focused on using a refined "affect bridge" technique to identify the feeder memories associated with those issues so that they can be targeted with the standard EMDR protocol. Specific methods will be taught to overcome clients' resistance and difficulties with accessing memories; these methods include use of accessing cues (re: Neurolinguistic Programming) and developing eidetics (re: Eidetic Psychotherapy) These methods will be illustrated using a case transcript, guided participant experiential exercise, and live demonstration.

Keywords: Couples Couples Therapy Targeting

Accuracy Verified: Yes

179. Manfield, P. (2005, September). Effective EMDR targeting with couples. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Based an a relatively simple protocol for finding targets specific to the partners' issues, this approach is especially effective with couples who tend to want to spend sessions complaining about each other and recounting the conflicts of the past week. Equal time will be devoted to identifying targets and then developing them using the basic principles of Ahsen's Eidetic Psychotherapy and a modified version of Walkins' "affect bridge." Methods will be taught to overcome resistance and difficulties clients have with accessing memories. Through case transcripts and participation exercises, the basics of this protocol will be explained and demonstrated.

Keywords: Couples Couples Therapy Targeting

Accuracy Verified: Yes

180. Farkas, L. (2008, December). The effects of motivation-adaptive skills-trauma resolution (MASTR) - Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) on traumatized adolescents with conduct problems. Universite de Montreal, Canada. AAT NR55659.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Objective.- This dissertation explored the effectiveness of a treatment package, Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution (MASTR) in combination with Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). This intervention was assessed in a sample of traumatized adolescents manifesting conduct problems (CPs) admitted to youth protective services. CP adolescents have been found to be particularly treatment-resistant and the treatments used with them often neglect to target the trauma that many of these youths have faced. Therefore, it seemed promising to implement a trauma-focused treatment with these youths that accounts for their resistance to treatment. MASTR-EMDR was studied with this population due to the favorable findings in the few studies assessing its use with high-risk populations. In addition to examining the effects of this treatment with CP youth exposed to various types of trauma, a particular focus was given to victims of sexual abuse (SA). This type of trauma seemed particularly suited for EMDR due to its circumscribed nature, which may be more easily worked through in this treatment that targets one trauma at a time.
Method.- Participants in the first study were 40 adolescents (ages 13-17) exhibiting CPs and exposed to trauma in youth protective services. A subsample (n = 30), consisting of victims of SA, was included in the second study. Participants in both studies were randomly assigned to MASTR-EMDR treatment or to a wait list condition where they were offered routine care. Self-report questionnaires and semi- structured interviews were administered to participants and one of their parents or caregivers by independent evaluators at three points in time: pre-treatment, post-treatment (12 weeks later) and follow-up (12 weeks after post-treatment). These measures evaluated trauma history, trauma-related sequelae, CPs, social competence and internalizing problems. The MASTR-EMDR sessions were administered once a week over a 12 week period, with each session lasting a maximum of 1.5 hours.
Results.- ANCOVAs and repeated measures ANCOVAs were used to assess treatment effects and the maintenance of gains at a 3-month follow-up. As predicted, MASTR-EMDR led to significant gains in outcome measures compared to routine treatment with both samples. In addition, gains were maintained at follow-up.
Conclusions.- This dissertation supports the use of MASTR-EMDR in populations exposed to general trauma and SA who exhibit CPs. This research was innovative in its implementation of a novel treatment-approach in youth protective services, where empirically-supported treatments are necessary and sometimes lacking. Therefore, the results have both clinical and scientific value and can help pave the way toward more trauma-focused treatments for CP youth, more evidence-based practices in youth protective services as well as enrich current understanding of the effects of this treatment approach.[Author Abstract]

Keywords: Conduct Problems Protective Services Psychotherapeutic Techniques Trauma Treatment Outcome Youth

Accuracy Verified: Yes

181. Taylor, J. E., & Harvey, S. T. (2009, September-October). Effects of psychotherapy with people who have been sexually assaulted: A meta-analysis. Aggression and Violent Behavior, 14(5), 273–285. doi:10.1016/j.avb.2009.03.006 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This paper presents the results of a meta-analysis of the treatment outcome studies of different types of psychotherapeutic approaches for sexual assault victims experiencing PTSD or rape trauma symptoms. There were 15 outcome studies identified for inclusion in the meta-analysis dating from 1988–2005, and these studies comprised 25 treatment conditions. Separate meta-analyses were conducted according to study design (independent samples and repeated measures), in keeping with meta-analytic conventions. The overall results for the two meta-analyses were highly consistent, and effect sizes were in the large range for independent samples (g=.91) and repeated measures treatments (g=.90). Effects were maintained at follow-up from 6–12 months after treatment. Studies represented diverse treatment approaches, and most treatments were effective in improving outcome according to symptom reduction. A number of moderating variables were examined. Better outcomes were achieved with individual therapy compared to group approaches. The use of semi-structured approaches and homework techniques were positively related to the magnitude of effect size. [Science Direct]

Keywords: Meta-analysis Outcome Rape Sexual assault Therapy Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

182. Lee, C. (2006, May). Efficacy and mechanisms of action of EMDR as a treatment for PTSD. Murdoch University, Perth, Australia.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The first aim of this thesis was to describe the characteristics of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) and to elucidate its place as a symptom disorder that sometimes develops when people are exposed to a traumatic event. The current major theoretical approaches to account for why some people who are exposed to trauma develop PTSD and the mechanisms by which this occurs were described. Three classes of theories were reviewed: conditioning/learning approach; information processing theories with a particular focus on the meaning of the trauma event; and biological models with an emphasis on recent neurocircuitry and neurochemistry models. Successful treatment approaches were then reviewed which indicated two major contenders for the most efficacious treatment for PTSD: traditional cognitive behaviour therapies (CBT) using either stress inoculation or prolonged exposure; and eye movement desensitisation and processing (EMDR). Prior to the first study (Lee, Gavriel, Drummond, Richards, and Greenwald, 2002), a review of the literature indicated equivalent effects for EMDR and CBT. There had been very few direct comparison studies and each had serious methodological flaws, particularly with respect to random assignment and treatment fidelity. Therefore, the first study ensured adequate attention to these areas and involved a direct comparison between the two procedures using a sample of 24 participants diagnosed with PTSD. EMDR and stress inoculation training with prolonged exposure were found to lead to similar symptom improvement at the end of treatment, apart from a slight advantage for EMDR on intrusion symptoms. Both treatments led to significantly greater symptom reduction than a wait list control condition. At follow-up, EMDR led to greater gains on both self-report and observer rated measures of PTSD and self-report measures of depression. Overall, the findings were similar to those described in previously published studies, with a suggestion that EMDR was slightly more efficient than the standard CBT approach. Given that the evidence suggested that EMDR was a more efficient treatment, it became critical to understand the underlying processes. A process study was undertaken that examined the responses of people with PTSD receiving EMDR treatment (Lee, Taylor, and Drummond, 2006). Guided by process studies of other treatments and theories that might account for why EMDR is effective, participants' responses were examined to see which models better accounted for symptom improvement. The main analysis tested whether or not the responses were consistent with processes that occurred during traditional CBT treatment, which prior research had identified as reliving, or whether they were more consistent with Shapiro's proposal that enhanced information processing occurs because there is a dual focus of attention (that is, the person simultaneously focuses on an external stimulus and on the traumatic memory) (Shapiro, 1995). The responses made by 44 participants were coded by an independent rater according to whether they were primarily reliving, distancing, affect or material other than the primary trauma. The coding system was found to have satisfactory inter-rater reliability. Greatest improvement occurred when the participant processed in a more detached or distant manner, whereas reliving responses were not associated with improvement. Cross-lagged panel correlations suggested that processing in a more detached manner was a consequence of the EMDR procedure rather than a measure that co-varied with improvement. The findings underscored a difference in the processes that underlie EMDR and traditional CBT. The major question left unanswered from this second study was what causes this distancing process? Competing views were that it was facilitated by eye movement; alternatively, the therapist's instructions to participants might have precipitated this distancing phenomenon. The third study tested these ideas by randomly assigning 48 participants to either an eye movement or a no eye movement condition under two types of therapist instructions (reliving or distancing). Participants recalled personal distressing memories, and measures of distress and vividness were taken after treatment and at follow up. Only the eye movements made a significant difference to people's level of distress. This conclusion appeared at odds with some of the previous literature that had tested the effects of eye movement on levels of distress. A meta-analysis of some of this research had suggested that there was no significant advantage of including eye movement in EMDR treatment unless the person had been diagnosed with PTSD. However, a close examination of this meta-analysis indicated some major methodological flaws in the computation; therefore, this was recalculated. The conclusion from this fourth study was consistent with study three in that EMDR with eye movement was found to lead to significantly greater improvement that EMDR without eye movement. The results of these four studies were then discussed in terms of their implications for the theoretical models presented in Chapter 1. Aspects of learning theory that might account for EMDR efficiency were discussed as well as the failure of this model to account for treatment gains following EMDR. Information processing models were seen to better account for some of the phenomena observed in EMDR and for the findings from the four studies. Some suggestions of how eye movements might facilitate improved information processing were presented. Finally, the relative merits of EMDR and CBT treatments were discussed and suggestions made for when to combine approaches. The conclusions highlight the point that EMDR appears to be the most promising treatment for PTSD.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

183. Bumke, P. J., & Sodemann, U. (2010, July). The efficacy of EMDR in a new context: Some findings from the ACEH survey. Symposium (Carolyn L. Neunuebel, Chair) conducted at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Context: As a response to the Tsunami in 2004 the Aceh Project organized by TraumaAid and sponsored byTDH and the BMZ from 2007 to 2009 treated more than 3200 clients for psychic disorders related to traumatic experiences .The treatment was given by Indonesian therapists who against the background of a lack of local therapists trained in psychotraumatology had to be trained within the project under the auspices of TraumaAid. This combination of EMDR-Training and EMDR-Therapy in an extremely challenging context also offered an unique opportunity for a parallel and wide ranging monitoring and evaluation of the social and diagnostic parameters involved. Methodology: To guide the therapeutic process and to check on its long term efficacy 1200 adults and 1000 children were at the outset of their therapies asked to contribute detailed diagnostic data. While for adults the Hopkins Anxiety and Depression scales along with a 42-item Harvard Trauma Questionnaire was administered, children and adolescents up to age of 17 were given an adapted version of the CBCL. At the conclusion of their therapies 20 % of all respondents were rechecked with the same diagnostic scales, another group of 5 % again after 6 months. Results: The diagnostic data indicate a dramatic improvement after therapies that involved a range of therapeutic techniques including stabilising and EMDR protocols. The relation between diagnostic dimensions (intrusions, somatic reactions, social relations, expression of feelings and attention problems) and social factors (gender, age) was further explored.

Keywords: ACEH Survey

Accuracy Verified: Yes

184. Lohr, J. M., Tolin, D. F., & Lilienfeld, S. O. (1998, Winter). Efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Implications for behavior therapy. Behavior Therapy, 29(1), 123-156. doi:10.1016/S0005-7894(98)80035-X.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The commitment of behavior therapy to empiricism has led it to a prominent position in the development of validated methods of treatment. The recent development and rapid expansion of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), a treatment that bears a resemblance to behavioral techniques and that has been proposed as an alternative to such techniques for numerous psychological disorders, raises important questions for the field of behavior therapy. In this article, we examine 17 recent studies on the effectiveness of EMDR and the conceptual analysis of its mechanisms of action. The research we review shows that (a) the effects of EMDR are limited largely or entirely to verbal report indices, (b) eye movements appear to be unnecessary for improvement, and (c) reported effects are consistent with non-specific procedural artifacts. Moreover, the conceptual analysis of EMDR is inconsistent with scientific findings concerning the role of eye movements. Implications of the empirical and theoretical literature on EMDR for behavior therapy are discussed. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Aged Anxiety Disorders Behavior Modification Cognitive Therapy Depressive Disorders Drug Therapy Health Care Utilization Literature Review Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

185. Sellers, J. L. (1997, October). Efficacy of the eye movement desensitization procedure as compared to accelerated massed desensitization in the treatment of test anxiety. California School of Professional Psychology, San Diego, CA. ATT 9729659.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) procedure had been widely promoted as an effective anxiety reducing treatment, yet the methodology of many studies has not been adequate to clearly investigate the procedure (Lohr, Kleinknecht, Conley, Dal Cerro, Schmidt, & Sonntag, 1992) and comparison treatments have been inappropriately applied (Lohr, Kleinknecht, Tolin & Barrett, 1995). This study compared EMDR and Accelerated Massed Desensitization (AMD), which has been empirically supported as a short term intervention in the treatment of test anxiety. All participants were screened for participation and 38 were determined test anxious, according to the Test Anxiety Inventory (TAI; Spielberger, 1980). No subjects were involved in any form of relaxation training or taking any medications to reduce anxiety at the time of their participation. All participants were recruited from college and university classes in the Orange and San Bernardino counties and were paid $10 for their participation. Six therapists and the primary investigator conducted therapy sessions for both treatments. All therapists completed the EMDR training, completed relevant reading materials for the AMD procedure, and followed protocols for both procedures throughout the therapy sessions. Participants were randomly assigned to either the EMDR or AMD treatment condition and a therapist. Participants completed the state portion of the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI; Spielberger, 1983) and the Subjective Units of Distress scale (SUD; Wolpe, 1982) measures at pre and post treatment and at pre and post in-class exam. Participants received two sessions of treatment for each of the conditions. This study hypothesized that the EMDR treatment would significantly reduce anxiety as measured by the STAI and the SUD as compared to the AMD treatment. This study also hypothesized that EMDR would significantly reduce anxiety in both treatment and in vivo settings. Supplementary hypotheses predicted that the AMD treatment would reduce anxiety in both the treatment and in vivo settings. Results indicated that students in the AMD condition experienced more anxiety reduction than students in the EMDR condition. However, both treatments were effective in reducing anxiety in both the treatment and in vivo setting, as measured by the STAI and SUD scales. These results suggest that both treatments may be effective for reducing anxiety. However, the AMD treatment led to greater reductions in anxiety, as compared to the EMDR treatment. It is suggested that further research of the EMDR procedure include suitable comparison groups in order to assess its effectiveness and allow clinicians to choose appropriate treatments based on empirical support. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved) Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 58(4-B), Oct 1997, pp. 2139.

Keywords: College or University Students Identified As Test Anxious Efficacy of Eye Movement vs Accelerated Massed Desensitization for Treating Test Anxiety Psychotherapeutic Techniques Sellers Test Anxiety

Accuracy Verified: Yes

186. Paulsen, S. L. (1994, March). Ego state disorders: Dissociative but not multiple. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Sunnyvale, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Conceptual Framework. In Ego State Disorders, moderate levels of dissociation are present for the purpose of isolating overwhelming affect or untenable conflict from conscious awareness. There are parts of the self'which are experienced by the host, -upon discovery, and who experience themselves, as separate. These parts,however, do no have the ability to take complete executive control of the body, or are not as complex and elaborated as in Multiple Personality Disorder, which is called Dissociative Identity Disorder in DSM-N. The closest diagnosis for describing Ego State Disorders in DSA4lV is DDNOS, or Dissociative Disorder Not Otherwise Specified, a miscellaneous category.

Keywords: Dissociation Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

187. Watkins, J. G., & Paulsen, S.L. (2003, November). Ego state therapy: EMDR and hypnoanalytic techniques. Presentation at the Society for Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, Chicago, IL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Ego State Therapy Hypnoanalytic Techniques

Accuracy Verified: Yes

188. Paulsen-Inobe, S. (2003, November). Ego state therapy: EMDR and psychodynamic techniques. Presentation at the annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation, Chicago, IL .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Ego State Therapy Psychodynamic Techniques

Accuracy Verified: Yes

189. Paulsen, S. L., & Watkins, J. G. (2003, November). Ego state therapy: Comparing ego state therapy and EMDR techniques. Presentation at the annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Fall Conference, Chicago, IL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Ego State Therapy Psychodymanic Technique

Accuracy Verified: Yes

190. Molero-Zafra, M., & Pérez-Marín, M. (2010, Abril). El EMRD aplicado al trastorno de duelo patológico. Presentación de un caso [EMDR applied to pathological grief disorder. Case report]. In EMDR: Un abordaje integral de la personalidad traumatizada (Francisca García Guerrero, Coordinadora). Simposio realizado en el Congreso Internacional sobre Avances en Tratamientos Psicológicos, Granada, Espagna.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
La pérdida de un ser querido es un evento de gran impacto emocional que afectando a todo el sistema familiar, puede ser muy diferente en el modo en que cada uno de sus miembros perciba, interprete, afronte y se adapte a la nueva situación tras la pérdida y las demandas por ella creadas. Es frecuente que una pérdida no elaborada de forma adecuada dé paso a problemas emocionales e incluso trastornos psicopatológicos al cabo de meses o incluso años; sin embargo, un duelo adecuadamente elaborado mejora las capacidades futuras para enfrentarse a las situaciones de pérdida, frustración o sufrimiento. La premisa fundamental del modelo de procesamiento adaptativo de información (PAI) en la que se basa la terapéutica de EMDR sería: la perturbación que la persona sufre en la actualidad es el resultado de un almacenamiento disfuncional de la información (Shapiro, 2001). El procesamiento implica el forjar nuevas asociaciones con información adaptativa proveniente de otras redes de memoria disponibles para vincularse en la red de memoria restaurando la información disfuncional almacenada. Desde este modelo, el duelo complicado se desarrolla cuando los componentes individuales son tan dolorosos, que se desarrolla una alta sensibilidad cada vez que se reactiva un fragmento del recuerdo y no se logra la integración. Los fragmentos activados pueden competir por la atención en la mente, haciendo que ésta vaya de atrás para adelante entre dos o más aspectos de la muerte. Esta falta de foco impide el procesamiento de los fragmentos individuales, como cuando el procesamiento de la pérdida en si misma se desvía por el recuerdo de los detalles de cómo la persona murió. En esta comunicación, presentamos el protocolo de EMDR aplicado al duelo complicado a través del análisis de un caso clínico.

The loss of a loved one is an event of great emotional impact that affect the entire family system, may be very different in the way in that each of its members perceive, interpret, and adapt confronts to the new situation after the loss and the demands created by it. this is loss often not adequately prepared to give way to problems psychopathology emotional and even after months or even years, but properly prepared duel improves future capabilities to face situations of loss, frustration or suffering. The fundamental premise model adaptive information processing (AIP) which is based on EMDR therapy would be: the disturbance the person is currently suffering is the result of a storage Dysfunctional information (Shapiro, 2001). processing involves forging new partnerships with adaptive information from other networks available memory on the network to link memory restoring the dysfunctional information stored. From this model, Complicated grief occurs when the individual components are so painful that develops high sensitivity reactive whenever a fragment of memory and integration is not achieved. fragments activated can compete for attention in the mind, causing it go back and forth between two or more aspects of death. this lack of focus prevents processing of the individual fragments, as when processing the loss itself is diverted by the memory the details of how the person died. In this paper, we present the EMDR protocol applied to Complicated grief through the analysis of a clinical case.

Keywords: Bereavement Case Study Grief Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

191. Hartung, J. (2008). El paciente colérico y violento: Su tratamiento con combinación de EMDR y técnicas basadas en la nergía [The angry and violent patient: Treatment with combination of EMDR and techniques based on energy]. In P. Solvey & R. C. Ferrazzano de Solvey (Eds.), Terapias de avanzada [Advanced therapies]: Vol. 3. Tecnicas basadas en la energia [Energy-based techniques] (1st ed) (pp. 287-324). Buenos Aires: TdeA Ediciones.

Language: Spanish

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
No abstract available.

Keywords: Anger Energy Violence

Accuracy Verified: Yes

192. Salvador, M. C. (2010). El trauma psicologico: Un proceso neurofisiologico con consecuencias psicologicas [Psychological trauma: A neurophysiological process with psychological consequences]. Revista de Psicoterapia, 20(80), 5-16.

Language: Spanish

Format: Journal

Abstract:
En este artículo se argumenta el impacto y las secuelas del trauma psicológico en el organismo y sus repercusiones a nivel neurofisiológico. El trauma psicológico, cuando se experimenta disociación, se registra en el sistema de memoria implícita y procedimental de manera somato-sensorial, manifestando alteraciones significativas en multitud de sistemas de funcionamiento fisiológico que posteriormente actúan como mecanismos de mantenimiento y recuerdo. Se presenta una base para el enfoque del trabajo terapéutico sobre los fenómenos fisiológicos como introducción y base al abordaje con técnicas neurofisiológicas como el EMDR y Brainspotting.

This article argues the impact and consequences of psychological trauma on the body and its impact on neurophysiological level. The psychological trauma when experiencing dissociation, is recorded in the system of implicit memory and procedural manner somatosensory, showing significant changes in many physiological functioning systems then act as maintenance mechanisms and memory. We present a basis for the focus of therapeutic work on the introduction and physiological phenomena based on the approach to neurophysiological techniques such as EMDR and Brainspotting.

Keywords: Neurophysiology

Accuracy Verified: Yes

193. Tripolt, R. (2012, June). EMDR in Motion. Using movement and body oriented therapeutic interweaves for complex trauma and dissociative symptoms [EMDR en movimiento. Usar el movimiento y la terapia orientada al cuerpo para traumas complejos y síntomas disociativos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
"The Body Keeps the Score" (B. v.d. Kolk, 1996) Clients who suffer from traumatic stress are often afraid about disturbing and painful somatic symptoms. Structural dissociation alienates from body reactions. Nevertheless it is the body that "holds" the discomfort and painful memory of neglect and violence. Trauma Survivors tend to perceive their body as hostile. They suffer from Alexithymia deficiency of interpreting the meaning of body reactions and muscle activation. Trauma Survivors are easily irritated and tend to react with rage on very slight provocations and freeze when they are frustrated. Even minor problems cause fear and helplessness. The Polyvagal Theory (S. Porges 2010) proves the neurological aspect of behavioral patterns. Neurozeption describes how we perceive others in a neurological way. Certain behavioral patterns are established through life experiences. This research underlines Francine Shapiros AIP model and confirms the importance of a body orientated approach. We know that experiencing the effect of eye movement -‐ and other bilateral stimulation, is a gentle and powerful way to bring the voice of the body into the therapeutic space. EMDR helps to integrate cognitive, emotional and body sensations. Using movement and body orientated skills in difficult processes f.e. with severely and/or early traumatised clients, even enhances the effect of EMDR. Content of the Workshop: Short theoretical implications: Polyvagal Theory and AIP Model. Stabilisation and Movement -‐ creating a „Moving Container“: How to create a safe place of relationship and attachment between the client and the therapist by using movement and bodywork? The body is the most powerful resource: How to use movement to access this power. How to recognize and dissolve dissociation by body and movement awareness. EMDR Process and Movement : How to widen the „window of tolerance“ by using movement and deeper levels of body consciousness. Adding a fourth level of attention to the EMDR process: cognition -‐ emotion -‐ body scan -‐ movement. Movement and reflex feedback as interweave technique in difficult processes. Methods used in the Workshop: Lecture and Video Presentation. Practical demonstration of some movement orientated techniques. Discussion.

“El cuerpo lleva la cuenta” (B. v.d. Kolk, 1996), los clientes que sufren de estrés traumático tienen a menudo miedo sobre sus síntomas somáticos preocupantes y dolorosos. La disociación estructural aliena las reacciones del cuerpo, sin embargo es el cuerpo el que “mantiene” el disconfort y el recuerdo doloroso de negligencia y violencia. Los supervivientes a un trauma suelen tender a percibir su propio cuerpo como hostil. Sufren de Alexitimia, deficiencias para interpretar las señales corporales y la activación muscular. Son fácilmente irritables y tienden a reaccionar con ira, con leves provocaciones y se “congelan” cuando están frustrados. Incluso problemas de fuerza menor causan miedo y desesperanza. La teoría polivagal (S. Porges 2010) prueba el aspecto neurológico de los patrones de comportamiento. La neurocepción describe cómo percibimos a los otros desde un punto de vista neurológico. Ciertos patrones de comportamiento están establecidos a través de las experiencias vitales. Esta investigación se basa en el modelo SPIA de Francine Shapiro y confirma la importancia del enfoque orientado al cuerpo. Sabemos que al experimentar el efecto de la estimulación ocular, y otras estimulaciones bilaterales, es un camino poderoso y suave para traer la voz del cuerpo dentro del espacio terapéutico. EMDR facilita la integración cognitiva emocional y corporal. Usar el movimiento y las habilidades orientadas al cuerpo en los procesos difíciles con clientes traumatizados, severamente o tempranamente, incluso amplifica el efecto terapéutico del EMDR Contenido del taller: Implicaciones teóricas: Teoría Polivagal y modelo SPIA Estabilización y movimiento – Crear un “recipiente de movimiento” Cómo crear un lugar seguro en relación al apego entre el cliente y el terapeuta usando movimiento y trabajo corporal. El cuerpo es el recurso más poderoso: Cómo usar el movimiento para acceder a este poder. Cómo reconocer y disolver la disociación en el cuerpo y la atención al movimiento. Procesamiento EMDR y movimiento: Cómo ampliar la "ventana de tolerancia" mediante el uso de movimientos y niveles más profundos de la conciencia del cuerpo. Añadir un 4 nivel de atención al procesamiento de EMDR: Cognición-‐Emoción-‐ Escáner corporal-‐movimiento.

Keywords: Body Oriented Therapeutic Interweaves

Accuracy Verified: Yes

194. Hofmann, A., & Hase, M. (2012, June). EMDR to treat chronic depression [EMDR en el tratamiento de la depresión]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Depression is an often debilitating disease with a high prevalence. Not only is depression associated with other diseases, often leads into disability but shows a high risk of suicides. Relapse is seen often and every relapse increases the risk of chronicity. Research shows that there is no strong correlation with genetic factors but with stressful life-‐events. There is growing evidence of the efficacy of EMDR in the treatment of chronic depression. Two pilot studies show promising data. A European multicenter study is running since 2010. As EMDR is often well tolerated and accepted there is hope to gain another option in the treatment of chronic depression. The EMDR depression protocol aims to achieving more complete remissions of a depressive episode and prevent later relapse. In this workshop the presenters will explain the depression protocol, regarding treatment planning, targeting sequence and techniques. Video demonstration will outline the teaching points and will enable the participant to integrate this approach into clinical practice.

La depresión es a menudo una enfermedad debilitante con una alta prevalencia. No sólo se asocia a otras enfermedades, en muchas ocasiones puede derivar en una invalidez y muestra un alto riesgo de suicidios. Las recaídas son muy comunes y cada recaída incrementa el riesgo de la cronicidad. Las investigaciones muestran que no existe una fuerte correlación entre los factores genéticos, pero sí con eventos vitales estresantes. Existe una creciente evidencia de la eficacia del EMDR para el tratamiento de la depresión crónica. Dos estudios piloto muestran datos prometedores en un centro multidisciplinar que lleva funcionando desde 2010. Como la terapia con EMDR normalmente es bien tolerada y aceptada, existe la esperanza de contar con otra opción para el tratamiento de depresión crónica. El protocolo de depresión crónica EMDR, tiene como objetivo conseguir una más completa remisión de los episodios depresivos y prevenir las recaídas. En este taller los ponentes explicarán el protocolo de depresión referente a la planificación del tratamiento, detección de secuencias y técnicas. Una demostración en vídeo resumirá las pautas de actuación y permitirá al profesional integrar este enfoque en la práctica clínica.

Keywords: Depression

Accuracy Verified: Yes

195. Konuk, E., & Ergun, B. M. (2012, June). EMDR & complex post traumatic stress disorder [EMDR y Trastorno por estrés post-‐traumático complejo]. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Complex Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (C-‐PTSD) is a psychological injury that results from protracted and repeated exposure to traumatic stressor. Though the literature in recent years presented and published papers on C-‐PTSD, the category is under consideration for inclusion in DSM or ICD. PTSD descriptions fail to capture some of the core elements of C-‐PTSD. Such elements include captivity, psychological fragmentation, the loss of a sense of safety, trust, and self-‐ worth, as well as the tendency to be re-‐victimized, and the loss of a coherent sense of self. It is this loss of a coherent sense of self, and the ensuing symptom profile, that most pointedly differentiates C-‐PTSD from PTSD. Six clusters of symptom have been suggested for diagnosis of C-‐PTSD. These are; 1. Alterations in regulation of affect and impulses 2. Alterations in attention or consciousness 3. Alterations in self-‐perception 4. Alterations in relations with others 5. Somatization 6. Alterations in systems of meaning The aim of this workshop is to present C-‐PTSD and the use of EMDR treatment of a severely disturbed young woman with unfinished bereavement for her mother lost 10 years ago, series of sexual abuse by 12 persons, rejection and emotional abuse by close family members. The case will be presented via DVD recordings of sessions.

El trastorno por estrés post-‐traumático complejo (C-‐TEPT) es una lesión psicológica consecuencia de una exposición prolongada y repetida a un estresor traumático. Si bien la literatura ha presentado y publicado trabajos sobre C-‐TEPT en los últimos años, la categoría se encuentra sometida a debate para su inclusión en el DSM o CIE. Las descripciones de TEPT no captan algunos de los elementos esenciales de C-‐ TEPT. Dichos elementos incluyen la fragmentación psicológica, la pérdida de una sensación de seguridad, confianza y valor propio de la persona, así como la tendencia a sufrir nuevas victimizaciones y la pérdida de un sentido coherente del yo. Es precisamente esta pérdida un sentido coherente del yo y el perfil sintomatológico consecuente, lo que diferencia más marcadamente el C-‐TEPT del TEPT. Se han planteado los siguientes seis grupos (“clusters”) de síntomas para el diagnóstico de C-‐TEPT: 1. Alteraciones de la regulación del afecto e impulsos 2. Alteraciones de la atención o conocimiento 3. Alteraciones de la auto-‐percepción 4. Alteraciones de las relaciones con terceros 5. Somatización Alteraciones de los sistemas de significado El objetivo que persigue este taller es el de presentar el C-‐TEPT y el empleo del tratamiento con EMDR de una joven gravemente perturbada con duelo incompleto por la pérdida de su madre hacía 10 años, una serie de abusos sexuales por parte de 12 personas, el rechazo y abuso emocional por parte de familiares cercanos. Se presentará el caso mediante las grabaciones en DVD de las sesiones.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder C-PTSD Complex PSTD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

196. Albers, J. (2008, June). EMDR & cue exposure – How cue exposure catalyses the effectiveness of the EMDR protocol to diminish craving. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A structured six-session group therapy has been developed for overcoming craving. Treatment is based upon a standard EMDR protocol supported by cue exposure techniques. The EMDR protocol supported by cue exposure catalyses the recovery process as follows: In the very beginning the participants are taught a set of three ideodynamic resources for coping with the urge to drink. Then they are exposed to alcohol until the urge to drink reaches it´s peak. At this moment they are taught to initialize the standard EMDR protocol - with continued exposure to alcohol. Subsequently, the power of desensitisation and reprocessing followed by one ideodynamic strategy influences the intensity of craving significantly. Craving symptoms diminish and finally disappear. In addition to that new experience the clients acquire greater and deeper knowledge about their personal drinking triggers. They also find out which strategy is the most effective one for each specific trigger. A strategy, which works well with one trigger, may not work with a different one. Workshop participants will learn the system of using cue exposure as a powerful cognitive interweave. This program is designed to improve the treatment of various types of addiction, such as gambling, etc. and can easily be integrated into existing EMDR treatment strategies.

Keywords: Cue Exposure

Accuracy Verified: Yes

197. Burdett, C. (2010, March). EMDR & the law. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Shapiro (2001) notes that, “if a crime victim, witness or police officer is being treated for a critical incident, it is essential to establish whether a legal deposition or any specific kind of trial testimony is or may be required of the individual”. Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing can affect the memory process. For this reason, it is important to discuss with the client, and with any lawyers or police officers involved, how testimony might be affected. The EMDR therapist must make clear to all concerned the potential effects of giving treatment and delaying treatment. The client, lawyers and other interested parties can then reach a decision on how to proceed. The therapist needs to understand the legal implications of their actions if they are asked to provide treatment under these circumstances. They also need knowledge of the procedures involved and of the way these differ between civil and criminal cases. These procedures will also differ between countries. The dilemma can be the conflict between the client’s best interests and the upholding of the law. Reference: Shapiro F (2001), Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing, 2nd Edition, Guilford Press NY, p98

Keywords: Law Court Cases

Accuracy Verified: Yes

198. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR & the treatment of adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect: EMDR aanpassingen voor disregulatie bij Complexe PTSS [EMDR adaptations dysregulation in complex PTSD]. Keynote presented at the 4th EMDR Association Netherlands Conference, Nijmegen, The Netherlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Wanneer clienten met vroege, chronische traumatisering door middel van EMDR behandeld worden, moet de therapeut vaak als een soort ‘psychobiologische regelaar’ functioneren, om ervan verzekerd te zijn dat cliënten binnen hun Window of Tolerance blijven. De EMDR therapeut dient daarvoor actief te zijn in het bepalen van het optimale tempo van het verwerkingsproces gedurende de EMDR zitting. Dit is van belang om toegang te kunnen krijgen tot de eerder gedissocieerde kennis, gedragsmatige impulsen, gevoelens, en/of sensaties, en deze te kunnen blijven verdragen. De therapeut moet in staat zijn de signalen van disregulatie (bv hyper/hypo-arousal, bevriezen, dissociëren) te herkennen en door middel van specifieke interweaves erop in te kunnen spelen, om de cliënt in het proces te houden en te helpen met het verwerken van diverse aspecten met betrekking tot verantwoordelijkheid, veiligheid en keuze. Deze keynote zal een kader neerzetten voor het werken met complexe PTSS en disregulatie. Een aantal specifieke technieken, gericht op het omzeilen van therapeutische valkuilen bij deze chronisch getraumatiseerde cliënten, zullen kort worden besproken. Dit zal verduidelijkt worden door middel van opnames van EMDR sessies waarin er van moment tot moment de interacties tussen de therapeut en de cliënt geanalyseerd zullen worden. In de eendaagse workshop op de maandag na het congres zal veel uitvoeriger ingegaan worden op de ‘hoe, wat, wanneer en waarom vragen’ in de behandeling van Complexe PTSS.

When clients with early, chronic trauma treated by EMDR, the therapist often as a kind of 'psychobiological regulator "function, to satisfy itself that its customers remain within their Window of Tolerance. The EMDR therapist is therefore to be active in determining the optimal pace of the process during the EMDR session. This is important in order to be granted access to the previously dissociated knowledge, behavioral impulses, feelings, and/or sensations, and to continue to bear. The therapist should be able to dysregulation of signals (e.g. hyper / hypo-arousal, freezing, dissociate) to recognize specific interweaves through it in order to respond to the client in the process to keep and help in processing various aspects of responsibility, security and choice. This keynote will provide a framework drop for working with complex PTSD and dysregulation. Some specific techniques designed to circumvent these therapeutic pitfalls in chronically traumatized clients, will be briefly discussed. This will be clarified by means of recordings of sessions in which EMDR is from moment to moment interactions between therapist and client will be analyzed. The one-day workshop on the Monday after the congress will be much more detailed presentation on the 'how, what, when and why questions "in the treatment of Complex PTSD.

Keywords: Abuse Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Keynote Neglect

Accuracy Verified: Yes

199. Berstein, R. (2008, November). EMDR ו סומטי חווה[EMDR and somatic experiencing]. לגוף עיניים - Models for EMDR Treatment with Enhanced Focus on the Body, Tel Aviv, Israel.

Language: Hebrew

Format: Conference

Abstract: The fundamentals of of somatic experiencing will be presented and then contrasted with EMDR. The presentation will end with a brief description of both techniques used.

Keywords: Somatic Experiencing

Accuracy Verified: Yes

200. Heitzler, M. (2008, November). EMDR עם פסיכותרפיה הגוף [EMDR with body psychotherapy]. לגוף עיניים - Models for EMDR treatement with Enhanced Focus on the Body, Tel Aviv, Israel.

Language: Hebrew

Format: Conference

Abstract: Heitzler introduces the principles and techniques Moorish combination of EMDR psychotherapy through the body. Lecture rich clinical examples illustrating the combination of the tools of both methods.

Keywords: Body Psychotherapy Moorish Combination

Accuracy Verified: Yes

201. Shapiro, F. (2003). EMDR als integrativer psychotherapeutischer ansatz: Experten verschiedenster psychotherapeutischer orientierung erforschen das paradigmenprisma [EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach: Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism]. Paderborn: Junfermannsche.

Language: German

Format: Book

Abstract:
Im vorliegenden Buch beschäftigen sich führende Vertreter der wichtigsten aktuellen psychotherapeutischen Schulen damit, wie EMDR, eine ursprünglich zur Behandlung von PTBS entwickelten Methode, sich mit ihren jeweiligen eigenen Ansätzen verbinden läßt. Die Autoren der einzelnen Beiträge geben Anwendungshinweise und beschreiben anschaulich Techniken für die Behandlung zahlreicher Probleme und Störungen, darunter Depression, Bindungsstörung, soziale Phobie, generalisierte Angststörung, Störung des Körperbildes, Eheprobleme und Existenzangst. Aus der Vielfalt der Sichtweisen schält sich ein Bild der Ähnlichkeiten zwischen den verschiedenen Disziplinen heraus: Es werden Möglichkeiten einer wirksameren Behandlung aufgezeigt, und die durch EMDR eröffneten Möglichkeiten einer integrativen Behandlungsweise werden erkennbar. Mit Beiträgen von: Francine Shapiro, Bessel A. van der Kolk, Paul L. Wachtel, Arnold A. Lazarus, Stephen Gilligan, John Norcross, u.a. Ein ausführlicheres Bild von diesem Buch können sich die Leser durch die Leseproben auf der Verlags-Website machen.

In this book, leading representatives of the main current schools of psychotherapy deals with how EMDR, one originally for the treatment of PTSD developed method to connect with their own approaches can. The authors of individual contributions provide application notes and vividly describe techniques for the treatment of many problems and disorders, including depression, attachment disorder, social phobia, generalized anxiety disorder, body image disturbance, marital problems and existential angst. From the variety of perspectives emerges a picture of the similarities between the different disciplines: There are opportunities for more effective treatment identified, and the possibilities offered by EMDR treatment of an inclusive manner to be determined. With contributions by: Francine Shapiro, Bessel A. van der Kolk, Paul L. Wachtel, Arnold A. Lazarus, Stephen Gilligan, John Norcross, and Others A more complete picture of this book can make the reader through the excerpts on the publisher's website.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

202. Veerbeek, V. (2010, April). EMDR als onderdeel forensische behandeling van ernstig gewelddadig gedrag: Vreemde eend in de bijt? [EMDR as part forensic examination of serious violent behavior: Odd man out?]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Op ernstig geweld, zeker met fatale afloop, wordt door de maatschappij doorgaans geschokt gereageerd en is het resultaat van berechting vooral “leedtoevoeging” in de vorm van lange gevangenisstraffen. De behandeling in de gevangenis of op een forensische polikliniek staat overwegend in het teken van het nemen van verantwoording voor het gewelddadig gedrag en het aanleren van agressieregulatievaardigheden. Wanneer de cliënt zich als slachtoffer opstelt, roept dit bij de therapeut irritatie op; de cliënt merkt dit, neemt nog meer afstand van de therapeut, hetgeen vervolgens weer machteloosheid, veroordeling en boosheid oproept bij de therapeut. De cliënt als slachtoffer is taboe. In dat licht wordt door collega’s weleens met de nodige scepsis aangekeken tegen EMDR-behandeling van cliënten met ernstig gewelddadig gedrag. In deze workshop komen allereerst de vooroordelen van de therapeut zelf tegen de cliënt en de vooroordelen van de collega’s tegen traumaverwerking bij ernstig gewelddadige cliënten aan bod. Deze vooroordelen staan goede diagnostiek en een goede therapeutische relatie in de weg. Gepropageerd wordt om “neutraal” en grondig onderzoek te doen, net als bij een vliegtuigcrash. Aan de hand van casuïstiek komen enkele sleutelvragen aan bod, die in het zoekproces en de casusconceptualisatie van groot belang zijn. Wanneer onverwerkte ervaringen vanuit het verleden een rol spelen bij (de mate van) agressie, zullen deze ervaringen middels EMDR bewerkt dienen te worden. Hoe groter de vroeger ervaren machteloosheid en vernedering, hoe groter de kans dat de huidig ervaren agressieve lading niet zal verminderen met uitsluitend agressieregulatietherapie. Geïllustreerd wordt hoe EMDR, al of niet met recripting als CI, daarnaast een rol kan spelen bij actuele wraak-drang en wraakgedachten. Videomateriaal wordt ter illustratie gebruikt. Stil wordt gestaan bij de waarde van het inoefenen van de veilige plek en hoe agitatie in en buiten de therapiezitting hierdoor snel kan verminderen. Tot slot zal worden ingegaan op het experimenteel gebruik van EMDR als hulpmiddel bij delictanalyse – en delictverwerking, onder meer bij een cliënt die zijn kind ombracht. Bij huiselijk geweld is meer dan eens sprake van een lange opmaat tot het delict, waarbij een opstapeling van door de cliënt als vernedering ervaren incidenten (waarbij al of niet vroegere ervaringen worden getriggerd) kan leiden tot excessief en soms fataal geweld. Het middels EMDR “linksom” bewerken van deze “opmaat”-ervaringen, gevolgd door het middels EMDR doorwerken van het delict zelf, kunnen leiden tot het werkelijk voelen en nemen van de eigen verantwoordelijkheid, bieden een heldere inkijk in de emotionele dynamiek van de cliënt ten tijde van het plegen van het delict en bieden derhalve belangrijke aangrijpingspunten voor een gedetailleerd terugvalpreventieplan.

On serious violence, especially fatal, is usually shocked by the company responded and is mainly the result of trial "added suffering" in the form of long prison sentences. The treatment in prison or a forensic clinic is mainly devoted to taking responsibility for violent behavior and learning of aggression control skills. If the client is a victim accounts, the therapist calls this irritation, the client notes it, takes more from the therapist, which in turn helplessness, anger and condemnation by calling the therapist. The client as a victim is taboo. In that light by colleagues ever looked with skepticism at EMDR treatment of clients with serious violent behavior. In this workshop, first, the prejudices of the therapist himself against the client and the prejudices of colleagues from trauma in severely violent clients addressed. These prejudices are good diagnosis and a good therapeutic relationship in the road. Propagated to "neutral" and thorough research, as in a plane crash. Using case studies reveal some key questions addressed, in the search process and casusconceptualisatie of great importance. When unprocessed experiences from the past play a role (level of) aggression, these experiences need to be modified through EMDR. The greater the past experience powerlessness and humiliation, the more likely that the current load experienced aggressive not only will reduce aggression regulation therapy. Illustrated how EMDR, with or without recripting as CI, also play a role in current-craving revenge and revenge. Video material will be used for illustration. Silence is paid to the value of practicing safe and how the agitation inside and outside the therapy session this rapid decrease. Finally, consider the experimental use of EMDR as a tool for crime analysis - and crime scene processing, including in a client that his child killed. In domestic violence more than once been a long prelude to the offense, with an accumulation of humiliation experienced by the client as incidents (with or without previous experience are triggered) can lead to excessive and sometimes lethal force. It means EMDR "left" edit this "overture" experience, followed by using EMDR to work on the crime itself, can lead to really feel and take personal responsibility, provide a clear insight into the emotional dynamics of the client at the time of committing the offense and therefore provide important leads for a detailed relapse prevention plan.

Keywords: Forensic Examination Violent Behavior

Accuracy Verified: Yes

203. Omaha, J. (2004, June). EMDR and affect centered therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Aim: This presentation will describe the integration of principles of emotion regulation into EMDR therapy for a range of disorders. Population: All ages; mostly Axis I and II disorders. Learning objectives: 1) to describe the development of emotion regulation beginning in the context of the attachment and continuing through adolescence; 2) to describe the origin of emotion dysregulation and psychopathology in deficit experience adversity, and trauma; 3) to describe a protocol, Affect Management Skills Training (AMST), that remediates failures of emotion regulation; 4) to describe how AMST prepares the client for uncovering therapy by providing for containment, safety, emotion regulation, improved left-right hemisphere integration, and remediation of attachment deficits; 5) to describe integration of MAST into EMDR therapies for substance abuse and eating disorders. Abstract: The workshop will summarize the principal affective developments that occur from birth through age four. These include fulfillment of yearning affect, facial imprinting, gaze transaction, stimulation of positive affect, and provision of optimal disapproval-shame experiences. The qualities of the child of “good enough” parenting are described. Developmental failures and their consequences for affect regulation and psychopathology will be described. These include: (1) avoidant attachment leading to problems of anger management, to depression, and development of narcissistic features; (2) anxious-ambivalent attachment leading to development of anxiety-related disorders and borderline features; (3) failure to elicit optimal positive affects leading to impaired vitality across the life span and depression; (4) socialization of the senior toddler with anger, leading to problems with anger expression, or with disgust, leading to problems with shame, impaired self-worth, and defective self-efficacy. Adversity (raised by a single parent, witness to spousal abuse, divorce, substance abuse in the home) and trauma (psychological, physical, and/or sexual abuse) occurring during latency and adolescence will be shown to exacerbate difficulties with emotional regulation.
The seven basic skills of the AMST protocol will be described. These skills provide for regocnition, tolerance, and regulation of both positive and negative emtoins. They include containment, safe place, sensation-affect recognition, sensation-as-signal, grounded and present, noticing, and regulation.
The workshop will describe how AMST prepares the client for uncovering therapy and for EMDR by teaching the client to regulate emotion prior to it elicitation in therapy, by improving hemispheric integration, and by correcting deficits in the attachment.
The workshop concludes by describing how MAST is integrated into EMDR therapy for substance abuse disorders (alcohol, drugs, nicotine) and eating disorders.

Keywords: Affect Centered Therapy Affect Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

204. Burdett, C. (2011, October). EMDR and British/Irish law. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop Conference, Durham, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
f a witness asks for therapy during the course of prosecution  You must inform the prosecutor and police of the request.  You must discuss the nature of the therapy with the prosecutor so decisions may be made on how to proceed.  The prosecutor may object to the use of EMDR to process memories that are part of the evidence.  The prosecutor may have no objection to the use of EMDR in developing soothing and safety techniques nor to its use to reduce anxiety when the witness is in court.  Therapy must not take place before the police have undertaken a recorded interview.  if new allegations arise in therapy, treatment must stop so that the witness can make a further statement to the police. [Excerpt]

Keywords: Britain Ireland Law

Accuracy Verified: Yes

205. Shapiro, F. (2007). EMDR and case conceptualization from an adaptive information processing perspective. In F. Shapiro, F. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 3–36). New York: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
In its 20-year history, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has evolved from a simple technique into an integrative psychotherapy approach with a theoretical model that emphasizes the brain's information processing system and memories of disturbing experiences as the basis of pathology. The eight-phase treatment comprehensively addresses the experiences that contribute to clinical conditions and those that are needed to bring the client to a robust state of psychological health. The concept of the transformation of the stored experience through a rapid learning process is the key to understanding the basis and application of EMDR and its guiding Adaptive Information Processing model (Shapiro, 1995, 2001, 2002). The purpose of this chapter is to provide an overview of both theory and practice. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model AIP Brain Cognitive Processes Integrative Psychotherapy Memories Memory Models Pathology Psychotherapeutic Techniques Psychotherapy Approach Stored Experience

Accuracy Verified: Yes

206. Spierings, J. (2009, June). EMDR and combined techniques for complicated grief and mourning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Grief Mourning

Accuracy Verified: Yes

207. Paterson, M. J. (2009, March). EMDR and ego state therapy: Healing complex trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the EMDR Association UK & Ireland, Manchester, England UK .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
We all display particular patterns of thinking, feeling and acting, depending on the situation. The transition is usually seamless in well-adjusted people, but where there has been disrupted attachment or sustained early life trauma the result is often the formation of particular ego states, also known as alters, parts, or schema modes. These states perform roles usually geared towards survival, but in adulthood they can be dysfunctional. Depending upon a client’s early life experiences some ego states can be malevolent, wanting bad things for the client such as willing them to suffer in some way. It is necessary for clients to remain safe during EMDR sessions and contained between sessions. There is a need, therefore, to learn techniques to work with more difficult clients so they too can benefit from EMDR. It is also helpful to know how to deal with blocked processing due to the interference of an ego-state. This workshop provides an overview of dissociation and a review of models to explain it. There will be an explanation of Ego State Therapy (EST) and how it fits with EMDR. Clinical case material is used to illustrate learning points. Through demonstration and practice participants will learn how to access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change. In the latter part of the day, participants will see a video of a live case where EST is used effectively to moderate the malevolence displayed by two difficult ego states. Learning objectives  Understand the forms of dissociation  Understand the concept of ego state therapy.  Learn how to access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change.  Learn techniques to deal with difficult ego states.

Keywords: Dissociation Ego State Therapy Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

208. Paterson, M. (2010, April). EMDR and ego state therapy: Healing complex trauma and dissociation. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting for the European Society for Trauma and Dissociation, Belfast, Northern Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
We all display particular patterns of thinking, feeling and acting, depending on the situation. The transition is usually seamless in well-adjusted people, but where there has been disrupted attachment or sustained early life trauma the result is often the formation of particular ego states, also known as alters, parts, or schema modes. These states perform roles usually geared towards survival, but in adulthood they can be dysfunctional. Depending upon a client’s early life experiences some ego states can be malevolent, wanting bad things for the client such as willing them to suffer in some way. These clients present us with the greatest challenges through what we know as complex trauma and dissociative disorders. It is necessary for clients to remain stable during EMDR sessions and contained between sessions, particularly with complex trauma and dissociative disorders. There is a need, therefore, to learn techniques to work in the Preparation Phase with more difficult clients so they too can benefit from the full EMDR protocol. It is also helpful to know how to deal with blocked processing in the Desensitization Phase due to the interference of an ego-state. This workshop initially provides an overview of dissociation and how it impacts on EMDR processing. There will be an explanation of Ego State Therapy (EST) and how it fits with EMDR to provide the stabilization clients need, as well as dealing with blocked processing. Clinical case material is used throughout to illustrate learning points. Through demonstration and practice participants will learn how to build resources for clients, access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change. In the latter part of the day, participants will see videos of live cases where EST is used effectively in the Preparation Phase of EMDR to: 1) identify the part-selves and 2) moderate the malevolence displayed by two difficult ego states. Learning objectives Understand how complex trauma and dissociative disorders impact EMDR processing Understand the concept of working with part-selves as a way of preparing clients for the standard EMDR protocol. Learn how to access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change and stability. Learn techniques to deal with difficult ego states.

Keywords: Dissociation Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

209. Peterson, M. 2010, April). EMDR and ego state therapy: Healing complex trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Belfast, Northern Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
We all display particular patterns of thinking, feeling and acting, depending on the situation. The transition is usually seamless in well-adjusted people, but where there has been disrupted attachment or sustained early life trauma the result is often the formation of particular ego states, also known as alters, parts, or schema modes. These states perform roles usually geared towards survival, but in adulthood they can be dysfunctional. Depending upon a client’s early life experiences some ego states can be malevolent, wanting bad things for the client such as willing them to suffer in some way. These clients present us with the greatest challenges through what we know as complex trauma and dissociative disorders. It is necessary for clients to remain stable during EMDR sessions and contained between sessions, particularly with complex trauma and dissociative disorders. There is a need, therefore, to learn techniques to work in the Preparation Phase with more difficult clients so they too can benefit from the full EMDR protocol. It is also helpful to know how to deal with blocked processing in the Desensitization Phase due to the interference of an ego-state. This workshop initially provides an overview of dissociation and how it impacts on EMDR processing. There will be an explanation of Ego State Therapy (EST) and how it fits with EMDR to provide the stabilization clients need, as well as dealing with blocked processing. Clinical case material is used throughout to illustrate learning points. Through demonstration and practice participants will learn how to build resources for clients, access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change. In the latter part of the day, participants will see videos of live cases where EST is used effectively in the Preparation Phase of EMDR to: 1) identify the part-selves and 2) moderate the malevolence displayed by two difficult ego states. Learning objectives Understand how complex trauma and dissociative disorders impact EMDR processing Understand the concept of working with part-selves as a way of preparing clients for the standard EMDR protocol. Learn how to access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change and stability. Learn techniques to deal with difficult ego states.

Keywords: Complex Trauma Dissociation Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

210. Inobe, S. P. (2000, September). EMDR and ego state therapy: Practical implications for the desensitization and reprocessing of EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will learn to: 1) employ ego state therapy techniques and language to use with clients during desensitization and reprocessing phases of treatment; 2) work with and strengthen a self-system's internal strengths and weaknesses during processing, installation, and integration; 3) name specific techniques to ensure safety and containment; and 4) identify ways to recover from mid-EMDR processing failure.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy Processing Failure

Accuracy Verified: Yes

211. Schmidt, S. J. (2000, September). EMDR and ego state therapy: A resource-focused protocol using client art. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn a resource-focused protocol which integrates EMDR, art therapy, and ego state therapy; 2) learn how to elicit clients' drawings of resource ego states and traumatized ego states; 3) learn ways to use these drawings for ego state strengthening; 4) learn how to use ego state drawings as focal points for eye movements; 5) learn sample dialogues to facilitate understanding and cooperation between ego states drawn; and 6) learn ways to use ego state drawings to titrate overwhelming affect.

Keywords: Art Therapy Ego State Therapy Resource-Focused EMDR

Accuracy Verified: Yes

212. Bergmann, U. (2000, September). EMDR and ego state therapy: Treating the spectrum of personality disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn the applications of the Ego State concepts and techniques to all phases of the EMDR process in order to facilitate the treatment of clients with personality disorders; 2) learn how to developmentally assess, identify, map, and access ego states of personality disordered clients and how to promote their ego state participation in EMDR sessions; and 3) understand how treatment of personality disorder is usually longer-term EMDR, interweaving the activation of fear-based, aggressivized infantile ego states necessary to deepen and accelerate processing and desensitization.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy Personality Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

213. Curran, L. A. (2009, January). EMDR and EMDR related techniques for effective trauma treatment. Wayne State University, School of Social Work, Center for Social Work Practice Policy and Research, Fort Washington, PA.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Beginning in the 1990s, Francine Shapiro had discovered and began researching a new neurophysiological technique for treating traumatic material. This technique, alternating bilateral stimulation, was quickly subsumed by Shapiro’s psychotherapeutic orientation known as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). After many years of rigorous empirical studies demonstrating its uses and effectiveness in trauma treatment, EMDR has become one of only three approved treatments recommended by the veteran’s administration for the treatment of PTSD. Through didactic illustration and explanation; videotaped demonstrations; and experiential exercises, this seminar provides clinicians the basic principles of EMDR and EMDR- related techniques and how each would be incorporated into their personal therapeutic orientation and practice. Goals 1. Participants will gain understanding of neuroscience’s trauma paradigm · Biological nature of trauma · Specific trauma symptoms and their order of appearance · Primary treatment issues in trauma therapy. 2. Participants will gain understanding of trauma’s cognitive and somatic impact and how to effectively treat its sequelae including: · Hyperarousal · Affect dysregulation · Dissociation · Body memories and “flashbacks” 3. Participants will learn the theory of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and EMDR-related techniques for initial resourcing of clients, followed by desensitizing and cognitive reprocessing of traumatic material. Objectives 1. Participants will identify the biological nature of trauma; how trauma is stored in the body and limbic system, creating physical and psychological symptoms. 2. Participants learn to identify the symptoms of trauma- hyperarousal; affect dysregulation; dissociation, body memories and “flashbacks”. 3. Participants will learn the Adaptive Information Processing Model and clinical research associated with EMDR 4. Participants will learn how EMDR and EMDR-related techniques are used as an adjunct to psychotherapy. 5. Participants will identify and demonstrate the eight 8 Phases of EMDR protocol. 6. Participants will describe the differences between eye movement, auditory and tactile stimulation. 7. Describe the process for resourcing a client prior to actual processing traumatic material. 8. Describe the process of employing tactile alternating bilateral stimulation for the processing traumatic memories.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: No

214. Siegel, I. R. (2000, September). EMDR and energy medicine: An integrative approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) develop an understanding of the role that energy medicine can play within the context of the EMDR protocol; 2) develop an understanding of the dynamic relationship between our physiology, our emotions, and our Human Energy Field; 3) identify the chakra systems and the levels of electro-magnetic frequency that exist within the Human Energy Field, and its relationshop to developmental theory; 4) demonstrate an ability to identify vibrational patterns of emotional trauma within the HEF; 5) develop an understanding of the role of EMDR as an effective tool in creating a bridge between science, psychotherapy, and spirituality; and 6) learn to apply effective techniques for integrating the technology of energy medicine into an EMDR practice.

Keywords: Chakra System Energy Medicine Energy Psychology HEF Human Energy Field Vibrational Patterns

Accuracy Verified: Yes

215. Silvestre, M., & Morris-Smith, J. (2010, June). EMDR and family therapy around the issue of domestic violence. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
During this pre-conference, we will discuss the integration of EMDR and family therapy through the work done with domestic violence cases. In these particular situations, the therapist is faced with complex clinical issues that require one to think and intervene at different levels: the victim, the children's victim, the perpetrator, the family dynamics. This complex clinical situation is challenging us to develop a multilevel way of thinking and working; it is a good example of integration between personal and interrelation issues. Such an integration proves to be a necessary process when faced with the trauma consequences of domestic violence, which we all know impact each family member greatly. We will look into attachment disorder, problems with affect regulation, safety issues and the transmission of perturbed family dynamics. We will also discuss treatment planning and how to articulate work with one person and work with a family with regard to the therapist's affiliation.

Keywords: Domestic Violence Family Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

216. Robredo, J. (2011, June). EMDR and gender violence. Brief and intensive treatment for children exposed to gender violence. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The Instituto de Psicotrauma de Alicante and the Social Services of San Juan use, since 2008, a brief intervention protocol for minors exposed to gender violence. This protocol is based on the therapeutic paradigm of EMDR©. First results on a sample of 28 children from 4 to 12 years old were the disappearance of posttraumatic stress disorder and depression, the remission of concomitant behavior disorders (disobedience, aggression), and the improvement of the affective link with their mother. In our last study, the sample was bigger and the treatment protocol evolved to be an intensive one, lasting three weeks. Learning objectives: This workshop’s aim is to show such protocol and our last study. We will present to the participants: 1.Characteristics of gender violence in mothers and symptoms in their children. 2.Relevance of the EMDR paradigm and the Structural Dissociation of Personality Theory by Onno van der Hart. 3.Assessment instruments. 4.Evidences of the structural dissociation in the children. 5.Treatment protocol. 6.Handling of sessions with mother and child. 7.Work with the dysfunctional beliefs of mothers. 8.Techniques to work with the cognitive interweaves of the child. 9.Techniques to identify and work the dissociation in the child. 10.Data and conclusions of the study

Keywords: Children Gender Violence

Accuracy Verified: Yes

217. Spierings, J. (2013, June). EMDR and mourning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with mourning clients can be difficult. To face the irrevocability of loss and to stand helpless and empty-handed as a therapist is a heavy burden. Sometimes it seems there is nothing we can do to help our clients. Yet there are many ways in which EMDR can contribute to help our clients to live a valuable life after a serious loss.
In this presentation the psychodynamics of complicated mourning are discussed. Treatment strategies and treatment techniques (both EMDR and combined techniques) are developed for specific patterns of complicated mourning (i.e. denied mourning, postponed mourning, chronic mourning, distorted mourning, traumatized mourning, somatized mourning).
Some non-EMDR techniques (rituals, Gestalt dialogue, writing assignments, imagination techniques) will be integrated into EMDR treatment. Also practical interventions to address resistance and affect regulation problems will be discussed.
Learning Objectives: What are the key aspects of using EMDR with issues of grief and mourning; Outline the core characteristics of stabilization and resourcing for this population; Review the range of cognitive interviews that have an application when evidence of blocked processing is apparent with this client group

Keywords: Grief Mourning Resourcing Stabilization

Accuracy Verified: Yes

218. Spierings, J. (2000, May 6). EMDR and mourning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Utrecht, Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation consists of the following two parts:
I. The normal mourning process:
Defintions, phases, mourning tasks and characteristics
General treatment principles, EMDR and other treatment techniques
Therapeutic attitude and your own grief reactions as a therapist
II. The complicated mourning process:
Definitions, high-risk factors, diagnostic criteria and clinical indicators
Patterns of complicated mourning
For each pattern: specialized treatment techniques, EMDR protocols and treatment plans

Keywords: Complicated Grief Grief Mourning Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

219. Zaccagnino, M. & Cussino, M. (2012, June). EMDR and parenting: A case-report [EMDR y crianza de los hijos: Un informe de caso]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Attachment research has investigated the role of parents’ attachment representation on the quality of attachment developed by their children (George, Kaplan e Main, 1984/1985/1996; van Ijzerdoorn, 1995). Past research on children has shown that there is an association between problematic care-‐giving, attachment insecurity and psychopathology (e.g., Greenberg, 1999; O’Connor, Marvin, Rutter, Olrick, & Britner, 2003; Rutter, 2006). On the other hand, secure attachment in childhood and adulthood is typically associated with a history of involvement in supportive and sensitive care giving relationships (Cairns, 2002; Mikulincer & Shaver, 2007). The results lead to the hypothesis of the intergenerational transmission of attachment identified by van Ijzendoorn (1995). These studies, however, failed to explain why insecure attachment in the parent does not necessarily lead to an insecure attachment pattern of the child, nor why children can develope insecure patterns of attachment even in the case of positive attachment experiences with caregivers (Solomon e George, 2000). In the light of these considerations, and recovering an aspect sharpened by Bowlby (1969), George and Solomon (1999; Solomon e George, 2000) proposed a different approach to the study of parent-‐child relationship, point up the differences between the attachment system and the caregiving system, despite the mutual influences due to their complementarity. These authors have proposed to investigate the specific characteristics of the system of caregiving, paying more attention to the current relationship between child and parent. Their hypothesis is that the characteristics of that relationship may affect the link between past attachment experiences of the caregiver and attachment pattern developed by the child, representing a significant element for understanding the behavior and the quality of the care of the caregiver. Therefore, the IWM of the parent would be the most important predictor of the quality of attachment developed by the children, as capable of driving the mental state of the caregiver to him (Solomon e George, 1996). Given these assumptions, it is clear that traumatic experiences in the parent, stored in a dysfunctional way, can be reactivated in the parent’s caregiving system, defining an IWM of attachment system of the child that holds the memory traces of such traumatic events. In this regard, a series of tools such as the Child Attachment Interview (Target et al. 2007) and the Parent Development Interview (Slade et al. 1993) which constitute a needful resource for the assessment of IWM of attachment and caregiving system will be presented. A clinical case in which mother in EMDR treatment had an indirect positive effect on mother-‐child relationship and on the child’s wellbeing will be reported. The results have been documented and show clear changes in the mental representations of the caregiving system measured with PDI. The results will be shown.

La investigación sobre el apego ha proporcionado representaciones del rol del apego parental en función de la calidad del apego desarrollado por sus hijos (George, Kaplan e Main, 1984/1985/1996; van Ijzerdoorn, 1995). Investigaciones anteriores han mostrado que existe una asociación entre los cuidadores problemáticos y el apego inseguro y la psicopatológica (e.g., Greenberg, 1999; O’Connor, Marvin, Rutter, Olrick, & Britner, 2003; Rutter, 2006). Por otro lado, el apego seguro en la infancia y la etapa adulta es asociado con una historia de participación activa y sensible de las relaciones de los cuidadores (Cairns, 2002; Mikulincer & Shaver, 2007). Los resultados nos llevan a la hipótesis de transmisión intergeneracional del apego identificada por Van Ijzendoorn (1995). Estos estudios, sin embargo, fallaron a la hora de explicar porqué el apego inseguro de los padres no desembocaba necesariamente a un patrón de apego inseguro en el niño, no debido a que los patrones inseguros del apego del niño pueden llegar a desarrollarse incluso con unas experiencias positivas de apego con sus cuidadores (Solomon e George, 2000). En línea con estas investigaciones y recuperando un aspecto propuesto por Bowlby (1969), George e Solomon (1999; Solomon e George, 2000) (1969), los cuales propusieron un enfoque diferente en el estudio de las relaciones padres-‐ hijo, señalando las diferencias entre el sistema de apego y el sistema de cuidados, debido a las influencias entre ambos debido a que son complementarios. Estos autores se propusieron investigar las características específicas del sistema de cuidado, prestando más atención a la relación entre el niño y el cuidador. Nuestra hipótesis es que las características de dicha relación pueden afectar al enlace entre las experiencias pasadas de apego del cuidador y los patrones de apego desarrollados por el niño, representando un elemento importante para el entendimiento del comportamiento y la calidad del cuidado. Sin embargo el IWM del padre, puede ser uno de os predictores más importantes a la hora de estimar la calidad del apego desarrollada por el niño, capaz de conducir el estado mental del cuidador al suyo propio (Solomon e George, 1996). Tomando estas afirmaciones, está claro que las experiencias traumáticas en los padres, almacenadas de manera disfuncional, pueden ser reactivadas en el sistema de cuidado de los padres, definiendo un IWN de sistema de apego del niño que guarda trazas de memoria de dichos eventos traumáticos En relación con esto presentaremos una serie de herramientas como la “Child Attachment Interview (Target et al. 2007) y la “Parent Development Interview” (Slade et al. 1993), que constituyen un recurso necesario para la asignación del IWN de apego y sistema de cuidado. Mostraremos un caso clínico en donde la madre realizo EMDR y tuvo un efecto indirecto positivo en la relación madre-‐hijo y en el bienestar del niño. Los resultados han sido documentados con un claro cambio de la representación mental del sistema de cuidado medido con el PDI. Se mostrarán los resultados

Keywords: Parenting

Accuracy Verified: Yes

220. Matthess, H., & Woller, W. (2010, June). EMDR and personality disorders. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Over the last few years, causal relationships between childhood traumatic experiences and the development of personalities have been increasingly discussed. An understanding of personality disorders as a consequence of attachment trauma creates new therapeutic approaches for patients who are considered difficult to treat, though urgently in need of therapy.
First of all, the workshop will present an overview of possible neurobiological causes responsible for evolutionary principles of specific patterns of experiencing and behaviour in personality disorders. Most of their features can be explained as being natural reactions to extreme traumatic stress: unresolved traumatic experiences that cannot be encoded chronologically are, to a varying degree, subjectively experienced as separated from the personality. Other features of personality disorders, such as emotion regulation and mentalization function, can be understood as being a consequence of attachment trauma as well.
Following this, a treatment conception will be presented that combines elements from trauma therapies with aspects of a psychodynamic understanding of attachment relationships. Among others, the problems of personality-disordered patients related to regulating closeness and distance, resulting from their fears of intimacy and abandonment, will be addressed. Finally, the implications of the discussed topics for EMDR treatment will be considered.

Keywords: Personality Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

221. Chandarasiri, P. (2008, June). EMDR and play therapy in traumatised children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Young children who are not yet fully developed mentally can not differentiate the past traumatic memory from the present reality and in metabolising disturbing trauma memories. Children usually mix their past experience and the present through play to help them connect the pieces of experience into a narrative that is understandable for them. Every piece of trauma in the past is integrated into their life and may adversely influence their personality formation. Trauma work with children through play and EMDR techniques can be helpful in preventing such distortion, especially among disable children. EMDR method was applied to a 10 years old boy with learning disability. He was separated from his family and stayed at the residential home. He had his past experience of witnessing domestic violence since early infancy. The injuries sustained by his mother had caused great concern for him. He also experienced sexual abuse by another boy which was reflected in sex play with his peers. He had attention problem, aggressive behaviours together with difficulty in regulating his moods. Because of his limitation, he preferred to communicate his emotions through action and play rather than verbally. His preoccupation was expressed through figures fighting that typically resulted in death. During the play session, the therapist would intermittently take a pause with him and the bilateral tapping was applied corresponding with the event in play, for example checking through the worst event, the negative event, the positive event, the strength, the changes taking place in their mind and the play. Most of his play started with the fighting and ended with the good figures won. The installation was applied at the end. His behaviours were monitored at the residential home and at the school. It was found later that he could control his anger better and he was able to tell the caretakers showing that he was aware of his feelings and his behaviours. The conclusion can be drawn that the use of bilateral stimulation during play therapy has facilitated changes in his behaviours, affects, and communication.

Keywords: Children Play Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

222. Barbez, C., & Devoogdt, A. (2005, June). EMDR and resolving hurt feelings. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Belgium, Brussels.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Hurt has been defined as an emotion, which arises in a social interaction as a consequence of certain interpersonal events. Leary (1998) asserts that the common denominator in all instances of hurt feelings is the perception of relational devaluation.
The overall aim of the workshop is to point at the importance of hurt feelings in unresolved interpersonal conflicts. More specific learning objectives are: 11) understanding under what conditions hurt feelings are likely to be harmful and why, (2) how hurt feelings may affect the perception of ongoing relationships, (3) demonstrating the use of EMDR in the resolution of hurt feelings.

Keywords: Emotional Sensations

Accuracy Verified: Yes

223. Leeds, A. M., & Shapiro, F. (2000). EMDR and resource installation: Principles and procedures for enhancing current functioning and resolving traumatic experiences. In J. Carlson, & L. Sperry (Eds.), Brief therapy with individuals and couples (pp. 469-534). Phoenix, Arizona: Zeig, Tucker & Theisen, Inc..

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
This chapter presents an overview of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), a research-validated treatment for PTSD, and a related set of procedures known as resource development and installation (RDI), which have been reported to be useful in ego strengthening and stabilization. First, the extant research on EMDR, its theoretical model, and the 8 phases of its treatment are summarized (patient history and treatment planning, preparation, assessment, desensitization, installation, body scan, closure, and reevaluation). The 5 main elements of memory networks in EMDR are: image, thoughts and sounds, affect, sensation, and self-appraisal. The principles and theoretical foundations of RDI are then discussed. Then, 2 case examples are given. The 1st case illustrates a simple application of resource development and installation to supplement the standard EMDR PTSD protocol in the brief treatment of a marital crisis. The 2nd case summarizes the brief, strategic use of RDI to stabilize a patient with complex PTSD who was referred for collaborative treatment and to build a foundation for comprehensive EMDR treatment. [Adapted from Text, p. 469] [Pilots]

Keywords: Brief Psychotherapy Clinical Case Study Empirical Study Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

224. Carvalho, E. R. (2013, May). EMDR and role therapy: Healing the folks who live inside. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The integration of EMDR with Role Therapy will be presented as a comprehensive approach to the treatment of a wide spectrum of clients. Role therapy is presented as a “normalizing” approach to trauma and dissociation, treating clients’ inner roles as EMDR targets. Central to this approach is the conceptualization of self and one’s inner roles and counter-roles. Discussion will include how to use a developmental approach to assessment, and will review the identification, mapping and accessing of roles, as well as how to promote the use of role-specific EMDR targets, facilitating the enhancement of EMDR processing. Learning Objectives: • Participants will be able to discuss and implement the applications of Role Theory concepts and techniques to all phases of the EMDR protocol in order to facilitate the treatment of clients. • Participants will be able to discuss and describe how to developmentally assess, identify, map and access client roles and how to treat roles with traditional EMDR protocols. • Participants will be prepared to utilize EMDR targeting clients’ inner roles to enhance the processing of clients’ issues and resolution of symptoms.

Keywords: Role Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

225. Browning, S. (2008, October). EMDR and self soothing. Presentation at the 1st annual EMDR Autumn Workshop, York, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A brief review of what is happening as a physiological neurobiological level and then looking at self soothing techniques to stabilise and strengthen client's resources to tolerate EMDR processing of the trauma. Mindfulness and other techniques demonstrated and explored in a group setting. Be prepared to try it yourself!

Keywords: Self Soothing

Accuracy Verified: Yes

226. Konuk, E., & Epozdemir, H. (2010, July). EMDR and strategic family therapy. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Strategic Family Therapy developed some 50 years ago by a handful of visionaries at MRI (Mental Research Institute) in Palo Alto, California. This is why sometimes it is known as the “Palo Alto Group”. The kind of therapy evolved at that time changed the therapy world radically. The major shift was that: • The theory was a theory of change. The emphasis was on change rather than to understand how and why problems exist. • The focus was relationships rather than the phenomena going on under the skin of an individual. This meant that the way the therapist approached the clients was Systemic or interactional. • Strategic map was large enough to allow the therapist work with almost any kind of problem, borrow and use different techniques that belong to other approaches without conflict and confusion. • At that time therapy meant globally 4-5 sessions a week for many years. This was reduced to an average of 7-10 sessions. So when a therapist learned one of the Family Therapies, he learned essentially how to do therapy briefly. One of the approaches that EMDR therapists may integrate efficiently into their practice is Family Therapy. It may speed up the therapy especially when both trauma and relationships are particularly having a role in the formation and maintenance of the problem. In this workshop, the participants will learn: • The basic principles and techniques of Strategic Family Therapy, • Why and how change occurs, • When Strategic Family Therapy is called upon for help, • How interventions are designed and implemented.

Keywords: Strategic Family Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

227. Konuk, E. & Epozdemir, H. (2010, March). EMDR and strategic family therapy. Presentation at the XVIII World International Family Therapy (IFTA) Congress, Buenos Aires, Argentina.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Strategic Family Therapy developed some 50 years ago by a handful of visionaries at MRI (Mental Research Institute) in Palo Alto, California. This is why sometimes it is known as the “Palo Alto Group”. The kind of therapy evolved at that time changed the therapy world radically. The major shift was that: • The theory was a theory of change. The emphasis was on change rather than to understand how and why problems exist. • The focus was relationships rather than the phenomena going on under the skin of an individual. This meant that the way the therapist approached the clients was Systemic or interactional. • Strategic map was large enough to allow the therapist work with almost any kind of problem, borrow and use different techniques that belong to other approaches without conflict and confusion. • At that time therapy meant globally 4-5 sessions a week for many years. This was reduced to an average of 7-10 sessions. So when a therapist learned one of the Family Therapies, he learned essentially how to do therapy briefly. One of the approaches that Family and Marriage Therapists integrate efficiently into their practice is EMDR. Though EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is relatively new in the therapy world, now it is credited by many professional and governmental organizations as either “treatment of choice” or a valid psychotherapy approach. Especially when trauma is particularly have a role in the formation of the problem, then EMDR is a “life saver” for the therapist. In this workshop, the participants will learn: • The basic principles and techniques of EMDR and Strategic Family Therapy • Why and how change occurs • When EMDR is called upon for help • How interventions are designed and implemented The cases will be presented by live video recordings of sessions.

Keywords: Strategic Family Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

228. Marquis, P. (2007, June). EMDR and the treatment of anxiety disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dr. Marquis will present on the treatment of Anxiety Disorders using Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). This treatment is based on clinical research and practice, integrating Anxiety Disorder treatments such as interceptive exposure, psych-education, mindfulness, relaxation training, breathing retraining, cognitive techniques and exposure and response prevention with EMDR. The diagnosis of Obsessive Compulsive Disorder, Hoarding, Trichotillomonia, Skin Picking, Panic Disorder, Social Anxiety Disorders, Phobias, Generalized Anxiety Disorder, Somatization Disorder and their interaction with underlying PSTD will be discussed and standard EMDR treatment protocols presented. This will be presented in context of the Adaptive Information Processing Model. Theoretical models will be presented. This treatment integrates the use of future template and behavioral feedback for success of anxiety treatment. Participants will learn how to specify EMDR targets for rapid symptom reduction and how clients scan integrate self-use of bilateral stimulation to increase treatment results. Case examples will be presented. Participants will be encouraged to discuss and receive feedback on anxiety cases of their own. Cross-cultural applications and understanding will be explored. Dr. Marquis is the Anxiety Team Leader at Kaiser Hospital and has been practicing, teaching, and training EMDR internationally since 1991.

Keywords: Anxiety Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

229. Marquis, P., & Sprowls, C. (2011, August). EMDR and the treatment of anxiety disorders: Clinical applications using the anxiety protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dr. Marquis and Dr. Sprowls will present on the treatment of Anxiety Disorders using Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, (EMDR). This treatment is based on clinical research and practice, integrating Anxiety Disorder treatments such as interoceptive exposure, psycho-education, mindfulness, relaxation training, breathing retraining, cognitive techniques and exposure and response prevention with EMDR. Participants will learn how to specify EMDR targets for rapid symptom reduction and how clients can integrate self-use of bilateral stimulation to increase treatment results. Participants will be encouraged to discuss and receive feedback on anxiety cases of their own. Cross-cultural applications and understanding will be explored.

Keywords: Anxiety Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

230. Korn, D. L. (2011, August). EMDR and the treatment of complex PTSD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall recovery plan in working with adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. Individuals with histories of chronic victimization often struggle with extreme vulnerability and shame, heightened dissociative tendencies, and limited affect tolerance. In considering their unique needs, strategies for modifying and supplementing standard EMDR protocols will be explored. Fears and blocking beliefs commonly seen in this population will be discussed, along with suggestions for effective cognitive interweave interventions. In addition, significant attention will be devoted to integrating EMDR ego strengthening and resource development protocols into all phases of treatment. This program will include lecture, videotape presentations, and case discussion.

Keywords: C-PTSD Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

231. Korn, D. L. (2009). EMDR and the treatment of complex PTSD: A review. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(4), 264-278. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.4.264.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) covers a wide range of conditions, ranging from patients suffering from a one-time traumatic accident to those who have been exposed to chronic traumatization and repeated assaults beginning at an early age. While EMDR and other trauma treatments have been proven efficacious in the treatment of simpler cases of PTSD, the effectiveness of treatments for more complex cases has been less widely studied. This article examines the body of literature on the treatment of complex PTSD and chronically traumatized populations, with a focus on EMDR treatment and research. Despite a still limited number of randomized controlled studies of any treatment for complex PTSD, trauma treatment experts have come to a general consensus that work with survivors of childhood abuse and other forms of chronic traumatization should be phase-oriented, multimodal, and titrated. A phaseoriented EMDR model for working with these patients is presented, highlighting the role of resource development and installation (RDI) and other strategies that address the needs of patients with compromised affect tolerance and self-regulation. EMDR treatment goals, procedures, and adaptations for each of the various treatment phases (stabilization, trauma processing, reconnection/development of self-identity) are reviewed. Finally, reflections on the strengths and unique advantages of EMDR in treating complex PTSD are offered along with suggestions for future investigations.

Keywords: Childhood Trauma Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD DESNOS Psychotherapy Research Review

Accuracy Verified: Yes

232. Donovan, L. (2002, June). EMDR and traumatized children/adolescents: Systemic affect regulation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Developmental and systemic perspectives support incorporating the caregiver/family in EMDR treatment of children and adolescents to maximize efficacy and minimize risks. Participants will learn to: 1) identify multiple options, risk factors, and guidelines (eg, for timing, sequencing, identifying the need for EMDR/RDI in the traumatized parent/caregiver as well as the child); 2) identify strategies to maximize vicarious processing, and promote resource development and affect regulation in the caregiver/family; 3) define with the family ways to provide safety, take rerponsibility and guide choices; and 4) utilize the nartural relational context to develop affect regulation in the child/adolescent.

Keywords: Adolescents Affect Regulation Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

233. Nickerson, M. (2009, August). EMDR and treatment for angry and violent behaviors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR offers unique potential in the treatment of clients with angry, violent and abusive behaviors, including intimate partner violence, abusive parenting and bullying. A client’s unconscious drive to “make others feel the way I felt” can be dismantled with the tailored implementation of the 8-Phase Treatment approach. A metaphor based guide to case formulation and a cycle of violence model for understanding behavior and identifying treatment targets will be highlighted. Practical and innovative techniques will be offered to aid in assessment, stabilization and effective reprocessing. Numerous video clips from clinical sessions will illuminate points. Relevant research will be cited.

Keywords: Anger Violence

Accuracy Verified: Yes

234. Eimer, B. N. (1995, June). EMDR applications for pain management. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The focus of this 3-hour workshop will be on using EMDR to alleviate emotional distress attendant to coping with acute physical pain and living with chronic pain. Participants in this workshop will learn: (a) how to conduct a targeted assessment of the patient whose chief complaint is physical pain; (b) a guided pain healing meditation; (c) an EMDR protocol for installing pain relief imagery and self-care techniques; (d) an EMDR protocol for reprocessing covert pain talk, pain behaviors and pain-related memories; (e) how to apply A.J. Popky's EMDR protocol for reducing substance abuse (i.e., Overeating, drinking) and dependence on pain medication in this population. The presentation will first address how to conduct a structured assessment that identifies targets for EMDR treatment. The dysfunctional information package associated with chronic pain (termed the "biogram")and "seven keys" to understanding chronic pain will be discussed. Then, essential principles for designing an effective individual psychotherapy program for the pain sufferer will be presented. Next, use of the "seven keys for constructing a guided healing meditation (i.e., Self-care technique) for the pain patient that also incorporates Francine Shapiro's "light stream" and "spiral" guided meditations will be demonstrated. A script for this, termed the "C.O.M.P.I.S.S. Pain Healing Meditation," will be distributed. The workshop will then address how to introduce EMDR to the patient whose chief complaint is physical pain. What EMDR can do and probably cannot do for pain patients will then be discussed. Next, principles for choosing an initial tarqet for reprocessing will be discussed. The presentation will then cover (with clinical case examples): (1) Red flags and cautions to consider before proceeding with EMDR- (2) What to do and what not to do if the patient is dissociative; (3) How to "mirror" and install with EMDR empathic responses to underlying beliefs associated with "secondary gains" minus primary losses; (4) Teaching the distinction between pain sensations and suffering; (5) How to teach and install with EMDR self-care and pain coping techniques such as pain relief imagery, mental distraction techniques, safe place imagery, and positive motivation for healthy self-care behaviors; (6) How to directly address with the patient the application of "cognitive psychology" and imagery for pain reduction; (7) EMDR reprocessing of memories around the pain's origins; (8) EMDR reprocessing of pain-related conflicts, negative beliefs, negative past experiences, internalized self-identifications, self-punitive tendencies and self-defeating behaviors; (9) Eliciting core negative pain coping cognitions and suggesting preferable positive cognitions to the pain patient; (10) EMDR reprocessing of negative cognitions associated with depression and anxiety. (11) Use of EMDR to facilitate mental rehearsal of coping responses to pain triggers; (12) Material that often comes up in using EMDR with pain patients; (13) Strategically restructuring patient "resistance" with coanitive interweave; (14) Managing narcotic and pain medication seeking behavior and substance abuse; (15) Use of Popky's EMDR protocol for reducing medication dependence and substance abuse in this population; (16) Treating pain patients who also have PTSD. Videotaped case excerpts will be shown that illustrate important points covered. If time permits, participants may be able to briefly discuss EMDR applications to specific medical and pain patient populations.

Keywords: Chronic Pain Pain Pain Management

Accuracy Verified: Yes

235. Lawrence, M. (1998, July). EMDR as a special form of ego state psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) use the ego state bridge technique in order to have more complete knowledge of what issues and experiences may manifest during the EMDR processing; 2) use the ego state bridge technique to access hidden ego states which are not presenting clearly in the course of repeated EMDR sets; 3) work with a patient to formulate the patient's ego state system; 4) identify and access protector ego states which may not want the ego state system to change and which are blocking the EMDR processing; 5) combine EMDR and ego state therapy techniques to get blocking protector ego states to join the therapeutic process; and 6) identify and access appropriate resource ego states which can be used in an ego state interweave to facilitate movement of a patient out of a stuck ego state.

Keywords: Ego State Bridge Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

236. Lawrence, M. A. (1999, June). EMDR as a special form of ego state psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to use the ego state bridge technique in order to have more compete knowledge of what issues and experiences may manifest during the EMDR processing; 2) be able to use the ego stale bridge technique to access hidden ego states which are not presenting clearly in the course of repeated EMDR sets (e.g., when SUD level is not subsiding); 3) know how to work with a patient to formulate the patient’s ego state system; 4) be able to identify and access protector ego states which may not want the ego state system to change and which are blocking the EMDR processing; 5) be able to combine EMDR and ego state therapy techniques to get blocking protector ego states to join the therapeutic process; 6) be able to identify and access appropriate resource ego state which can be used in an ego state interweave to facilitate movement of a patient out of a stuck ego state; and 7) be able to use a variety of general and specific EMDR techniques and strategies more effectively by using ego state psychotherapy principles as a guiding metamodel.

Keywords: Ego State Bridge Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

237. de Roos, C., & Went, M. (2012, June). EMDR as trauma treatment for infants (0-4 years) [EMDR como tratamiento para el trauma en niños pequeños (0-‐4 años)]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In our therapeutic EMDR work with deaf and hard of hearing clients, we are forced to strongly focus on the visual world. But focus on visual aspects is not only necessary with this client group! When working with pre-‐verbal trauma, with children or adults who are (not yet) fluent in their native speech or when we use EMDR with clients that use a second language, we will have to use alternatives to spoken languages. When used correctly, visual input can enrich and enable the EMDR process greatly. In this presentation we invite visitors to explore the visual aspects and possibilities of the EMDR process with us. Visitors will feel more adequate in using mimic, visual and imaging techniques with their clients. Video material will enrich our presentation. We will present in English and Dutch sign language. Our interpreter will translate the Dutch sign language in spoken English.

Los infantes (0-‐4 años) pueden ser expuestos a diversos tipos de eventos traumáticos, por ejemplo procedimientos médicos intrusivos, abuso sexual y otras formas de violencia física o emocional, y pueden desarrollar síntomas de estrés post-‐traumático. Por otro lado, no es fácil determinar si están traumatizados desde esa edad, la mayoría de los niños no son capaces de comunicar verbalmente sus experiencias. En la mayoría de los ejemplo, son los padres los que notan un cambio en el comportamiento de su hijo y van en busca de ayuda. Los terapeutas junto con los padres y usando la información disponible del propio niño, desarrollan una hipótesis sobre el origen de los síntomas. Si existen indicios de que los síntomas actuales están relacionados con un evento traumático sin procesar, EMDR es idóneo. El método de Cuenta-‐cuentos de Lovett puede ser usado para este propósito. Se necesita prestar una especial atención a la interacción entre los padres y el niño. Los padres pueden encontrar difícil apoyar a su hijo o reaccionar adecuadamente al comportamiento del niño cuando se sienten ansiosos o culpables de este evento traumático. Este tipo de cuestiones deben ser tomadas en cuenta ya que pueden agravar los síntomas ya existentes en el niño Después de una pequeña introducción teórica, numerosos casos serán mostrados en video. Mostramos como los recuerdos traumáticos sin procesar en infantes pueden ser activados y procesados. En uno de los casos EMDR se combinará con elementos de la terapia orientada a padres. Conceptos sobre el apego y sus efectos en el EMDR serán mostrados.

Keywords: Infants

Accuracy Verified: Yes

238. Rougemont-Bucking, A. (2010, June). EMDR based treatment of psychotraumatic antecedents in illicit drug abusers: A report of two cases. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Background: EMDR has been recognized to be an efficacious treatment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). Other, more recent indications comprise anxiety disorders and substance use disorders (SUD). With regard to SUD, the application of EMDR iS very challenging as patients frequently suffer from many comorbidities. Another concern is the fact that the dissociative experiencing during EMDR-sessions can potentially weaken the patients' coping strategies and provoke relapse through activation of intense drug craving. General procedure. Sessions were proposed once a week. Specific techniques like 'Safe Place', the technique of absorption, heart coherence training and ClPOS were applied prior to proposition of the standard EMDR-protocol. Drug consumption and craving was regularly monitored by means of the patents' self-reports and drug craving scores. The therapist was regularly supervised on the basis of video recordings. Patient 1: A 49 year old man being diagnosed for PTSD and dependency of opiates and benzodiazepines asked to benefit form EMDR with regard to his PTSD symptoms. Patient was abstinent from heroine consumption but consumed midazolam 3 times per week when entering the therapy. Initial evaluation showed an Impact of Event Scale (IES) score of 60, a Dissociative Experiences Scale (DES) score of 39.6 and a midazolam craving score of 14. Patient 2 :A 37 old man was diagnosed for borderline personality disorder and for dependency of opiates. Heroine consumption occurred 1 to 3 times per month when starting the therapy EMDR based therapy was proposed as he complained about pertinacious insomnia due to trauma-like events during his childhood. Initial evaluation showed a DES score of 7.8 and a heroine craving score of 17. Global impression: EMDR based treatment of severely affected SUD patients appears to be a difficult and challenging endeavor However, some beneficial effects on general comfort and on drug consumption can be observed. A long stabilisation phase seems to be mandatory and the standard EMDR protocol needs to be conducted with much flexibility as patients were not able to handle intensive emotional stress for a long time period. There was no provocation of a prolonged psychological crisis or of relapse. Experiencing of emotional stress could be limited to the sessions and dissociation could be absorbed with specific techniques without increasing permanently drug craving. Learning objectives: 1. EMDR-based treatment is feasible in severely affected drug abusers 2. Extensive stabilisation of the patient using flexible adaptation of EMDR-related techniques is mandatory 3. Dissociation occurring during treatment has to be addressed carefully as it can easily bridge into drug craving and relapse What is unique: EMDR-based treatment may be a suitable way to treat patients who are still abusing drugs as these interventions focus on maladaptive associations that arise from both trauma and substance related cues.

Keywords: Drug Abusers Heroine Psychotraumatic Antecedents

Accuracy Verified: Yes

239. Lendl, J. (2007, September). EMDR basics part I: The touchstone event. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
One of the reasons EMDR is such a powerful treatment is the Adaptive Information Processing Model with its eight phase, three- prong protocol. The robustness of the treatment is not achieved if any part of the protocol is dismissed. Dr. Shapiro’s recent trainings have emphasized the need to work beyond present-day symptoms and triggers (prong #2) to find the underlying touchstone events (prong #1). Part I will review the AIP Model, suggest channels of association most likely linked to a touchstone event/node, review the eight phases, place the touchstone event into the context of the eight phases, show video simulations of the touchstone event including the affect scan and floatback techniques, and have a supervised practicum.

Keywords: Adaptive Processing Model Channels of Association Touchstone Event

Accuracy Verified: Yes

240. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR behandeling bij volwassenen met een verleden van incest en verwaarlozing. Het herstellen van ontwikkelings tekorten en het beschadigde ‘zelf’ [EMDR treatment in adults with a history of incest and neglect. Developmental deficits and restore the damaged self]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In deze workshop zal er worden ingegaan op het integreren van EMDR in een algemeen behandelingsplan voor volwassenen die incest en verwaarlozing in hun jeugd hebben meegemaakt. De workshop is een verdieping van de keynote van het congres. De werkwijze zal gedetailleerd worden uitgelegd en zal worden geïllustreerd aan de hand van videopresentaties en bespreking van casuïstiek. In eerste instantie wordt uitgelegd hoe de ontwikkelings- en hechtingsbehoeften van de cliënt onderzocht kunnen worden en hoe een betekenisvolle beschrijvende diagnose kan worden ontwikkeld om tot een geïntegreerd, logisch opgebouwd behandelingsplan te komen. Bij deze groep cliënten, waarbij er sprake is van beperkte affect tolerantie, kwetsbaarheid voor hyper- en hypoarousal, en dissociatieve kenmerken, kan het standaard EMDR protocol worden aangepast met specifieke strategieën. Daar zal uitvoerig op worden ingegaan. Ook zal er veel aandacht besteed worden aan het integreren van specifieke EMDR technieken, zoals diverse ego-versterkende protocollen en hulpbron installatie (RDI), in alle fasen van de behandeling. Tevens zullen er technieken besproken worden die cliënten helpen om hun disfunctionele afweermechanismen los te laten, waardoor het veranderen van schema’s met hun kenmerkende kerngedachten en kernaffecten mogelijk wordt Deelnemers aan deze workshop zullen leren om pathogene gevoelstoestanden, (zoals schaamte, wanhoop, onverdraagelijke eenzaamheidsgevoelens), angsten en ‘blocking beliefs’, ego state conflicten te herkennen, zodat de meest effectieve interweaves en hulpbron opties kunnen worden toegepast. Verder zullen er strategieën voor herstel, zoals het verduidelijken van verantwoordelijkheid, het vaststellen van veiligheid en keuze, en het verwerken van rouw, verlangen en woede, worden besproken.

This workshop will address the integration of EMDR into an overall treatment plan for adult incest and neglect in childhood have experienced. The workshop is a deepening of the keynote of the conference. The methodology will be explained in detail and will be illustrated with video presentations and discussion of case studies. Initially, explains how the development and bonding needs of the client can be investigated and how a meaningful descriptive diagnosis can be developed into an integrated, logical plan of treatment. In this group of clients, where there is limited affect tolerance, vulnerability to hyper-and hypoarousal and dissociative characteristics, the standard EMDR protocol to be adapted to specific strategies. As will be discussed in detail. Also, much attention is paid to the integration of EMDR specific techniques, such as various ego-enhancing protocols and resource installation (RDI) in all phases of treatment. Will also discuss techniques that help clients to their dysfunctional defense mechanisms to let go, so changing schedules with their distinctive core ideas and possible kernaffecten Participants in this workshop will learn to pathogenic emotional states (such as shame, despair, unbearable loneliness feelings), and fears "blocking beliefs", ego-state conflicts to recognize that the most effective and interweaves resource options can be applied. Moreover, through strategies for recovery, such as clarifying responsibilities, establishing security and choice, and the process of mourning, desire and anger are discussed.

Keywords: Adults Developmental Deficits Incest

Accuracy Verified: Yes

241. Schubbe, O. (2008, September). EMDR bei kindern [EMDR in the work with children]. Pre-Congress am 11. Kongress der European Society of Hypnosis in Psychotherapie und Psychosomatische Medizin, Wien, Österreich.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Der Workshop gibt einen kurzen systematischen Überblick über die Techniken, die speziell EMDR in der Psychotherapie mit Kindern und Jugendlichen eingesetzt. Alter angemessenen Formen der bilateralen Stimulation und der Aktualisierung der Ressourcen und ungelösten Erinnerungen werden erläutert. Kleine Gruppe Übungen sollen den Teilnehmern eine praktische Lernerfahrung. Bewerber für die EMDR-Seminare mit Oliver Schubbe in Linz oder Graz kann dieser Workshop als Schnupperkurs nutzen. Die Teilnehmer sollten bereit sein, die Rolle der ein Kind oder Jugendlicher Client innerhalb einer kleinen Gruppe zu spielen.

The workshop will give a brief systematic overview over the EMDR techniques specifically used in psychotherapy with children and adolescents. Age appropriate forms of bilateral stimulation and of the actualization of ressources and unresolved memories will be explained. Small group exercises are intended to give participants a practical learning experience. Applicants for the EMDR seminars with Oliver Schubbe at Linz or Graz can use this workshop as a taster course. Participants should be willing to play the role of a child or adolescent client within a small group.

Keywords: Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

242. ten Broeke, T., & Oppenheim, H-J. (2008, Maart). EMDR bij de behandeling van complexe PTSS en ernstige dissociatie [EMDR in the treatment of complex PTSD and severe dissociation]. Presentatie aan de derde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Bij de behandeling van patiënten met complexe PTSS ten gevolge van type 2 trauma, wordt de behandelaar geconfronteerd met twee grote problemen: 1) hoe een overzichtelijke structuur aan te brengen in de veelheid aan traumatische gebeurtenissen, en 2) hoe om te gaan met pathologische dissociatie. In deze voordracht wordt in eerste instantie een aanpak gepresenteerd waarmee de therapeut en patiënt kunnen komen tot een zodanige (hiërarchische) ordening van de traumatische gebeurtenissen, dat een gefaseerde en overzichtelijke behandeling mogelijk wordt. Vervolgens zal nader ingegaan worden op het verschijnsel dissociatie en zal worden uitgelegd welke algemene technieken toegepast kunnen worden bij dissociatieve reacties. Ten slotte zal aan de hand van videobeelden worden gedemonstreerd hoe met een aangepast EMDR basisprotocol het mogelijk is om bij mensen met secundaire en tertiaire structurele dissociatie, door activatie van een alterpersoonlijkheid, het traumatisch materiaal waardoor de alterpersoonlijkheid is ontstaan a. te ontsluiten, b. te verwerken en c. te integreren

When treating patients with complex PTSD as a result of Type 2 trauma, the therapist faces two major problems: 1) how an organized structure to the multitude of traumatic events, and 2) how to deal with pathological dissociation . In this lecture primarily an approach is presented that the therapist and patient can come to such a (Hierarchical) organization of the traumatic events that a phased and orderly treatment possible. Will then be elaborated on the phenomenon of dissociation and will explain the general techniques can be applied to dissociative reactions. Finally, using video to demonstrate how a modified EMDR basic protocol it is possible in people with secondary and tertiary structural dissociation, through activation of an alter personality, traumatic materials which alter personality created a. to access, b. processing and c. integrate.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

243. Spierings, J. (2005, November). EMDR bij gecompliceerde rouw [EMDR with complicated grief]. Presentatie op het Eerste Congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In de workshop komt het volgende aan de orde: basisconcepten en psychodynamiek van rouw, grondhouding van de therapeut, theorieën m.b.t. hechting en verlies, behandelstrategieën en behandeltechnieken (rituelen, EMDR, Gestalt, metaforen, schrijfopdrachten, spirituele interventies). Het theoretisch kader wordt naar de praktijk vertaald d.m.v. verhalen en casusmateriaal.

In the workshop, the following order: basic concepts and psychodynamics of mourning, the attitude of the therapist's theories on attachment and loss, treatment strategies and treatment techniques (ritual, EMDR, Gestalt, metaphors, writing, spiritual intervention). The theoretical framework is translated into practice through stories and case material.

Keywords: Complicated Grief

Accuracy Verified: Yes

244. Braun, P., & van Og, A. (2005, November). EMDR bij klinisch opgenomen TBS-gestelden: ”Elk voordeel heb z’n nadeel” [EMDR clinical TBS recorded as such: "Any benefit me his disadvantage"]. Presentatie op het Eerste Congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Deze lezing gaat over het implementeren van EMDR in een zeer complexe (TBS) instelling, waarbij beveiliging en onlosmakelijk behandeling verweven zijn, met een diagnostisch zwaar belaste doelgroep: • Meervoudige persoonlijkheidsstoornissen • Meervoudig ernstig getraumatiseerd • Verslavingsproblematiek • Specifieke psychiatrische problematiek • Forensische problematiek • Combinaties
Het TBS systeem van behandelen (met beveiliging als belangrijk punt) verhoudt zich soms moeilijk tot de behandeling met EMDR van de individuele patiënt. Angst voor de beheersbaarheid van een patiënt gedurende de behandeling kan als een contra-indicatie worden gezien voor EMDR-behandeling. Het is de vraag of EMDR gecontraïndiceerd is in een TBS-kliniek vanwege de veiligheid. De inbedding van de behandeling in de TBS-kliniek alsmede het toepassen van zelfcontroletechnieken zijn hierbij belangrijke factoren. Complicerende factor is dat veel TBS-patiënten zowel zelf getraumatiseerd zijn als wel ernstige delicten hebben gepleegd waarmee ze anderen hebben getraumatiseerd.
In deze lezing willen wij vooral aan de orde stellen hoe de behandeling van het daderschap zich verhoudt tot de behandeling van het slachtofferschap van de patiënt. We willen hiervan zowel de inhoudelijke als de ethische kant belichten. Van belang hierbij is ook de discussie rondom de indicatiestelling: richt men zich eerst op het daderschap of juist op het slachtofferschap? Verder willen we de gelaagdheid van de behandeling benoemen: de behandelaar heeft niet alleen te maken met de problematiek van de patiënt maar ook te maken met de gesloten kliniek en verschillende functionarissen daarin. Die gelaagdheid heeft direct gevolgen voor de vorm en inhoud van de behandeling.
Als hypothese willen we naar voren brengen dat de behandeling van trauma’s essentieel kan zijn voor de behandeling van persoonlijkheidsproblematiek. Schemagerichte Cognitieve Therapie (J. Young), sluit in onze ogen naadloos aan op EMDR. Beide stromingen richten zich op dezelfde type existentiële “Ik ben ….“ opvattingen.

This lecture is about the implementation of EMDR In a very complex (TBS) of institution, and security are inextricably intertwined treatment, with a heavily loaded diagnostic target: • Multiple personality disorder • Multiple severely traumatized • Addiction Problems • Specific psychiatric problems • Forensic issues • Combinations
The TBS system of treatment (with security as an important point) does sometimes difficult to EMDR treatment of individual patients. Fear of the manageability of a patient during treatment as may be considered a contraindication for EMDR treatment. The question is whether EMDR is contraindicated in a TBS clinic for security reasons. The embedding of treatment in the TBS clinic and the use of self-control techniques are important factors. Complicating factor is that many TBS patients, both self-traumatized as well have committed serious crimes with which they have traumatized others.
In this talk we mainly discussed how the treatment of the perpetrator is related to the treatment of the victimization of the patient. We wish them both the substantive and ethical angles. Of importance here is the discussion surrounding the needs assessment: the focus is first on the perpetrator or at the very victimization? We also want to appoint the stratification of treatment: the therapist has not only faced with the problem of the patient but also to do with the clinic closed and several officers therein. Such layering has direct implications for the form and content of treatment.
As a hypothesis we want to highlight that the treatment of trauma may be essential for the treatment of personality problems. Schema-Focused Cognitive Therapy (J. Young), close our eyes seamlessly with EMDR. Both schools focus on the same existential type "I am ...." opinions.

Keywords: TBS System of Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

245. Withers, D. (2001, June). EMDR bilateral movement groups for children with ADHD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will teach experientially how to run therapy groups for children. Specifically, it will teach Resource Installation through Dance/Movement Therapy techniques utilizing EMDR protocol, how to deal with disruptive behaviors by empowering children to come up with their own coping strategies for themselves and each other; and how to identify, locate, and regulate feelings in their bodies.

Keywords: Bilateral Children Dance Movement Therapy: Groups Resource Installation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

246. Leeds, A. M. (1995, June). EMDR case formulation symposium. Symposium conducted at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The focus of this symposium will be on intermediate and advanced topics in EMDR case formulation in more challenging cases. The presentation will include how affect and schema theories can help organize and guide treatment planing and selection of protocols, targets and cognitions. Time will be allowed to discuss problem cases. The symposium will begin with an overview of the EMDR theoretical model and the role of metacognitions in the accelerated information processing paradigm. Guideposts to application will include principles such as: good enough cognitions and warning indicators fiom cognitions and the history taking of potential blocked responses. A model of EMDR case formulation issues will be presented involving treatment planning and selection of protocols, targets and cognitions. A fundamental issue in case formulation will be proposed as the extent to which the case involves simple adult trauma with a good premorbid history or is a more complex case conceptualized as involving some degree of neglect or pervasive failure of the early environment to provide healthy models of self-other interaction. Alternate treatment protocols will be offered for more complex cases presentations where there are insufficient healthy resources present to permit the successfull use of standard EMDR protocols even with creative application of cognitive interweave strategies. Protocols will be offered for "practice" EMDR sessions and for building up healthy internal resources in advance of targeting disturbing memories. Affect theory as developed by Silvan S. Tomkins and reviewed in Donald Nathanson's (1992) Shame and Pride, Affect Sex, and the Birth of the Self, W. W. Norton & Co, New York, and its relationship to EMDR will be considered. Emphasis will be on the biological theory of emotions, the nine innate affects, the central and unique role of shame in human development, and how affect theory supports EMDR theory and application. For example, EMDR theory emphasizes the central role of physiological and emotional responses and views cognitions as "distallations of experience" (Francine Shapiro, 1995, Eve Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, Basic Principles, Protocols, and Procedures, Guilford Press, NY). Shame and its attendant distorted self concepts is a central problem in PTSD and other pervasive traumageric disorders. Aspects of this case formulation approach have been influenced by members of the EMDR facilitator staff most notably Landry Wildwind's speciality and conference presentations on working with chronic depression and personal communications with Marguerite McCorkle. Case examples will be given in which alternate EMDR protocols were used to successfully work through unresolved developmental issues and massive layers of shame that had blocked previous treatment efforts. A large portion of the symposium will be devoted to a case conference round table where these issues will be explored through a discussion of problem cases offered by participants.

Keywords: Case Formulations

Accuracy Verified: Yes

247. Manfield, P. (2010, June). EMDR clinical skills: Dyadic resourcing. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop introduces 'dyadic resourcing,' a form of resourcing designed to facilitate the processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help a client connect affectively to the experience of being in a nurturing relationship Through this process clients experience both roles, the role of the adult who loves them and the role of the child who is lovable and loved. These roles become increasingly real to them and clients come away with access to a loving non-judgmental view of themselves as a child. Clients whose original trauma was a result of or exacerbated by a lack of a strong connection to a nurturing caregiver will benefit from a variety of resources, but the resource that is essential is access to a secure internal nurturing relationship, which this process provides. This procedure is particularly useful for clients who think they were bad or worthless as children, who think the abuse or neglect they suffered chronically was deserved, who are overwhelmed by the intensity of their pain from early childhood experiences, or who cannot view their child selves in an accepting nurturing way. In other words, this type of resourcing is ideal for some of the most difficult EMDR clients, and helps to prepare them for trauma processing. Once developed, these resources allow the EMDR clinician to utilize cognitive interweaves in which the adult client is able to support the child self. Dyadic resourcing is typically a five step process: identifying a nurturing adult resource, make the resource real for the client, formulating a parent-child relationship involving the resource, intensify the client's experience of that relationship, and helping the client to have the experience of both the child and adult in the resource dyad. This workshop will address each of these steps, covering the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, transcripts, and a live demonstration. Techniques borrowed from Eidetic Psychotherapy, Neuro-Linguistic Programming, Gestalt Therapy, hypnotic phrasing and other disciplines will be addressed Links to free downloadable explanatory material from the presenter's book. EMDR Clinical Skills: Case Conceptualization and Dyadic re^ sourcing will be offered for those interested in sharpening their skills in this useful resourcing approach. Learning objectives: Participants will be able to - Explain why cognitive Interweaves are often not helpful to clients with attachment disorders -List 15 possible sources of resource figures - List 8 techniques that can be used to help a client feel more intensely connected to a resource. - Describe 4 indications that clients are NOT assuming an outside observer role and are instead overly identifying with their child selves.

Keywords: Dyadic Resourcing Keynote

Accuracy Verified: Yes

248. Nicolais, G. (2011, Settembre). EMDR e attaccamento [EMDR and attachment]. Presentazione al Congresso EMDR Nazionale "Trauma e relazione,” Roma, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Secondo Bowlby, le esperienze precoci del bambino con le proprie figure di attaccamento determinano rappresentazioni mentali - denominate Modelli Operativi Interni della relazione - che regolano aspetti centrali dello sviluppo come la regolazione degli affetti e la fiducia interpersonale. Analogamente, il modello AIP di Shapiro ipotizza l’effetto di esperienze precoci sullo sviluppo futuro del bambino. Ricordi di eventi particolarmente stressanti o traumatici tendono ad essere immagazzinati in modo disfunzionale nel cervello in uno stato non metabolizzato, sotto forma di “network mnestici” contenenti costellazioni di percezioni, aspettative negative, affetti e sensazioni corporee che possono essere riferite all’esperienza di caregiving. In situazioni infantili all’interno di accudimento particolarmente disfunzionali, il modello di attaccamento sviluppato dal bambino conterrà quindi network mnestici caratterizzati dall’esperienza del rifiuto e/o del maltrattamento. Il modello AIP prefigura perciò interventi, realizzati attraverso l’approccio dell’EMDR, che agiscono in senso trasformativo sulle peculiarità dei Modelli Operativi Interni della relazione. Le implicazioni di tale premessa sono l’oggetto della relazione presentata.

According to Bowlby, the child's early experiences with attachment figures determine their mental representations - called internal working models of the report - that regulate key aspects of development such as affect regulation and interpersonal trust. Similarly, the model AIP Shapiro assumed the effect of early experience on the future development of the child. Memories of traumatic or stressful events tend to be stored in a dysfunctional brain in a non-metabolized form of "network mnemonic" containing clusters of perceptions, expectations, negative emotions and bodily sensations that may be related to the experience of caregiving . In situations in caregiving particularly dysfunctional childhood, the attachment model developed by the child will then contain mnemonic networks characterized by the experience of rejection and / or mistreatment. The model therefore anticipates AIP intervention, achieved through the approach of EMDR, which act in the sense of transformation on the peculiarities of the internal working models of the relationship. The implications of this premise are the subject of the report.

Keywords: Attachment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

249. Beer, R., & Hornsveld, H. (2005, November). EMDR en Eetstoornissen: Conceptualisatie en klinische toepassingen [EMDR and eating disorders: Conceptualisation and clinical applications]. Presentatie aan de eerste congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Renee Beer en Hellen Hornsveld bespreken in deze presentatie toepassingsmogelijkheden van EMDR bij patiënten met uiteenlopende eetstoornissen. Eerder is over dit onderwerp gepresenteerd door beide spreeksters op een EMDR Netwerkavond in 2004 en op het Europese EMDR congres in 2005.
Samenvatting Patiënten met Eetstoornissen (Anorexia Nervosa, Bulimia Nervosa, Binge eating disorder) krijgen doorgaans een multidisciplinaire behandeling, waarin verschillende modules een complementaire rol spelen. Resultaten zijn echter vaak teleurstellend en daarom zijn nieuwe ideeën en technieken welkom. Mogelijkheden en beperkingen van EMDR in combinatie met Cognitieve Gedragstherapie (C.G.T.) worden besproken en geïllustreerd met videobeelden.
Renee Beer zal toelichten en demonstreren -hoe EMDR geplaatst kan worden in de context van C.G.T., -waarom het aantrekkelijk is voor adolescenten (“een coole combi”), -welke targets in aanmerking kunnen komen (o.a. traumaverwerking, lichaamsbeeld en zelfbeeld), -hoe deze targets bewerkt kunnen worden, -en wanneer in het behandelingsproces EMDR in aanmerking komt.
Hellen Hornsveld zal vervolgens haar ervaringen presenteren met een eigen protocol ter behandeling van eetbuien en eetdrang. Dit protocol is voortgekomen uit de observatie dat patiënten vaak heftige, negatieve emoties vertonen tijdens cue exposure. Cue exposure is een gedragstherapeutische techniek, waarbij de patiënt blootgesteld wordt aan de prikkels die doorgaans een eetbui uitlokken (geur, smaak,aanwezigheid van “verboden” voedsel) zonder dat de eetbui daarbij plaats mag vinden (responspreventie). De procedure is gericht op het laten uitdoven van de fysiologische reacties op de eetbui prikkels (Jansen, 1997). Op de inhoud van de reacties en de emotionele betekenis die geassocieerd is met het eten, wordt verder niet ingegaan. De EMDR variant van dit protocol is juist gericht op de betekenisverlening en het creëren van een zo hoog mogelijke emotionele lading (“balletje op de berg”) door zoveel mogelijk het EMDR protocol te volgen. Positieve ervaringen met dit protocol zullen aan de hand van videomateriaal worden gedemonstreerd.

Renee Beer and Hellen Hornsveld in this presentation discuss applications of EMDR in patients with various eating disorders. This issue was presented by speakers at an Evening Both EMDR Network in 2004 and the European EMDR conference in 2005.
Summary Patients with Eating Disorders (Anorexia Nervosa, Bulimia Nervosa, binge eating disorder) tend to have a Multidisciplinary treatment, a complementary role Which modules. Results in loss or are disappointing and therefore welcome new ideas and techniques. Possibilities and limitations of EMDR in combination with cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) are discussed and illustrated with videos.
Renee Beer will demonstrate and explain -How EMDR Can Be Placed in the context of CBT, -Why is it Attractive for adolescents ("a cool combination) Targets, Which Are Eligible (e.g. trauma, body image and self-image) How-thesis targets Can be edited And when in the process of EMDR treatment is Eligible.
Hellen Horn Field Will then present experiences with ITS ITS own protocol for the treatment of binge eating and eetdrang. This protocol is derived from the observation That Patients in loss or intense negative emotions show consistently cue exposure. Cue exposure is a behavioral technique in Which the patient is Exposed to the stimuli That Provoke Normally a binge (smell, taste, presence of "forbidden" foods) without taking the binge Which Should Be (response prevention). The procedure is aimed at gradually between the physiological responses to the binge stimuli (Jansen, 1997). The content of the emotional responses and Significance associated with the food is not Considered Further. The EMDR variant of this protocol is very focused on the perspectives and Creating the Highest Possible emotional charge (ball on the Mountain ") as much as Possible, the EMDR protocol to follow. Positive experience with this protocol using Will Be video material locally.

Keywords: Eating Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

250. Baldé, P. (2005). EMDR en hypnose: Suggestieve elementen in een populaire techniek [EMDR and hypnosis: Suggestive elements in popular technique]. Directieve Therapie, 25(1) 35-41. doi:10.1007/BF03060369.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Over de werkzame bestanddelen van Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) is veel gespeculeerd, maar er is nog weinig duidelijkheid over. Hoewel vaak wordt beweerd dat EMDR voornamelijk op suggestie berust, ontbreken serieuze analyses in die richting. De auteur stelt dat EMDR overeenkomt met de gefractioneerde inductietechniek van Langen. Hij bespreekt de suggestibiliteitverhogende factoren van EMDR en de overeenkomsten met hypnose, zoals het toepassen van impliciete suggesties. Conclusie: EMDR werkt. Niet uitsluitend vanwege de suggestieve technieken, maar wel door daar optimaal gebruik van te maken.

About the active ingredients of Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) has been much speculation, but there is still little clarity about. Although often claimed that EMDR is based mainly on suggestions, no serious analysis in this direction. The author proposes that EMDR corresponding to the fractional induction technique of Langen. He discusses the factors suggestibiliteitverhogende of EMDR with hypnosis and agreements, such as the use of implicit suggestions. Conclusion: EMDR works. Not only because of the suggestive techniques, but by making best use of it.

Keywords: Hypnosis

Accuracy Verified: Yes

251. Beer, R. (2005, June). EMDR for adolescents with anorexia nervosa: Evolution of conceptualization and illustration of clinical applications. In EMDR and eating disorders. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Patients with Anorexia Nervosa usually receive a multi-focused treatment program, where EMDR and Cognitive Behaviour Therapy (CBT) can play a complementary role. However, results are often disappointing and therefore new ideas and techniques are welcome. Possibilities and limitations of EMDR will be discussed and illustrated by video fragments.
Participants will learn to understand why EMDR can be used together with CBT and why it is attractive for adolescents. It will become clear for what targets, when in the treatment process, and how EMDR can be applied. Specific problems to be dealt with will be identified.

Keywords: Adolescents Anorexia Nervosa Eating Disorders Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

252. Waters, F. S., & Adler-Tapia, R. (2009, November). EMDR for children with trauma and dissociation: Case conceptualization from stabilization to integration. Presentation at the 26th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Washington, DC .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: This workshop initially will review the 8 phase EMDR protocol for implementation with severely traumatized and dissociative children and provide advanced skills utilizing the EMDR protocol with this population. The 8 phase EMDR protocol will be described. Therapeutic challenges for therapists in implementing this protocol with young children with complex trauma will be explored with recommendations for clinicians on how to provide efficacious treatment to children. Each phase of the protocol will be discussed identifying specific goals and specialized interventions presented with linguistic sensitivity to maintain adherence to the EMDR protocol with young children. Client History and Treatment Planning Phase, and the Preparation Phase of the EMDR Protocol will be detailed. The assessment of dissociation in young children will include recommendations for specific assessment tools. Stabilization skills for helping children address the phobic response to reprocessing traumatic events with mastery and resourcing while learning self-soothing and calming techniques will be demonstrated. Innovative and creative interventions integrating play and art therapy will be presented with child friendly language using the protocol sequence for effective treatment with children. In addition, adjustments to the EMDR protocol through the trauma processing phases, including integration, will be described and demonstrated with case presentations and videos. Creatively maneuvering these phases with children who display dissociative symptoms will be explored with recommendations for the successful implementation of the protocol throughout the healing process

Keywords: Case Conceptualization Children Dissociation Stabilization Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

253. Robinson, N. S. (2000, September). EMDR for life enhancement. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn to adapt to known EMDR applications for Life Enhancement; 2) learn to identify appropriate clients for Life Enhancement EMDR; and 3) learn new techniques including mind mapping and TIR.

Keywords: Life Enhancements Mind Mapping TIR

Accuracy Verified: Yes

254. Eliscu, D., & deGraffenried, D. (2009, August). EMDR group work in community mental health: engagement, stabilization, and preparation for treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will address innovative EMDR group practice within an outpatient community mental health setting. As the poor, people of color, the disenfranchised, and multiply traumatized become our agency clients, clinicians are developing innovative, recovery oriented and solution based treatment models. Specific content to be reviewed will include a revolving five-session, time limited group model, teaching the theory of EMDR in a group setting, helping clients to recognize affect, use of limited BLS in group sessions, evaluative client solution based satisfaction scaling questions, and flexible group composition. Client videos will be shown to explore client feedback, satisfaction, and how the group process has supported and enhanced their recovery.

Keywords: Community Mental Health Group Work

Accuracy Verified: Yes

255. Tripolt, R. (2010, Oktober). EMDR in bewegung [EMDR in motion]. EMDRIA Deutschland e.V. Rundbrief, 21, 16-23.

Language: German

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Im Folgenden geht es um die Möglichkeit der Erweiterung des EMDR Protokolls um die Dimension der Bewegung: Die Ebene der Kognitionen (PK/NK, VoC), der Emotion (SUD) und der Körperwahrnehmung (Körpertest) wird um die Reflexionsebene der Bewegung und der Bewegungswahrnehmung ergänzt. Dieses kann die Wirkweise von EMDR verstärken und bei dissoziativen TraumapatientInnen die unmittelbare Anwendung von EMDR oft erst ermöglichen. Dazu wird der Einsatz von Elementen aus 5 Rhythmen Bewegungstherapie, Tanz und körperorientierten therapeutischen Techniken vorgestellt und anhand eines Fallbeispieles illustriert.

I now turn to the possibility of extending the EMDR protocol to the Dimension of the movemen: the level of cognition (PC/NC,VoC ), emotion (SUD )and of body awareness (body test) is the reflection plane of movement and Motion perception complements. This may enhance the mode of action of EMDR and dissociative trauma patients, the direct application of EMDR often only allow. For this purpose, the use of elements from 5 Rhythms movement therapy, dance and body-oriented therapeutic techniques and presented a case study illustrated.

Keywords: Motion Movement

Accuracy Verified: Yes

256. Wieland, S. (2012, June). EMDR in children with dissociative disorders [EMDR en niños con trastornos disociativos]. Pre-Conference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The effect of early interpersonal trauma on adult clients has been extensively studied and reported. Less attention has been given to the effects of complex trauma on children. Because childhood is the time of most rapid brain development as well as the time when children are dependent on adult caregivers, early physical, sexual, and emotional abuse, including neglect and witnessing domestic violence, has severe effects on infants and children – disorganized attachment, affect and behavioral dysregulation, and dissociation. In this preconference Sandra Wieland will describe how early trauma and neglect affects the infant/child’s brain, autonomic nervous system, and body system. She will explain how dissociation is often used by children to protect themselves from the impact – both emotional and physical – of complex trauma. Given this high level of fragmentation and fright, children are often not able to participate successfully in the standardized EMDR protocol. Dr. Wieland will teach ways in which the EMDR protocol can be adapted in order to access more completely the child’s fragmented internal system. She will use clinical vignettes to describe ways EMDR can assist in each of the three stages of trauma treatment – safety/stabilization, trauma processing, and integration. Maria Elena Aduriz will describe a case of a girl whose traumatization is the direct consequence of a disorganized attachment to a schizophrenic, unstable and suicidal mother. Through this case she will focus on the importance of learning how to articulate EMDR interventions with the child and her adoptive parents.

Los efectos del trauma interpersonal temprano han sido extensamente estudiados y documentados. Sin embargo, se ha prestado menos atención a los efectos del trauma complejo en niños. Debido a la etapa del desarrollo en la que se encuentran y a la dependencia respecto de los adultos, los niños son especialmente vulnerables a la exposición a eventos traumáticos en el seno de los cuidados familiares tales como maltrato físico, emocional y abuso sexual. Las consecuencias postraumáticas incluyen, entre otras, apego desorganizado, desregulación afectiva y conductual, y disociación. En esta preconferencia Sandra Wieland comenzará por describir de qué forma el trauma temprano y la negligencia afectan el desarrollo del cerebro, del sistema nervioso autónomo y del sistema corporal del niño. Explicará de qué manera la disociación suele ser utilizada por el niño como protección contra el impacto –tanto emocional como físico- del trauma complejo. Debido al miedo y al alto nivel de fragmentación que presentan estos niños el protocolo EMDR estándar no puede ser utilizado de manera eficaz. La Dra. Wieland enseñará cómo el protocolo EMDR puede ser adaptado para poder acceder de manera más completa al mundo interno fragmentado del niño. Describirá con viñetas clínicas de qué forma EMDR puede

Keywords: Developmental Trauma Disorder

Accuracy Verified: Yes

257. Bohm, K. (2011, June). EMDR in der behandlung der zwangsstörung [EMDR in the treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In diesem praxisorientierten Workshop wird der Einsatz von EMDR bei Zwangsstörungen vorgestellt und eingeübt. Dabei wird auf Besonderheiten beim Einsatz von EMDR ebenso eingegangen wie auf die Kombination mit Reizkonfrontationen (Expositionsübungen). Ein verändertes Standartprotokoll wird eingeführt, das "Therapietiming“ von EMDR aufgezeigt und auf typische Probleme in der Emotionsregulation eingegangen. Learning objectives: Ein wichtiges Augenmerk richtet sich in der Therapie immer auf die Persönlichkeit und Lebensgeschichte des Patienten. Sie lernen EMDR auf die jeweilige Persönlichkeit zuzuschneiden und auch die Art des Zwanges zu berücksichtigen. Waschzwänge bedürfen zum Beispiel oft anderer Strategien als reine Zwangsgedanken. Im Workshop werden Therapievideos gezeigt, das praktische Vorgehen eingeübt und die Theorie hierzu anschaulich vermittelt. Er richtet sich sowohl an verhaltenstherapeutisch als auch an tiefenpsychologisch arbeitende Kollegen.

In this hands-on workshop, the use of EMDR is presented with OCD and practiced. It is specific to the use of EMDR as well as to respond to stimulus combination confrontation (exposure exercises). A modified standard protocol is introduced, demonstrated the "treatment timing" of EMDR and discussed common problems in emotion regulation. Learning objectives: An important focus is always in the therapy on the personality and life history of the patient. You will learn to tailor to the particular personality and EMDR to consider the kind of coercion. Washing compulsions for example, often require different strategies than pure obsessions. The workshop therapy videos are shown, and rehearsed the practical approach and teaches the theory on this vividly. He addresses both behavioral therapy and psychodynamic to working colleagues.

Keywords: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

258. Bohm, K. (2012, September). EMDR in der behandlung der zwangsstörung [EMDR in the treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder]. Vortrag auf der Jahrestagung der Deutschen Gesellschaft Zwangserkrankungen Münster, Deutschland.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Keywords: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

259. Bohm, K. (2010, Juni). EMDR in der behandlung zur zwangsstorung [EMDR in the treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder]. Vortrag auf der Jahrestagung der EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Deutschland.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In diesem praxisorientierten Workshop den Einsatz von EMDR mit Zwangsstörung (OCD) werden vorgestellt und geübt werden. In diesem Workshop werden wir die Besonderheiten der Verwendung von EMDR sowie die Kombination mit Stimulus Konfrontation (Exposition Übungen) umfassen wird. Ein Standard-Eintrag verändert wird umgesetzt, das "Timing der Therapie" von EMDR wird gezeigt und die typischen Probleme im Zusammenhang mit der Regulierung von Emotionen wird geprüft werden. Der Workshop richtet sich an alle Kolleginnen und Kollegen arbeiten in-Tiefe sind psychische und Verhaltensstörungen Therapeutika ausgerichtet.

In this practice-oriented workshop the use of EMDR with Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD) will be presented and practiced. During this workshop we will cover the special features of using EMDR as well as the combination thereof with stimulus confrontation (exposure exercises). An altered standard record will be implemented, the “timing of the therapy” of EMDR will be shown and the typical problems relating to the regulation of emotions will be looked into.
The workshop is aimed at all colleagues who are working in-depth with psychological and behavioural therapeutics.

Keywords: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

260. Schubbe, O. (1997). EMDR in der therapie psychisch traumatisierter kinder, Institut fur Traumatherapie - Oliver Schubbe EMDR in der Therapie psychisch traumatisierter Kinder [EMDR in the treatment of psychologically traumatized children]. In C.T. Eschenröder (Hg.), EMDR. Eine neue Methode zur Verarbeitung traumatischer Erinnerungen. DGVT-Verlag, Tübingen 1997.

Language: German

Format: Other

Abstract:
Erschienen in C.T. Eschenröder (Hg.): EMDR. Eine neue Methode zur Verarbeitung traumatischer Erinnerungen. DGVT-Verlag, Tübingen 1997. ISBN 3-87159-138-6.
Die Kindheit, vor allem die ersten Jahre, gelten als die Zeit, in welcher die menschliche Psyche im Tiegel der Lebenserfahrung grundlegend geformt und geprägt wird. Extremerfahrungen können die relativ stabile Psyche eines Erwachsenen in pathologischem Maße beeinträchtigen. Im Kindesalter wirkt sie sich besonders stark auf die Entwicklung der Gesamtpersönlichkeit aus (Pynoos et al., 1995). Ausgehend von einer entwicklungspsychologischen Perspektive werden in diesem Beitrag allgemeine Prinzipien der Traumatherapie Kindern und Möglichkeiten beschrieben, EMDR mit Kindern zu praktizieren. Mehrere Fallstudien haben gezeigt, daß EMDR für Kinder mindestens ebenso hilfreich ist wie für Erwachsene (Chemtob, C. M., 1996; Cocco & Sharpe, 1993; Greenwald, 1993, 1994; Pellicer, 1993; Puffer et al., 1996; Scheck et al., 1996; Shapiro, 1991; 1995, S. 276-281).

Published in C.T. Eschenröder (ed.), EMDR. A new method for processing traumatic memories. DGVT-Verlag, Tübingen 1997th ISBN 3-87159-138-6.
The childhood, especially the first few years are regarded as the time in which the human psyche in the crucible of life experience is fundamentally shaped and influenced. Extreme experiences can affect the psyche of a relatively stable adult pathological degree. In childhood, she has an especially strong on the development of overall personality (Pynoos et al., 1995). Based on developmental psychology from the perspective described in this article general principles of trauma therapy, children and opportunities to practice EMDR with children. Several case studies have shown that EMDR for children is at least as helpful as for adults (Chemtob, CM, 1996; Cocco & Sharpe, 1993; Greenwald, 1993, 1994; Pellicer, 1993; Buffer et al., 1996; Scheck et al. , 1996; Shapiro, 1991, 1995, p. 276-281).

Keywords: Children Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

261. Tripolt, R. (2010, June). EMDR in motion: Enhancing the effect of EMDR by using elements of movement therapy, dance and body orientated therapeutic interweave techniques. In Experimental use of EMDR. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
'The Body Keeps the Score' (Bessel van der. Kolk 1996). Clients who suffer from traumatic stress are often afraid of disturbing and painful symptoms. Structural Dissociation alienates from the body reactions. Clients tend to perceive the body as hostile. As we know from eye movement and other bilateral stimulations, using movement is a gentle and powerful way, to bring the voice of the body into the therapeutic space. To expand the movement and body orientated skills either in difficult processes for example in the therapeutic work with complex traumatised clients enhances the effect of EMDR. Content of the Workshop: How to install the body as resource where the EMDR process can 'take place'. How to dissolve dissociation by associating body and movement awareness. How to accelerate the desensitization process by leading into deeper levels of body consciousness. How to help the client to stay within the "window of tolerance" of vegetative arousal by using elements of movement and dance therapy.

Keywords: Body Dance Therapy Experimental Use Movement Therapy Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

262. Klaff, F., & Dutton, P. (2000, September). EMDR in the playroom: Creative processing. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) understand the necessity of eliciting material from children in indirect, projective ways; 2) understand the meaning of "creative processing" in the EMDR context as a method of both accessing and treating children's problems where direct methods may fail to produce desired outcome; 3) learn specific skills which apply the EMDR method through the medium of fantasy, play, story, metaphor, sensory experience, and enactment; 4) learn how to apply the creative process to separate elements of the standard EMDR protocol, and to make adjustments appropriate to the age and developmental stage of the individual child; 5) observe direct use of EMDR creative processing techniques via case material and videotaped therapy sessions; and 6) recognize the importance of integrating family systemic issues into use of the techniques, as well as embedding the method into a total contextual treatment of the child.

Keywords: Children Enactment Fantasy Metaphor Play Sensory Experience Storytelling

Accuracy Verified: Yes

263. Parnell, L. A. (2003, September). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR therapists need specific and advanced understanding of the EMDR method as well as additional skills to complete treatment successfully. In this workshop the overall course of treatment with EMDR is briefly outlined but specific areas are focused on in more detail. These areas include: 1) the development and installation of resources; 2) strategic target development including the bridging technqiue; 3) modification of the standard EMDR procedural steps, 4) techniques for unblocking blocked processing including advanced interweave strategies; and 5) technqiues for closing incomplete sessions.

Keywords: Adults Children Bridging Technique Incomplete Sessions Interweave Strategies Resource Development Sexual Abuse

Accuracy Verified: Yes

264. Parnell. L. A. (1999, June). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to describe the three phases of treatment; 2) be able to use at least three ego strengthening methods using EMDR, including identification, development, and installation of inner and outer resources important for preparing clients for EMDR processing, such as: safe place, positive internal resource images, such as the inner advisor child-self – adult-self assessment and development, nurturer and protector figures, spiritual resources, positive memories, images from nature, and others; 3) learn tips for successful target development; 4) learn how to develop and use special targets for EMDR processing such as: visual memories, including flashbacks; dreams; artwork; emotions, physical sensations, and body memories; TV shows and movies; and negative cognitions; 5) learn helpful modifications to the standard EMDR procedural steps; 6) learn at least two interventions to help clients who experience problems during EMDR processing with, such as dissociation, numbness, sleepiness, lack of channel activation and integration, and memory chaining; 7) learn at least two suggestions for working with client transference; 8) learn at least five techniques for working with blocked processing and abreactions; 9) learn how to use a selection of imaginal and cognitive interweaves; and 10) learn at least three techniques for closing incomplete sessions.

Keywords: Abreaction Abuse Adults Blocked Processing Closing Incomplete Session Cogntive Interweave Ego Strengthening Imaginal Interweave Target Development Transference

Accuracy Verified: Yes

265. Parnell, L. A. (2002, June). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR therapists need specific and advanced understanding of the EMDR method, as well as additional skills, to complete treatment successfully. In this workshop the overall course of treatment with EMDR is briefly outlined, but specific areas are focused on in more detail. These areas include 1) the development and installation of resources; 2) strategic target development, including the bridging technique; 3) modifications of thc standard EMDR procedural steps; 4) techniques for unblocking blocked processing including advanced interweave strategies; and 5) techniques for closing incomplete sessions.

Keywords: Adults Blocked Processing Bridging Children Incomplete Sessions Resource Installation Sexual Abuse

Accuracy Verified: Yes

266. Parnell, L. (1999). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This book offers practical information about the use of EMDR in a typical clinical setting and presents innovations that build upon the information in Shapiro's 1995 book. It not only teaches many practical techniques that help the therapist when a therapeutic impasse is reached but also provides a selection of treatment choices. Case material is used throughout the book to illustrate the techniques described and to provide the therapist with a deeper, more grounded understanding of different kinds of abuse cases. Included are suggestions I have used with my clients and collected from other sources over the last 8 years. [Text, pp. x-xi] [Pilots]

Keywords: Adults Survivors Child Abuse Incest Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Rape

Accuracy Verified: Yes

267. van Rood,Y., & de Roos, C. (2010, June). EMDR in the treatment of body dysmorphic disorder. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Body dysmorphic disorder (BDD) is defined in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual IV-TR (DSM-IV-TR) as a disorder characterised by a preoccupation with an imagined defect in one's appearance (American Psychiatric Association (APA), 1994). BDD can be treated effectively with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRls) or cognitive behaviour therapy (CBT) (Williams et al.. 2006). CBT interventions which are most often described in the literature are exposure and response prevention (ERP) and cognitive techniques. These interventions successfully weaken the catastrophic expectations of the patients. However, they do not affect the negative valence of patients' appearance. This negative meaning is not inborn but acquired during life through association with distressful or even traumatic events. Patients with BDD often report stressful events as the starting point of their complaints (Buhlmann et al., 2007) as well as PTSS like symptoms. i.e. intrusions (Osman et al.. 2004). Processing of these unprocessed memories might free the way to the development of a more positive meaning of their appearance. Indeed, case series have been described in which EMDR has been successfully applied in the treatment of BDD (Brown et al , 1997). In the first part of this workshop background information will be presented which might help identifying BDD patients who might profit from EMDR and planning subsequent EMDR treatment. In the second part of the workshop we share our experiences treating BDD patients with EMDR. Clinical issues will be analysed using videotaped cases of patients for illustration. The goal of this workshop is to increase knowledge and understanding of the use of EMDR in the treatment for BDD. American Psychiatric Association (APA) (1994). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders. (4th ed.) Washington DC. American Psychiatric Association. Brown, K. W., McGoldrick, T., & Buchanan, R. (1997). Body dysmorphic disorder: Seven cases treated with eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. Behavioural and Cognitive Psychotherapy. 25(2), 203-207 Buhlmann, U., Cook, L. M., Fama, 1. M., & Wilhelm, 5. (2007). Perceived teasing experiences in body dysmorphic disorder. Body Image. 4, 381-385. Osman. S., Cooper, M., Hackmann, A,, & Veale, D. (2004). Spontaneously occurring images and early memories in people with body dysmorphic disorder Memory, 12, 428-436. Williams, J., Hadjistavropoulos, T., & Sharpe, D. (2006). A meta- analysis of psychological and pharmacological treatments for Body Dysmorphic Disorder. Behaviour Research and Therapy. 44, 99-111.

Keywords: Body Dysmorphic Disorder

Accuracy Verified: Yes

268. Brown, S., & Shapiro, F. (2006). EMDR in the treatment of borderline personality disorder. Clinical Case Studies, 5(5), 403-420. doi:10.1177/1534650104271773.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Individuals diagnosed with borderline personality disorder (BPD) usually experience significant impairment in their ability to function. Impulsivity, affect instability, interpersonal difficulties, and identity problems are hallmark features of this disorder, frequently leading to suicidal and parasuicidal behaviors. Although BPD has traditionally been considered chronic and enduring, recent research has indicated that it can remit over time and that psychotherapy can accelerate this process. The etiology of BPD has been associated with childhood abuse and inadequate attachment. Given the significance of childhood abuse and trauma, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), a recognized trauma therapy, may be a reasonable treatment option for BPD. The positive effects noted in the following case illustrate EMDR's utility in the treatment of BPD and indicate that further controlled studies are warranted. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults Americans Borderline Personality Disorder Case Report Child Abuse Clinical Case Study Empirical Study Females Incest Individual Psychotherapy Interpersonal Difficulties Interpersonal Interaction Psychotherapeutic Processes Qualitative Study Rape Suicide Survivors Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

269. Brown, S., Shapiro, F., & Fang Li (2011). EMDR in the treatment of borderline personality disorder. Journal of Xihua University 3, 15-24. doi:cnki:sun:CDcdsf.0.2011-03-005.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Individuals diagnosed with borderline personality disorder(BPD) usually experience significant impairment in their ability to function.Impulsivity,affect instability,interpersonal difficulties,and identity problems are hallmark features of this disorder,frequently leading to suicidal and para-suicidal behaviors.Although BPD has traditionally been considered chronic and enduring,recent research has indicated that it can remit over time and that psychotherapy can accelerate this process.The etiology of BPD has been associated with childhood abuse and inadequate attachment.Given the significance of childhood abuse and trauma,eye movement desensitization and reprocessing(EMDR),a recognized trauma therapy,may be a reasonable treatment option for BPD.The positive effects noted in the following case illustrate EMDR's utility in the treatment of BPD and indicate that further controlled studies are warranted.

Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder

Accuracy Verified: Yes

270. Grant, M., & Threlfo, C. (2002, December). EMDR in the treatment of chronic pain. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58(12), 1505-1520. doi:10.1002/jclp.10101.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Chronic pain presents a persistent and significant clinical challenge. Research examining commonly used psychotherapeutic treatments suggests that the results are not always well maintained, and that pain often is unrelieved. Continued exploration of new and more effective approaches is necessary. This article outlines an application of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), developed to improve coping and reduce chronic pain and suffering. The effectiveness of the EMDR Chronic Pain Protocol was investigated with three adult chronic pain sufferers. Intervention effectiveness was measured at baseline, during, and postintervention, with a two-month follow-up. All clients reported substantially decreased pain levels, decreased negative affect, and increased ability to control their pain following treatment. These results indicate that EMDR may be efficacious in the treatment of chronic pain and that further research is warranted. Copyright 2002 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. [PubMed]

Keywords: Chronic Pain Empirical Study Pain Control

Accuracy Verified: Yes

271. Mazzola, A., Calcagno, M. L., Goicochea, M. T., Pueyrredòn, H., Leston, J., & Salvat, F. (2009). EMDR in the treatment of chronic pain. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(2), 66-79. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.2.66.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Chronic pain can significantly diminish life quality, causing depression, anxiety, and sleep disturbances, and may lead to neuroplastic processes that influence pain modulation. The current study investigated eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) treatment of 38 patients suffering from chronic pain with 12 weekly 90-minute sessions. A battery of self-reported questionnaires assessing quality of life, pain intensity, and depression level were administered pre- and posttreatment for objective outcome evaluation. The Structured Clinical Interview for DSM was administered at pretreatment to identify participants' personality traits that may influence pain perception. Patients showed statistically significant improvement relative to baseline after 12 weeks of EMDR treatment. Our findings suggest that EMDR is an effective tool in the psychological treatment of chronic pain, resulting in decrease pain sensations, pain-related negative affect, and anxiety and depression levels. We examine possible theories about the mechanisms by which EMDR achieves these effects. Results were consistent with the underlying EMDR premise that posits the important effect of emotions on pain perception.

Keywords: Chronic Pain Neuroplastic Processes Pain Modulation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

272. Tinker, R., & Wilson, S. (2005, September). EMDR master series - II. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The effectiveness of EMDR with children can be enhanced with the use of a number of theoretical conceptualizations, protocol modifications, and specific techniques. In this master class, we will cover: understanding how attachment theory informs the use of EMDR with attachment-disordered children; how EMDR can be used on a group basis across cultures, with children scarred by war as well as natural disasters; how attunement is more important than relationship in EMDR; how resource development can be used within the EMDR protocol, instead of beforehand; how dissociation is manifested and treated with children; how additional techniques can be used to jump-start stalled processing with children; how trauma-based diagnosis relates to DSM-lV nomenclature; how heart math solutions can be combined with Safe Place; and how one- and two-year-old childrcn can benefit from EMDR. Also, participants will be encouraged to share their own experiences, techniques, and conceptualizations with EMDR and children.

Keywords: Attachment Disorder Attachment Theory Children Master Series Resource Development

Accuracy Verified: Yes

273. Puk, G. (2008, September). EMDR master series - II. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Patients experiencing severe and repeated psychological trauma are among the most complicated patients to be treated in psychotherapy. Their treatment tends to be a multi-faceted approach of which EMDR is only one part, albeit a very important component. The objectives of the presentation are to assist the treating clinician in identifying the self-regulation deficits and degree of dissociation of their patients, as well as conceptualizing and implementing an effective treatment plan for the patient. This will include integrating the traditional three-stage model (stabilization, trauma processing and integration) of working with multiply-traumatized patients with the EMDR eight phase treatment model. Emphasis will be placed on stabilization, identifying when your patient is ready to begin trauma processing, as well as pacing the trauma work and managing clinical challenges during EMDR sessions. Clinical case material will be discussed in depth to illustrate the above.

Keywords: Master Series

Accuracy Verified: Yes

274. Dogan, E. (2009, Ocak). EMDR nedir nasil uygulanir? [How is EMDR to be applied?]. Epsikiyatri Haberleri. Retrieved from http://www.mcaturk.com/EMDR-NEDIR-NASIL-UYGULANIR_2019.html 6/12/2010.

Language: Turkish

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Herkesin geçmişinde büyüklü küçüklü travma yaşantıları vardır. Deprem, taciz, tecavüz gibi bir defada olan büyük travmalar olabileceği gibi çok göze çarpmayan ama süreklilik sergilediği için kişiyi ilerideki yaşantısında olumsuz etkileyebilecek olan küçük ve orta büyüklükte travmalar da vardır. İkinci gruptakileri "olay" dan ziyade süreklilik arz eden "durumlar" olarak isimlendirmek sanırım daha doğru olur. Bu gruptakilerin kişi üzerinde ileriki yaşantılarında, büyük olarak nitelendirdiklerimizden daha az etki yapacaklarını söyleyemeyiz. Bu tanımlamada büyük-küçük ayrımını yaparken kastedilenin daha çok dışarıdan bakan birisinin bu olayın ciddiyeti ile ilgili görüşü olduğu izlenimini ediniyoruz. Ancak psikolojik sağlık açısından önemli olan kişin bu olay ya da durumu iç dünyasında nasıl yaşadığıdır. Kişi çocukluğunda yaşadığı ve bir başkasının travmatik olarak isimlendireceği bir durumun etkisi ile ileride psikolojik bir problem geliştirmek zorunda değildir. Aynı şekilde, dışarıdan bakan birisinin fark edemeyeceği ama kişinin çocukluğunda maruz kaldığı olumsuz bir olay ya da süre giden bir durum o kişinin ileride psikolojik bir sıkıntı geliştirmesine neden olabilir. Örneğin, babasının yaptığı şeyleri beğenmediğini ve büyük başarılar dışında yaptığı küçük şeyleri görmediğini algılayan bir çocuk bu süre giden deneyimlerin etkisi ile ileri de ancak çok başarılı olduğu durumlarda takdir edileceği hissine sahip olabilir ve enerjisinin büyük kısmını önemli gördüğü insanlardan büyük başarılar sağlayarak takdir almaya adayabilir. Yukarıda tanımladığımız anlamda, yani kişinin ruhsal dünyasında uzun dönemli olumsuz etki yaratan bir durum olması anlamında bu durum tarvmatiktir. Diğer bir deyişle, küçüklüğünde bu kişinin maruz kaldığı durum o kişi üzerinde travmatik bir etki yaratmış ve o kişinin geleceğini etkilemiştir.

Everyone has experiences of past trauma, large and small. Earthquake, harassment, rape, such as major trauma at a time, which can be very subtle, but the person to exhibit continuity in the future could adversely affect the life of the trauma, there are also small and medium-sized. The second group are "event" rather than from the persistent "cases" as I think I would be more accurate to name. In Group on the future life of these people, do not say a large effect in less than nitelendirdiklerimizden. While this distinction meant little more than identifying large-outsider's view of someone with the impression that the seriousness of this incident ediniyoruz. However, in terms of psychological health status of the person inside the world of this event or how you live. Contact someone else's traumatic childhood and live in the future be called the psychological impact of a situation to develop is not a problem. Similarly, outsiders can not but notice one person while a child is exposed to an adverse event or a situation to develop that person's future can cause psychological distress. For example, outside the great achievements of his father and his little things he did not see things beğenmediğini detect the effect of experiences with a child going forward at this time but would be appreciated if the feeling may have to be very successful and very successful in providing energy to the majority of people it deems important to appreciate the adayabilir. Sense defined above, that person's mental world in terms of long-term negative impact that this is a situation tarvmatiktir. In other words, this person's childhood exposure to a traumatic effect on the situation created by that person and that person has affected the future of.

Keywords: Death Fear Harassment Neurophysiology Rape Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

275. Terreri, L. (2008, ). EMDR nei pazienti con tossicodipendenza: integrazione tra protocollo standard e protocolli modificati [EMDR in drug dependent subjects: integration between standard and modified protocols]. Bollettino Sulle Dipendenze, 31(4), 215-224.

Language: Italian

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Riassunto, Alcuni autori (Shapiro F., Omaha J., Popky A.J., Hase M.), ipotizzano che il metodo EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) possa essere utile ai pazienti tossicodipendenti sia per avere una migliore adattabilità e funzionalità del comportamento sia per allontanare il tempo delle ricadute. Tuttavia gli studi con l’EMDR applicato alle tossicodipendenze sono rari e in Italia pressoché assenti. L’autore, con l’intento di offrire un input per stimolare future ricerche, riassume il protocollo standard dell’EMDR, il protocollo DSRC sulla desensibilizzazione degli stimoli e la rielaborazione della compulsione e il protocollo DRDA sulla desensibilizzazione e rielaborazione del ricordo del disturbo d’astinenza. Nei soggetti che hanno effettuato i vari protocolli EMDR è stato possibile rilevare un risultato positivo a breve termine tramite i punteggi delle scale SUD (Subjective Units of Disturbance), VOC (Validity of Cognition), LOU (Level of Urge) e anche attraverso la valutazione di disegni effettuati prima e dopo la seduta EMDR.///

Shapiro F., Omaha J., Popky A. J., Hase M. et al. have speculated that Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) could be useful in the treatment of drug addicted subjects, to reach better adjustment and behavioural functioning and/or to increase the time interval between relapses. Currently, studies reporting the use of EMDR with drug addicted patients are scarce and, in Italy, absent. The article, in order to offer an input to stimulate further research and increase its application, summarizes the EMDR method and considers the possibility for the use of the “Standard EMDR protocol”, the “Desensitization of Triggers and Urge Reprocessing” protocol and the “Withdrawal Disorder Memory Desensitization and Reprocessing” protocol within the Public Drug Abuse Departments. Subjects who underwent the various EMDR treatment protocols showed positive results in the short-term period, when tested with SUD (Subjective Units of Disturbance), VOC (Validity of Cognition) and LOU (Level of Urge)scales. Encouraging results were also obtained through the evaluation of drawings done by the subjects before and after the EMDR treatments.[Author Abstract]

Keywords: Affect Bridge Compulsion Trauma Withdrawal

Accuracy Verified: Yes

276. Purandare, M., Bhagwagar, H., & Tank, P. (2010, July). EMDR on children affected by the earthquake. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Efficacy of EMDR on Children Affected by Earthquake: The aim of the study was to investigate the efficacy of EMDR as an intervention technique for trauma victims. A sample of 50 students, studying in 10th grade, age ranging from 14 to 16 years were selected. The Impact of Event Scale (IES) was administered to measure the intensity of trauma experienced. A pre-post test research design was used in the study. The results were in the predicted direction. EMDR was found to be effective in reducing avoidance, intrusion and hyper arousal as well as overall impact of trauma. “Group EMDR With Earthquake Survivors” The current study is an attempt to understand the impact of a specific traumatic events and its expression in children i.e. the earthquake that occurred in Gujarat, Western India in January 2001. This study was a part of the therapy work conducted with the survivors of the earthquake by the group of 40 practitioners from Mumbai and was over 4 months. The paper will present the following aspects: 1. The symptoms seen among the children depicting PTSD as per DSM IV criteria. Signs of Hyper-arousal, Avoidance and Intrusion were clearly seen especially in children 2. The process used. This was a modified version of the standard 8 phase protocol appropriate for use with group work. Butterfly hugs were used as BLS. Stages of EMDR for this group: 3. Observations and a few unique experiences These include blocking of trauma image, difficulty in safe place visualizing, difficulty in distancing and using creative techniques for soothing and relaxation. 4. Impact of the EMDR intervention with this group More than 16000 children from about 30 schools were seen. based on observations and reports by teachers during the follow up showed reduction in anxiety, reports of life resembling pre-earthquake, improved attention and concentration, better sleeping patterns and lowering of somatic complaints. Impact and expression of trauma in children exposed to the earthquake: The current study is an attempt to understand the impact of a specific traumatic event and its expression in children i.e. the earthquake that occurred in Gujarat, western India in January 2001. The Butterfly hug technique for bilateral stimulation was used following 8 steps of EMDR. Drawings of children were used as their expressions during different phases of EMDR. Drawings during “ Assessment phase” depicted feelings of insecurity, a sense of vacuum and emptiness, low energy levels, a desire for contact and help, feelings of guilt, poor body image, hypersensitivity was noticed almost universally and even during therapy. Drawings, following the processing and installation phases indicated the facial expression changed to a smile. Tears which were present in almost all drawings were not noted Positive cognitions were reflected in terms of the growth and freshness e.g. the newly growing grass. In spite of the various symptoms of post traumatic stress disorder, no gross disintegration of personality had been noted.

Keywords: Children Earthquake

Accuracy Verified: Yes

277. Montes-Berges, B., Aranda, M., Castillo-Mayén, M. del R. (2011). EMDR Para el tratamiento de estrés postraumático en casos de violencia de género [EMDR for treatment of PTSD in cases of domestic violence]. Universidad de Jaén, Jaén, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Introducción: La violencia de género es uno de los problemas sociales más graves de nuestra sociedad tanto por su prevalencia (en el pasado año 2010 fueron asesinadas 74 mujeres, y se estima que alrededor del 11.1% de las mujeres andaluzas son maltratadas), como por las consecuencias psicológicas que conlleva en las víctimas. Objetivos: En el Gabinete de Psicología de la Universidad de Jaén, atendemos a las mujeres (alumnas, PAS o PDI o familiares de éstos) que han sido o aún son víctimas de violencia de género, con el objetivo prioritario de que superen las situaciones traumáticas y que estén preparadas emocional y cognitivamente para llevar una vida plena con el desarrollo máximo de sus capacidades. Durante la evaluación, entre otras escalas, las usuarias contestan al cuestionario sobre Síndrome de Estrés Postraumático (Echeburúa, Corral, Amor, Zubizarreta y Sarasúa, 1997), pues los episodios de violencia psicológica, sexual y física extrema que la mayoría de ellas viven, ocasionan en el 100% de los casos este síndrome de manera crónica y acusada. Metodología: Para tratar este síndrome se acomete el entrenamiento en técnicas de respiración y relajación y posteriormente el tratamiento con EMDR. Esta técnica consiste en el procesamiento de los sucesos que quedaron bloqueados por el miedo sentido en el momento en que ocurrieron, mediante la movilización de los ojos de manera simultánea a la escucha del episodio, tratando nuevamente de revivirlo. Aplicamos esta técnica con 5 pacientes. Resultados: En todos los casos las usuarias superaban la situación en 4 o 5 sesiones de 5 minutos cada una, de manera que posteriormente, informaron de que la situación ya no les producía tristeza ni dolor, y que la habían aceptado. Discusión: Estos resultados sugieren que esta técnica es eficaz y rápida en la intervención de sucesos traumáticos de violencia de género, por lo que resulta altamente recomendable para estos casos.

Introduction: Gender violence is one of the most serious social problems our society because of its prevalence (in the past year 2010 were killed 74 women, and it is estimated that about 11.1% of women are battered Andalusian), as for the psychological consequences on the victims involved. Objectives: In the Cabinet of Psychology, University of Jaén, we look at women (students, PAS or PDI or their relatives) who have been or still are victims of domestic violence, with priority objective of exceeding trauma and who are prepared emotionally and cognitively to lead a full life with the maximum development of their capabilities. During the assessment, including scales, users answer the questionnaire on PTSD (Echeburúa, Corral, Love, Zubizarreta and Sarasua, 1997), because episodes of psychological, physical and sexual extreme than most living, result in 100% of cases this syndrome chronically and charged. Methodology: To treat this syndrome is undertaken the training in breathing and relaxation techniques and subsequent treatment with EMDR. This technique consists in processing events that were blocked sense of fear at the time they occurred, by mobilizing the eyes simultaneously listening to the episode, trying to revive him again. We apply this technique in 5 patients. Results: In all cases the user exceeded the 4 or 5 position in 5-minute sessions each, so that subsequently reported that the situation no longer produce sadness or pain, and that the had accepted. Discussion: These results suggest that this technique is effective and fast intervention in the traumatic events of violence, so it is highly recommended for these cases.

Keywords: Domestic Violence Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

278. Shapiro, R. (2005). EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing. New York: W W Norton & Co.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This book is a manual for doing EMDR with diverse client populations. [Text, P. 3]TOPICS TREATED: The strategic developmental model for EMDR; Integrating resource development strategies into your EMDR practice; EMDR for clients with dissociative identity disorder, DDNOS, and ego states; EMDR processing with dissociative clients: adjunctive use of opioid antagonists; The phantom limb pain protocol; The two-hand interweave; DeTUR, an urge reduction protocol for addictions and dysfunctional behaviors; Targeting positive affect to clear the pain of unrequited love, codependence, avoidance, and procrastination; The reenactment protocol for trauma and trauma-related pain; EMDR with cultural and generational introjects; Exiting the binge-diet cycle; Utilizing EMDR and DBT techniques in trauma and abuse recovery groups; Using EMDR in couples therapy; EMDR with clients with mental disability; Treating anxiety disorders with EMDR; Affect regulation for children through art, play, and storytelling. [Pilots]

Keywords: Anxiety Disorders Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

279. Yordy, J. (2012, April). EMDR techniques to help children and teens tame the worry monster. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The number of children and teens struggling with symptoms of stress and anxiety disorders is increasing at an alarming rate. This workshop will discuss some causes for the increase in stress and anxiety disorders among children and teens. An introduction to the Triune Brain Theory and brief explanation of the implications of the changes on the anxious child or teenage brain will be highlighted. Next, effective exercises to calm the body and rewire the brain will be introduced. Creating new neural pathways, through the use of Positive Resource Building utilizing EMDR, will also be taught. Looking specifically at anxiety and how to target it when using EMDR, will also be explored. The workshop will conclude by introducing how to shrink the “Worry Monster” using an EMDR protocol.
Learning objectives: 1.Describe the Triune Brain Theory and how trauma rewires the brain to create heightened levels of anxiety and stress. 2.Demonstrate 5 exercises which help calm the stress response within the body. 3.List 5 “Positive Resources ”which when combined with EMDR anchor calm feelings in the brain/body and rewire the brain. 4.Discuss how to chose appropriate targets for EMDR processing with anxious kids. 5.Describe how to create a “Worry Monster” for processing anxiety with EMDR.

Keywords: Adolescents Anxiety Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

280. Korn, D. (2013, May). EMDR the next generation: Finding your way in the dark [L’EMDR et la nouvelle génération: Trouvez votre chemin dans l’obscurité]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In this workshop, participants will be taught to use their “true” authentic selves as a resource during EMDR processing, and to work to create a secure, responsive, and positive relational environment that supports change and integration. A number of conceptual “maps” that incorporate and build on various ideas and strategies from other trauma-focused models (e.g., AEDP, IFS, Sensorimotor Psychotherapy, Structural Model of Dissociation) will be introduced. These “maps” are provided to guide case conceptualization and moment-to-moment decision-making within a given EMDR session. Video clips will be used to demonstrate how to track a client’s progress with greater precision, using both verbal and non-verbal markers to determine where the client is on a given conceptual map and what type of interweave is needed to facilitate or deepen the client’s processing. Different types of interweaves will be delineated with a clear description of the purpose or function associated with each. Throughout this workshop, Dr. Korn will engage in spirited dialogue with participants as she presents both didactic and video material. Learning Objectives: • Develop a comprehensive AIP-based case conceptualization treatment plan that will guide their moment-to-moment decision-making during an EMDR session. • Effectively identify the informational plateaus or schema categories (responsibility, safety, control/choice) reflected in a client’s presenting issues, choice of targets, and stuck points. • Utilize dyadic regulation in working with clients with limited affect tolerance and self-capacities, with the goal of maintaining and even accelerating processing within a window of tolerance. • Apply advanced interweave strategies to address blocking beliefs, rigid defenses, and fears about internal experiences (i.e. affect, sensation, urges, fantasies). • Utilize various clinical strategies/interweaves for facilitating the expression of adaptive action tendencies, completing incomplete or truncated actions, and addressing various domains of developmental repair.

Dans son atelier, les participants apprendront à utiliser leur ‘vrai’’ et authentique soi comme une ressource durant le traitement en EMDR et à créer un environnement où la relation soit sécurisante, sensible et positive favorisant ainsi le changement et l’intégration. Dr Korn nous parlera de ce modèle conceptuel des ‘cartes’ qui incorporent des idées et des stratégies qui proviennent de d’autres modèles axés sur les traumas (‘AEDP’, ‘IFS’, Psychothérapie Sensorimotrice, Modèle de la Dissociation Structurelle). Ces ‘’cartes’’ sont un guide dans la conceptualisation de cas et la prise de décision ‘’moment par moment’’ durant une session d’EMDR. Des vidéo clips seront présentés afin de démontrer comment suivre le progrès d’un client avec une grande précision, utilisant des repères verbaux et non verbaux pour déterminer où se trouve le client sur une ‘’carte’’ donnée et quel type de tissage est nécessaire pour faciliter ou approfondir le traitement du client. Objectifs d’apprentissage: • Développer un plan de traitement compréhensif basé sur le modèle TAI –et la conceptualisation de cas comme un guide de prise de décision ‘’moment par moment’’ durant une session d’EMDR. • Identifier de manière efficace les plateaux informatifs ou les catégories de schémas (responsabilité, sécurité, contrôle/choix) qui se révèlent dans ce que le client présente comme difficultés, dans le choix des cibles et les blocages. • Utilisation de la dyade pour aider à moduler l’affect chez les clients qui ont une très faible tolérance émotionnelle avec comme but de maintenir et même d’accélérer le traitement à l’intérieur de la fenêtre de tolérance. • Avoir recours aux stratégies avancées du tissage pour traiter les croyances bloquantes, les défenses rigides et les peurs venant de la ‘’vie intérieure’’ (c’est à dire l’affect, les sensations, les pulsions, les fantasmes). • Utilisation de diverses stratégies cliniques et du tissage afin de favoriser l’expression d’action adaptative, de compléter les actions inachevées ou tronquées et d’aborder différents domaines permettant de ‘’réparer’’ les dommages survenus au cours du développement.

Keywords: AEDP Dyadic Regulation Informatiional Plateaus IFS, Interweaves Sensorimotor Psychotherapy Structural Model of Dissociation Trauma-Focused Models "True" Authentic Self

Accuracy Verified: Yes

281. Zangwill, W., & Britt, V. (2006, September). The EMDR therapist as case consultant. Presentataion at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
As EMDR's reputation for powerful and effective treatment grows, EMDR clinicians are increasingly being asked to provide services as consulting or adjunct therapists. These consultations can be intensely productive and stimulating if done properly; they can also be counterproductive if not. This workshop will provide the consulting therapist with specific techniques for ethical and effective treatment of the patient and guidelines for working with the primary therapist. It will include: 1) setting realistic goals with both the patient and the primary therapist; 2) exploring the eight phases of EMDR treatment from a consulting perspective; 3) understanding the ethical issues concerned with this type of treatment; 4) dealing with treatment implications such as splitting and transference; 5) how to avoid common pitfalls such as judging the primary clinician's performance; and 6) the satisfaction of developing an ongolng productive, collegial relationships. The workshop will provide a step-by-step framework for consultation work, clear case examples and didactic information woven into a lively interactive format.

Keywords: Case Consultation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

282. Shapiro, F. (2012, February 27). EMDR therapy and Getting Past Your Past. Good Therapy. Retrieved from http://www.goodtherapy.org/blog/emdr-therapy-your-past-0227126/ on 6/26/012.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
The purpose of Getting Past Your Past is to help liberate readers by giving them a comprehensive understanding of why they respond to the world in ways that don’t serve them and what they can do about it. The book provides self-help procedures derived from EMDR therapy to identify the earlier memories that are the basis of the problem and other techniques to help change their reactions. Through stories, detailed descriptions, and step-by-step instructions, readers will be able to take self-exploration and healing into their own hands. Guidelines are also provided to help them decide if additional professional assistance is needed. The book is written in an easy conversational style so that it is accessible to both the general public and therapists interested in exploring a different paradigm. A wide range of luminaries in the field of psychology have highly recommended the book for both clinicians and laypeople (http://www.emdr.com/coming-soon.html). [Excerpt]

Keywords: General

Accuracy Verified: Yes

283. Sadatun, T. I. (2008, June). EMDR therapy for tsunami & armed conflicts survivors in Nanggroe Aceh Darussalam, Indonesia. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The Indonesian Province of Nanggroe Aceh Darusalam (NAD) is a region which is facing a unique set of problems, among which is the protracted internal conflict, exacerbated by the tsunami on December 26, 2004. These events have generated a widespread impact on the lives of the communities. One of the most crucial issues to be addressed aside from legal, security, social and economic problems is the matter of health, including mental health. In regards to mental health issues, comprehensive steps have been formulated into various mental health care programs. One of the most needed programs is establishment of an educational system rooted in Indonesia for the treatment of the posttraumatic stress syndrome (PTSD) of victims of crises and catastrophes through the implementation of specific methods of treatment with a focus on the introduction of EMDR. With great support from BMZ- TDH-Germany, HAP-Germany and Trauma Aid, capacity building on EMDR training has been developed. Even though EMDR is highly effective as trauma healing therapy it is also a complex treatment to be addressed in this specific population like in the province of NAD. Further than time constrain, limited numbers of trauma therapist available and high numbers of severe cases that urgently need to be treated, complexities also arises from cultural and religious aspects. The society in NAD is marked by decade long isolation, violent conflicts for political self-determination and the strict interpretation of the Islam. The Sharia (doctrine of the Islam including moral and judicial duties) was introduced as part of the laws. Due to this condition, for the time being stabilization technique in EMDR is the most common technique that can be of widely used. In this presentation, varieties of stabilization technique that have been used in this population will be addressed. More specifically, as culturally adjustable method in therapy, this presentation will also introduce several culturally acceptable stabilization techniques such as combining religious rituals (chanting, reciting) as personal resource with stabilization technique. These techniques might be useful for other population with similar culture and religion.

Keywords: Armed Conflicts Nanggroe Aceh Darussalam, Indonesia Poster Survivors Tsunami

Accuracy Verified: Yes

284. Gomez, A. M., & Shapiro, F. (2012, Winter). EMDR therapy with children: Journey into wholeness. Child and Family Professional, 15(3), 20-30.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Trauma and adversity affect millions of children and their families. Without appropriate treatment, many of these children are destined to a life of hardship and suffering, transmitting their unresolved trauma into the future generations. Fortunately, treatment approaches such as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy can now help children find healing and a path that will lead them to achieve full mental health.

Keywords: Children Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

285. Knipe, J. (2006, June). EMDR toolbox: Video examples of methods of targeting avoidance, procrastination, affect dysregulation, the pain of being "dumped" by a lover, and a shame-based ego state in a client with a identity disorder. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It is clear from over 17 published studies that the EMDR method is highly effective in assisting clients in resolving PTSD (Maxfield and Hyer, 2002). However, most clients who enter therapy do not have a simple problem of a single disturbing memory, but a complex history. Typically, clients come to therapy with a mixed presentation, of not only emotional disturbance, but also mental structures and actions which function to soothe, contain, avoid or dissociate from emotional disturbance. Thus, the initial presentation of most clients is complex and often ambivalent. In this workshop, examples will illustrate Adaptive Information Processing methods of targeting and resolving psychological defenses, such as avoidance, ambivalence, and idealization. Also, the BHS/CIPOS (Back-of-the-Head Scale/Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety) method will be described. This method is a set of procedures that can be used during the EMDR Desensitization Phase to therapeutically reverse dissociative processes while preserving emotional safety. Video segments from therapy sessions will be shown to illustrate each of these methods.

Keywords: Back-of-the-Head Scale BHS CIPOS Contant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety Psycholgical Defenses Targeting

Accuracy Verified: Yes

286. Greenwald, R., Ricci, R. J., Clayton, C. A., Lebeau, T., Farkas, L., Cyr, M., & Lemay, J. (2007, September). EMDR treatment for sex offenders, substance abusers, and youth in care. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This symposium presents data from treatment studies of (1) sex offenders, (2) mentally ill substance abusers, and (3) acting-out youth in care. These populations have in common low affect tolerance, severe problem behaviors, and involvement in “the system”. Each treatment used a population-specific phase model approach including motivational interviewing, skills training, and trauma resolution (EMDR). This trauma-informed phase treatment approach appears to represent an advance in helping these treatment-resistant populations. Discussion will focus on the relationship between the client characteristics and treatment approaches in common across studies.

Keywords: Sex Offenders Substance Abusers Symposium Youth

Accuracy Verified: Yes

287. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR treatment in adults with a history of incest and neglect. Developmental deficits and restore the damaged self. Presentation at the 4th EMDR Association Netherlands Conference, Nijmegen, The Nederlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will address the integration of EMDR into an overall treatment plan for adult incest and neglect in childhood have experienced. The workshop is a deepening of the keynote of the conference. The methodology will be explained in detail and will be illustrated with video presentations and discussion of case studies. Initially, explains how the development and bonding needs of the client can be investigated and how a meaningful descriptive diagnosis can be developed into an integrated, logical plan of treatment. In this group of clients, where there is limited affect tolerance, vulnerability to hyper-and hypoarousal and dissociative characteristics, the standard EMDR protocol to be adapted to specific strategies. As will be discussed in detail. Also, much attention is paid to the integration of EMDR specific techniques, such as various ego-enhancing protocols and resource installation (RDI) in all phases of treatment. Will also discuss techniques that help clients to their dysfunctional defense mechanisms to let go, so changing schedules with their distinctive core ideas and possible kernaffecten Participants in this workshop will learn to pathogenic emotional states (such as shame, despair, unbearable loneliness feelings), and fears "blocking beliefs", ego-state conflicts to recognize that the most effective and interweaves resource options can be applied. Moreover, through strategies for recovery, such as clarifying responsibilities, establishing security and choice, and the process of mourning, desire and anger are discussed.

Keywords: Adults Developmental Deficits Incest

Accuracy Verified: Yes

288. McGoldrick, T. (2001, May). EMDR treatment of body dysmorphobia". Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Body Dysmorphic Disorder presents a preoccupation with imagined ugliness, typically involving facial flaws, such as spots or wrinkles, or the shape of the face, nose, mouth or jaw. More rarely the complain involves the appearance of the feet, hands, breasts or genitalia. It is frequently chronic and may lead to marked disruption of the patients social, marital and occupational life (Phillips, 1991). The disorder is fairly unremitting with few symptom-free periods, although the body part focused upon may change over time. It is generally regarded as a condition that is difficult to treat (Phillips, 1991). A variety of cognitive and behavioural techniques have been described to have some effect but all tend to be lengthy. To the author's knowledge here are no reports on the use of Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) in its treatment. Here we describe our use of EMDR in fourteen consecutive patients with body dysmorphic disorder. Outcome data is presented. The treatment time is much less than the combination of treatment and homework used in imaginal exposure (Vaughan et al, 1994). Such homework was not given to our patients. Furthermore, as EMD leads to involuntary changing images throughout a session, the exposure element is further reduced. In contrast to exposure, EMDR does not involve exacerbating or increasing the patients level of anxiety and, whilst patients experience a rapid positive shift in cognitions during EMDR, this has not been found in treatments with exposure only (Kilpatrick, Veronen & Resnick, 1982).

Keywords: Body Dysmorphic Disorder

Accuracy Verified: Yes

289. Holmshaw, M. (2001, May). EMDR treatment of sexual dysfunction. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The prevalence of sexual dysfunction in women within primary care settings is often estimated to be as high as 42% with vaginismus, pain with intercourse, anorgasmia and lack of sexual desire being most commonly reported. Additionally, major clinical complaints among women often centre on their dissatisfaction with such non-genital behaviours as affection, communication, and non-genital touching, as well as issues of attraction and passion. Despite this high prevalence of sexual disorders, and the use of psychotherapy and sexual therapy in treatment the problems women experience,this is a frequently neglected area of both research and development of new treatment tdchniques. In fact, referring to vaginismus, some authors conclude the basic strategies and methods for assessing and treating vaginismus were proposed by the early 20th Century and have not essentially changed. This paper discusses an alternative approach to treatment vaginismus and "sexual phobia" in women. By way of case study material, the use of EMDR in combination with sensate focus techniques with partner involvement, is discussed. In a significant number of cases, past trauma and severe body image disturbances were detected. EMDR was successful not only in resolving such trauma, but also in correcting distorted body image and enabling imaginary exposure to appropriate sexual behaviour.

Keywords: Sexual Dysfunction

Accuracy Verified: Yes

290. Galvin, M. (2007, June). EMDR treatment tactics: Using the accelerating-decelerating model and energy psychology to enhance interventions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR therapists are frequently faced with two situations where treatment must be adjusted: blocked processing and incomplete sessions. The first is address in the Part I Training Manual under Facilitating Black Processing in Phase Four. That secion describes three situations: Where processing proceeds “favorably,” where the client over-responds, and where the client under-responds. The manual then describes decelerating tactics for addressing the second situation and accelerating strategies for addressing the third situation. We will use a format introducing an expansion of the TICES (Trigger, Image, Cognition, Emotion, Sensation) model for improves pacing of treatment. The expanded model draws on Multimodal Therapy and adds the modalities of Behavior, Interpersonal Aspects, and Drugs (actually all areas of health including diet, mediation, exercise, and the like). Clinicians can utilize the concepts to recognize when therapy has stalled (or is about to stall) because of client’s under responding and over responding in the sesson, and then apply appropriate interventions. The interventions are from EMDR, from other methods, and from Energy Psychology (EP). Increasingly, EMDR therapists are also practitioners of EP. The second challenging situation faced by EMDR therapists us when time is running out, yet the level of disturbance is still elevated. The Training Manual describes a procedure for closing such a session in Phase Seven, including a containment exercise. This workshop will show how EP techniques are an additional resource to bring to bear when dealing with incomplete sessions. There will be a description and demonstration of a couple of simple but powerful EP techniques. Participants can quickly learn these methods and will be able to immediately incorporate them into their practices. Handouts on the TICES/BID/Acceleration-Decelerating model and on the Energy Psychology techniques will be distributed.

Keywords: Energy Psychology Treatment Tactics

Accuracy Verified: Yes

291. Korn, D. L. (2008, May). EMDR treatment with survivors of chronic abuse and neglect: Repairing developmental deficits and shattered selves - [Utilisation d’EMDR dans le traitement des survivants d’abus ou négligence chroniques: Réparer les déficits développementaux et les sois éclatés]. Presentation at an annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montréal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Cet atelier d’une journée met l’accent sur l’intégration de l’EMDR à l’intérieur d’un plan thérapeutique. Nous aborderons l’utilisation d’EMDR pour traiter le Stress post-traumatique complexe, de même que d’autres syndromes cliniques d’origine traumatique, tels que le Trouble de personnalité limite et les Troubles dissociatifs. Des modifications et/ou additions au protocole EMDR seront proposées afin de tenir compte des capacités limitées à tolérer les affects, des défenses rigides, de la sur-utilisation des stratégies d’évitement, des conflits entre les états du moi, des tendances à la dissociation ou des dérégulations émotionnelles importantes.

Nous aborderons l’évaluation des aspects développementaux et des besoins d’attachement du client, l’établissement d’une bonne compréhension de la situation clinique et le développement d’un plan de traitement intégré avec des objectifs atteignables et réalisables. On portera plus particulièrement notre attention sur l’intégration de l’EMDR comme moyen de renforcer l’Ego et le développement des ressources au cours des différentes étapes du traitement. This full-day workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall recovery plan. The use of EMDR in treating complex PTSD as well as other trauma-related syndromes such as borderline personality disorder and dissociative disorders will be addressed. In recognition of clients’ limited affect tolerance, rigid defenses, overdeveloped avoidance patterns, ego state conflicts, dissociative tendencies, and extreme emotional dysregulation, strategies for modifying and supplementing standard EMDR protocols will be explored. Assessing the developmental and attachment needs of the client, establishing a useful case conceptualization, and developing an integrated treatment plan with achievable goals will be discussed. Considerable attention will be devoted to integrating EMDR ego strengthening and resource development protocols into all phases of treatment.

Keywords: Complex PTSD Dissociative Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

292. Gimm, E. (2010, June). EMDR treatment with very young children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The use of EMDR is extremely helpful especially in the treatment of very young children. The presentation will demonstrate the work with both an acute and a complex traumatized child of the age under 4 years. The acute traumatized child (6 month old) was traumatized by medical treatment that was vitally necessary. After the stay in the clinic the child expressed symptoms of PTSD. The child was treated in 4 sessions: in 2 of these sessions the baby got EMDR treatment with trauma narratives. The complex traumatized child is a boy now 4 years old. The EMDR treatment started when he was 2,7 years. As a baby he was physically extremely abused and showed strong symptoms. The participants will see that even in such a young child affect bridges turn up during the EMDR-Treatment. Memories which were dissociated till that moment came back and could be processed. Work with a continuous trauma narrative that is illustrated by the therapist will be presented and later work with the child adapted EMDR standard protocol. 8y these two cases participants will learn more about trauma focused diagnostics, treatment possibilities and treatment course in very young children and babies; the presentation will be illustrated by video clips.

Keywords: Children Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

293. Woller, W. & Hofmann, A. (2006). EMDR und andere traumakonfrontative techniken, Schonende formen der traumabearbeitung [EMDR trauma method and other techniques, gentle forms of trauma processing]. In W. Woller, Trauma und personlichkeitsstorungen: Psychodynamisch-integrative therapie (pp 395-402). Stuttgart: Schattaeur.

Language: German

Format: Book Section

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

294. Jacobs, S., Rackowitz, M., Strack, M., & de Jongh, A. (2009). EMDR und biofeedback in der behandlung der posttraumatischen belastungsstorung - Erweiterung der evaluation des neuropsychotherapeutischen behandlungsprogramms [EMDR and biofeedback in the treatment of post traumatic stress disorder - extension of the evaluation of the neuropsychological treatment program]. In S. Jacobs, (Hrsg.), Neurowissenschaften und Traumatherapie. Grundlagen und Behandlungskonzepte [Neurosciences and Trauma Therapy, Bases and treatment approaches] (pp. 51-81). Göttingen: Universitätsverlag.

Language: German

Format: Book Section

Abstract: In the year (2007) the manual of the neuropsychotherapeutic intervention program EMDR and biofeedback in the therapy of posttraumatic stress disorder by Jacobs and de Jong was published. The therapeutic concept based on new neuroscienctific findings, which declare a dissociation of implicit and explicit traumamemory as one reason for emergence a PTSD. On this background the treatment program integrates selective modules. The allocation of information carried out by an educational movie for patients, specific cognitive-behavioural intervention techniques, which are supplemented by biofeedback-supported Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR). During the treatment the skin conductance (electrodermal activity), which is a stress parameter, is mesured. This program was already evaluated in the pilot-study. The patient pool could be enlarged, so that 28 patients were available for the evaluation. Additionally the educational movie was examined on efficiency. The total feedback was positive. After therapy-end the PTSD-symptomatology decreased consistently (demp=2.48), as well as the psychological stress in another problem areas (demp=1.30). Moreover the EMDR-method achieved objective a significant decrease of the autonomic arousal (demp=.79) and subjective an explicit reduction of the felt stress (demp=2.40), while growth of the coherence of a worked out positive cognition (demp=2.52). Three- and 12-month follow-up analysis could demonstrate the stability and sustainability of the changes. The intervention program EMDR and biofeedback was also proved to be efficient ( 19 sessions) and effective (demp=1.39) in the enlarged sample, with high

Keywords: Biofeedback Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

295. Jacobs, A. & de-Jongh, S. (2007). EMDR und biofeedback in der behandlung von posttraumatischen belastungsstörungen: Ein neuropsychotherapeutisches behandlungsprogramm [EMDR and biofeedback in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorders]. Göttingen, Germany: Hogrefe. ISBN: 9783801720391.

Language: German

Format: Book

Abstract:
Das Manual stellt ein neu entwickeltes, multimodales neuropsychotherapeutisches Therapieprogramm zur Behandlung der posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung (PTB) vor. Ausgehend von neueren Befunden aus den Neurowissenschaften, die darauf hinweisen, dass eine Dissoziation zwischen implizitem und explizitem Traumagedächtnis die wesentliche Grundlage der PTB darstellt, wurden verschiedene Module in das Behandlungsprogramm integriert. Dazu gehören spezielle kognitiv-behaviorale Interventionstechniken, Biofeedback-gestütztes Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) sowie die gezielte Bereitstellung von Informationen über die Störungszusammenhänge für den Patienten. Mittels Biofeedback wird die elektrodermale Aktivität der Patienten während der EMDR-Sitzungen als Indikator für die autonome Erregung aufgezeichnet. Die bei der Traumaexposition implizit ablaufenden Prozesse werden somit an Therapeut und Patient zurückgemeldet. Dadurch ist es möglich, zu kontrollieren, ob das Ausmaß der autonomen Erregung soweit gesenkt werden konnte, dass eine erfolgreiche Verarbeitung und Abspeicherung der traumatischen Erinnerungen im expliziten Gedächtnissystem möglich wird. Studien belegen die Wirksamkeit des Programms. So zeigen Ergebnisse eine deutliche Reduktion der PTB Symptomatik sowie eine starke Abnahme der autonomen Erregung und der subjektiven Belastung.

The manual presents a newly developed multi-modal neuropsychotherapeutisches therapy program for treatment of post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD before). Based on recent findings from the neurosciences that suggest that a dissociation between implicit and explicit memory of trauma is the main basis of the PTB, different modules were integrated into the treatment program. These include specific cognitive-behavioral intervention techniques, biofeedback-assisted Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and the targeted provision of information about the disorder correlations for the patient. Biofeedback is recorded, the electrodermal activity of patients during the EMDR sessions as an indicator of autonomic arousal. The case of trauma exposure implicit processes involved are therefore reported to the therapist and patient. This makes it possible to check whether the degree of autonomic arousal could be lowered so far that a successful processing and storage of traumatic memories is possible in the explicit memory system. Studies show the effectiveness of the program. Results nevertheless show a significant reduction of symptoms and PTB a strong decrease of the autonomous arousal and subjective burden.

Keywords: Biofeedback Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

296. Jacobs, S., & Strack, M. (2007, Mai). EMDR und biofeedback in der therapie posttraumatischer belastungsstörungen. Evaluation eines neuropsychotherapeutischen [EMDR and biofeedback therapy in post-traumatic stress disorder. Evaluation of a neuropsychology treatment program]. Symposium at the (R. Keller, Chair) Workshoptagung der European Society für traumatische Stress Studies (EWOTS), Hamburg, Deutschland.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Evaluiert wurde ein neu entwickeltes multimodales, neuropsychotherapeutisches Programm zur Behandlung der posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung (PTB). Ausgehend von neueren Befunden aus den Neurowissenschaften, die darauf hinweisen, dass eine Dissoziation zwischen implizitem und explizitem Traumagedächtnis die wesentliche Grundlage der PTB darstellt, wurden verschiedene Module in das Behandlungsprogramm integriert. Dazu gehören neben der gezielten Bereitstellung von Informationen über die Störungszusammenhänge, ein Patientenedukationsfilm, spezielle kognitiv-behaviorale Interventionstechniken sowie Biofeedback gestütztes Eye Movement Desentization and Reprocessing (EMDR). Ziel der Anwendung des Biofeedback im Rahmen der EMDR-Sitzungen ist es zum einen, den PatientInnen implizite Prozesse während der Traumaexposition zurückzumelden, zum anderen wird anhand der Biofeedback-Aufzeichnung das Ausmaß der Übereinstimmung zwischen subjektivem Belastungsgrad durch die traumatische Erinnerung (SUD-Rating) und physiologisch messbarer Erregung überprüft. Als physiologischer Parameter wurde die elektrodermale Aktivität (Hautleitwert, EDA) erhoben.

Was evaluated a newly developed multi-modal, neuro psychotherapeutic Program for the treatment of post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Starting by recent findings from neuroscience, the point out that a dissociation between implicit Trauma and explicit memory the essential PTB is based on, were different modules integrated into the treatment program. These include next targeted provision of information on the disorder correlations, a Patientenedukationsfilm, specific cognitive-behavioral intervention techniques and biofeedback-assisted Eye Movement Desentization and Reprocessing (EMDR). The aim of the application of Biofeedback in the EMDR sessions is to one, the patients implicit processes during the Trauma exposure report back, on the other hand on the basis of biofeedback recording the extent of Agreement between subjective stress level by the traumatic memory (SUD rating) and measurable physiological arousal reviewed. As a physiological Parameters, the electrodermal activity (skin conductance, EDA) raised.

Keywords: Biofeedback Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

297. Jacobs, S., de Jong, A., & Strack, M. (2007). EMDR und biofeedback in der therapie posttraumatischer belastungsstörungen: Evaluation eines neuropsychotherapeutischen behandlungsprogramms [EMDR and biofeedback in the therapy of posttraumatic stress disorder: Evaluation of a neuropsychotherapeutic intervention]. VPP - Verhaltenstherapie & Psychosoziale Praxis, 39(4), 855-876.

Language: German

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eine neu entwickelte multimodale, neuropsychotherapeutic Programm für die Behandlung der Posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung (PTBS) wurde ausgewertet. Ausgehend von neueren Erkenntnissen in der Forschung neuroscienctific, so dass eine Dissoziation zwischen impliziter und expliziter Trauma-Speicher die wichtigste Grundlage der PTBS ist, verschiedene Module wurden im Rahmen der Behandlung integriert anzuzeigen. Die vereinigten Komponenten sind: spezifische Hintergrundinformationen über die Unordnung und typische PTSD-Symptome, eine pädagogische Film für Patienten, spezifische kognitive Verhaltenstherapie und Biofeedback-Techniken unterstützte Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). Das Ziel der Biofeedback-Sitzungen während EMDR ist es, den Patienten eine direkte Rückmeldung über die implizite Prozesse während der Trauma-Exposition. Darüber hinaus Erfassung der physiologischen Daten über Biofeedback ermöglicht das Testen, ob es eine Korrelation zwischen dem Grad der subjektiven Belastung durch traumatische Erinnerungen ausgelöst (quantifiziert mit der SUD-Skala), und messbare physiologische Erregung. Elektrodermale Aktivität (EDA; Hautleitfähigkeit) wurde als eine physiologische Parameter gemessen. Die Ergebnisse einer durchgeführten Pilot-Studie (16 Patienten auf der Grundlage, mit einem wartenden Gruppe als Kontrollgruppe) zeigen verschiedene EDA-Muster während EMDR-desensitivation (fad und assoziative Wiederaufbereitung). Ein offensichtlich Reduktion der PTBS-Symptome gefunden (d = 2,27) sein, die stärker ist als in anderen Behandlungen. Die traumatischen Erinnerungen mit EMDR behandelt wurde weniger Anstrengung, die ebenfalls reflektiert in der Physiologie (verminderte autonome Erregung) und in der subjektiven Belastung fühlte sich durch die Patienten. Die Kürzungen der Erregung (d = 1,01) und subjektive Belastung (d = 2,55) zeigen, dass eine effektive Hemmung der Aktivierung der Amygdala-und damit der Angstreaktion selbst-aufgrund der Intervention geschaffen. Mit EMDR reduziert die Amygdala physiologische Erregung. Wir vermuten, dass aus diesem Grund den medialen präfrontalen Kortex und im Hippocampus kann eine kortikale Inhibition, die erfolgreich reduziert die Angst-Reaktion (Grawe, 2004) zu etablieren. Die berichteten Ergebnisse wurden durch einen dreimonatigen Follow-up-Bewertung bestätigt. Mit einer durchschnittlichen Dauer von 16 Sitzungen und einer nicht vorhandenen Drop-out-Rate (0%), die Intervention erwiesen sich ebenfalls als sehr effizient. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, alle Rechte vorbehalten)

A newly developed multimodal, neuropsychotherapeutic program for the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) was evaluated. Starting from recent findings in the neuroscienctific research, which indicate that a dissociation between implicit and explicit trauma-memory is the main basis of PTSD, different modules were integrated within the treatment. The combined components are: specific background information regarding the disorder and typical PTSD-symptoms, an educational movie for patients, specific cognitive behavioral intervention techniques and biofeedback-supported Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). The aim of using biofeedback during EMDR sessions is to give patients a direct feedback about the implicit processes during trauma-exposition. In addition, recording the physiological data via biofeedback allows testing if there is a correlation between the level of subjective strain, triggered by traumatic memories (quantified with the SUD-scale), and measurable physiological arousal. Electrodermal activity (EDA; skin conductance) was measured as a physiological parameter. The results of a conducted pilot-study (based on 16 patients, with a waiting group as a control group) show different EDA-patterns during EMDR-desensitivation (bland and associative reprocessing). An evident reduction of the PTSD-symptoms could be found (d = 2.27), which is stronger than in other treatments. The traumatic memories treated with EMDR became less straining, which reflects likewise in physiology (decreased autonomous arousal) and in the subjective strain felt by the patients. The reductions of arousal (d = 1.01) and subjective strain (d = 2.55) indicate that an effective inhibition of the amygdala activation—and thereby of the anxiety reaction itself—is created due to the intervention. Using EMDR reduces the amygdala induced physiological arousal. We suppose that for this reason the medial prefrontal cortex and the hippocampus can establish a cortical inhibition, which successfully reduces the anxiety reaction (Grawe, 2004). The reported results were confirmed by a three month follow-up evaluation. With an average duration of 16 sessions and a non-existing drop-out rate (0%), the intervention also proved to be very efficient. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Biofeedback PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

298. Rouanzoin, C. (2011, August). EMDR update and refresher course. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop is for any clinician who has received the Basic Training in EMDR through an EMDRIA-Approved Training. The workshop will review and update information on: AIP case conceptualization; the 8 phases of EMDR treatment; developing the Target Sequencing Plan; the three prongs of EMDR treatment; and the use of cognitive interweave for stuck processing. The participants will also have an opportunity to improve their skills in the use of Floatbacks and Affect Scans. A practicum experience will help further consolidate these concepts.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Case Conceptualization Refresher Update

Accuracy Verified: Yes

299. ter Heide, F. J. J. (2011). EMDR versus stabilisaite: Resulten van een pilot studie [Eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) versus stabilisation in the outpatient treatment of traumatised asylum seekers and refugees: A randomised controlled trial]. Refereer Centrum '45, Oegstgeest, the Nederlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Publication

Keywords: Asylum Seekers Randomized Control Trial Outpatient Treatment RCT Refugees

Accuracy Verified: Yes

300. ter Heide, J. J. (2008, June). EMDR versus stabilisation in the treatment of traumatised asylum seekers and refugees: Preliminary results of a pilot RCT. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Conference, London, England UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Despite the high prevalence of PTSD in refugee populations, it is as yet unclear how to treat traumatised refugees and asylum seekers most effectively. Whilst EMDR is a treatment of choice for PTSD, it is considered good clinical practice to use a phased model of intervention with these patients. In this model, a stabilisation phase precedes EMDR. Many clinicians are reluctant to try EMDR with this population for fear of psychological decompensation. They tend to stick to stabilisation techniques. Centrum ’45 in the Netherlands is a national centre for mental health care, specialising in the treatment of victims of war and organised violence. In order to optimise the mental health care offered, the centre is conducting a pilot RCT to see which is more effective in the treatment of traumatised asylum seekers and refugees: eight sessions of EMDR or eight sessions of stabilisation. The study population consists of 20 adult patients who applied for treatment and who met the DSM-IV criteria of PTSD, excluding those who are suicidal, psychotic, (hypo) manic or who suffer from substance abuse or eating disorders. Patients are screened for participation using the SCID module PTSD and part of the MINI. Symptoms of PTSD, depression and anxiety, and quality of life are assessed at pre- and post-treatment and follow-up, using the HTQ, HSCL-25 and the WHOQOL-BREF. The pilot study is due to finish in October 2008. In this poster presentation, we present preliminary findings, including data from the pre- and post-treatment assessments.

Keywords: Asylum Seekers Poster Refugees

Accuracy Verified: Yes

301. [Kondo Chikako]. (2009, May). EMDR with a violent child at school: Collaborative treatment for an abused child who witnessed her mother's suicide. EMDR研究1（1）、34から43 [Japanese Journal of EMDR Research and Practice, 1(1), 34-43].

Language: Japanese

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The junior high school girl in this case witnessed her mother's suicide at the age of four. She has been acting violently since she entered elementary school. One yearbefore the author met her, a consultation office for children intervened due to physical abuse by her father. Flashbacks and dissociation caused wrist cutting and panic. After a few EMDR sessions, wrist cutting, panic and PTSD symptoms disappeared. As she gained affect regulation skills, she gradually improved her interpersonal relationship and began to trust others. The consultation aclivities by a school counselor, namely the offering of psycho-educational information to the school, supporting teachers and improving teacher's psychological understandings about her, was also important in addition to individual treatment. The author discussed about the treatment of school children survivors who rarely visit mental or medical institutions.

Keywords: Child Abuse Collaboration at School Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

302. Settle, C. (2007, June). EMDR with children 2-10 years of age: Practical and creative therapuetic tools derived from an ongoing fidelity study based on the adaptive information processing model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will encompass the findings from a current and ongoing research study on EMDR with young children, with implications for clinical practice arising from this study. The clinical experiences of the presenter, which include treating traumatized children and training EMDR therapists, led to the first EMDR fidelity study on children. From that study, our preliminary findings led us to formulate suggestions about training therapists; these ideas will be explained in the workshop.
Examples will be discussed of how issues related to the therapist, client, and patient, home environment, clinical environment, and therapist training all impact the EMDR treatment protocol with children 20 to 10 years of age. Participants will also learn to identify developmentally appropriate and child-specific languaging in order to conceptualize the treatment of children using the EMDR protocol. Using Dr. Shapiro’s Adaptive Information Processing model, participants will learn to attune to the child verbally and non-verbally to understand how the child has learned to store the trauma in their memory network, versus how the parent or therapist believes the trauma to be stored. Specific tools like mapping and graphing that are used to tease out all the pieces of the EMDR protocol and develop case conceptualization will be demonstrated with associated videos. Through the use of Powerpoint presentation, case presentation, and handouts, additional practical and interesting tools will be presented to assist therapists in using Resource Development, Mastery, and Safe Place exercises in the efficacious treatment of young children. Creative tools used to identify targets, emotions, body sensation, and negative and positive cognitions, will be demonstrated, as well as measurements to aid the child in eliciting the VOC and SUDs. Also, the important of the three-pronged approach (the process of addressing targets from the past, present, and future), and how to develop targets from a child’s often concrete perspective, will be discussed. Finally, participants will be able to use a specific format for reevaluation from both the child’s and parents’ point of view. With these advanced skills in translating EMDR into developmentally appropriate terms and imaginative tools for implementation, participants will return to their practices encouraged to use the entire EMDR protocol with even the youngest of clients. The workshop, which is based on clinical experience and research, will teach creative skills in applying the eight-phase protocol to young children.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Children Fidelity Study Techniques

Accuracy Verified: Yes

303. Tinker, R. H., & Wilson, S. A. (2007, June). EMDR with children around the world: Sixteen years later. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The present workshop will be primarily practice oriented, with the morning session focusing on Age-Related Protocols with progressively younger children (down to age one year), and the afternoon session focusing on the use of EMDR in a group format with children traumatized by war. We will present data on its effectiveness with two groups of Ethnic Albanian refugee children held in a German refugee camp. A group exercise will assist workshop participants in understanding the protocol for group administration of EMDR. Other research considerations will be presented, related to successful and unsuccessful projects with children. Also in the afternoon, we will target the more severe disorders of childhood, such as multiply-traumatized children and attachment disordered children. We will give attention to issues related to trauma-based diagnosis, the use of art with EMDR, and a treatment model featuring short interventions throughout the developmental years and how these affect developmental trajectories. Throughout the workshop, we will use videotapes to illustrate the issues that are most salient, the importance of attunement and finer points of technique

Keywords: Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

304. Lovett, J. M. (1995, June). EMDR with Children: Eleven months to eleven years. Presentatioj at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
There are special considerations when treating children for critical incidents, anxiety, or other "EMDR amenable" conditions. Especially challenging for EMDR practitioners, young children may not be able to verbalize their thoughts, feelings, or beliefs children old enough to understand treatment options may choose to keep their symptoms rather than experience temporarily increased anxiety during treatment. Even cooperative children may not be able to identify a positive cognition because their life experience and/or cognitive development have not yet permitted resources for self-soothing or making sense of life changing events. Furthermore, children are dependent on an adult or family for their physical safety and emotional wellbeing. Although the child may be the "identified patient," the parents' own post-traumatic beliefs may be triggering the child's symptoms, and a successful outcome for the child may depend on the parents' reprocessing of traumatic material. Case studies will be presented to illustrate how the EMDR practitioner workmg with children can integrate EMDR techniques with play therapy, use "EMDR enhanced" games, choose an appropriate positive cognition for a young child, introduce creative interweaves to reach trauma resolution, and work with parents to separate their PTSD triggers from their child's behavior.

Keywords: Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

305. Schubbe, O. (2008, September). EMDR with children: EMDR in work with children. Presentation at Pre-congress on EMDR at the European Congress of Hypnosis, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The workshop will give a brief systematic overview over the EMDR techniques specifically used in psychotherapy with children and adolescents. Age appropriate forms of bilateral stimulation and of the actualization of ressources and unresolved memories will be explained. Small group exercises are intended to give participants a practical learning experience. Applicants for the EMDR seminars with Oliver Schubbe at Linz or Graz can use this workshop as a taster course. Participants should be willing to play the role of a child or adolescent client within a small group.[Author abstract]

Keywords: Adolescents Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

306. Paulsen, S. (2010, October). EMDR with dissociative clients: 17 secrets. Presentation at the 27th Annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Unmodified EMDR can harm dissociative clients if it prematurely breaches dissociative barriers overwhelming the client’s capacity and resources. Practitioners must screen for dissociation and use special procedures to safely use EMDR with these clients. The workshop will cover critical guidelines and techniques to pace and troubleshoot EMDR with dissociative clients within the phased treatment model, for clients ranging from DDNOS to DID. Assessment and stabilization are key to preparing clients for trauma work. The workshop offers methods to increase affect tolerance, establish a two-step containment habit, and orient personalities to person place and time. Other topics include: increasing tolerance of body sensation and affect, and enhancing compassion for self and others, directly working with introjects or other “monstrous” shame-laden parts, essential to reducing internal conflict and resistance to therapy. The workshop instructs in specific ego state strategies and imagery to provide sufficient resources, maintain an observing ego. Rooted in the hypnotic tradition, stabilization methods to pace and fractionate the work within EMDR while interspersing trauma work with sessions that consolidate gains. The workshop also describes the conference room method and means to trouble-shoot stuck processing. Finally, the workshop describes the final phases of therapy, skills building, integration and fusion.
Participants will be able to : ♦♦ explain why and when to assess every client for degree of dissociation and choose an appropriate protocol. ♦♦ list six tactics for stabilizing clients, prior to doing EMDR for dissociative clients, to increase rapport, contain affect, orient to present circumstances, reduce inner conflict, and build coping resources. ♦♦ structure EMDR sessions using imagery and ego state interventions for pacing, fractionating and trouble-shooting the work.

Keywords: Dissociation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

307. Wilcox, J. (1994). EMDR with panic disorder: Patients who inhibit anxiety reactions. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(1), 9-10.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Introducing EMDR to panic disorder patients who have been educated in that reduce anxiety responses can pose some interesting challenges. Several patients who had been in therapy with me for a year or more had learned quite well the skills of using deep breathing, relaxation, and cognitive pattern interruption techniques to inhibit their anxiety reactions. I discovered how well they internalized these strategies as we began the EMDR in our attempts to clear the root causes of their panic disorder.

Keywords: Panic Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

308. Bisping, V. (2011, June). EMDR with patients with dentophobia. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
An appointment at the dentist’s is not what most people look forward to. For some people, however, even the mere thought of having to undergo dental treatment causes them to feel extreme fear and panic. Between 5 and 15% of the world population suffer from such a pathological form of dental fear, called dental phobia. Dentally anxious individuals commonly avoid necessary dental procedures for many years despite deteriorating oral health, agonizing pain and severe psychosocial problems. The majority of individuals with dental phobia recall a traumatic event as cause for the onset of their fear. Interestingly, nearly 50% of them even suffer from posttraumatic stress symptoms, such as intrusive memories, nightmares, hyperarousal and avoidance behavior. EMDR can be a very useful instrument to help dentally anxious people to cope with past traumatic experiences and to prepare them for future confrontations with phobic stimuli. The 90-minute workshop will give background information to the problem of pathological dental fear and present evidence from research showing that EMDR is an effective treatment method for dentophobia. The main focus will be on the practical procedure, which will be illustrated using video sequences of patient sessions. Learning objectives: This workshop will provide you with the following information: •a short review of current research and literature •the use of the EMDR protocol in its specific application to dentally anxious patients, with special emphasis on preparing the patient for future confrontations by working with flashforwards, future template and video check •ways of combining EMDR with other cognitive, behavioral and imagery techniques in the treatment of dental phobia.

Keywords: Dentophobia

Accuracy Verified: Yes

309. Gonzalez, A., & & Mosquera, D. (2012). EMDR y disociación. El enfoque progresivo [EMDR and dissociation: The progressive approach]. Madrid, Spain: Ediciones Pleyades.

Language: Spanish

Format: Book

Abstract:
Durante las últimas dos décadas, el EMDR se ha convertido en una opción de primera línea para el tratamiento de trastornos de estrés postraumático asociados a la exposición de eventos traumáticos, como accidentes, catástrofes naturales o desastres creados por el hombre. Mientras tanto, los clínicos han visto que la aplicación de EMDR es útil en el tratamiento de pacientes que han sufrido episodios emocionalmente traumáticos, descritos por ellos como característicos de su familia de origen, su historia personal y sus relaciones de apego. Un gran número de investigaciones y publicaciones han examinado en profundidad la eficacia de EMDR en este campo de trabajo de la psicoterapia. Por lo tanto, el EMDR está siendo utilizando cada vez más por los clínicos, trabajando con personas que sufren de traumas crónicos vinculados a relaciones interpersonales traumáticas. Es de sobra conocido que, en los primeros años de vida, las interacciones con los demás dan lugar a conexiones importantes en el cerebro, que progresivamente influyen en la sensación interna que tenemos de nosotros mismos y la capacidad de tener relaciones sanas con el mundo exterior. Las experiencias de relaciones con las figuras de apego durante la infancia temprana pueden ayudar a desarrollar la autorregulación emocional y contribuir a la formación de patrones cognitivos, conductuales y emocionales. La investigación sobre el apego ha demostrado que son estas relaciones las que influyen en el desarrollo de la capacidad de equilibrar las emociones, establecer intimidad interpersonal, así como de la capacidad de autorreflexión y mentalización. Además, es evidente que la comunicación interpersonal y emocional dentro de la familia de origen puede sentar las bases para el desarrollo de recursos, el sentirse valioso y la resiliencia cuando uno está bajo una fuerte tensión emocional, fomentando por tanto la salud mental.

During the past two decades, EMDR has become a first line option for the treatment of PTSD associated with exposure to traumatic events such as accidents, natural disasters or man-made disasters. Meanwhile, clinicians have found that the application of EMDR is useful in treating patients who have suffered emotionally traumatic events described by them as characteristic of their family of origin, personal history and their attachment relationships. A lot of research and publications have examined in depth the effectiveness of EMDR in this field of work of psychotherapy. Therefore, EMDR is being used increasingly by clinicians, working with people suffering from chronic trauma related to interpersonal trauma. It is well known that in the first years of life, interactions with others lead to important connections in the brain that progressively influence the internal sense of ourselves and the ability to have healthy relationships with the outside world . The experiences of relationships with attachment figures in early childhood may help develop emotional self-regulation and contribute to the formation of cognitive patterns, behavioral and emotional problems. The attachment research has shown that it is these relationships that influence the development of the ability to balance emotions, establish interpersonal intimacy and the capacity for self-reflection and awareness. It is also clear that interpersonal and emotional communication within the family of origin may lay the foundation for the development of resources, to feel valued and resilience when one is under emotional stress, thus promoting mental health.

Keywords: Dissociation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

310. Mosconi, A., Pezzolo, M., & Trotta, B. (2012, June). EMDR y terapia sistemica - Puntos de conexión, relectura e integración en el proceso terapéutico [EMDR and systemic psychotherapy - Connection points, new interpretations and integrations in the therapeutic process]. Poster presented at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe, Madrid, Spain .

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
En el aproche sistémico-relacional del Milán Model, el primer paso para la introducción de un cambio sea al interno de un contexto de terapia individual sea de pareja y/o familiar, es la construcción junto al paciente/sistema familiar de una Hipótesis Sistémica relativo al problema llevado. Tal proceso proporziona la exploración en profundidad sea sincrónica sea diacrónica de los contextos relacionales generadores del problema. La hipótesis con respecto al sistema Relacional coconstruida en el proceso terapéutico, toca temas específicos a través de el uso de precisas técnicas locuaces. Los pilastros de la hipótesis cumplen las dimensiones descritas en el cuadrilátero sistémico en el cual el problema del paciente está conectado en un proceso recursivo a los aspectos interpersonales del contexto de pertenencia.

In the systemic-relational approach of Milan Model, the first step to the introduction of a change both within the context of individual therapy and couple/family one consists of outlining a Systemic Hypothesis on the given problem together with the patient/family system. This process involves both synchronic and diachronic indepth exploration of the relational contexts representing the problem generators. The hypothesis referred to the relational system, outlined together during the therapeutic process, touches specific subjects through the use of specific conversational techniques. The pillars of the hypothesis comply with the dimensions highlighted in the Systemic Quadrilateral where the problem of the patient is connected to a process related to the interpersonal aspects of his environment.

Keywords: Poster Systemic Psychotherapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

311. Foster, S., Lendl, J., & Paulsen-Inobe, S. L. (2000, September). EMDR – Integrated coaching for effective leadership and innovative strategic visioning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) understand and be able to describe the theoretical foundation for applying a trauma methodology to issues of optimal performance; 2) observe and practice effective techniques for positive resource installation for peak performance; and 3) be able to identify specific targets and negative and positive cognitions for enhancing leadership and increasing productivity using EMDR - integrating coaching.

Keywords: Coaching Performance Enhancement Resource Installation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

312. 杨善真 [Yang Zhen]. (2006). EMDR（眼动身心重建法）的研究探讨 [EMDR (Eye Movement mental and physical reconstruction of Law), a detailed study]. 嘉义大学辅导咨商学系研究所 [National Chiayi University, Counseling Institute, Chiayi, Taiwan].

Language: Chinese

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
EMDR（眼動身心重建法）的研究探討
眼物质重建法（眼动脱敏和再加工）在过去10年来，作为一个新兴的心理治疗方法，并正成为越来越受欢迎，并确保特别是对创伤后应激综合征的治疗，是新兴的治疗方法，根据Greewald回想起来，一个文献研究指出，“它已被用于治疗许多人的选择”（由约翰库萨克和斯帕茨，1999年报价），因为传统的治疗心理咨询技术的使用往往需要耗费时间，对于一些不长的治疗或治疗病人的具有时间限制并不适用，而且还描述伤痛的经历，以repeat简单动作usually只会使病情恶化，最后连药物也无效，所以今天非常受欢迎并EMDR可应用于其他精神疾病，如：恐惧，疼痛疾病，性虐待的创伤，手术后感情伤害，而且由于其方法和结果仍在广泛讨论，因此对EMDR in treatment和谐促进more 。

Eye physical reconstruction method (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) for the last 10 years, emerging as a psychological treatment method, and are becoming increasingly popular, and sure, especially for the treatment of post-traumatic stress syndrome is emerging treatment techniques, according to Greewald In retrospect, a study of the literature pointed out that "it has been used as treatment for many people a choice" (a quote from Cusack & Spates, 1999), because the use of traditional healing counseling psychology techniques often require time-consuming, for some not long for treatment or for treatment of patients has its time limits do not apply, but also describing the traumatic experience to repeat simple movements usually only make the patient's condition worsened and finally even the drugs are also ineffective, so very popular today and be EMDR be applied to other mental diseases, such as: fear, pain diseases, sexual abuse trauma, post-operative emotional harm, and because of its methods and results are still being widely discussed, so the promotion of EMDR in treatment more harmony.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

313. O'Brien, J. M., & Abel, N. J. (2011). EMDR, addictions, and the stages of change: A road map for intervention. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(3), 121-130. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.3.121.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
A growing body of literature indicates that eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) can be useful in the treatment of addictions. When combined with traditional addictions treatment approaches, EMDR can enhance client stability, prevent relapse, and promote recovery. Clinical decision making about when and how to use EMDR techniques with clients who present with addictions is complicated. The purpose of this article is to explore the use of EMDR interventions with clients presenting various levels of awareness of their addiction as well as varied levels of motivation to change. The authors explore the Stages of Change and suggest appropriate pre-EMDR EMDR interventions at each stage.

Keywords: Addiction Stages of Change Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

314. Couto, M., Farate, C., Ramos, S., & Fleming, M. (2012, June). EMDR, setting and therapeutic relationship: A comparative study with CBT and psychoanalytic therapists. Poster presented at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: The therapeutic efficacy of EMDR is increasingly documented in process and outcome studies. However there is an ongoing debate on whether this effectiveness is mainly due to EMDR therapeutic techniques or to other variables. Since EMDR technical procedures are also related to the way the therapist manages both the space and the therapeutic relationship with the patient there is a growing trend towards the study of the influence of contextual and therapist variables on treatment outcome. This study aims to compare the management of both setting and therapeutic relationship among experienced EMDR, CBT and psychoanalytic therapists. The data and sample correspond to a preliminary phase of a broader research project whose aim is the construction of a psychometric instrument of trans-theoretical nature (Management of the Setting Scale-MSS) aimed at the assessment of setting on therapeutic outcome.

Keywords: CBT Cogntive Behavior Therapy, Poster Psychoanalysis

Accuracy Verified: Yes

315. Rougemont-Bucking, A., & Zimmermann, E. N. (2012). EMDR-based treatment of psychotraumatic antecedents in illicit drug abusers: A report of two cases. Schweizer Archiv Für Neurologie Und Psychiatrie, 163(3), 107-115.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The co-occurrence of PTSD and of substance use disorder (SD) is known to be very high. However the question of whether and how to treat such patients remains largely unanswered in the EMDR community. We report on two cases of EMDR-based treatment of heavily affected SD patients in whom psychotraumatic antecedents were identified. EMDR sessions focused on trauma-related material and not on the expression of cue-induced drug craving. The treatment appeared to be a difficult and challenging endeavour. However, some beneficial effects on general comfort and on drug consumption could be observed. A long stabilisation phase was mandatory and the standard EMDR protocol needed to be conducted with much flexibility. Interestingly, there was no provocation of a prolonged psychological crisis or of relapse. Experiencing of emotional stress could be limited to the sessions and dissociation could be absorbed with specific well-known techniques without permanently increasing drug craving. These observations are discussed in relation to previously published concepts of using EMDR in the field of trauma and substance abuse.

Keywords: Addiction Comorbidity Dissociation Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD Substance Use Disorder

Accuracy Verified: Yes

316. Vojtova, H. (2005, June). EMDR-therapy with a patient traumatized during her three marriages – A case study. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The case study presents EMDR-psychotherapy on a female patient, physically and emotionolly abused by her partners during the course of three marriages. EMDR-therapy was the second part of the therapeutic process; the first part successfully treated PTSD (the patient was violently raped by a stranger) using imaginative stabilisation techniques a half a year ago. Complex PTSD symptoms in the patient (constant tension, sleep disorder, anxiety, anhedonia] surfaced during a new relationship. Therapy took 6 sessions in 8 weeks, in 3 of which the EMDR-technique was used. At the end of therapy all symptoms decreased and feelings of inferiority were transformed into increased self-worth, self-confidence, inner satisfaction and new autonomy.
The participants will obtain encouraging information about successful shortterm EMDR therapy of chronic PTS

Keywords: Poster Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

317. Horne, B. (2010, April/May). EMDR: Containment and closure. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on the importance of containment in EMDR and its role in helping clients with affect regulation. It will look at containment in EMDR’s Phases 2 (Preparation) and 7 (Closure). An AIP-informed rational for containment will be offered, with supporting research. By learning an array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to properly close incomplete EMDR sessions. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice new methods before using them with clients.

Keywords: Closure Containment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

318. Horne, B. (2012, April). EMDR: Containment and closure. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Containment involves a great deal more than pretty little exercises that help the client drive home safely. This workshop will focus on the importance of containment in EMDR and its role in helping clients with the affect regulation that is necessary for trauma reprocessing. Containment work in Phase 2 can help the client develop this necessary dual attention skill (proof of requisite affect regulation). We will also look at containment in EMDR’s Phase 7 (Closure). An AIP-informed rational for containment will be offered, with supporting research. By learning an array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to both prepare clients for 11-step protocols and properly close incomplete. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice at least one new method for use with clients.
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify the importance of containment in EMDR and its implications with respect to dual attention and trauma reprocessing 2. Participants will identify some key strategies for completing Phase 2 (Preparation) with respect to building the affect regulation skill necessary for maintaining dual awareness during trauma reprocessing (Phases 3-7) 3. Participants will be able to define and describe the essentials of Phase 7 (Closure) of the EMDR protocol, in particular, the need to ensure containment of remaining negative affect in the case of incomplete protocols. 4. Participants will develop knowledge of several effective closure methods 5. Participants will acquire mastery of at least one new closure method through practicum experience

Keywords: Closure Containment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

319. Lazarus, C. N., & Lazarus, A. A. (2002). EMDR: An elegantly concentrated multimodal procedure?. In F. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach: Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism (1st ed.) (pp. 209-224). Washington: American Psychological Association.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The active ingredients of many therapeutic processes remain open to conjecture. Regardless of what actually underlies the putative benefits of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), its degree of overlap with many of the multimodal therapy (MMT) features and components is noteworthy. In essence, EMDR is a highly systematized, elegant therapeutic package using many of the same modalities that comprise MMT. Be that as it may, MMT methods are broader and more comprehensive than the EMDR methodology. EMDR is thought of as an accelerated and facilitated information-processing therapy, whereas MMT is considered a theory of personality as well as a system for implementing comprehensive biopsychosocial therapy. MMT therapists can probably enhance their treatment outcomes by knowing when and how to apply EMDR, and EMDR therapists would be well advised to become proficient with the MMT framework and its many applications. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Adults Multimodal Therapy Multimodal Treatment Approach Psychotherapeutic Techniques Psychotherapeutic Processes Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

320. Solomon, E. P., Solomon, R. M., & Heide, K. M. (2009, October). EMDR: An evidence-based treatment for victims of trauma. Victims & Offenders, 4(4), 391 - 397. doi:10.1080/15564880903227495.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
More than half of the United States population has been affected by psychological trauma. Many individuals who survive traumatic experiences develop post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and related psychological problems. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is an effective treatment for such disorders. EMDR focuses on reprocessing the dysfunctionally stored memories of the traumatic experience, enabling the client to progress through appropriate stages of affect and insight to reach an adaptive resolution regarding critical issues such as personal responsibility, safety in the present, and the availability of choices in the future. This article describes EMDR, discusses studies of its effectiveness, and concludes with recommendations for trauma-related policy and practice.

Keywords: Child Abuse Crime Victims Evidence-Based Treatment Postraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Trauma Traumatic Stress

Accuracy Verified: Yes

321. Spector, J. (2001, Aprile). EMDR: Sviluppi attuali e aggiornare recensione [EMDR: Current developments and review update]. Psicoterapia Cognitiva e Comportamentale, 7(1), 25.

Language: Italian

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Il presente lavoro esamina le evidenze empiriche a sostegno e contrarie all'EMDR inteso come metodologia terapeutica efficace per il trattamento del Disturbo Da Stress Post Traumatico. Vengono in particolar modo enfatizzati i seguenti aspetti: a) l'EMDR è stato spesso oggetto di forti critiche formulate con un linguaggio eccessivamente emotivo; b) l'EMDR comprende principi terapeutici efficaci e ben conosciuti come l'esposizione, la ristrutturazione cognitiva e le tecniche di auto-controllo; c) non ci sono sufficienti dati empirici per rifiutare o sostenere le basi teoriche dell'EMDR (compreso il ruolo dei movimenti oculari); d) l'EMDR è molto di più che una procedura di esposizione; f) l'EMDR è un trattamento efficace per il Disturbo da Stress Post Traumatico. Ciascuno di questi aspetti viene considerato in dettaglio e le tre ricerche più recenti sull'EMDR vengono attentamente analizzate e commentate.

This paper examines the empirical evidence in support and against all'EMDR understood as effective therapeutic approach for treating post-traumatic stress disorder. Are particularly emphasized the following aspects: a) EMDR has often been the subject of strong criticism in language too emotional, b) EMDR treatment principles include effective and well known as exposure, cognitive restructuring and techniques of self-control, c) there is insufficient empirical data to support or reject the theoretical EMDR (including the role of eye movements) d) EMDR is much more than a process of exposure, f) EMDR is an effective treatment for Post Traumatic Stress Disorder. Each of these aspects is considered in detail and the three most recent research on EMDR are carefully analyzed and commented.

Keywords: Literature Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

322. Staff (2012, December). EMDR: Técnica ajuda a superar traumas,Tratamento dura em média 15 sessões e ajuda as pessoas traumatizadas a transmutarem o pensamento negativo [EMDR: Technique helps overcome trauma, Treatment lasts an average of 15 sessions and helps traumatized people ransmute negative thinking]. Folha de Londrina Website. Retrieved from http://www.folhaweb.com.br/?id_folha=2-1--3403-20121231 12/31/2012.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Other

Abstract:
Traumas psicológicos trazem consequências emocionais e físicas. Quem passou por um trauma geralmente lembra da situação com certa frequência e o sofrimento vivido vem à tona fazendo com que a pessoa reviva o momento. Angústia profunda, sensação de estar preso, fobia, isolamento, raiva, agressividade, depressão, dificuldade nos relacionamentos interpessoais são algumas consequências de um trauma. A questão é que a pessoa também pode apresentar sintomas físicos como enxaqueca, fibromialgia, síndrome do intestino irritável, amnésia psicogênica, tontura, sudorese, distúrbio do sono e outros. ''O trauma é um estresse crônico porque a pessoa que passa por uma situação assim fica reincidindo, lembrando da ocasião, e acaba ficando o tempo todo em estado de alerta, por isso desenvolve uma porção de sintomas que caracteriza o estresse pós-traumático'', conta a psicóloga Dorotéia Murcia Souza. As terapias com psicólogos são eficazes na superação de traumas, mas a psicologia convencional costuma ser um tratamento de longo prazo. Uma das técnicas usadas nesta área é uma abordagem psicoterápica chamada EMDR, ou Movimento Ocular, Dessensibilização e Reprocessamento (sigla em inglês). A técnica consiste em acessar as memórias traumáticas do paciente, dessensibilizá-lo para a ocasião e reprocessar o entendimento dele referente àquelas memórias. Este tipo de tratamento dura em média 15 sessões.

Psychological traumas bring emotional and physical consequences. Who went through the trauma. Usually remember the situation with some frequency and experienced Suffering comes up Causing the person to relive the moment. Deep distress, feeling of being trapped, phobia, isolation, anger, aggression, depression, difficulty in interpersonal relationships are some Consequences of the trauma. The point Is that the person may have physical Also Symptoms such as migraines, fibromyalgia, irritable bowel syndrome, psychogenic amnesia, dizziness, sweating, sleep disturbance, and others. '' The trauma is a chronic stress because the person who goes through a situation like this is reincidindo, remembering the occasion and end up all the time on the alert, so a lot of Develops Symptoms That characterize the post-traumatic stress '' says psychologist Dorothy Souza Murcia. therapies with psychologists are effective in overcoming trauma, but conventional psychology is Often the long-term treatment. One of the techniques used in this area is a psychotherapeutic approach called EMDR, or Eye Movement, Desensitization and Reprocessing. The technique Consists in Accessing the patient's traumatic memories, it desensitize and reprocess the occasion is his understanding Regarding Those memories. This type of treatment lasts an average of 15 sessions.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

323. Martinez, R. (1992, December). EMDR: Innovative uses. EMDR Network Newsletter, 2(2), 9.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
First of all, let me open up by offering my apologies to Carrie Greenberg, LCSW, of Santa Rosa. In the last "Innovative Uses" column, Carrie was the person who sent in the article on using the combination of EMDR and hypnosis while working with a Vietnam vet. The effects were quite powerful and Carrie deserves full marks for combining these two modalities. Unfortunately, due to the omission of a paragraph, it appeared that this was a technique that I (Ron Martinez) had developed and used and I want to take this opportunity right off the bat to thank Carrie for her contribution and her patience during the time in which she was not given proper credit.

Keywords: Innovative Uses: Biogentic Techniques Hypnosis Smoking Cessation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

324. Hofmann, A., Fischer, G., Galley, N., & Shapiro, F. (1998). EMDR: Memory reprocessing and accelerated emotional learning. European Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 4, 206-213.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
A number of recent controlled studies has shown that EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) can reprocess disturbing memories and bring them to therapeutic resolution whether or not patients fulfil the DSM (or ICD)- criteria of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). The method can be integrated into treatment plans of different therapeutic approaches and integrates aspects of a number of the major treatment orientations. Clinical experience and EEG research show that the reprocessing in EMDR is not a trance-related phenomenon (Nicosia, 1995). However, EMDR blends well with hypnotic techniques in specific cases, especially with severe complex traumatised and dissociative patients. In addition, EMDR seems to help stabilise and generalise positive self-referencing beliefs as well as positive images, such as "a safe place", and accelerates future projectionsof new orientations and behaviours. In this sense, EMDR can be viewed not only as a method for the treatment of traumatic memories, but as a method of accelerated emotional learning.

Keywords: Accelerated Emotional Learning Therapeutic Integation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

325. Moskovitz, R. A. (2001, March). EMDR: A paradigm for continuity of experience in the real world. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(1), 6.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
EMDR has become an important tool for treating the trauma that so frequently characterizes the personal histories of patients with Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD). This patient population presents extraordinary risks in the face of treatment techniques that evoke powerful emotions. When applied judiciously, however, EMDR can bring extraordinary benefits to these same patients.

Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder

Accuracy Verified: Yes

326. Carnes, J. (1994). EMDR: A part of the whole. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(2), 5-7.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Since I took the first EMDR training in September, 1993, I have been exploring the outcome of EMDR as compared to more traditional therapy, as well as how EMDR works in conjunction with more traditional techniques. The following two cases include one in which EMDR was all that was needed at that time and one in which EMDR was (and is) but apart of a longer and more complicated process.

Keywords: Outcome

Accuracy Verified: Yes

327. Stickgold, R. (2002, January). EMDR: A putative neurobiological mechanism of action. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58(1), 61-75. doi:10.1002/jclp.1129.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Numerous studies have provided evidence for the efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing therapy (EMDR) in the treatment of PTSD, including recent studies showing it to be more efficient than therapist-directed flooding. But few theoretical explanations of how EMDR might work have been offered. Shapiro, in her original description of EMDR, proposed that its directed eye movements mimic the saccades of rapid eye movement sleep (REM), but provided no clear explanation of how such mimicry might lead to clinical improvment. We now revisit her original proposal and present a complete model for how EMDR could lead to specific improvement in PTSD and related conditions. We propose that the repetitive redirecting of attention in EMDR induces a neurobiological state, similar to that of REM sleep, which is optimally configured to support the cortical integration of traumatic memories into general semantic networks. We suggest that this integration can then lead to a reduction in the strength of hippocampally mediated episodic memories of the traumatic event as well as the memories' associated, amygdala-dependent, negative affect. Experimental data in support of this model are reviewed and possible tests of the model are suggested. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Cognitive Processes Mechanism of Action Neurobiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychophysiology PTSD Review Sleep Behavior Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

328. Jones, K. R. (2006, June). EMDR: Warning on safe use. Therapy Today, 17(5), 23.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
For EMDR to be used safely, I strongly agree with the position emphasised during training with the EMDR Institute, that this is an adjunct technique which should only be integrated into existing and appropriate professional practice. Furthermore, practitioners should be qualified to carry out an effective mental health assessment, to screen potential clients for contraindicative effects (eg dissociation or psychosis) prior to treatment, as well as being competent to deal with adverse effects such as strong abreactions. Given the potential for harm with techniques such as EMDR, I believe that it is essential for practitioners to have a 'practising certificate' before offering this approach to clients, rather than simply undertaking 'some training' as noted by the author.

Keywords: Letter

Accuracy Verified: Yes

329. Bower, B. (1995, October 21). EMDR: Promise and dissent. Science News, 148(17), 270-271.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Scientists rarely sound as apologetic as Charles R. Figley did after discussing his latest investigation at the American Psychological Association's annual meeting in New York City this August. "I'm taking a major risk in presenting such odd and unusual techniques to you," Figley told the assembled clinicians. "But these are potentially revolutionary treatments for traumatic stress reactions."

Keywords: Research

Accuracy Verified: Yes

330. D‘Hooghe, D. (2010, June). EMDR‘s application in the treatment of children with selective mutism. In Experimental use of EMDR. Symposium presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This case concerns a 4,5 year old girl with Selective Mutism. In this particular case. I considered Selective Mutism a symptom of an attachment trauma. Since the trauma wasn't accessible seeing her age and the complexity of the trauma, I used the symptom as a target. I applied EMDR within a phase model: the preparation phase, confrontation phase and integration phase. During these three phases I continuously worked with bilateral stimulation It is my hypothesis that in this case the bilateral stimulation: 1. stimulated and strengthened positive links in the adaptive network. 2 synchronized the activity of both cerebral hemispheres, resulting in a connection between the primary emotions of traumatic experiences and rational insights and language. 3. unblocked the traumatic information and reactivated the natural healing process of the brain. I used several forms of bilateral stimulation as visual stimulation, tactile stimulation and the butterfly hug. Because of her lack of words, she wasn't able to tell me anything. So through storytelling I offered her different themes to which she could respond by making drawings, figures in clay, etc. During the preparation phase, I focused on safety, ego strengthening and affect management to reduce the fear to speak. 1. Working with safety : the eye movements were first accomplished using a safe Image which brought up her own sense of security. Then, after imagining this safe place, the child was willing to play tapping games to strengthen feelings of safety. 2. Ego strengthening : to feel as strong as possible by installing resources and positive cognitions, and guiding the child towards acceptance and development of its unique being. Bilateral stimulation was used to strengthen the positive experiences. 3. Affect management: in the process of strengthening affect management, the child was given access to her anxiety by storytelling linked to visualization, the use of images and bodywork. Again, bilateral stimulation was used to strengthen the positive experiences/skills. After a few sessions. I introduced the use of language and stimulated her to make sounds, followed by pronouncing places of words and finally the pronunciation of complete words and sentences. Through this whole process, 1 combined the specific exercises to learn how to speak with bilateral stimulations. During the twelfth session, the child started talking spontaneously Given the fact that there wasn't any direct confrontation work during the sessions, we are left to wonder whether there has or hasn't occurred any trauma processing. The symptom came to a halt, together with the disappearance of other symptoms that were Inked to the trauma. The question is whether it is necessary to confront young children with their trauma in order to heal. Nevertheless, it seems like the combination of bilateral stimulation with storytelling, art therapy, play therapy and visualization speeded up the elimination of the child's trauma symptoms considerably.

Keywords: Experimental Use Selective Mutism

Accuracy Verified: Yes

331. Siano, J. (2008, April). Emergency intervention in art therapy with EMDR and somatic experiencing. Workshop presentation at the 1st Bi-annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, The Netherlands .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The following presentation shows a model, which was built and applied with many different populations, children, aged people and adults, during the Lebanon War 2006 and after it. The purpose was prevention of PTSD and overcoming the difficult and painful period. Originally it was aimed at art therapists, psychologists, and other mental health staff – Jews and Arabs. They work with already traumatized children and youth in the shelled north of Israel, have to contain much pain and to be strong for others. They were close to break down, or already broke down. The same model served the presenter later in many cases of crisis, with groups and individuals. Especially it was adapted with some much dissociated clients, giving voice (visual representation) to the different sub – personalities. The model aims for (1) bridging between state of freezing or collapsing and functioning; (2) providing tools for self regulation and helping others to self regulate; and (3) strengthening the felt sense of well-being connected to resources within the person and preventing PTSD. The methods used are: (1) evaluation of body-sensation, feeling and thoughts with SUDS (Subjective Units of Disturbance Scale); (2) drawing a picture of resource; installation of resource; (3) drawing a deficiency picture, a picture which represents the disturbing part in one’s present life; (4) EM (eye movements) between both pictures, through working in couples - bilateral stimulation; (5) re-evaluation of body – sensation, feeling and thought with SUDS. Learning objectives: 1. To demonstrate the impact of art in developing inner boundaries towards integration of ego states. 2. To legitimize extreme emotions and to understand that they are normal defenses to trauma. 3. To acquire tools for coping with trauma in the present.

Keywords: Art Therapy Emergency Intervention Somatic Experiencing

Accuracy Verified: Yes

332. Beaulieu, P. D. (2005, October). EMI et EMDR: Ressemblances et différences. Bulletin APQ, 1(1), 14-15.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Dans le champ de la psychothérapie, les intervenants peuvent avoir recours à différentes techniques: l’hypnose, la PNL, la désensibilisation systématique, la thérapie d’Impact, etc. À l’heure actuelle, deux d’entre elles se démarquent plus particulièrement: l’EMI (Eye Movement Integration Therapy) et l’EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing). Comme chacun le sait, ces techniques sont utilisées pour traiter les états de stress post-traumatiques et les souvenirs récurrents et négatifs. Comme elles présentent certaines ressemblances – dont la plus évidente est qu’elles font toutes deux appel à des mouvements oculaires –, il arrive souvent qu’elles soient confondues. Le présent article ayant comme principal objectif de les distinguer, nous aborderons divers aspects permettant de circonscrire leurs particularités propres: nous verrons donc les origines de chacune de ces techniques, le type de segments effectués, les mouvements oculaires impliqués et, enfin, la manière dont ces techniques s’appliquent lors des traitements.

Keywords: Eye Movement Integration Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

333. Lanius, R. A. (2010, June). Emotion regulation and the self in complex PTSD. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The lecture will focus on the core problems in PTSD related to early life trauma, including emotion dysregulation and fragmentation of the self. The neural correlates of emotional awareness, social emotion processing and self-monitoring will be described. Implications for stage oriented trauma treatment and early intervention will be discussed.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Keynote Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

334. U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, National Center for PTSD. (2001). Empirical evidence regarding behavioral treatments for PTSD, Factsheet. Washington, DC.

Language: English

Format: Publication

Abstract:
EMDR involves having the patient bring to mind images of the trauma while engaging in back-and-forth eye movements (or while alternating oneâs attention back and forth using taps or sounds). It also addresses trauma-related negative beliefs. It has been shown to be more effective than psychodynamic, relaxation, supportive, or placebo wait list therapies (where patients are put on a waiting list to receive treatment but don't actually receive it by the time they are tested). Research comparing EMDR to the more generally accepted cognitive-behavioral techniques shows significantly better results with CBT than with EMDR, particularly at three-month follow-up. CBT results also show greater sustainability. Research looking at the different components of EMDR shows that the eye movement component adds no additional treatment effect to the imagery exposure and the process of dealing with negative beliefs.

Keywords: Behavioral Treatments Fact Sheet Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

335. Ogden, P. (2004, September). Empowering the body: Somatic awareness and physical action in the treatment of trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The repetitive traumatic patterns our clients come to us to change are not only psychological but somatic, clearly reflected in posture, energy level, movement, regulation of arousal and other physical attributes. Changing these patterns cannot be accomplished by insight alone. The procedural memory that keeps such behaviors and dissociative patterns in in place must be addressed. A body-oriented approach is indicated that facilitates new actions and addresses dissociative symptoms, including somaticcomponents of traumatic memories (e.g., pain, analgesia, and motor inhibitions) and avoidance-related symptoms such as bodily anesthesia. Sensorimotor Psychotherapy emphasizes practicing new actions and building other somatic resouces to mitigate symptoms and develop a somatic sense of self. In this workshop, somatic interventions that can be integrated into existing clinical skills will be taught and illustrated through excerpts of videotaped therapy sessions and brief experiential exercises.

Keywords: Dissociation Somatism Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

336. Peterson, G. (2003, September). Energy healing methods to supplement EMDR in the treatment of DID. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing treatment (EMDR) is a powerful method for the treatment of PTSD. Therapists may uncover a covert dissociative disorder in the course of applying EMDR. The presentation will compare the major components of EMDR and energy psychotherapy techniques. Both of these treatment methods have in common 1) focusing on (attuning to) a disturbing problem, issue, or event; 2) applying a prescribed set of procedures to resolve the disturbance or imbalance. Participants will grasp the indications/risks/contraindications of use of EMDR and energy methods with DID. They will understand how energy healing methods can support EMDR.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Energy Psychology Energy Therapies

Accuracy Verified: Yes

337. Hartung, J., & Galvin, M. (2003). Energy psychology & EMDR: Combining forces to optimize treatment (1st ed). New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
As clinical and consulting psychologists, we have continually searched for ever better ways to help people. At this point after almost 60 years of combined practice, we have come to rely on energy psychology (EP) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) as our preferred methods. In this book we present the clinical findings that have led us to believe that these methods excel -- especially in combination -- in helping clients achieve profound change and growth, usually quickly and with stable results.We hope to persuade energy therapists to look at the richness that EMDR has to offer, keeping in mind that the interests of some clients sometimes might be better served by treatment with EMDR than EP. We also hope to convince EMDR clinicians to consider using energy techniques as additional resources for those times when EMDR stalls. For readers yet untrained in either, we offer an overview of the two brief therapies that have transformed our professional lives. [Adapted from Preface]

Keywords: Energy Psychotherapy Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

338. Hartung, J. G. (2002, September). Energy psychology in the service of EMDR. EMDRIA Newsletter, 7(3), 3-5.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
For some years EMDR has been linked with other more traditional therapies such as “psychodynamic, behavioral, Gestalt, and Adlerian Life style Analysis” (EMDR Institute, 2002). More recently, the use of EMDR along with energy psychology (EP) techniques has also been explored. Listed on the agenda of the 2002 EMDRIA annual Conference, for example, were two presentations explicitly referring to combined uses of EMDR with energy psychology (Phillips, 2002; Yoder, 2002). EP can refer to as many as eight different energy systems (Eden & Feinstein, 1998). Along with most energy practitioners in the US, I use the term primarily as a synonym for the meridian-based psychotherapies (Gallo, 1999, 2000; Lambrou & Pratt, 2000), and secondarily as including the chakra system (Fleming, 2001).

Keywords: Energy Psychology

Accuracy Verified: Yes

339. Feinstein, D. (2008). Energy psychology: A review of the preliminary evidence. Psychotherapy, 45(2), 199-213. doi:10.1037/0033-3204.45.2.199.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Energy psychology utilizes imaginal and narrative-generated exposure, paired with interventions that reduce hyperarousal through acupressure and related techniques. According to practitioners, this leads to treatment outcomes that are more rapid, powerful, and precise than the strategies used in other exposure-based treatments such as relaxation or diaphragmatic breathing. The method has been exceedingly controversial. It relies on unfamiliar procedures adapted from non- Western cultures, posits unverified mechanisms of action, and early claims of unusual speed and therapeutic power ran far ahead of initial empirical support. This paper reviews a hierarchy of evidence regarding the efficacy of energy psychology, from anecdotal reports to randomized clinical trials. Although the evidence is still preliminary, energy psychology has reached the minimum threshold for being designated as an evidence-based treatment, with one form having met the APA Division 12 criteria as a “probably efficacious treatment” for specific phobias; another for maintaining weight loss. The limited scientific evidence, combined with extensive clinical reports, suggests that energy psychology holds promise as a rapid and potent treatment for a range of psychological conditions.

Keywords: Energy psychology

Accuracy Verified: Yes

340. deGraffenreid, D., & Page, R. (2009, April 18). The enhanced safe place: A practitioners guide to using multi sensory imaging to strengthen the safe place. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Conference "EMDR and the Body," Amherst, MA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Enhanced Safe Place (ESP) builds comfort and trust early in treatment. EP is especially effective in community MH settings. ESP contains preparatory information, multi sensory imaging, progressive relaxation and simple hypnotherapy techniques. Participants will practice the three stages (preparation, beginning, debriefing) and 10 specific techniques to help create highly effective body-oriented ESP experiences.

Keywords: Enhanced Safe Place

Accuracy Verified: Yes

341. deGraffenried, D. F. (2007, September). The enhanced safe place: A practitioner's guide to using multi sensory imaging to strengthen and augment the safe place. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Multi sensory imaging techniques can dramatically strengthen the client’s Safe Place images resulting in a higher degree of client satisfaction, stronger development of the Safe Place and more effective affect management. This presentation will use a PowerPoint presentation to review 10 techniques, provide examples for their effective application and demonstrate with them via a client video tape.

Keywords: Enhanced Safe Place

Accuracy Verified: Yes

342. Foster, S. (2008, June). Enhancing EMDR resource installation with techniques from positive psychology. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The field of positive psychology is emerging as a specialty area within psychology. As such, it has much to offer us as clinicians and those of us who have been involved in peak performance work. This workshop provides the participants with immediately usable techniques that can enhance their existing resource work with clients. There is a well established empirical basis for the efficacy of the techniques presented, very much in keeping with EMDR’s scientific roots. This workshop is the first effort (originally conducted in 2003 at the EMDRIA Conference) 20 to integrate into EMDR Peak Performance work specific techniques from positive psychology, the emerging science of happiness and excellence and strengths such as courage. The presenter will explain how the EMDR Peak Performance protocol (which she co-created) is based on the standard EMDR protocol with three modifications: the Future is emphasized; resource development is oriented toward empowerment and possibility; and skills are taught to help clients reach optimal functioning. While the ‘Peak’ protocol already had self-actualization as its goal, its efficacy is enhanced by integrating the positive psychology techniques of using: positive emotions in the performance venue of importance to the client; the Appreciative Inquiry method for envisioning the future and for performance improvement; and optimistic explanatory style. Given time constraints, it is not possible to fully prepare participants to use the Peak Performance protocol. However, in an interactive format that includes a mini practicum, participants will be able to: 1-describe the key differences between the Peak and basic protocols, 2-help clients develop ‘Peak’ resources, 3-begin to establish an empowerment stance with clients, 4-summarize the benefits of teaching clients basic positive psychology concepts, 5-pursue further learning from the extensive positive psychology bibliography

Keywords: Postive Psychology Resource Installation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

343. Ginger, S. (2008, July). Enriching gestalt therapy though EMDR. International Journal of Psychotherapy, 12(2), 13-20.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
I shall briefly introduce EMDR techniques and share some theoretical hypotheses, with metaphors, about what's going on within the brain during Gestalt and EMDR sessions. I'll underline the integrative aspects of EMDR (parallelism with other more traditional approaches). Finally I'll present some typical cases of rapid and unexpected improvement... and also some cases of failure! And I'll try to clarify the best indications for each of these two modalities and of their combination.[Psych Info]

Keywords: Gestalt Therapy Metaphors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

344. Reamer, F. G. (2004, September). Ethical issues in EMDR: Risk-management implications. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will provide participants with a comprehensive overview of ethical, malpractice, and risk-management issues encountered in EMDR. Using extensive case material, participants will learn how to handle complex practice-based ethical dilemmas, prevent professional malpractice, and avoid liablity. Emphasis will be on practical strategies designed to protect clients, professionals, and employers. Key topics will include the limits to clients' rights to confidentiality and self-determination, privileged communications, informed consent procedures, the use of high-risk treatment techniques, boundary issues and dual relationships, conflicts of interest, defamation of character, consultation and referral, supervision, termination of services, documentation, and the problem of impaired colleagues. Participants will be provided with a typology of compelling ethical dilemmas and "high risk" areas, and acquainted with practical decision-making strategies.

Keywords: Ethics Risk Management

Accuracy Verified: Yes

345. Morris-Smith, J. (2011, June). The European EMDR shrinking protocol for children and adolesence: Development, theoretical considerations and clinical insights. Pre-conference presentation at the 12th European Conference on Traumatic Stress (ECOTS), Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The development of the Shrinking Protocol and its application has given rise to many interesting questions relating to the nature of trauma in childhood including whether pre-verbal trauma exists and is treatable; what constitutes a trauma in childhood; how does attachment and family dynamics affect EMDR therapy; what is dissociation in childhood and how can it be managed in EMDR therapy; what are the effects of chronic long-term traumatisation in early childhood and how soon can these be addressed. Also interesting questions have included how does it get integrated with other therapeutic modes and when to start. Further interesting discoveries have also been made when applying it to special groups, for example children with ASD and other developmental and medical conditions. EMDR therapy for children and adolescents is now being found to have very wide-ranging applications. This workshop will describe the evolution of the Shrinking Protocol which was based on the earlier work of Tinker & Wilson (1999) and demonstrate some of its different applications and uses with different conditions which will be illustrated with video clips. It also will demonstrate how EMDR therapy has led to new insights into the nature of traumatisation in childhood and suggest potential new directions for research and therapy.

Keywords: Adolescents Children Shrinking Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

346. Wolff, R. P. (2004). Evaluation of effectiveness of individual therapy sessions over 60 minutes. California Institute of Integral Studies, San Francisco, CA. AAT 3158599.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Research has produced few studies that support the 50-minute therapy session as the most effective session length for achieving optimal therapeutic results. This descriptive study attempted to determine differences in therapists' perceptions of how session length might impact therapeutic process, therapeutic outcome, treatment of specific psychological disorders, and if session length preference was based on theoretical orientation or procedures/techniques. A total of 65 practicing therapists drawn from the International Society for the Study of Dissociation, EMDR International Association, Trauma Incident Reduction Practitioners, San Francisco Society of Lacanian Study, and California Psychological Network completed questionnaires regarding their perceptions about psychotherapy for individuals employing longer session lengths versus the standard 50-minute session.Overall frequencies of questionnaire responses and between groups comparisons were analyzed using Chi-Square. The sample endorsed the use of longer sessions at statistically significant frequencies on the following questionnaire items: three therapeutic outcome items: Increases client's satisfaction, Shortens overall duration of therapy, and Facilitates corrective emotional experience; and nine therapeutic process items: Access to client's emotional material, Integration of experience before leaving session, Deepens development of transference, Working through defenses, Access to traumatic experiences, Integrate traumatic experience within session, Working through traumatic experience, and Improving likelihood of breakthrough experiences. The sample also agreed on the use of longer sessions as potentially contributing to positive outcome for treatment of the following disorders: Substance Abuse, Panic Disorder, Agoraphobia, Specific Phobia, Social Phobia, PTSD, GAD, and Eating Disorders. The findings of this study suggest that longer session lengths may have a positive impact on therapeutic process, therapeutic outcome, and certain disorders. Specific implications for the field of psychology and suggestions for research are discussed. [Author Abstract]

Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 65(12-B), 2005, pp. 6680.

Keywords: Empirical Study Health Personnel Attitudes Individual Psychotherapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Quantitative Study Treatment Duration Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

347. Oswalt, R., Anderson, M., Hagstrom, K., & Berkowitz, B. (1993, August). Evaluation of the one-session eye-movement desensitization reprocessing procedure for eliminating traumatic memories. Psychological Reports, 73(1), 99-104. doi:10.2466/pr0.1993.73.1.99 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye-movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) is a relatively new therapy technique originally reported to eliminate traumatic memories (rape, catastrophes) in one session. Early published research has tended to support the technique. However, there is controversy and at least one unpublished recent study by Rothbaum who reported only about one-half of her cases had successful outcomes. The present study was conducted as a preliminary evaluation in 1990. Our results were judged to be unsuccessful in five of eight cases and successful in three cases. Further, the cases with the most pathology improved the least. The techniques, cases, and outcomes are presented to provide additional data on this new and controversial therapeutic technique. [Author Summary]

Keywords: Americans College Students Empirical Study Intrusive Thoughts Psychiatric Inpatients Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

348. ter Heide, J. J., Mooren, T., & Kleber, R. (2009, November). Evidence-based vs. good practice: The treatment of traumatized refugees with EMDR. In M. Olff, J. J. Ter Heide, M. J. Nijdam, & S. Guay (Chairs), Advances in evidence-based treatment for PTSD. Symposium conducted at the 25th annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Despite the scientific evidence concerning the efficacy of EMDR in the treatment of PTSD, in clinical practice many clinicians are reluctant to apply EMDR to traumatized asylum seekers and refugees. Because they regard the traumatization of this population as too complex, and for fear of psychological decompensation, they tend to avoid confrontation with traumatic memories and stick to stabilization techniques. In a pilot study with 20 traumatized asylum seekers and refugees, we tested the hypothesis that, in accordance with treatment guidelines, EMDR would be more effective than stabilization in asylum seekers and refugees. Adult asylum seekers and refugees who applied for treatment at Centrum ’45, a Dutch national centre for psychological treatment of victims of war and organized violence, were randomly allocated to either 11 sessions of EMDR or 11 sessions of stabilization. PTSD and comorbid symptomatology and quality of life were assessed at pre- and post-treatment and three-month follow-up. In this presentation, the results of this pilot RCT will be discussed. Significant differences favouring EMDR over stabilization were found. Despite several drawbacks including a high drop-out and limited clinical improvement, study design seems feasible with this population.

Keywords: Evidence-Based Good Practice Refugees Symposium Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

349. Griffith, H. (2009, July). Evoking the embodied image with EMDR: Jung in the age of the brain. Presentation at the International Association for Jungian Studies Conference, Wales, Scotland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A new paradigm for understanding psychopathology is emerging out of the convergence of research in formerly disparate domains such as neurobiology, attachment theory, and the effects of trauma. At the same time, unorthodox treatment modalities such as EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) and the Energy therapies are beginning to gain favour in mainstream psychotherapy, not only because they seem to be supported by findings in fields such as neurobiology, but because they are so effective. As Jungians, I believe that our challenge is to revisit our work in the light of these latest scientific discoveries. In this paper, I first outline what brain imaging techniques are revealing about the importance of the dance between mother and infant in the actual hard-wiring of the babys developing brain. I then focus on trauma research, which shows how the release of stress induced hormones can result in the disorganization of the brain and the consequent shut down of integrative neuronal pathways. If we bring these two streams of research together we can see how early trauma within the parent infant bond, in which there is no adequate container to prevent the baby from falling into unbearable anxiety and terror, can initiate the hard-wiring of dysfunctional attitudes and behaviours that become reinforced throughout the childs development. I then briefly describe the EMDR protocol, which is proving to be a very effective technique in helping adult patients work through some of these dysfunctional patterns internalized in that very early parental dyad. This protocol uses a bilateral stimulation of the brain to engage a wider network of neuronal pathways to help process the painful psychological material, or complex, with which the patient is struggling. Facilitating a successful EMDR session is a little like witnessing a spontaneous active imagination as the patient weaves together the threads of a multitude of images, sensations, emotions, and cognitions into the fabric of a fuller, more nuanced, healing story of the self. The purpose of my paper is to demonstrate how these recent theoretical insights and treatment protocols can illuminate and enhance a Jungian approach to conducting psychotherapy. What I find remarkable is the compatibility between much of the contemporary research on the brain and many of Jungs ideas about the psyche. In this paper, however, I focus primarily on what we can learn about the complex. Drawing on numerous examples from case histories, I illustrate the effectiveness of the EMDR protocol in evoking the affect and embodied image at the core of the complex. I also demonstrate how the bilateral stimulation of the brain not only helps facilitate change but also, through the material which is engendered, gives us a window into how the complex was constructed in the first place.

Keywords: Brain Jung

Accuracy Verified: No

350. Schottenbauer, M. A. (2006). Expert therapists and practicing clinicians: Reported prototypical treatments of trauma. The Catholic University of America. AAT 3239353.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
PTSD is a frequent psychiatric response to a variety of extreme psychological stressors. While several effective treatments for PTSD such as cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) have been included on lists of empirically supported treatments, nonresponse rates to these treatments can be high. According to patient report, psychodynamic interventions are more common than CBT for PTSD in the community, yet only one randomized controlled trial has included a psychodynamic treatment for PTSD. This dissertation reviews the treatment dropout and non-response rates in studies of empirically supported treatments for PTSD. Next, a case for the value of psychodynamic treatment of PTSD is made, utilizing empirical research on links between the psychopathology of PTSD and psychodynamic concepts such as defenses and relationship patterns. Then, an empirical study was conducted to find out how psychodynamic and CBT therapists treat patients with PTSD, to discover commonalities and defining characteristics of treatment within each group of respondents, and to delineate the unique contributions of psychodynamic psychotherapy to the treatment of such patients.Therapists who identified themselves primarily with psychodynamic/psychoanalytic or cognitive-behavioral theoretical orientations were recruited online through professional organization listservs. They were randomly presented one of four case studies, describing variations on trauma. Participants then completed a Psychotherapy Process Q-Sort to describe quantitatively their ideal treatment of the given patient. Results indicated many similarities among clinicians of widely different perspectives. Among clinicians who indicated that their primary theoretical orientation was psychodynamic, three prototypical treatments were discovered, and among clinicians who indicated that their primary theoretical orientation was cognitive-behavioral, four prototypical treatments were found. Overall, the prototypes in the current study were correlated with, but not identical to, prototypes of PD, CBT, or interpersonal therapy (IPT) developed in previous studies based on experts' ratings. While the literature has suggested that clinicians who treat patients who have PTSD may make alterations in their techniques to address issues that are specific to PTSD, the current study provides some evidence that therapists are not aware of how their treatment for trauma is different from the theoretical approaches they endorse. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 67(10-B), 2007, pp. 6077.

Keywords: Cognitive Therapy Empirical Study Health Personnel Attitudes Mental Health Personnel Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Quantitative Study

Accuracy Verified: Yes

351. Brown, P. (2011, March). An exploration of the use of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) techniques within a solution focused brief therapy (SFBT) framework with children experiencing personal and school related problems. Presentation at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This study was set in a mainstream primary school in Scotland where a group of children had been identified by their class teachers and parents as presenting as quiet, shy, withdrawn and/or anxious. The researcher was an educational psychologist in the local authority where the study took place. 5 primary aged children at stages P5, P6 and P7 (aged 9 to 11 years) of the Scottish Primary education system were involved in a group process which took place in their school, consisting of 6 sessions over the course of 2 months. The intervention combined elements from Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and Solution Focused Brief Therapy (SFBT). This was a strength based approach which aimed to focus on positive strengths and increase resilience. The individual nature of the therapy required a flexible model. A qualitative research methodology was used. The general aim of this research was to investigate this combined therapeutic process within an applied psychology perspective. The research set out to study the experiences of a group of children during and after they participated in the process. A further aim of the research was to explore the process from my own perspective as the therapist and facilitator. Data was collected during and after each session and post intervention data was collected from children, parents and teachers. Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA) was used to analyse the data. Findings indicated that the children found the intervention helpful and they were able to identify particular aspects of SFBT and EMDR which they had found useful.

Keywords: Children School-Related Problems SFBT Solution Focused Brief Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

352. Follette, V., & and Smith, A. (2004). Exposure Therapy. In A. Freeman, S. H. Felgoise, A. M. Nezu, C. M. Nezu, & M. A. Reinke (Eds.), Encyclopedia of Cognitive Behavior Therapy (pp. 185-188). Springer.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Exposure therapy has increasingly been used in conjunction with other cognitive—behavioral therapies in a variety of formats and techniques, particularly in the treatment of anxiety disorders. Reasons for the addition of cognitive enhancements to exposure therapy include concerns for client well-being and/or an interest in increasing client willingness to engage the treatment. Other newer therapies such as CPT, ACT, and EMDR, while based in differing theoretical paradigms, incorporate cognitive and behavioral strategies that are consistent with exposure and cognitive change. Several empirical studies support combinations of exposure and other cognitive—behavioral therapies. However, studies evaluating a possible augmenting effect of other CBT components have generally shown equally promising effects with exposure alone and exposure combined conditions. Further research is needed to more fully understand which components of other cognitive—behavioral therapies are most helpful in addressing concerns of using exposure therapy alone, and the manner in which exposure therapy can be most effectively integrated.

Keywords: Exposure Cognitive Processing Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stress Inoculation Training

Accuracy Verified: Yes

353. Schlosser, F. J. (1993, Fall/Winter). Exposure/EMDR: Diagnostic use of feedback. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(2), 7-10.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
One of the tasks of psychotherapists is to attempt to reduce anxiety in their patients. They determine the level of this anxiety through patient reports, observations of body language, intuition, or results of projective and objective tests. They then gauge therapeutic effectiveness by the amount of anxiety reduction as indicated by these relatively subjective measures. Even behaviorists, who make much use of numbers in their evaluations, are not measuring anxiety but its effect on the client's behavior. It is my contention that subjective measures of anxiety are not appropriate scientific tools and, if we are to progress in the development of more effective techniques for removing or reducing anxiety, we must devise more objective and accurate techniques for measuring this state which we describe ourselves as "treating."

Keywords: Exposure Feedback

Accuracy Verified: Yes

354. Manfield, P. (1998). Extending EMDR: A casebook of innovative applications. New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
"Extending EMDR" is divided into two parts: those cases in which it was possible to target a relatively small number of distinct traumatic experiences, and those in which the client's symptoms have resulted from ongoing childhood trauma or neglect for which they are initially unable to identify representative discrete traumatic events. The cases in which clear targets were available required the therapists to identify those targets and work with a variety of resistances in order to achieve adaptive resolution. These clients could generally address their maladaptive defenses directly. Typically, their therapists relied on extensive cognitive interweave, structuring, support, and sometimes direct nurturing to make it possible for these clients to tolerate and utilize EMDR to process their targeted traumas.Where there were no distinct memories to target, the therapists needed to create innovative interventions. Their clients tended to be unable to address their maladaptive defenses directly without fragmenting or closing off. These cases required far more treatment time than those for which there were a limited number of discreet traumatic memories to target and process. Each therapist working with these clients needed to find a way to strengthen their ability to maintain internal cohesion and increase their sense of safety so that they could relinquish defenses without the threat of becoming overwhelmed and fragmented. Several of the therapists attempted to address directly the deficits that prevented their clients from recalling their past experiences, organizing them, and gaining access to specific memories and affect. [Text, pp. 9-10] [Pilots]

Keywords: Adults Americans Child Abuse Complex PTSD Defense Mechanisms Depressive Disorders Females Life Experiences Males Neglect Personality Disorders Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Survivors Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

355. Hollander, H. E. (2009, March 10). Eye closure, eye movements: ECEM for the treatment of panic and depersonalization disorders. Presentation at the 51st American Society of Clinical Hypnosis Annual Scientific Meeting, Boston, MA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
ECEM, a novel technique that integrates the eye movement component of EMDR within hypnosis, will be presented, with specific application to panic disorder and to depersonalization disorder, conceptualized as a subtype of panic disorder. The workshop will (1) provide a research review of neurophysiology and behavioral measures that support conceptualization of depersonalization disorder as a subtype of panic disorder; (2) discuss the use of ECEM (eye movements within hypnosis) to treat panic and depersonalization disorder; (3) describe specifi c procedures using ECEM to interrupt attacks of panic and depersonalization disorder; (4) describe how ECEM is used to reverse (up-regulate) feeling of unfamiliar self, sensory numbness, cognitive freezing, de-realization - core symptoms of depersonalization disorder; and (5) describe how ECEM is used to manage anticipatory anxiety associated with panic or depersonalization disorder, recognizing overlap and differences in hypnotic techniques and utilization of eye movements within hypnosis for each disorder. Participants should be familiar with, or planning to take courses in EMDR. The experiential component will include practice in managing dysfunctional breathing patterns, practice in utilization of self-generated eye movements within hypnosis to treat anticipatory anxiety-fear of panic or depersonalization episodes, and demonstration of hypnotic techniques to up-regulate core symptoms of depersonalization disorder. Upon completing this workshop, the participant should be able to: 1. Define three key characteristics of panic disorder and depersonalization; 2. Discuss ECEM and describe how ECEM is varied to treat one key similarity and one key diff erence that is required in the management of an episode of depersonalization disorder as distinct from panic disorder; and 3. Apply ECEM (hypnotic techniques and eye movements within hypnosis) to modify anticipatory anxiety that is a feature of both panic and depersonalization disorder.

Keywords: Depersonalization Disorders ECEM Eye CLosure Eye Movements Panic Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

356. Brown, S. H., Stowasser, J. E., & Shapiro, F. (2011). Eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR): Mental health-substance use. In D. B. Cooper (Ed.), Intervention in Mental Health-Substance Use (pp. 165-193) United Kingdom: Radcliffe Publishing Ltd .

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Substance use disorders remain a persistent social and medical problem. According to a recent report,1 addiction is the number one health problem in the United States. The report notes that when one considers the direct costs of drug-induced health problems, deaths due to accidents, Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), or drug-related acts of violent crime, there are ‘more deaths, illnesses and disabilities from substance abuse than from any other preventable health condition’.1 Most experts today agree that substance use disorders are a complex interaction between genetics, environment, and experience. ‘Substance dependence is not a failure of will or of strength of character, but a medical disorder that could affect any human being. Dependence is a chronic and relapsing disorder, often co-occurring with other physical and mental conditions’.2 The question remains - Why has it been that over the course of human history, where people and cultures have had access to alcohol and potent mind-altering substances, that only some become addicted while the rest are able to regulate their use? The drugs that people experiencing substance use disorders select are not chosen randomly, but are a result of an interaction between the psychopharmacologic action of the drug and the dominant painful feelings with which they struggle. Edward Khantzian, observed that opiates are often preferred because of their powerful numbing action on the affects of rage and aggression. Cocaine has its appeal because of its ability to relieve distress associated with depression. Although ill-fated, ‘addicts discover that the short-term effects of their drugs of choice help them cope with distressful subjective states and an external reality otherwise experienced as unmanageable or overwhelming’. Thus emerges a compelling hypothesis, which proposes that people use psychoactive substances in an attempt to control painful symptoms resulting from psychological trauma. This is referred to as ‘self-medication’. Some studies in the United States show that more than 50% of people with mental disorders also suffer from substance dependence compared to 6% of the general population.2 It is from our interest in providing integrated treatment for the complex interaction of genes, environment, trauma, and psychological pain as a driving force behind mental health-substance use disorders, that this chapter is written.

Keywords: Substance Abuse

Accuracy Verified: Yes

357. MacCulloch, M. J., & Feldman, P. (1996, November). Eye movement desensitisation treatment utilises the positive visceral element of the investigatory reflex to inhibit the memories of post-traumatic stress disorder: A theoretical analysis. British Journal of Psychiatry, 169(5), 571-579.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Background: Eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) has attracted controversy and has led to publications covering a wide range of psychological problems treated by EMDR, in particular, PTSD. There is growing clinical evidence of the effectiveness of EMDR, but a lack of a convincing theoretical basis to explain its rapid effect. Method: This paper argues that a combination of Pavlovian and Darwinian theory provide a theoretical explanation for the therapeutic effectiveness of EMDR. Results: We suggest that the investigatory component of the orienting reflex is an evolutionary development enabling organisms to assess their environment for both opportunities and threats. We propose that EMDR is rapidly effective because it is a clinical method of Pavlovian conditioning by which the positive visceral element of the investigatory reflex can be paired with clinically-induced noxious memories to remove their negative affect. Conclusion: Compared with established forms of treatment for PTSD, EMDR is rapid, with resulting clinical and economic benefits. Our suggested theoretical basis for EMDR has implications for further explanatory research and for developments in EMDR treatment. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Conditioned Emotional Responses Literature Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

358. ten Broeke, E., & de Jongh, A. (2007). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) bij complexe posttraumatische stress-stoornissen [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in complex post traumatic stress disorder]. In P. G. H. Aarts and W. D. Visser (Eds.), Trauma: diagnostiek en behandeling (2druk.), (pp. 231-252). Houten/Diegem: Bohn Stafleu van Loghum.

Language: Dutch

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) werd eind jaren tachtig geïntroduceerd door de Amerikaanse psychologe Shapiro (1989a) als een nieuwe methode voor de behandeling van PTSS en andere aan trauma gerelateerde psychische aandoeningen. Kenmerkend onderdeel van de procedure is dat de patiënt wordt gevraagd de traumatische herinnering in gedachten op te roepen en zich te concentreren op (1) het meest akelige beeld, (2) de daaraan verbonden betekenis, (3) het actuele affect en (4) de somatische reacties, waarna een afleidende stimulus wordt aangeboden. Voorbeelden van dergelijke stimuli zijn ritmische, bilaterale tonen en linksrechts alternerende handtaps. Maar de meest bekende en meeste gebruikte methode – EMDR ontleent hieraan immers haar naam –is de patiënt te vragen met de ogen de hand van de therapeut te volgen, terwijl deze een aantal snelle bewegingen in het horizontale vlak maakt.

Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) was introduced in the late eighties by the American psychologist Shapiro (1989a) as a new method for the treatment of PTSD and other trauma related mental disorders. Distinctive aspect of procedure is that the patient is asked the traumatic memory in mind to recall and concentrate on (1) the most dismal image, (2) the associated significance, (3) affect the current and (4) the somatic responses, after which a distracting stimulus is presented. Examples of such incentives are rhythmic, bilateral left and right show alternating hand taps. But the most famous and most used method - this is EMDR derives its name, the patient questions through the eyes of the therapist to follow, while a number of rapid movements in the horizontal plane makes

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

359. ten Broeke, E., & de Jongh, A. (1999). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) bij complexe posttraumatische stress-stoornissen [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR)in complex post traumatic stress disorder]. In P. G. H. Aarts and W. D. Visser (Eds.), Trauma: diagnostiek en behandeling (pp. 321-338). Houten/Diegem: Bohn Stafleu van Loghum.

Language: German

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) werd eind jaren tachtig geïntroduceerd door de Amerikaanse psychologe Shapiro (1989a) als een nieuwe methode voor de behandeling van PTSS en andere aan trauma gerelateerde psychische aandoeningen. Kenmerkend onderdeel van de procedure is dat de patiënt wordt gevraagd de traumatische herinnering in gedachten op te roepen en zich te concentreren op (1) het meest akelige beeld, (2) de daaraan verbonden betekenis, (3) het actuele affect en (4) de somatische reacties, waarna een afleidende stimulus wordt aangeboden. Voorbeelden van dergelijke stimuli zijn ritmische, bilaterale tonen en linksrechts alternerende handtaps. Maar de meest bekende en meeste gebruikte methode – EMDR ontleent hieraan immers haar naam –is de patiënt te vragen met de ogen de hand van de therapeut te volgen, terwijl deze een aantal snelle bewegingen in het horizontale vlak maakt.

Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) was late eighty introduced by the American psychologist Shapiro (1989a) as a new method for the treatment of PTSD and other trauma related mental disorders. Distinctive aspect of procedure is that the patient is asked the traumatic memory in mind to recall and concentrate on (1) the most dismal image, (2) the associated significance, (3) affect the current and (4) the somatic responses, after which a distracting stimulus is presented. Examples of such incentives are rhythmic, bilateral left and right show alternating hand taps. But the most famous and most used method - this is EMDR derives its name, the patient questions with the eyes by the therapist to follow, while a number of rapid movements in the horizontal plane makes.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

360. Balk, J. L. (2001, Nov 1). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) for post-traumatic stress disorder. Alternative Medicine Alert, 4, 121-124.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is a fairly common disorder. Roughly 8-10% of the population will suffer from PTSD at some point in their lives. For victims of violent crimes such as rape, the rate of PTSD may be 60-80%. (1) According to the DSM-IV, diagnostic criteria for PTSD include: 1) perceived or actual threat to life or physical integrity, accompanied by an emotional response of horror, helplessness, or intense fear; 2) re-experience of the trauma (e.g. flashbacks and nightmares); 3) avoidance of trauma-related stimuli and numbing of interest and affect; and 4) increased unwanted arousal, such as concentration difficulties, irritability, and insomnia. Specific criteria exist regarding the numbers of symptoms in each category that must be present.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

361. Albright, D. L., Thyer, B., Becker, B. J., & Rubin, A. (2011, November). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in combat veterans. Oslow, Norway: The Campbell Collaboration. Retrieved from www.campbellcollaboration.org on 2/16/2012.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
EMDR was introduced as a treatment modality about twenty five years ago (Shapiro, 1989). EMDR has eight treatment phases. The first three stages include: 1) history taking; 2) preparation (introduction to the EMDR protocol, coping strategies and affect management techniques) and 3) assessment (bringing to mind an image of a traumatic incident, identifying beliefs and emotions associated with that incident, rating the degree of disturbance felt in recalling the traumatic incident, and rating the validity of preferred cognitions about oneself). During the next phase desensitization the core component of the intervention is implemented. It involves using a dual attention/bilateral stimulation procedure that aims to reprocess the disturbing emotions and cognitions associated with the traumatic incident. The client is instructed to keep in mind the image, beliefs and cognitions while simultaneously visually tracking the therapist’ s fingers as they are moved back and forth in front of the client in a prescribed manner. (Bilateral tactile taps or auditory tones are used instead of eye movements for clients who have difficulty visually tracking.) Bilateral stimulation is also used during the next two phases - installation and body scan - which aim to install a positive cognition to replace the negative cognition associated with the trauma and to reprocess any remaining bodily sensations. During the next phase closure the client is advised about what to do between sessions if experiencing distress. The final phase re-evaluation occurs at the start of the next session and involves identifying and reprocessing any residual material from the previous session or that arose between sessions. The length of treatment sessions varies, but typically lasts from 60 to 90 minutes. The number of treatment sessions also varies, ranging between 5 and 15 sessions. [Excerpt]

Keywords: Combat Veterans Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

362. Klingler, O. J. (2010). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in der behandlung der posttraumatischen belastungsstörung (PTSD): Seine irksamkeit im vergleich zu alternativen verfahren [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in the treatment of post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD): Its effectiveness compared to alternative methods]. Grin, 34.

Language: German

Format: Book

Abstract:
Hintergrund: Untersuchungen zur Wirksamkeit des EMDR in der Behandlung der Posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung liefern uneinheitliche Ergebnisse und keine ausreichende Grundlagen für Behandlungsentscheidungen. Fragestellung: Welche Entscheidungsgrundlagen liefert ein „entscheidungsorientiertes Modell der besten Vergleiche“, nach dem nur jene direkten Vergleiche mit anderen aktiven Behandlungsverfahren berücksichtigt werden, die besonderen methodischen Kriterien entsprechen? Methoden: Zusammenfassende Auswertung von randomisierten Vergleichen des EMDR mit alternativen Behandlungsverfahren bezüglich der Zielvariablen Remissionen, Schweregrad der Symptomatik, allgemeines Wohlbefinden und Completer. Ergebnisse: EMDR führt zu günstigeren Ergebnissen im Vergleich zu Placebo und ver-haltenstherapeutischer Exposition und zu keinen ungünstigeren Ergebnissen als Fluoxetine, Entspannungsverfahren und „unvollständiges“ EMDR ohne Augenbewegungen. Schlussfolgerungen: Bei Anwendung des entscheidungs-orientierten Modells der besten Vergleiche legen die vorliegenden Ergebnisse nahe, bei der Posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung EMDR vorläufig als die Behandlungsmethode der Wahl anzusehen.
[Background: Studies on the effectiveness of EMDR in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder deliver inconsistent results and insufficient basis for treatment decisions. Question: What are the bases for decision provides a "decision-oriented model of the best comparisons" are taken into account according to which only those direct comparisons with other active treatments that meet specific methodological criteria? Methods: Summary analysis of randomized comparisons of EMDR with alternative treatment methods in relation to the target variable remission, severity of symptoms, general well-being and Completer. Results: EMDR leads to better results compared to placebo and behavioral therapeutic exposure and no less favorable results than fluoxetine, relaxation techniques and "incomplete" EMDR without eye movements. Conclusions: Application of decision-oriented model of the best comparisons suggest the results presented at the post-traumatic stress disorder EMDR provisionally be regarded as the treatment of choice.]

Background: Studies on the effectiveness of EMDR in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder deliver inconsistent results and insufficient basis for treatment decisions. Question: What are the bases for decision provides a "decision-oriented model of the best comparisons" are taken into account according to which only those direct comparisons with other active treatments that meet specific methodological criteria? Methods: Summary analysis of randomized comparisons of EMDR with alternative treatment methods in relation to the target variable remission, severity of symptoms, general well-being and Completer. Results: EMDR leads to better results compared to placebo and behavioral therapeutic exposure and no less favorable results than fluoxetine, relaxation techniques and "incomplete" EMDR without eye movements. Conclusions: Application of decision-oriented model of the best comparisons suggest the results presented at the post-traumatic stress disorder EMDR provisionally be regarded as the treatment of choice.
[Background: Studies on the effectiveness of EMDR in the treatment of post traumatic stress disorder deliver inconsistent results and insufficient basis for treatment decisions. Question: What are the bases for decision provides a "decision-oriented model of the best comparisons" are taken into account according to Which only those direct comparisons with other active treatments that meet specific methodological criteria? Methods: Summary analysis of randomized comparisons of EMDR with alternative treatment methods in relation to the target variable remission, severity of symptoms, general well-being and Completer. Results: EMDR leads to better results compared to placebo and behavioral therapeutic exposure and no less Favorable results than fluoxetine, relaxation techniques and "incomplete" EMDR without eye movements. Conclusions: Application of decision-oriented model of the best comparisons suggest the results presented at the post-traumatic stress disorder EMDR provisionally be regarded as the treatment of choice].

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

363. Luber, M. (2009). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (Ed.). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
EMDR has become an important tool in the use of treating trauma. As therapists have worked with this methodology, EMDR has been used in many different areas of human suffering such as addictions, anxiety, pain, dissociative disorders, and many other issues. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) Scripted Protocols serves as a one-stop resource where therapists can access a wide range of protocols, including the past, present, and future templates, as well as any auxiliary information. The book sets forth a template for therapists and researchers to use so that the form of working in the EMDR idiom is consistent, valid, and reliable. Written in an easy-to-use manual style, the book is replete with detailed techniques, exercises, and scripts as developed by recognized EMDR experts.

Keywords: Scripted Protocols

Accuracy Verified: Yes

364. Luber, M. (2009). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations. New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
EMDR has become an important tool in the use of treating trauma. As therapists have worked with this methodology, EMDR has been used in many different areas of human suffering such as addictions, anxiety, pain, dissociative disorders, and many other issues. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) Scripted Protocols serves as an authoritative, one-stop resource where therapists can access the full protocols, including the past, present, and future templates, as well as any auxiliary information. The book sets forth a template for therapists and researchers to use so that the form of working in the EMDR idiom is consistent, valid, and reliable. Written in an easy-to-use manual style, the book is replete with detailed techniques, exercises, and scripts as developed by recognized EMDR experts.

Keywords: Scripted Protocols

Accuracy Verified: Yes

365. Shapiro, F. (1998). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Accelerated information processing and affect-driven constructions. Crisis Intervention and Time-Limited Treatment, 4(2-3), 145-157 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Serves as an introduction to the primary concepts and procedures of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), as well as briefly reviews the present state of research on its efficacy in the area of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). EMDR is a complex method that incorporates salient aspects of many of the major therapeutic modalities. The basic underlying principles are elucidated in the Accelerated Information Processing model which posits the ability to directly access and process dysfunctional perceptions that were stored at the time of the traumatic event. These state-dependent perceptions are considered the primary cause of posttraumatic stress symptomatology. Additionally, rigid and maladaptive schemata are assumed to be caused by earlier life experiences that are dysfunctionally stored. The primary goal of EMDR is to release clients from the non-adaptive bonds of the past, thereby providing them with the ability to make positive and flexible choices in the present. Current research on EMDR substantiates its ability to rapidly and effectively process the targeted event and attendant traumata. The eight phases of treatment are considered necessary to resolve the somatically-based pathologies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Primary Concepts and Procedures

Accuracy Verified: Yes

366. Gupta, D., Tank, P., & Mehrotra, S. (2011, January). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): A promising psychotherapeutic intervention. Presentation at the 63rd Annual National Conference of Indian Psychiatric Society, New Delhi, India.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It doesn’t matter how long the memories have been stored and for how long they have been exerting a negative effect on the child. Children reprocess their traumas more quickly in EMDR than in other therapies and becomes desensitized to the painful memories and images. The EMDR procedures results in: 1) Decreasing the vividness of disturbing memory, images and related affect. 2) Facilitating access to more adaptive information. 3) Forging new associations within and between memory networks.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

367. Davidson, P. R., & Parker, K. C. H. (2001, April). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): A meta-analysis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69(2), 305-316. doi:101037//0022-006x.69.2.305.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), a controversial treatment suggested for PTSD and other conditions, was evaluated in a meta-analysis of 34 studies that examined EMDR with a variety of populations and measures. Process and outcome measures were examined separately, and EMDR showed an effect on both when compared with no treatment and with therapies not using exposure to anxiety-provoking stimuli and in pre-post EMDR comparisons. However, no significant effect was found when EMDR was compared with other exposure techniques. No incremental effect of eye movements was noted when EMDR was compared with the same procedure without them. R. J. DeRubeis and P. Crits-Christoph noted that EMDR is a potentially effective treatment for noncombat PTSD, but studies that examined such patient groups did not give clear support to this. In sum, EMDR appears to be no more effective than other exposure techniques, and evidence suggests that the eye movements integral to the treatment, and to its name, are unnecessary. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Behavior Therapy Exposure Therapy Meta Analysis Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

368. Bae, H., Kim, D., & Park, Y. C. (2008). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing for adolescent depression. Psychiatry Investigation, 5(1), 60-65.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
While cognitive behavior therapy is considered to be the first-line therapy for adolescent depression, there are limited data on whether other psychotherapeutic techniques are also effective in treating adolescents with depression. This report suggests the potential application of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) for treatment of depressive disorder related, not to trauma, but to stressful life events. At present, EMDR has only been empirically validated for only trauma-related disorders such as posttraumatic stress disorder. Two teenagers with major depressive disorder (MDD) underwent three and seven sessions of EMDR aimed at memories of stressful life events. After treatment, their depressive symptoms decreased to the level of full remission, and the therapeutic gains were maintained after two and three months of follow up. The effectiveness of EMDR for depression is explained by the model of adaptive information processing. Given the powerful effects observed within a brief period of time, the authors suggest that further investigation of EMDR for depressive disorders is warranted.

Keywords: Adolescent Case Report Depression Major Depressive Disorder Psychotherapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

369. Cerone, M. R. (2000). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the psychological treatment of combat-related guilt: A study of the effects of eye movements. Temple University, Philadelphia, PA. AAT 9990301.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The purpose of this study was to investigate the role of eye movements in eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), and to test the efficacy of EMDR in the treatment of guilt associated with combat trauma. EMDR was compared to a non-eye movement (NEM) analog, which entailed the full EMDR procedure minus the eye movements. A single-case multiple component cross-over design across 7 participants was utilized.Participants were combat veterans who were receiving inpatient treatment for PTSD at the Coatesville Veterans Administration Medical Center. 4 participants were introduced first to the EMDR condition and 3 participants were introduced first to the NEM analog condition. Each participant was exposed to both conditions. Dependent measures included: (1) pre- and post-treatment scores on the Clinician Administered PTSD Scale for DSM-IV - One Week Symptom Status Version (CAPS-SX), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Impact of Event Scale (IES), and Trauma Related Guilt Inventory (TRGI), (2) self-monitoring data on the frequency and intensity of intrusive thoughts, disturbing dreams, and guilt, and (3) measures of participants' subjective level of distress within sessions and pre- and post-treatment using the Subjective Units of Distress Scale (SUDS). As measured by SUDS ratings, EMDR resulted in a greater decrease in dyphoric affect within-session than the NEM analog. EMDR also resulted in a significant decrease in mean SUDS ratings from pre- to post-treatment. EMDR resulted in significant decreases in combat-related PTSD symptomatology, as measured by pre- and post-treatment scores on the CAPS-SX, BDI, and IES. EMDR also resulted in significant decreases in mean pre- and post-treatment frequency of self-reported intrusive thoughts and mean pre- and post-treatment intensity of intrusive thoughts, disturbing dreams, and guilt. Additionally, EMDR resulted in a significant decrease in pre- and post-treatment scores on one scale and two subscales of the TRGI. No differences in the mean frequency and intensity of self- reported intrusive thoughts, disturbing dreams, and guilt were detected between EMDR and the NEM analog. Results of the present study support the role of eye movements in attaining treatment gains with EMDR. Additionally, this study supports the efficacy of EMDR in the treatment of combat-related guilt. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 61(10-B), Apr 2001, pp. 5555.

Keywords: Adults Americans Empirical Study Guilt Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Effectiveness War Veterans

Accuracy Verified: Yes

370. Estergard, L. (2008). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the treatment of chronic pain. Walden University, Minneapolis, MN. AAT 3336660.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Previous research has indicated that individuals with chronic pain who exhibit adaptive coping mechanisms are more likely to manage their pain effectively. If they experienced little success with pain management in the past, they are not likely to exhibit adaptive coping strategies in the present. However, there remains an important gap in the literature regarding the use of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) as a strategy for chronic pain. One purpose of this study was to establish the effectiveness of EMDR in the reduction of chronic pain; another was to examine the relationship between chronic pain intensity and emotion, as suggested by the biopsychosocial model of pain and measured by the Multiple Affect Adjective Checklist-Revised. In this matched 2-group design, participants were matched on pretest chronic pain scores and randomized to EMDR and a delayed treatment group. Pre- and posttreatment chronic pain levels were determined using the Short-Form McGill Pain Questionnaire. Data were analyzed using paired samples t-tests. There was a significant reduction in chronic pain following six EMDR sessions for the participants in the experimental group and the delayed-treatment group. The results also indicated a reduction in dysphoria for both groups following EMDR. The findings may help to clarify whether EMDR is effective in alleviating chronic pain, which may lead to more satisfying lives for patients and their families. This study is an important contribution to the literature and enhances social change initiatives by showing that collaboration between EMDR and other types of treatment may offer more expedient and long-term relief to patients, thus affecting the costs (e.g., health insurance) associated with chronic pain.[Author abstract]

Keywords: Biopsychosocial Models Chronic Pain Coping Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

371. Gosselin, P. W. (1994). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the treatment of test anxiety: A study of the effects of eye movement and expectancy on the procedure's results. University of Massachusetts Amherst. AAT 9420630.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, abbreviated EMDR, is a recently discovered technique acclaimed as a major breakthrough for the reduction of anxiety. Numerous anecdotal studies have been presented showing the efficacy of EMDR. There are currently no published studies investigating use of EMDR specifically for test anxiety. The purpose of this study was to use the EMDR technique to study its efficacy for test anxiety. This study also examined whether or not high and low expectancy conditions significantly affected scores on post-session anxiety ratings. In addition, the procedure was used with and without eye movement to see whether or not eye movement was a critical factor in eliciting positive change in anxiety ratings. A single session of approximately one hour was conducted individually with 41 subjects, college students reporting test anxiety. The subjects were randomly assigned to one of four conditions reflecting varying combinations of eye movement and expectancy conditions. A 2 x 2 analysis of variance was conducted for expectancy and eye movement factors on two dependent measures. These measures were Subjective Units of Disturbance Scale (SUDs) and the Test Anxiety Inventory (TAI). Results of the study show a significantly greater amount of reduction in the SUDs using the eye movement supporting the hypothesis that eye movement is critical to the efficacy of EMDR. No other statistically significant main effects or interactions were found with measuring the SUDs or TAI. However, it should be noted that all groups showed substantial reductions in post-treatment TAI scores. The expectancy conditions presented to subjects also had no measureably significant effects. There was anecdotal support of the power of the eye movement but no significant behavioral changes other than the reduction in SUDs. It was concluded that EMDR is worthy of further study with larger samples of the test anxious population. Further study may want to use EMDR in conjunction with other techniques and for more than one session.

Keywords: Test Anxiety

Accuracy Verified: Yes

372. Servan-Schreiber, D. (2002, July/August). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing psychotherapy: A model for integrative medicine. Alternative Therapies in Health and Medicine, 8(4), 100-103.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Provides information on eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), one of the most widely studied treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Reliance of the procedure on effective ingredients from well-established psychotherapies; Forms of stimulation used; Integrative approach to the patient-therapist relationship.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapy Techniques PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

373. Puffer, M. K. (1995, May). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing with children and adolescents experiencing traumatic memories. Walden University, Minneapolis, MN. AAT 9608112.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
This research project evaluated the effectiveness of using Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) techniques on children and adolescents (N = 20) between the ages of 7 to 18, who were experiencing anxiety due to traumatic memories. EMDR therapeutic techniques were administered in one 90-minute therapy session to subjects in an experimental group (N = 10) and after a 30-day waiting period, EMDR was administered to subjects in a delayed treatment group (N = 10) to help substantiate the effectiveness of using EMDR with this population. The results of the study indicated a highly significant reduction in anxiety related to traumatic memories in both an experimental group and a delayed treatment group, as measured by the Subjective Units of Distress Scale (SUDS), the Impact of Events (IES) scale, and in the delayed treatment group using the Children's Manifest Anxiety Scale (CMAS) after treatment. There was a lack of significance in the reduction of anxiety in the experimental group, as measured by the Children's Manifest Anxiety Scale (CMAS). The results showed a significant difference in cognition, changing from negative to positive thinking, as measured by the Validity of Cognition (VoC) scale. The findings demonstrate that EMDR may help to measure, treat, and enhance the lives of children and adolescents experiencing anxiety from traumatic memories. It is recommended that future research focus on using standardized psychological tests to support the efficacy of using EMDR with children and adolescents. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved) Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 56(11-B), May 1996, pp. 6421.

Keywords: Adolescents Children Empirical Study Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

374. Fensterheim, H. (1996, March). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing with complex personality pathology: An integrative therapy. Journal of Psychotherapy Integration, 6(1), 27-38.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Among the explorations of psychotherapy integration, attempts to integrate the cognitive behavioral and psychodynamic approaches are receiving much attention. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is one newly developed method that appears to have successfully achieved such integration. The author presents cases of 2 patients with complex personality problems to illustrate how EMDR does achieve this integration. The cases demonstrate the formulation of dynamic hypotheses based first on a thoughtful clinical understanding of the patient and then reformulated as new information emerges from the free associations elicited by this method. Treatment based on these formulations is through the cognitive and behavioral aspects of the EMDR procedures. Unlike many other integrative methods that have been proposed, the different aspects of this method are not applied separately but form a cohesive whole. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Empirical Study Multimodal Treatment Approach Nonclinical Case Study Personality Disorders Psychotherapeutic Techniques

Accuracy Verified: Yes

375. Erwin, T. M. (2001). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A critical analysis. Columbus, OH: Ohio University.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Since Shapiro's introduction of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) in 1989, it has been a highly controversial therapeutic technique. Critical reviews of Shapiro's initial study have highlighted many methodological shortcomings in her work. And early empirical research that followed Shapiro's original study has been criticized for using small samples, using limited or nonrepresentative samples, or issues of treatment integrity. Research on EMDR has dramatically increased in both quantity and methodological rigor since the mid-1990s. Moreover, since its first appearance in the literature, EMDR has undergone a number of modifications. This article reviews key research conducted on EMDR since 1995 (using university students and war veterans), highlights issues of concern raised by researchers, and discusses the implications of these findings for the clinical counselor.

Keywords: Counseling Techniques Counseling Theories Criticism Evaluation Methods Eye Movements Research Problems Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

376. Goldstein, A., & Feske, U. (1993, Fall). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: An emerging treatment for anxiety disorders. ADAA Reporter, 1(4), 1, 12.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) procedure developed by Shapiro (1889a,b; 1991) is an imaginal exposure and cognitive reprocessing technique for treating negative affect associated with traumatic memories. EMDR requires that the client engage in recall via imagination of the disturbing event and focus on associated affect, cognitions, and body sensations while performing rapid saccadic eye movements by following the repetitive motion of the therapist's hand. After the eye movement set, which usually lasts for about 20 seconds, the client briefly reports on any changes in the image, or co-occurring experiences. The client then engages in the next set of eye movement during which he or she is to focus on any newly, spontaneously generated material. This cycle of imaginal exposure in conjunction with eye movement followed by the client's feedback is continued until the client no longer generates relevant associations, feels comfortable, and reports no discomfort in response to the original memory. At this point a positive cognition is paired with the original scene by having the client imagine the original scene, rehearse the positive statement covertly, and simultaneously engage in eye movement.

Keywords: Anxiety Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

377. Boudewyns, P. A., Stwertka, S. A., Hyer, L. A., Albrecht, J. W., & Sperr, E. V. (1993, February). Eye movement desensitization for PTSD of combat: A treatment outcome pilot study. the Behavior Therapist, 16(2), 29-33.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The purpose of this study is to evaluate the short-term effectiveness of eye movement desensitization (EMD) in reducing negative affect associated with traumatic memory in PTSD patients. In addition to evaluating the general efficacy of the EMD technique, we were also interested in controlling for the possible contribution of an exposure effect in accounting for any positive outcome. Shapiro finds that the technique can be effective in only one session. The present study uses two sessions of EMD offered to veterans diagnosed with combat-related PTSD. [Adapted from Text, p. 30]

Keywords: Americans Combat Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychobiology Psychophysiology PTSD Treatment Effectiveness Veterans Vietnam War

Accuracy Verified: Yes

378. Friedberg, F. (2004, November). Eye movement desensitization in fibromyalgia: A pilot study. Complementary Therapies in Nursing and Midwifery, 10(4), 245-249. doi:10.1016/j.ctnm.2004.06.006.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The purpose of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of eye movement desensitization (EMD) for the relief of pain, fatigue and anxiety and depression in fibromyalgia patients. Six Caucasian female patients (mean age=43.2 yr) participated in two treatment sessions. Outcome assessments included the Fibromyalgia Impact Questionnaire, Fatigue Scale, Beck Anxiety Inventory, and Beck Depression Inventory. In-session process measures included thermal biofeedback monitoring and subjective units of discomfort ratings of pain, stress, and fatigue. Four out of six subjects were considered treatment responders. Thermal biofeedback monitoring revealed an average increase in hand temperature of 5.4 degrees indicating a relaxation effect. At treatment termination, average scores decreased on the measures of anxiety (28.6%), depression (29.9%), fibromyalgia impact (12.6%), and fatigue (11.5%). At the 3-month follow-up assessment, total reductions in average scores from pre-treatment baseline reflected further improvements on measures of anxiety (45.8%), depression (31.6%), fibromyalgia impact (19.2%), and fatigue (26.7%). Because EMD produced a somewhat automatic relaxation response with minimal patient participation, it may be especially useful when standard relaxation techniques fail.

Keywords: Fibromyalgia Pilot Study

Accuracy Verified: Yes

379. Rose, B. K. (2004). Eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR): A treatment protocol for addicted inmates with traumatic histories. Carlos Albizu University, Miami, FL. AAT 3102092.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract: S
ubstance Abuse is the use and abuse of mood and mind altering substances often having undesired effects on the lives of those addicted, and having a negative impact on the lives of others. Those addicted may expose themselves and others to physical and psychological harm; may create forensic problems; cause disintegration of the family, and problematic interpersonal relationships. Underlying reasons for addictive behavior include but are not limited to: genetic predisposition, psychosocial involvement, psychobiological complications, developmental conditions, and pre-existing psychological and environmental events. Some deficits found in those addicted include: poor coping skills, inability to problem solve, inability to function in difficult situations, and may use cognitive avoidance as a means of coping with life. The idea that children might be negatively impacted by exposure to substance abuse using parents is not a new revelation. However, the degree of damage done to these children is severe, and more is being learned about the severity of that damage. Children often are enmeshed with their dysfunctional families, and many problems arise involving their inability to maintain intimate relationships with others. Attachment issues may develop in infancy and early stages of maturation, and adversely affect children's ability to function as adults. Abusive pasts and traumatic incidents often may hinder the psychological growth and maturity of those who have experienced trauma and abuse.Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) is a fairly new concept of treatment. It was first designed to address therapy with those who had been exposed to trauma. However, over the past 22 years since its inception, it has been adapted to treat many other types of Axis I disorders. It has been determined that EMDR is useful in addressing substance abuse and other Axis I diagnoses, especially PTSD. Hiller, Knight, and Simpson completed a study with 161 persons who resided at a residential halfway house for newly released inmates. Their results found: 80% of the sample of had psychological problems; 72% had significant drug abuse problems; 58% had concurrent psychopathology and drug abuse problems. Research indicates prison confinement is increasing, and the idea of therapy in the forensic setting is gaining in popularity. Thus, the purpose of this dissertation is to design a substance abuse program to address the difficulties of substance abuse treatment for the dual diagnosed clients. The data collected from this program will help provide much needed information in order to further research and increase our understanding of the needs of this underserved population. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Comorbidity Drug Abuse Prison Inmates Psychiatric Disorders Stressors Survivors Therapeutic Community

Accuracy Verified: Yes

380. Bolen, D. W. (1999, August). Eye movement desensitization reprocessing for the treatment of anxiety in psychology internship applicants: An interrupted time series design. The Chicago School - School of Professional Psychology, Chicago, IL. AAT 9920131.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
This study used an interrupted time series design to study the effectiveness of Eye Movement Desensitization Processing (EMDR) on the anxiety levels of 17 psychology graduate student participants who were in the process of applying to psychology internship sites. Participants were screened for pathology using the Symptom Checklist - Revised. Anxiety was assessed four times using the State Trait Anxiety Scale, twice prior to and twice following treatment with EMDR. Additionally, in an attempt to the account for some of the error variance due to history, the Schedule of Recent Events was given twice during the study, once prior to the EMDR treatment and once along with the final administration of the State Trait Anxiety Scale. Additional information about the effects of EMDR on anxiety, were obtained by monitoring heart rate and blood pressure changes during EMDR treatment for half of the participants. A dependent t-test on pre- and post-EMDR State Trait Anxiety Scale data failed to yield significant results. Other analyses also showed no effect of treatment. However, visual inspection of the data suggested that EMDR may have been effective for some participants. The range and diversity of participant's responses to anxiety over the course of the study, the relatively small sample size and design factors that increased the error variance were discussed in relation to the insignificant results. It was suggested that specific personality traits (e.g. characterological anxiety) and attributes of the distressing target event (e.g. amount of affect evoked) may act as intervening variables in an individual's response to EMDR treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved) Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 60(2-B), Aug 1999, pp. 0819.

Keywords: Anxiety Empirical Study Interrupted Time Series Design Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial

Accuracy Verified: Yes

381. Foster, S., Lendl, J., & Wilson, D. (1992, July). Eye movement desensitization useful against anxiety, trauma. The California Psychologist, 20.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
The Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) procedure, developed by Francine Shapiro, Ph.D., was introduced as a new rapid treatment for anxiety and related traumata. Dr. Shapiro serendipitously discovered that lateral eye movements (saccades) produced a decrease in distress associated with dysfunctional thoughts. The basic protocol for integrating EMDR into clinical work involves the client performing sets of saccades (usually when tracking the therapist's finger) while visualizing a disturbing image, thinking a disconcerning thought or focusing on an unpleasant affect. The result is - often a rapid working through of even strong negative feelings, a disappearance of the upsetting images and a facilitation of cognitive restructuring of dysfunctional thoughts.

Keywords: Anxiety Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

382. Andrade, J., Kavanagh, D., & Baddeley, A. (1997, May). Eye-movements and visual imagery: A working memory approach to the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 36(2), 209-223. doi:10.1111/j.2044-8260.1997.tb01408.x.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
It has been claimed that the symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) can be ameliorated by eye-movement desensitization-reprocessing therapy (EMD-R), a procedure that involves the individual making saccadic eye-movements while imagining the traumatic event. We hypothesized that these eye-movements reduce the vividness of distressing images by disrupting the function of the visuospatial sketchpad (VSSP) of working memory, and that by doing so they reduce the intensity of the emotion associated with the image. This hypothesis was tested by asking non-PTSD participants to form images of neutral and negative pictures under dual task conditions. Their images were less vivid with concurrent eye-movements and with a concurrent spatial tapping task that did not involve eye-movements. In the first three experiments, these secondary tasks did not consistently affect participants' emotional responses to the images. However, Expt 4 used personal recollections as stimuli for the imagery task, and demonstrated a significant reduction in emotional response under the same dual task conditions. These results suggest that, if EMD-R works, it does so by reducing the vividness and emotiveness of traumatic images via the VSSP of working memory. Other visuospatial tasks may also be of therapeutic value (PubMed).

Keywords: Australia Empirical Study Eye movements Experimental Stressors Pictorial Stimuli Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Survivors Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

383. Wesselman, D. (2010, September/October). Facilitating the journey from fear to love: Using EMDR to treat insecure and disordered attachments in children and adults. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will learn to identify the anxious core beliefs of adults and children and the unspoken bonding contract developed in early childhood. Participants will discover new tools for creating more secure attachments, including resource development exercises to strengthen adults’ capacity to nurture self and others, resource development for strengthening attachments between children and parents, and parenting techniques to help facilitate attachment in children. Participants will learn to adapt EMDR to help children with Reactive Attachment Disorder effectively resolve attachment traumas and remove obstacles to love. The presenter will share research data illustrating the impact of EMDR on attachment issues.

Keywords: Adults Attachment Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

384. Shusta-Hochberg, S. (2011, November). Fairy tales and singing bowls: Creatively augmenting adult trauma treatment. Presentation at the 28th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Montreal, Quebec .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Trauma work requires intense and often protracted effort for therapists and patients alike. While talk therapy to address trauma, empower patients and reduce maladaptive behaviors is a cornerstone of trauma therapy, sometimes it is insufficient. If a patient becomes destabilized during a session, we will need to employ containment or grounding techniques. When the work hits an impasse, we may spark new energy and momentum by introducing an adjunctive technique. Hypnosis and EMDR can be used in various effective ways, and there are many other interventions worth considering. Some adult trauma survivors find that symbolic play with toys or games enables them to work better in session. Several of my patients have found comfort from interventions such as sharing and discussing classic fairy tales and other readings or ringing a Tibetan singing bowl in session. While some interventions are stabilizing, others are perturbing or instigating, bringing up new material to explore. This paper will discuss varying interventions the therapist can utilize that can calm, energize, contain or provoke insights, or provide access to deeper material needed for therapeutic healing. Judicious use of adjunctive alternative referrals such as craniosacral or chiropractic treatment, music and art therapy will be discussed as well. Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be able to assess skills and/or materials they have now that could be utilized in this supplemental way: art skills, musical skills or aids such as Tibetan singing bowls, aromatherapy aids such as candles, essential oils or incense; or consider techniques they might like to employ in therapy. 2)Participants will be able to determine which of their current trauma patients might benefit from the addition of supplemental techniques in treatment or from referrals to outside professionals for adjunctive treatment such as art or music therapy, or for bodywork such as craniosacral treatment. 3) Participants will be able to identify opportunities to utilize new interventions in a treatment such as impasses, stalemates, prolonged repeat of narratives without progress, and helping an unstable patient contain affect, achieve relief from agitation or move from a highly dysphoric state.

Accuracy Verified: Yes

385. Greenwald, R. (1994). Family interventions to enhance child EMDR treatment. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(2), 7-8.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Extensive clinical data suggest that EMDR can be quite rapid and effective with children under certain conditions (Greenwald, in press-a, in press-b). Desirable therapist qualities include familiarity with an adequate repertoire of child-oriented EMDR techniques, as well as the ability to develop rapport and enlist the child's coop eration and perseverance. Child qualities conducive to successful, brief treatment include a relatively limited trauma history, as well as parental support for healing. This paper will describe two simple family interventions which can help to mobilize parental support for the child's healing.

Keywords: Children Family Interventions

Accuracy Verified: Yes

386. Kaslow, F. W. (2007). Family systems theories and therapeutic applications: A contextual overview. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 35-75). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The purpose of this chapter is to provide a kaleidoscopic overview of the field of family therapy/psychology within which the ensuing chapters can be better understood. To accomplish this massive task within the space limits set, the same format has been followed in the summarization of each of the main theoretical schools. Common key dimensions found in almost all theories are highlighted. The dimensions covered are a synopsis of the theory's basic structure and goals, the techniques and process of each school of therapy, its perceived treatment applicability, and process and/or outcome research on the methodology. Wherever possible, chapters in the book are alluded to in which the author selectively integrates a particular theoretical perspective and treatment approach with his or her Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) clinical work. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Family Systems Theory Family Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

387. Taylor, R. J. (2003, September). Family unifications with reactive attachment disorder: Children – A brief treatment approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will discuss the symptomology of reactive attachment disorder in children and the effects on the family. In addition, the presentation will focus on the treatment mileau of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and how it may be used in the treatment of reactive attachment disorder in children. The discussion also will include a case study of a family with a child age 8 with reactive attachment disorder and the subsequent individual and family therapy. Treatment of choice was EMDR for the child and supportive therapy for the parents. Qualitative evaluation of the process demonstrated that the parents observed an instant changing in the child's attitude. The child reported that she felt better about herself, family, school, and truthfulness. Her statement about the therapy: "It opened a windown for me." In relation to outcomes, a 12 and 24-month evaulation demonstrated continued positive effects. The importance of working with the family in understanding the dynamics of reactive attachement disorder and how improvement occurs will be discussed. Objectives of the session will be to give clinical information to practitioners about children with reactive attachment disorder, how this disorder affects the family, and possible therapeutic intervention techniques to open a diaglogue that will lead to understanding children who are in treatment.

Keywords: Attachment Disorders Educational Counseling Family Therapy Family Unification Individual Psychotherapy Parent Child Relations RAD Reactive Attachment Disorder Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

388. Vanhoeck, K., & Gykiere, K. (2010). Fantasiemanagement bij seksuele delinquenten [Fantasy management in sexual offenders]. Tijdschrift voor Seksuologie, 34, 224-235.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Fantasy management for sex offenders Sexual fantasies of sex offenders are a complex therapeutic issue. First, there is not so much we know yet for sure about sexual fantasies. Secondly, the question is what role sexual fantasies play as a risk factor for sexual abuse. And third, therapists see themselves confronted with the difﬁcult task how to affect the sexual fantasies of their client (if they are willing to do this at all). In part 1 of this article, we brieﬂy go through the scientiﬁc knowledge about sexual fantasies of sex offenders and will primarily have to ﬁnd out that we do not know much. In part 2 we present four ethical statements as a therapeutic framework for fantasy management. Finally we describe six steps to make it practical to get started.

Keywords: Fantasy Management Sex Offenders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

389. Davis, B. (2008, March 17). Finding help. Wyoming-Tribune-Eagle.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
She uses some special techniques to help officers “air their dirty laundry,” so to speak. She uses a technique called Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, or EMDR, to help the officers recall memories more clearly and be better able to deal with them rationally.

Keywords: EMS Firemen

Accuracy Verified: Yes

390. Cahill, S., Foa, E., Rothbaum, B., & Resnick, P. (2004, November). First do no harm: Worsening or improvement after prolonged exposure. In A. Maercker & G. Berthold (Chairs), Beyond RCT research: Evaluating cmmon and new treatment components. Symposium conducted at the 20th International Society of Traumatic Stress Studies Conference, New Orleans, LA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
During the past years, PTSD treatment competencies raised tremendously due to the development and evaluation in randomized controlled trials. Exposure and cognitive restructuring techniques are basics of a variety of effective psychotherapies. Our symposium discusses challenges, possible shortcomings, implications, and new applications of efficacious techniques (e.g., using the internet).
First do no harm: Worsening or improvement after prolonged exposure: Despite a substantial body of research accumulated over the 15 years indicating that exposure therapy programs are highly effective in reducing PTSD symptom severity and associated anxiety and depression across a wide range of trauma populations, few therapists utilize this treatment. One reason offered by therapists for not providing this treatment is their concern that exposure therapy may result in symptom worsening among individuals with PTSD (Becker et al., 2003). The purpose of this study was to investigate the frequency of symptoms worsening and symptom improvement following Prolonged Exposure (PE), one particular exposure therapy protocol developed for use in the treatment of PTSD, across five separate treatment studies (Foa et al., 1991, 1999, in preparation; Resick et al., 2002; Rothbaum et al., in preparation) and to compare it with other forms of cognitive behavior therapy (stress inoculation training, cognitive processing therapy, EMDR) and waitlist controls. Preliminary results based on two of the five studies (Foa et al., 1999; in preparation) found worsening of PTSD symptom in less than 1% of participants completing active treatment (N = 162) and 8% of participants completing waitlist (N = 39). PTSD symptom improvement was found in 90% of participants completing cognitive behavior therapy (N = 149) compared to 36% participants completing waitlist.

Keywords: Prolonged Exposure Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

391. Zangwill, W. (2005). Float back technique. Author.

Language: English

Format: Publication

Abstract:
Transcript of the floatback technique.

Keywords: Float Backward Technique Assessment Forms Target Assessment Techniques

Accuracy Verified: Yes

392. Browning, C. (1999,September). Floatback and float forward: Techniques for linking past, present and future. EMDRIA Newsletter, 4(3), 12, 34.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The standard EMDR protocol calls for targeting the past origins of a disturbance, present day triggers and creating templates for appropriate behavior in the future (Shapiro, 1995). Some clients, however, may have difficulty connecting their current problems to past events. Similarly, other clients may have difficulty creating positive future templates, especially if the client is anxious about trying new behavior. For these problems the Floatback and Float-forward Techniques, developed by the EMDR Institute Trainer, William Zangwill, Ph.D., are effective methods for linking past, present and future in a clinical setting and providing the therapist with tools for competently addressing both of these issues.

Keywords: Floatback Float Forward

Accuracy Verified: Yes

393. Browning, C. (1999). Flotar hacia atrás y flotar hacia delante: Técnicas para ligar el pasado, Presente y futuro [Floatback and Float Forward: Techniques for the Tie Past, Present and Future]. Presentation at EMDRIA Latinoamericana.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
El protocolo estándar de EMDR requiere enfocar los orígenes de la perturbación, los gatillos del presente y crear un patrón de conductas adecuadas para el futuro (Shapiro). Algunos pacientes, sin embargo pueden tener dificultades para conectar su problema actual con acontecimientos del pasado. Así también, otros pacientes pueden tener dificultades para crear patrones positivos para el futuro, especialmente si ensayar conductas nuevas los pone ansiosos. Para estos problemas las técnicas de "Flotar hacia atrás" y "Flotar hacia delante" desarrolladas por William Zangwill Ph. D., entrenador del Instituto EMDR, son métodos efectivos para ligar el pasado, presente y futuro en un ámbito terapéutico y proveen al terapeuta de instrumentos para abordar eficientemente ambos temas. LA TÉCNICA DE FLOTAR HACIA ATRÁS Abordar recuerdos tempranos asociados con el material perturbador es fundamental para EMDR. Shapiro dice que ayudar al paciente a encontrar un recuerdo temprano "debe ser una de las primeras opciones que debe considerar al terapeuta..." (Shapiro, 1995). La Técnica de Flotar hacia atrás es un camino eficiente y poderoso para llegar a esta meta, permitiendo al terapeuta asistir al paciente a llevar a cabo sus propias asociaciones con acontecimientos del pasado. Su uso es muy apropiado cuando el terapeuta sospecha que una perturbación que el paciente experimenta en el presente, tiene sus raíces en experiencias del pasado; especialmente cuando preguntas como "Cuál es su recuerdo más temprano en relación a lo que se siente ahora? no ha tenido éxito en ayudar al paciente a conectar con eventos del pasado. También cuando un paciente presenta un tema o experiencia recurrente, la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás es ideal para ayudar al paciente a identificar un target para el reprocesamiento. Muchos pacientes se ponen en contacto con los problemas actuales con relativa facilidad. Por ejemplo, una paciente que se queja que se siente abandonada cuando su marido se va de viaje de negocios, probablemente pueda recordar sus problemas actuales con facilidad. Entonces el terapeuta puede aplicar la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás para ayudarle a la paciente a recordar un acontecimiento del pasado con rapidez y eficiencia. Para usar la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, arme el protocolo con el problema actual, utilizando los pasos que figuran en el Manual de Entrenamiento del Nivel I y del Nivel II (Shapiro, 1994) incluyendo la imagen, la cognición negativa (CN), la cognición positiva (CP), la validación de la cognición (VoC), emociones, Unidad Subjetiva de Perturbación (SUD) y sensación corporal. Sin embargo, no incide todavía el procesamiento (es decir, movimientos oculares u otra estimulación). En vez de eso, diga a su paciente: "Fíjese en la imagen de... y esas palabras (repita la imagen perturbadora del paciente y su cognición negativa), fíjese que emociones le vienen y donde las siente en el cuerpo. Ahora cierre los ojos y deje que su mente flote hacia atrás a un período anterior en su vida, no busque, simplemente deje que su mente flote a una época donde usted pensaba cosas similares... (repita las emociones que dijo el paciente) en ...(repita los lugares del cuerpo donde el paciente sintió las sensaciones). Cuando esté listo abra los ojos y dígame lo primero que le viene a la mente". Utilice esta experiencia más temprana como target, completando todos los items del protocolo: imagen, CN, CP, VoC, emociones, SUD y ubicación de las sensaciones corporales y comience a procesar con movimientos oculares u otro estímulo bilateral. Una vez que se ha procesado este material, vuelva al target original del material actual. Muy a menudo se generaliza el trabajo realizado sobre el material más temprano y ya no hace falta procesar el material actual. Es importante usar términos generales cuando se le dan al paciente las instrucciones de la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, es decir, pedir un recuerdo temprano y no el más temprano. Hay varias razones que avalan esto. Primero, muchas veces es el peor recuerdo y no el primero que funciona como el mejor target para el reprocesamiento,. Además, usar términos generales es una ayuda para los pacientes más compulsivos y perfeccionistas que de otra manera estarían demasiado preocupados en no equivocarse y encontrar exactamente la primera asociación. Finalmente, la flexibilidad que permite la utilización de términos generales más que términos específicos aumenta la posibilidad de éxito del paciente de conectarse con el pasado que es la meta de esta técnica. El rasgo esencial de la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás es usar las preguntas del protocolo para conectar los problemas del presente con eventos del pasado. Pasar las preguntas como fueron desarrolladas por Shapiro es un potente método para ayudar a los pacientes a sintonizar con todos los aspectos de su experiencia del problema. El material perturbador se vuelve más vívido y actual para el paciente y posibilita recordar experiencias similares. Se supone, como hipótesis, que al haber desarrollado el protocolo con todas las preguntas sobre el problema actual, estimula la red neuronal de asociaciones y posibilita casi sin esfuerzo el "flotar hacia atrás" a asociaciones tempranas. Además, el vínculo paciente-terapeuta es realzado porque el terapeuta valida la experiencia del paciente (la perturbación actual) al empezar el trabajo desde el punto en el que se encuentra el paciente. Las asociaciones son del paciente, eliminando el tema de la resistencia a cualquier idea o interpretación introducida por el terapeuta. El paciente se da cuenta vivencialmente de la conexión del presente con el pasado usando la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, pudiendo esquivar la evitación y otras defensas. LA TÉCNICA DE FLOTAR HACIA DELANTE Mientras que la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás posibilita muy a menudo que los pacientes vean y sientan la conexión entre el problema actual y los eventos pasados, la Técnica de Flotar hacia delante permite que el paciente identifique y reprocese la ansiedad anticipatoria y desarrolle patrones positivos para el futuro. Es un método que puede ser utilizado en cualquier momento del proceso terapéutico para solucionar bloqueos, renuencias y en algunos casos, resistencias o temas de beneficios secundarios o pérdidas. Es especialmente útil para trabajar con el miedo del paciente a hacer EMDR. Para ponerlo en práctica, primero pida al paciente que imagine lo peor que le puede pasar si hace "X" (por ej. probar una nueva conducta, testear una nueva habilidad, empezar una experiencia nueva). ¿Qué es lo peor que le puede pasar si hace EMDR? Que es lo peor que le puede pasar si soluciona este problema? ¿Qué es lo peor que le puede pasar si le pone límites a su jefe respecto a la cantidad de trabajo que espera que usted haga? El paciente puede necesitar ayuda para identificar la peor escena. Algunas sugerencias incluyen el miedo a perder el control de sus emociones, el miedo a perder el control de sus funciones corporales como el control de esfínteres, miedo a tener un ataque de pánico, y no poder manejar su vida emocional entre las sesiones. Una vez que el paciente ha identificado el incidente, pregunte por la peor parte de esa escena y utilícelo como el target de EMDR, armando el protocolo con las preguntas estándar, pero con una leve modificación: pregunte por la imagen que representa la peor parte del peor incidente, por ej. "Cuando usted ve una imagen de si mismo/a haciendo......, que es lo peor que puede pasar?" Después siga con el resto de las preguntas estándar, es decir, CN, CP, VoC, emociones, SUD, y ubicación de la sensación corporal. Estimule el procesamiento del paciente con movimientos oculares u otro estímulo bilateral. Si el desarrollo de la peor escena del paciente le provoca un miedo racional, puede que se tengan que tomar medidas prácticas para solucionar estas preocupaciones. Por ejemplo, usando la técnica de flotar hacia delante con un chico de 13 años que estaba en un hogar adoptivo transitorio, la peor escena evocada por él fue: "Me van a devolver al Hogar si esta adopción no resulta". Durante el procesamiento, el SUD se redujo de 8 a 3 con bastante rapidez pero de ahí no bajaba. El paciente comentó que no bajaba porque esta "peor escena" podría sucederle realmente y le había sucedido en el pasado. Paramos los movimientos oculares, charlamos un rato y elaboramos un plan para: a) una sesión con sus padres adoptivos para hablar sobre la permanencia de la adopción y b) una llamada en conferencia a su asesor legal para clarificar sus derechos y opciones. Volviendo al target después de esto, le fue posible reducir el SUD a 1 con unos pocos sets de movimientos oculares. Al utilizar la Técnica de Flotar hacia delante para reprocesar la peor escena, el paciente tiene una oportunidad para resolver la ansiedad anticipatoria. Durante la instalación de la cognición positiva, el paciente está creando patrones positivos para acciones en el futuro. Una mujer cuyo hermano fue verbalmente abusivo con ella en la infancia y en la actualidad la intimidaba, armó una "peor escena" con: "Va a ser igualmente abusivo cuando lo vea la próxima vez". La paciente había hecho mucho EMDR, reprocesando incidentes de la infancia relacionados con el abuso verbal del hermano. Sin embargo, sin un referente positivo vivencial, seguía ansiosa cada vez que interactuaba con él. Pidiéndole que "flote hacia delante" y usando EMDR sobre una de las peores escenas, alivió su ansiedad respecto a una fiesta familiar que tenía pendiente. Instalando una CP de "Ahora estoy más fuerte" le permitió crear una imagen de si misma manejando a su hermano con humor y sintiéndose segura. A aplicar las Técnicas de Flotar hacia Atrás y hacia Delante y ocuparse así del pasado, presente y futuro, el terapeuta de EMDR puede sanar mejor a su paciente. Es más, las Técnicas de Flotar hacia Atrás y hacia Delante están basadas en EMDR. Las dos incorporan las preguntas del protocolo standard y le dan al terapeuta y al paciente la oportunidad de manejarse más fluidamente con dicho protocolo.

EMDR standard protocol requires a focus of the origins of the disturbance, the triggers of this and create a pattern of behaviors appropriate to the future (Shapiro). Some patients, however, may have difficulty connecting the current problem with past events. Also, other patients may have difficulty creating positive patterns for the future, especially if you try new behaviors makes them anxious. For these problems the techniques of "float back" and "Float forward" developed by William Zangwill Ph.D., EMDR Institute trainer, are effective methods to link the past, present and future in a therapeutic area and provide the therapist tools to effectively address both issues. THE ART OF FLOATING BACK Addressing early memories associated with foreign material is essential to EMDR. Shapiro said that helping the patient to find early memory "must be one of the first options to consider when therapist ..." (Shapiro, 1995). Floating Technique back is a powerful and efficient way to reach this goal, allowing the therapist to assist the patient to carry out their own associations with past events. Its use is most appropriate when the clinician suspects that a disturbance that the patient is experiencing at present, is rooted in past experiences, especially when questions like "What is your earliest memory in relation to what you feel now? Not been successful in helping patients to connect with past events. Also when a patient has a recurrent theme or experience, the Backward Floating Technique is ideal for helping the patient to identify a target for reprocessing. Many patients come into contact with the current problems with relative ease. For example, a patient who complains that she feels abandoned when her husband goes on a business trip, you can probably recall their current problems with ease. Then the therapist can apply the technique Float Backwards to help the patient to remember a past event quickly and efficiently. To use the technique to back float, arm the protocol to the current problem, using the steps listed in the Training Manual Level I and Level II (Shapiro, 1994) including the image, negative cognition (NC) positive cognition (PC), validation of cognition (VoC), emotions, Subjective Unit of Disturbance (SUD) and bodily sensation. However, it still affects the processing (ie, eye movements or other stimulation). Instead, tell your patient: "Look at the picture ... and those words (repetition of the disturbing image of the patient and negative cognition), note that emotions come from and where you sit on the body. Now close eyes and let your mind float back to an earlier period in your life, look no further, just let your mind float to a time when you thought things like ... (repeat the emotions that said the patient) .. . (repeat parts of the body where the patient felt the sensation). When you are ready open your eyes and tell me the first thing that comes to mind. " Use this early experience as a target, completing all protocol items: image, CN, CP, VoC, emotions, SUD and location of bodily sensations and begin processing with eye movements or other bilateral stimulation. Once this material has been processed, return to the original target of the current material. Very often we generalize the work done on the earlier material and no longer have to render the current material. It is important to use general terms when the patient is given instructions Technique Float Backwards, ie a memory request early and not earlier. There are several reasons that support this. First, it is often the worst memory and not the first that works as the best target for reprocessing. In addition, using general terms is an aid for compulsive and perfectionistic patients who otherwise would be too concerned with avoiding failure and find exactly the first association. Finally, the flexibility that allows the use of general rather than specific terms increases the likelihood of success of the patient to connect with the past that is the goal of this technique. The essential feature of the technique is to use Float Backwards questions of protocol to connect the problems of the present with past events. Skip the questions and were developed by Shapiro is a powerful method to help patients to tune into all aspects of their experience of the problem. The foreign material becomes more vivid and present to the patient and possible recall similar experiences. It is assumed, arguendo, that having developed the protocol with all the questions about the current problem, the neural network encourages and facilitates partnerships almost effortlessly "float back" early associations. In addition, the patient-therapist relationship is enhanced because the therapist validates the patient's experience (current disruption) to start work from the point where the patient is. Partnerships are the patient, eliminating the issue of resistance to any idea or interpretation introduced by the therapist. The patient realizes experientially connecting the present with the past by using the technique Float Backwards, can avoid the avoidance and other defenses. THE ART OF FLOATING FORWARD While technology enables Float Backwards often patients to see and feel the connection between the current problem and past events, the forward float technique allows the patient to identify and reprocess anticipatory anxiety and develop positive patterns the future. It is a method that can be used at any time of the therapeutic process to troubleshoot crashes, reluctance and in some cases, resistance or topics of ancillary benefits or losses. It is especially useful for working with the patient's fear to do EMDR. To put this into practice, first ask the patient to imagine the worst that can happen if you "X" (eg. Try a new behavior, test a new skill, start a new experience.) What's the worst that can happen if you EMDR? That's the worst that can happen if you solve this problem? What's the worst that can happen if you put your head limits on the amount of work expected to do? The patient may need help to identify the worst scene. Some suggestions include fear of losing control of his emotions, fear of losing control of their bodily functions such as bowel and bladder control, fear of having a panic attack and can not manage their emotional life between sessions. Once the patient has identified the incident, ask for the worst part of that scene and use it as the target of EMDR, setting up the protocol with the standard questions, but with a slight modification: ask for the image that represents the worst of worst incident, eg. "When you see a picture of him / herself by ......, it's the worst that can happen?" Then follow with the rest of the standard questions, ie, CN, CP, VoC, emotions, SUD, and location of bodily sensation. Stimulate the processing of patients with eye movements or other bilateral stimulation. If the development of the patient's worst scene provokes a rational fear, you may have to take practical steps to address these concerns. For example, using the technique of floating forward with a boy of 13 who was in a temporary foster home, the worst scene evoked for him was: "I will return home if this adoption is not." During processing, the LDS was reduced from 8 to 3 fairly quickly but it does not down. The patient said he did not go down because the "worst scene" could really happen and had happened in the past. Eye movements stopped, we chatted a while and developed a plan for: a) a meeting with her adoptive parents to discuss the permanence of the adoption and b) a conference call to his legal adviser to clarify your rights and options. Returning to the target after that, it was possible to reduce the LDS-1 with a few sets of eye movements. Using Floating Technique forward to reprocess the worst scenario, the patient has an opportunity to resolve the anticipatory anxiety. During the installation of the positive cognition, the patient is creating positive patterns for future action. A woman whose brother was verbally abusive to her children and now intimidated, put together a "worst stage" with: "It will be equally unfair when I see him next time." The patient had done much EMDR reprocessing childhood incidents related to verbal abuse of his brother. However, without a positive reference experiential, still anxious every time I interacted with him. Asking him to "float forward" and using EMDR on one of the worst scenes, relieved her anxiety about a family party that was pending. Installing a CP of "I'm stronger now allowed him to create an image of herself driving her brother with humor and feeling safe. To apply the techniques to float back and forth and deal well past, present and future, the EMDR therapist can heal your patient better. Moreover, techniques to float back and forth are based on EMDR. Both incorporate the standard protocol questions and give the therapist and the patient the opportunity to be managed more smoothly with this protocol.

Keywords: Floatback Technique Float Foward Technique

Accuracy Verified: Yes

394. Fay, D., Corrigan, F. Fisher, J., Galloway, J., & Mcafee, F. (2010, April). An fMRI study of the integration of “Becoming safely embodied” and EMDR techniques for the de-activation of fear motor neurocircuitry. Symposium presented at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation, Belfast, Northern Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
An fMRI Study of the Integration of “Becoming Safely Embodied” and EMDR Techniques for the De-Activation of Fear Motor Neurocircuitry Frank Corrigan, Consulting Psychiatist, Argyll & Bute Hospital, Lochgilphead, Argyll This panel discussion explores brain imaging results using BSE skills activating left anterior insula intensified with alternating bilateral stimulation (ABS) from Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (Shapiro 1992). It suggests positive feelings associated with brain activations deactivate areas involved in motor responses to threat.

Keywords: Fear Motor Neurocircuitry fMRI Study

Accuracy Verified: Yes

395. McGuire-Bouwman, K. (1998). Focusing and the "power" therapies. Presentation at the 10th International Focusing Conference, Spring Valley, New York .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
While research is needed to prove what look to be dramatic effects, the attention of medical and psychological science is being captured by approaches which work with the "body,"such as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), Thought Field Therapy, and Emotional Freedom Techniques™. Focusing has always been a "body-based" therapy and has always, in the experience of we who practice focusing-oriented therapy, produced results much more dramatic than "just talking" therapy. What is the relationship between focusing, EMDR, TFT, and EFT? How are they similar/different? How can knowledge of focusing therapy integrate with and enhance the application of these new "power" therapies? Without claiming to be an expert in the new techniques, Dr. McGuire will demonstrate Focusing Therapy, EMDR, and EFT with audience volunteers and lead a discussion on inter-relationships. Other focusing-oriented therapists who are specialized in one of the power therapies would be welcome to participate. If others have submitted similar proposals, we could combine into a three-hour panel with demonstrations. 1.5 hrs. Kathy McGuire-Bouwman, PhD.

Keywords: EFT Focusing Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

396. Schofield, T. (1998, October). Francine Shapiro. The Family Journal, 6(4), 337-345. doi:10.1177/1066480798064016 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) provides an eight-phase emotionally corrective experience described as a "learning catalyst" for reprocessing traumatic events. The originator of EMDR discusses the experiences that influenced her innovative approach. EMDR is discussed as a learning catalyst, and many misconceptions about the approach are addressed. (EMK) Note:The following two links are not-applicable for text-based browsers or screen-reading software.

Keywords: Counseling Techniques Counseling Theories Counselors Eye Movements Family Counseling Misconceptions

Accuracy Verified: Yes

397. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2010, September/October). From sandboxes to the classroom: EMDR for the treatment of trauma and dissociation in children. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Recognizing and treating symptoms of attachment trauma and dissociation are imperative clinical skills for effective treatment throughout the eight Phases of the EMDR Protocol with clients of any age. The presentation will review AIP theory and the eight-phase EMDR treatment protocol, the three-phase Dissociative Theory treatment, and tools for assessing dissociation in children and adolescents. Once evaluated, therapists will need to continue to assess emerging symptoms that can continue to arise and impede EMDR treatment. Clinical skills including grounding techniques, visualizations, identifying and integrating ego states, and mirroring and nurturing techniques, will be described and demonstrated for participants to implement throughout the EMDR Protocol.

Keywords: Children Dissociation Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

398. Royle, L., & Kerr, C. (2012). From the general to the specific—selecting the target memory. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 101-109. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.101.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article is an excerpt from the book Integrating EMDR Into Your Practice (Royle & Kerr, 2010), which is a hands-on guide to facilitate the successful integration of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) training into therapists' practice while recognizing that trainees come from a range of theoretical backgrounds. This excerpt focuses on identifying the appropriate target memory and its related negative cognition (NC) in preparation for desensitization. Clients and therapists need to understand the rationale for selecting a particular target utilizing prioritization and clustering techniques. The importance of the belief system is discussed and methods of identifying the initial targets are offered, including the floatback technique. Many practitioners experience difficulty in getting the right NC, and methods for drawing this out are illustrated. Final preparations prior to desensitization are considered as well as the importance of addressing client anxieties and expectations. Throughout the excerpt, case vignettes are used to outline cautions and common pitfalls encountered by the novice EMDR therapist.

Keywords: Client Anxiety Negative Cognition Preparation Phase Target Memory Treatment Plan

Accuracy Verified: Yes

399. van der Kolk, B. A. (2009, December). Frontiers of trauma treatment. Presentation at the 6th Evolution of Psychotherapy Conference, Anaheim, CA.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The study of psychological trauma has been accompanied by an explosion of knowledge about how experience shapes the central nervous system and the formation of the self. We have learned that most experience is automatically processed on a subcortical level, i.e. by “unconscious” interpretations that take place outside of awareness. Insight and understanding have only a limited influence on the operation of theses subcortical processes. When addressing the problems of traumatized people who, in a myriad of ways, continue to react to current experience as a replay of the past, there is a need for therapeutic methods that do not depend exclusively on understanding and cognition. This workshop surveys current research on how people’s brains, minds and bodies respond to traumatic experiences, and will specifically address the use of affect modulation techniques, EMDR, yoga, theater, and neurofeedback in overcoming various aspects of the destabilization and disintegration caused by trauma. Educational Objectives 1) To describe three new approaches in the treatment of trauma. 2) To describe the differences between how ordinary memories are stored contrasted with the memory processing of traumatic experiences.

Keywords: Trauma Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

400. Pagani, M. (2013, June). Functional and structural neuroimaging and EEG monitoring related to EMDR and CBT treatments for PTSD. Presentation at the 13th annual conference for the European Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (ESTSS), Bologna, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In the recent past several neuroimaging studies aimed at evaluating the neural correlates of PTSD-related psychotherapies revealing their neurobiological effects on brain function. Functional studies by single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) and electroencephalography (EEG) detected changes in cerebral blood flow and neuronal activation patterns, identifying the brain areas implicated in the various components of emotional processing and/or affected by the disorder. Investigations by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) have also revealed PTSD-related structural changes. The first part of the workshop will review the neuroimaging methodologies and findings in PTSD treatment-related research with an extensive review of previous literature on the neurobiological effects of the various psychotherapies. The second part will deal with the description and implementation in research and clinic of neuropsychological testing with brief comments and discussion about their use in recent studies published by our group. In the third part the EEG monitoring of a complete set of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing therapies in 30 patients suffering of major trauma as compared to 20 healthy controls will be presented. These findings will also be compared to the neurobiological effects of trauma-focussed Cognitive Behavioural Therapy in a second group of psychologically traumatized clients. The results are the first report ever on the neurobiological changes occurring before, during and after PTSD-related psychotherapies shedding light on the neuronal processes underlying their clinical efficacy. The description and the discussion about the contents of the workshop will provide the audience (1) the necessary information to understand the methodological principles behind neuroimaging techniques (SPECT, EEG and MRI) and their possible applications in research and clinic; (2) the up-dated critical knowledge of the published papers in the field of PTSD-related psychotherapies functional and anatomical studies; (3) the basic research principles and examples to be motivated to start, take part and/or collaborate to functional studies in order to better understand the neural basis of psychotherapeutic techniques. The presented material will represent the state-of-the-art of the current neuroscience PTSD-related research and of the neuroimaging methodologies available at the moment.

Accuracy Verified: Yes

401. Bergmann, U. (2000, September). Further thoughts on the neurobiology of EMDR: The role of the cerebellum in accelerated information processing. Traumatology, 6(3), 175-200. doi:10.1177/153476560000600303 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This discussion explores, briefly, the position that the repetitive redirecting of attention in EMDR is capable of turning on the brain's REM sleep system, leading to the activation of specific areas of the the anterior cortex of the cingulate gyrus, facilitating its function as a filter, thereby facilitating the integration of traumatic memory into general semantic networks. This integration is seen to lead to the subsequent reduction in both the strength of hippocampally mediated episodic memories of the traumatic event as well as the amygdaloid mediated negative affect of PTSD. The possibility is suggested that another underlying mechanisms of EMDR stimulation is the activation of the lateral cerebellum. The contribution of the cerebellum to cognitive and language functions is explored. The activation of the dentate nuclei in the lateral neocerebellum is shown to facilitate activation of the ventrolateral and central lateral thalamic nuclei. The activation of the ventrolateral nucleus is shown to lead to the activation of the left dorsolateral prefrontal cortex; further facilitating the integration of traumatic memory into general semantic and other neocortical networks. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Cognitive Processes Neurobiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Sleep Behavior Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

402. York, C., & Leeds, A. (2001, June). Gate theory: An accelerated information processing model for developing functional state change. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A "Gate Theory: will be proposed to synthesize concepts of Attachment Theory, Affect Theory; Discrete Behavioral States, and Short-Term Anxiety-Regulating Psychotherapy, and to help clinicians using EMDR to identify blocks in emotional states and behavioral goals. A protocol be will presented to assist therapists and clients to identify blocks and to develop functional transitions in affect states with the aim of helping clients to achieve behavioral goals and greater emotional well-being. Case examples and videos will be used to demonstrate the protocol and to facilitate the understanding of "targeted material" and strategies to enhance processing information.

Keywords: Gate Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

403. Wesselmann, D. (1999, June). Generational problems in parenting: Intervening with attachment disordered adults. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will be able to 1) define parent-child attachment, identify the factors that insure a secure attachment, as well as the 1ife-long positive effects; 2) identify how an insecure chidhood attachment history can affect core beliefs into adulthood and get carried over into the next generation of parenting; 3) help parents target the negative misperceptions that rule their emotional responses when they interact with their children and identify possible alternative positive cognitions before EMDR processing; and 4) use the egogram as a roadmap with attachment disordered adults, using EMDR to strengthen the competent adult and nurturing parent ego-states and separate the child ego-state from the parenting role.

Keywords: Egogram Parent-Child Attachment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

404. Spindler, C. (2007, June). Gentle EMDR: A precursor to standard EMDR protocol. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In the last few years several EMDR clinicians have introduced new approaches which have expanded on EMDR. Two examples are Ricky Greenwald's techniques for 'running a movie' and David Grand's performance enhancement techniques using visualization. GENTLE EMDR is a similar expansion of standard protocol. GENTLE EMDR follows basic EMDR protocol with additional emphasis on the emotions and body sensations connected to the target. Visualilzation is then tuilized to release these emotions and sensations one at a time until the target shows a SUDS of 0. At this point, positive cognitions are installed. The advantage of visualization is that it buffers the emotions with associated with the target, thus reducing abreactions, dissociations and resistance to further EMDR treatment. One advantage of Gentle EMDR is that a client does not need to face the target directly because emotions and body sensations are broken down into management segments. Thus, Gentle EMDR works well with clients who are too fragile to tolerate the standard protocol. One example of the use of visualization would be if the target is "being physically attacked." Clients are first asked what they feel when they think of the attack and where they feel it in their body. Next, clients are asked to visualize a river passing them, while they sit in a protective (safe) place. Finally, clients are asked how the water would appear if it was the identified emotion (such as a particular color) and to let the water flow past until the appearance of the emotional reaction dissipates. Once this is done, clients are asked to name the next emotion that eminates when thinking about the physical attack, allowing the water to 'clear' that emotion as well. When the emotions are approached in this way, the target typically becomes neutralized. The entire process is done using bilateral stimulation. Gentile EMDR is easily taught and has been well received by clinicians at Univerities and Clinical Practices in the United States.

Keywords: Poster Technique

Accuracy Verified: Yes

405. Shapiro, F., & White, K. (2012). Getting past your past take control of your life with self-help techniques from EMDR therapy. Old Saybrook, CT: Tantor Media.

Language: English

Format: Audio

Abstract:
Francine Shapiro, the creator of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) explains how our personalities develop and why we become trapped into feeling, believing, and acting in ways that don't serve us. Through detailed examples and exercises, listeners will learn to understand themselves and why the people in their lives act the way they do....

Keywords: Francine Shapiro Interview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

406. Shapiro, F. (2012). Getting past your past: Why we are who we are and what to do about it, with self-help techniques from EMDR therapy. Emmaus, PA: Rodale Books.

Language: English

Format: Book

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Self-Help Techniques

Accuracy Verified: Yes

407. Richards, J. B. (2010, June). Group EMDR after individual trauma treatment as assistance back into everyday life. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The learning objectives are as follows; By the end of the workshop, participants will demonstrate: An awareness of the potential value of group EMDR for traumatised clients. An understanding of the place of group EMDR as a final stage in treatment, after individual EMDR trauma therapy. Familiarity with a range of EMDR techniques which are useful in this mode of treatment. This experiential workshop will commence with a short Power- Point presentation, including some client material. There will then follow a brief discussion, followed by an opportunity to try out a group experience of using EMDR techniques The use of group EMDR as a stage of EMDR trauma treatment arose from the expressed need of clients for a sense of shared experience, and peer support as they returned to everyday life as a changed person. Many have physical impairments as a re^ suit of their traumatic experiences, and feel a sense of empathic understanding when sharing their difficulties. A further benefit has been the improved reflective functioning displayed by the group members, which may be related to greater Vagus nerve relaxation, and resulting increased neocortical activity. The workshop leader is an accredited EMDR practitioner, who has been treating traumatised people individually and in groups for more than thirty years, and has been using EMDR in groups increasingly in recent times.

Keywords: Group Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

408. Schneider, C. & Gismondi, M. (1999, February). A guide to the neurodevelopmental "power therapies" and their use in the treatment of PTSD and related somatic complaints . Presentation at the Winter Brain Meeting, Plam Springs, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In this four-hour workshop, we will combine hands-on technique demonstration with psychobiological theory concerning the state-of-the-art psychotherapeutic treatment of trauma and related somatization disorders. Learning Objectives (1) Understand the significance and evolution of the Power Therapies, i.e., those new or little known trauma psychotherapy techniques that offer significant improvements over traditional methods in terms of the speed, depth and permanence of trauma symptom reduction while minimizing client retraumatization or destabilization. The original "Power Therapies" categorization was developed by traumatologist Dr. Charles Figley and involves four "cutting edge" trauma psychotherapy techniques, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), Thought Field Therapy (an accupressure-based desensitization tool) , Traumatic Incident Reduction and Neurolingusitic Programming's Visual-Kinesthetic Dissociation. Protocols for all four methods will be reviewed. (2) Achieve introductory-level working knowledge of both the techniques, their underlying theoretical rationale and suspected neurophysiological mechanisms of action. (3) Learn Power Therapy integration strategies and explore their clinical utility. (4) Become familiar with the concept of the Neurodevelopmental Power Therapy integration strategies, it's roots in the work of Allen Schore, Bruce Perry and Bessel Van der Kolk and it's implications for Neurotherapy and the Neurosciences as a whole. (5) Review the field experiments of Dr. Schneider combining EMDR with the "crossover point" in alpha-theta training and the possible therapeutic/ scientific synergies between EEG Brainmapping and neurotherapy on the one hand and the neurodevelopmental power therapies on the other.

Keywords: Energy Psychology Neurodevelopment Power Therapies

Accuracy Verified: Yes

409. Connor, P. K. (2005). Guideline-based programs in the treatment of complex PTSD. Deakin University, Victoria, Australia.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The term “post-traumatic stress disorder” (PTSD) is a relatively new diagnostic label, being formally recognized in 1980 in the Diagnostic Statistical Manual for Psychiatric Illness – Third Edition (DSM-III) of the American Psychiatric Association (APA, 1980). Complex Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (CP) is a more recently discussed, and newly-classified, phenomenon, initially discussed in the early 1990s (Herman, 1992a). Thus, as research into effective treatments for CP is sparse, the treatment of CP is the topic of this study, in which a guideline-based treatment program developed by the researcher for the treatment of CP is implemented and evaluated. Ten individuals participated in this study, undertaking individualized, guideline-based treatment programs spanning a period of six months. In providing background information relevant to this study, an explanation is provided regarding the nature of CP, and the reasons for its consideration as a separate phenomenon to PTSD. The adequacy of the PTSD formulation in enabling effective assessment and treatment of CP is also explored, with endorsement of previous researchers’ conclusions that the CP construct is more useful than the PTSD construct for assessing and treating survivors of long-term and multiple forms of abuse. The PTSD classification is restrictive, and not necessarily appropriate for certain forms of trauma (such as prolonged trauma, or multiple forms of trauma), as such trauma experiences may lead to specific effects that lay outside those formerly associated with PTSD. Such effects include alterations in affect regulation, consciousness, self-perception, interpersonal relationships, and in systems of meaning. Following discussion regarding the PTSD/CP classification, an examination of treatment methods currently used in the treatment of PTSD, and a review of treatment outcome studies, takes place. The adequacy of primary treatment methods in treating CP symptoms is then examined, with the conclusion that a range of treatment methods could potentially be useful in the treatment of CP symptoms. Individuals with a diagnosis of CP may benefit from the adoption of an eclectic approach, drawing on different treatment options for different symptoms, and constantly evaluating client progress and re-evaluating interventions. This review of treatment approaches is followed by details of an initial study undertaken to obtain feedback from individuals who had suffered long-term/multiple trauma and who had received treatment. Participants in this initial study were asked open-ended questions regarding the treatment approach they had experienced, the most useful aspect of the treatment, the least useful aspect, and other strategies/treatment approaches that may have been useful – but which were not used. The feedback obtained from these individuals was used to inform the development of treatment guidelines for use in the main study, as were recommendations made by Chu (1998). The predominant focus of the treatment guidelines was “ego strengthening”, a term coined by Chu (1998) to describe the “initial (sometimes lengthy) period of developing fundamental skills in maintaining supportive relationships, developing self-care strategies, coping with symptomatology, improving functioning, and establishing a positive self identity” (p.75). Using a case study approach, data are then presented relating to each of the ten individuals involved in the treatment program: details of his/her trauma experience(s)and the impact of the trauma (as perceived by each individual); details of each individual’s treatment program (as planned, and as implemented); post-treatment evaluation of the positive and negative aspects of the treatment program (from the therapist’s perspective); and details of the symptoms reported by the individual post-treatment, via psychometric assessment and also during interview. Analysis and discussion of the data relating to the ten participants in the study are the focal point of this study. The evaluation of the effectiveness of each individual’s treatment has been based predominantly on qualitative data, obtained from an analysis of language (discourse analysis) used by participants to describe their symptoms pre- and post-treatment. Both blatant and subtle changes in the language used by participants to describe themselves, their behaviour, and their relationships pre- and post-treatment have provided an insight into the possible changes that occurred as a result of the treatment program. The language used by participants has been a rich source of data, one that has enabled the researcher to obtain information that could not be obtained using psychometric assessment methods. Most of the participants in this study portrayed notable changes in many of the CP symptoms, including being more stable and having improved capacity to explore their early abuse. Although no direct cause-effect relationship between the participants’ treatment program and the improvements described can be established from this study, the participants’ perception that the program assisted them with their symptoms, and reported many aspects of “ego strengthening”, is of major importance. Such self-perception of strength and empowerment is important if an individual is going to be able to deal with past trauma experiences. In fact, abreactive work may have a greater chance of succeeding if those who have experienced long-term or multiple trauma are feeling more empowered, and more stable, as were the participants in this study (post-intervention). In concluding this study, recommendations have been made in regard to the use of guideline-based treatment programs in the responsible treatment of CP. Strengths and limitations of this study have also been highlighted, and recommendations have been made regarding possibilities for future research related to CP treatment. On the whole, this study has supported strongly other research that highlights the importance of focusing on “ego strengthening” in assisting those who have suffered long-term/multiple trauma experiences. Thus, a guideline-based program focusing on assisting sufferers of long-term trauma with some, or all, of the symptoms of CP, is recommended as an important first stage of any treatment of individuals who have experienced long-term/multiple trauma, allowing them to develop the emotional and psychological strength required to deal with past traumatic events. Clinicians who are treating patients whose history depicts long-term or multiple trauma experiences (either from their childhood, or at some stage in their adult life) need, therefore, to be mindful of assessing individuals for symptoms of CP – so that they can treat these symptoms prior to engaging in any work associated directly with the past traumatic experiences. [Author abstract]
D.H.Sc.(Psych.) thesis, School of Psychology.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapy Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

410. Shapiro, F., Kaslow, F. W., & Maxfield, L. (2007). Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes. New York: John Wiley & Sons Inc. xxxiii, 470 pp.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Starting with the Foreword by Daniel Siegel, MD, the Handbook demonstrates in superb detail how you can combine EMDR’s information processing approach with family systems perspectives and therapy techniques. An impressive and needed piece of work, Handbook of EMDR and Family Therapy Processes provides a clear and comprehensive bridge between individual and family therapies.

Keywords: Family Therapy Processes Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

411. Forgash, C. A. (2005, June). Healing complex trauma through EMDR, ego state therapy and somasensory work: Healing the heart of complex trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The integration of Ego state and Somatosensory work and EMDR will be shown to help patients with Complex PTSD repair fragmentation. disconnections and develop the safety to utilize EMDR successfully.
Although complex trauma victims are seeking help for PTSD. depression and anxiety, additional trauma responses may lead them to encounter difficulty in dealing with triggers, stress and relationships.
The sequential exercises presented will provide stability for dissociated "parts" unable to cope with symptoms.
Learning Objectives include the importance of including information in the history taking about inability to love. fragmentation, and alienation; defining and selecting the appropriate ego state/somatosensory/affect management strategies to help challenging clients.

Keywords: Complex Trauma Ego State Therapy Somasensory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

412. Crenshaw, D. (2008, September-October). The healing power of play; Helping the traumatized child find safety again. Psychotherapy Networker, 32(5), 61-65.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract: W
hen children are too anxious, afraid, or traumatized to play, they can't utilize this natural resource of childhood to relieve a painful emotional state. Child therapists can help children reclaim this vital feature of emotional self-regulation by teaching, modeling, and setting the stage for the child to play.

Keywords: Children Play Therapy Psychotherapy Youth

Accuracy Verified: Yes

413. Gomez, A. M. (2012). Healing the caregiving system: Working with parents within a comprehensive EMDR treatment. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 136-144. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.136.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article is an excerpt from the book EMDR Therapy and Adjunct Approaches With Children: Complex Trauma, Attachment, and Dissociation. It presents an original model to work with caregivers of children with complex trauma. This model comprises 3 levels of parental involvement within a comprehensive eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) treatment: psychoeducation, self-regulation, and memory reprocessing and integration (Gomez, 2009, 2012a, 2012b). Mentalization and reflective function (Fonagy & Target, 1997), mindsight (Siegel, 1999, 2010), mind-mindedness (Meins, Fernyhough, Fradley, & Tuckey, 2002), insightfulness (Koren-Karie, Oppenheim, Dolev, Sher, & Etziom-Carasso, 2002), and metacognitive monitoring (Flavell, 1979; Main, 1991) are all constructs linked to the parent's capacity to develop infant's attachment security. However, unresolved trauma and loss appears to impair these capacities in parents. Many children wounded by caregivers lacking such competences had to endure repetitive emotional, physical, and sexual overt and covert abuse; enmeshment and intrusiveness; or on the contrary, detachment and lack of connection. When the caregivers have been the wounding agents, their inclusion and active participation in the overall treatment of their children is fundamental.

Keywords: Caregiving System Connection: Contingecy Differentiation Mentalization Regulation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

414. Forgash, C. A. (2005, September). Healing the heart of complex trauma through EMDR, ego state and somatosensory work. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is increasingly being utilized to treat highly challenging clients with a variety of diagnoses including complex PTSD, DESNOS, and a range of dissociative disorders. The dissociative processes commonly described as part of the PTSD spectrum, are also predicted by early attachment difficulties and losses. These clients may present with elements of several disorders (i.e., Borderline PD). Without considerable stabilization work, they may be unable to process information safely. This presentation, through lecture, experiential work and case presentation, will provide clinicians with a model that enables them to provide EMDR treatment effectively with this population. Participants will become familiar with specialized treatment planning that begins with detailed and complex history taking and pays particular attention to an extensive individualized preparation phase. They will learn how and when to integrate ego state work, somatosensory work and disociative treatment strategies in this phase and throughout EMDR protocol work. This systemic work will be understood to help patients resolve internal conflicts, deal with stabilization, affect regulation, triggering, overwhelm, dissociation, and resistance.

Keywords: Challenging Clients Dissociation Ego State Therapy Master Series Somatosensory Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

415. Forgash, C. A., & Copeley, M. (2008). Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy. New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
"This book pioneers the integration of EMDR with ego state techniques and opens new and exciting vistas for the practitioners of each." --From the foreword by John G. Watkins, PhD, founder of ego state therapy "This is a book about polypsychism and trauma. It offers a number of creative syntheses of EMDR with several models of polypsychism. It also surveys and includes many other models of contemporary trauma theory and treatment techniques. The reader will appreciate its enrichment with case examples and very generous bibliographic material. If you are a therapist who works with patients who have been traumatized, you will want this book in your library." --Claire Frederick, MD, Distinguished Consulting Faculty, Saybrook Graduate School and Research Center "Training in EMDR seems to have spread rapidly among therapists in recent years. In the process, awareness is growing that basic EMDR training may not be adequate to prepare clinicians to effectively treat the many cases of complex trauma and dissociation that are likely to be encountered in general practice. By integrating it with ego state therapy, this book may just serve as a crucial turning point in the development of EMDR by providing a model for productively applying it to the treatment of this important and sizeable clinical population." --Steven N. Gold, PhD, President Elect, APA Division of Trauma The powerful benefits of EMDR in treating PTSD have been solidly validated. In this groundbreaking new work nine master clinicians show how complex PTSD involving dissociation and other challenging diagnoses can be treated safely and effectively. They stress the careful preparation of clients for EMDR and the inclusion of ego state therapy to target the dissociated ego states that arise in response to severe and prolonged trauma. [Springer]

Keywords: Dissociation Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

416. Forgash, C. (2004, June). Healing the heart of trauma: Restoring connections and stability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
When trauma victims enter therapy, they generally seek help for symptoms of PTSD, depression and anxiety. However, additional trauma responses may lead the client to encounter difficulty in dealing with the trauma and also with the trauma and also with relationships in their life. These responses also include the inability to love, nurture and bond with other individuals (even those currently in relationship to victim). These clients often experience feeling internally fragmented, detached, alienated and fearfully isolated. Gathering this information is an important part of history taking and becomes crucial to treatment planning. The aim of this presentation is to help clinicians learn to implement strategies that help traumatized clients to experience reconnection, stability, and then, trauma processing. Integrating ego state strategies with the preparation phase of the EMDR protocol results in a safety/stability focused therapeutic approach necessary for these clients to resolve the sequelae of trauma.
Emphasis is placed on the sequential formulation of guided imaginal and somatosensory exercises (enhanced with DAW) that provide stability for the dissociated aspects of the self unable to cope with symptoms and current stresses. The central work includes the development of an internal Home Base, Workplace, and a positive body resource that compliments the standard safe place/stress reduction work. Stabilizing exercises include constructive avoidance, distancing, grounding, containment as well as affect and dissociative symptom management techniques. When stabilized, client’s access and work with their ego state system to resolve conflicts, develop resources, reconnect and then successfully desensitize and reprocess trauma.
Learning objective include: the importance of including information in the history taking about an inability to love, loss of connections, fragmentation, detachment and alienation; defining the ego state strategies that help such client s successfully process traumas with the EMDR protocol; learning the preparation exercises for managing affect and dissociative symptoms. Participants will select the appropriate interventions to help trauma clients reconnect with dissociated, disconnected parts and employ this sequential method in their practice with traumatized clients.

Keywords: Affect Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

417. Herbert, C. (2004, February). Healing the inner child - EMDR imagery re-scripting technique with complex trauma clients. Presentation at the 2nd annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Birmingham, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Neuropsychological findings indicate that affect regulation is learned through secure attachment during the first year of an infant's life (Siegel, 1999; Schore, 1994, 1996). Poor affect regulation is one of the main indicators of clients diagnosed with Personality Disorders and those having experienced early life trauma, e.g. CSA or other abuse. Hence, one of the aims of a successful treatment outcome is healthy affect control. Yet, few therapeutic approaches for Personality Disorder or Complex Trauma currently focus ont the quality and re-building of such clients' early attachment relationships. Herbert (2002, 2003) describes a therapeutic framework, utilizing both EMDR and CBT (Cognitive Behavioural Therapy) technqiues for working with complex client problems, that incorporates an assessment of the quality of early attachment relationships and, based on this, various therapeutic methods, such as imaginal re-nurtuing, which aid clients to re-script and repair ruptures in clients' experiences of their early attachment relationships. Clinical practice indicates that through the use of these techniques, clients with previously poor affect control and functionally disrupted lives, can learn to build a more secure and functionally positive sense of Self with healthy mechanisms of affect regulation. a) The learning objectives for this presentation are to introduce participatns to 1. the concept of attachment and its role ind determining affect control, 2. a therapeutic framework for working with clients with complex problems, and 3, clinicial technqiues that hep repair deficits in early attachment relationships to allow cients build healthy mechanisms of affect control.

Keywords: Complex Trauma Personality Disorders Re-Scripting

Accuracy Verified: Yes

418. Brokaw, N. S. (2006, March 20). Healing the pain: Counselor, minister helps people help themselves. Bloomington, IL: Pantagraph, Main, Money C1.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Over that time, Mather has explored new counseling techniques, particularly as insurance companies and other financial constraints continue to demand faster results. Whether Mather is using hypnosis, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), thought field therapy (TFT), biofeedback, self-psychology, good old talk therapy or something else, his goal is the same - to help patients lead better lives.

Keywords: Overview General Bloomington, IL

Accuracy Verified: Yes

419. Maltz, W. (1995, June). Healing the sexual problems caused by sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Sexual abuse is abuse to a person's sexuality. It can seriously harm the development of healthy sexual attitudes, self-concept, and behavior. In particular, survivors are often troubled by a variety of sexual problems, such as, fear and avoidance of sex, approaching sex as an obligation, automatic negative reactions to touch, difficulty becoming aroused or feeling sensation, emotional detachment during sex, disturbing sexual thoughts and fantasies, compulsive sexual behaviors, difficulty with intimate partners, and sexual functioning concerns. EMDR is a technique which can effect significant changes in cognition, sensation, and emotional experience. It can be a powerful tool to help survivors reprocess traumatic material blocking healthy sexual experience. But because sex is often an extremely loaded issue for survivors, and EMDR is seen as technique in which the therapist "does something" to the client, precautions must be taken to avoid negative, retraumatizing reactions and increase positive results. Due to the high potential for negative transference in sex therapy with survivors, the therapist must present the EMDR technique in a style which values client safety and empowerment. This can involve associating the techque with safe images and prior positive experiences, developing relaxation and containment skills, and modifying the physical aspects associated with the technique. There are a variety of sexual concerns which respond well to EMDR intervention. EMDR can be used to help replace old negative messages about sex with new messages which view sex as based on consent, equality, respect and safety. Sexual self-concept can be improved as survivors undo irrational belief systems which blame their sexuality and/or sexual parts for having caused the abuse. EMDR can help introduce new experiences of self-forgiveness and self-acceptance. EMDR can also help desensitize particular objects, sexual settings, types of touch, and associations to the intimate partner which trigger negative reactions. Therapists who focus on sexual healing need to be familiar with a variety of sexual healing techniques. These include the sexual response cycle exercise, relearning touch exercises, techniques for healing unwanted sexual fantasies, and techniques for improving sexual functioning. Therapists can use EMDR to help survivors work through blocks and impasses encountered with the techniques.

Keywords: Sexual Abuse Sexual Issues

Accuracy Verified: Yes

420. Herbert, C. (2003, May). Healing the “inner child” – EMDR imagery rescripting techniques with complex trauma clients. In Attachment and complex trauma. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR-based imagery re-scripting techniques with a modified concept of Cognitive Schema Modes (Young, 1999). Based on clinical case examples, the use of imagery techniques, which draw on all sensory modalities (involving cognitive, emotional and somatic systems) during the auditory application of EMDR will be described, to help complex trauma clients firstly approach and recognize and subsequently attach to and nurture the image of their own “inner child”. Rather than establishing a sense of unrealistic dependency on the therapist by integrating him or her as the sole nurturer, clients are encouraged to develop an image of their own ‘healthy adult’, who can learn to take on the role of internal re-nurturing, protection and healing of the ‘inner child’. Techniques for overcoming blockages between a client’s ‘healthy adult’ and their ‘inner child’ representations are described. It is proposed that differentiating between ‘child’ and ‘adult’ modes and tuning into these through deep-level EMDR processing, allows clients to re-connect to feelings associated with their earlier experiences of helplessness and dependency during childhood, which can now be re-experienced within a safe and nurturing context. It is suggested that this will allow higher order brain systems, such as the hippocampus, to remain active and therefore enable cognitive and structural re-organization of the stored material in the brain and body cells. Once a positive attachment bond between a client’s internalised ‘inner child’ and ‘healthy adult’ modes has been achieved this can then be utilized further during direct trauma processing work. It is argued that healing of the ‘inner child’ enables healing of the adult client so that a more positive and secure sense of self can be achieved.

Keywords: Attachment Theory Complex PTSD Imagery Inner Child Rescripting Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

421. Solomon, M. F., & Siegel, D. J. (2003). Healing trauma: Attachment, mind, body, and brain. New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This book examines the following crucial issues: (1) how life experiences influence the maturation of the brain and mind in achieving mental health; (2) the central role of emotion in the functioning of healthy minds, brains, and relationships; (3) the importance of the body in influencing the nature of the mind and subjective experience; and (4) the impact of both positive and traumatic experiences on the development of coherent functioning, interpersonal relatedness, and the emergence of mental disturbance. [Text, p. xiv]TOPICS TREATED: An interpersonal neurobiology of psychotherapy: the developing mind and the resolution of trauma; Unresolved states regarding loss or abuse can have "second-generation" effects: disorganization, role inversion, and frightening ideation in the offspring of traumatized, non-maltreating parents; Early relational trauma, disorganized attachment, and the development of a predisposition to violence; PTSD and the nature of trauma; EMDR and information processing in psychotherapy treatment: personal development and global implications; Dyadic regulation and experiential work with emotion and relatedness in trauma and disorganized attachment; A clinical model for the comprehensive treatment of trauma using an affect experiencing-attachment theory approach; Connection, disruption, repair: treating the effects of attachment trauma on intimate relationships. [Pilots]

Keywords: Attachment Behavior Psychotherapy Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

422. Treadway, D. C. (2008, September). The heart of loving: A new model of couples therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dr. Treadway’s new model of organizing couples therapy helps the clients design their own treatment plan. This workshop will show how couples choose whether to work on making changes in the here and now, focus on healing from the wounds of their past, or work through their trauma history from their family FRIDAY of origin. Once couples choose whether to focus on the present or the past, this model then has a variety of additional choices for a couple to explore. Couples might decide to work on communications or behavior changes, problem solving or sexual intimacy. And since many of the couples’ issues stem from trauma in their respective childhoods or earlier in their relationship, Dr. Treadway will demonstrate how he explores the healing possibilities of utilizing EMDR adjunctively or independently. This workshop will particularly address ways couples can learn to be intimate and sexual, despite their inevitable tensions and trauma history. Participants will learn practical techniques and exercises for helping couples talk honestly about their sexual preferences and differences, be more playful with each other, and design their own solutions to sexual impasses. Dr. Treadway will also explore how couples can rekindle romance and bring spirituality into their erotic life together.

Keywords: Couples Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

423. Yordy, J. (2010, April/May). Helping children shrink the worry monster utilizing EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
An increasing number of children are suffering from anxieties, stress and even obsessive and compulsive behaviors. Different EMDR approaches are helpful for children in facilitating the release of anxieties and altering primitive brain patterns. This workshop will briefly describe some of the causes of children’s anxieties, the brain/body connection to anxiety and some simple calming techniques for releasing stress. In addition, an in-depth introduction to three EMDR child-friendly techniques for working with anxiety and trauma will be described. Case examples for each technique will be utilized to enhance the understanding of the three therapy techniques.

Keywords: Children Worry Monster

Accuracy Verified: Yes

424. Shapiro, F. (2012, August 29). Helping you and your children make it through divorce. Huffington Post. Retrieved from on http://www.huffingtonpost.com/francine-shapiro-phd/helping-you-and-your-chil_2_b_1837948.html?utm_hp_ref=divorce-advice 9/5/2012..

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
The need to regulate your own responses cannot be overstated. Your anger, depression or anxiety can cause lifelong problems for your children. Remember, just because negative reactions emerge does not make them true or useful. Self-help techniques can help you stay in control. You can find some in my book, Getting Past Your Past: Take Control of Your Life with Self-Help Techniques from EMDR Therapy. For instance, one adult client kept rehashing a fight. Another child client kept seeing his father angrily walk out the door for the last time. You can help yourself and your children get rid of distressing mental pictures by imagining it on top of paint in a can. Then, just stir it up. That disrupts "working memory" and makes it go away. You can also use other techniques to immediately change negative emotions or thoughts. This will empower both you and your children. It will also allow you to be present with your children and show enough happiness so they don't feel like they have to take care of you. No child deserves that burden. [Exceprt]

Keywords: Blog Divorce

Accuracy Verified: Yes

425. Ichii, M., Amano, T., & Yoshikawa, H. (2012, June). Hemodynamic responses during EMDR treatment of traumatic memory [Respuestas hemodinámicas durante el tratamiento de memorias traumáticas con EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In order to investigate brain activity during EMDR, 52-channel NIRS（near –infrared spectroscopy) and heart rate were measured in treating a traumatic memory of non-clinical twenty five year old woman. A target memory was sexually molestation by a stranger when she was ten years old, and forced to touch penis of perpetrator. And IES-R score was as low as 11. A well-experienced EMDR therapist (=M.I.) applied estandarized EMDR protocol. Negative cognition was “I am shameful person”, and positive cognition was ”I deserve to live.” The body location is both arms and hands. By thirty-seven sets of EM, 7.5 level of SUDs decreased to 0, and VOC went up from 3.5 to 7. The [oxy-Hb] change in right orbitofrontal cortex increased as the negative emotion went up, and decreased rapidly after processing. The [oxy-Hb] change in left orbitofrontal cortex decreased just after cognitive interweave of responsibility was done. The [oxy-Hb] variation in right temporal lobe increased rapidly, and the [oxy-Hb] change in left temporal lobe decreased when direction of EM was changed from horizontal to diagonal movement when negative imagery disappeared. Heart rate data show gradual decreasing tendency throughout the session. Within each set, heart rate also decreased by EM. By monitoring NIRS, various techniques or pivotal processes in EMDR may be supposed to influence brain. In order to confirm the relationship, we should collect data from more subjects.

Para poder investigar la actividad cerebral durante EMDR, se midieron la NIRS (espectroscopia cercana al infrarrojo) de 52 canales y el ritmo cardíaco para tratar los recuerdos traumático de una mujer no clínica de veinticinco años. Un recuerdo diana fue un abuso sexual de un extraño cuando tenía 10 años y el agresor la obligó a tocarle el pene. La puntuación del IES-‐R fue de 11. Un terapeuta EMDR con experiencia (=M.I.) aplicó el protocolo estándar de EMDR. La cognición negativa fue “Soy una persona vergonzosa”, y la cognición positiva fue ”Merezco vivir.” La localización corporal fue en ambos brazos y manos. Después de 37 sets de movimientos oculares, el SUD de 7,5 bajó a 0, y el VOC subió de un 3,5 a un 7. El cambio [oxy-‐Hb] en el córtex órbitofrontal derecho aumentó a medida que aumentaba la emoción negativa, y disminuyó rápidamente después del procesamiento. El cambio [oxy-‐Hb] en el córtex órbitofrontal izquierdo disminuyó justo después de hacerse un entrelazado cognitivo de responsabilidad. La variación [oxy-‐Hb] en el lóbulo temporal derecho aumentó rápidamente, y el cambio [oxy-‐Hb] en el lóbulo temporal izquierdo disminuyó al cambiar la dirección de los movimientos oculares de horizontal a diagonal cuando desapareció la imagen negativa. Los datos del ritmo cardíaco muestran una tendencia decreciente gradual a lo largo de la sesión. En cada una de las tandas, el ritmo cardíaco también disminuyó por los movimientos oculares. A través de monitorear el NIRS, se supone que diversas técnicas o procesos centrales en EMDR influyen en el cerebro. Para poder confirmar esta relación, deberíamos recolectar datos de más sujetos.

Keywords: Hemodynamic Responses

Accuracy Verified: Yes

426. van der Zee, H., & Zaal, A. (2011, April). Het emotionele brein; EMDR & neuropsychologie [The emotional brain, EMDR & neuropsychology]. Presentatie op de 5e Jaarlijkse Conferentie van EMDR Vereniging Nederland, Nijmegen, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Het menselijk brein is bijzonder veerkrachtig. Als gevolg op een traumatische ervaring ontstaat er in het lichaam een keten aan reacties. De meeste van deze reacties zijn adaptief en gericht op een natuurlijke verwerking. Bij 10 tot 20 % van de mensen die een traumatische ervaring meemaken verloopt de verwerking pathologisch en ontstaat een post traumatische stress stoornis. Lichamelijke veranderingen als gevolg van langdurige stress of een genetische gevoeligheid kunnen hierbij een rol spelen. Bij de verwerking van emotionele gebeurtenissen en psychotrauma zijn verschillende hersenstructuren betrokken. In deze presentatie zal een toelichting worden gegeven op biologische factoren bij het ontstaan van psychotrauma en de rol van ‘ het emotionele brein’ bij traumaverwerking. Ook zal worden ingegaan op de wijze waarop bilaterale stimulatie deze processen mogelijk beïnvloed en hoe dit zich verhoudt tot vigerende verklaringsmodellen over de werkzaamheid van EMDR. Tot slot wordt een casus gepresenteerd waarbij EMDR is toegepast in een neuropsychologische behandeling en is er ruimte voor discussie over de toepassing van EMDR bij neuropsychologische problematiek.

The human brain is very resilient. Due to a traumatic experience develops in the body of a chain reaction. Most of these responses are adaptive and focused on a natural process. At 10 to 20% of people who experience a traumatic experience does the pathological process and creates a post-traumatic stress disorder. Physical changes resulting from prolonged stress or a genetic susceptibility may play a role. In the processing of emotional events and psychotrauma several brain structures involved. This presentation will be given an explanation on biological factors in the development of psychotrauma and the role of the emotional brain in trauma. It will also examine how these processes affect bilateral stimulation and how this relates to current models of explanation about the efficacy of EMDR. Finally, a case presented which EMDR was used in a neuropsychological treatment and there is room for discussion about the use of EMDR with neuropsychological problems.

Keywords: Neurobiology Neuropsychology

Accuracy Verified: Yes

427. Verstraaten, M. J., & van Vliet, E. (2009, Juni). Het werkzame mechanisme van eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Is dit het van een afstand bekijken of het herbeleven van een traumatische gebeurtenis? [The active mechanism of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Is this the view from a distance or reliving a traumatic event?]. Utrecht, Nederlands: Universiteit Utrecht.

Language: Dutch

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Dit onderzoek is een replicatie van de studie van Lee, Taylor en Drummond (2006) waarin de werkingsmechanismen beschrijft tijdens een desensibilisatie Eye Movement and Reprocessing (EMDR) behandeling. Deze studie onderzocht of er een relatie is tussen verbetering van de symptomen en de manier waarop de cliënt ziet de traumatische gebeurtenis, is dit vanuit een oogpunt van vrijstaande (afstand) of wanneer het trauma opnieuw wordt ervaren (herbeleving). De reacties van de 30 klanten tijdens een EMDR sessie, worden ingedeeld in vier categorieën volgens de classificatie van Lee et al.. (2006) (distantiëring, herbeleven, beïnvloeden en verbonden). Toegevoegd in dit onderzoek is de categorie onbeslist. De resultaten laten zien is er geen verschil in de antwoorden die tijdens een EMDR sessie en de vermindering van PTSS-symptomen (gemeten met de Nederlandse versie van de Impact of Event Scale) en van het verdriet (gemeten met de subjectieve Eenheden van Disturbance Scale). Alle reacties zijn gerelateerd aan een verbetering, ongeacht de categorie. Deze resultaten zijn niet in overeenstemming met de bevindingen van Lee et al.. (2006) die aantonen dat afstand-reacties zijn geassocieerd met een grotere vermindering van de symptomen dan herbeleven-reacties. Naast Lee et al.. (2006), de huidige studie is gebleken dat zowel de aard van het trauma (opzettelijk of niet opzettelijk) alsmede de negatieve cognitie van een cliënt (onmacht of eigenwaarde) niet zijn geassocieerd met een verbetering van de symptomen tijdens de EMDR behandeling. Toekomstig onderzoek kan bijdragen aan kennis over andere factoren die geassocieerd kan worden met de effectiviteit van EMDR.

This research is a replication of the study of Lee, Taylor and Drummond (2006) which describes the working mechanisms during an Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) treatment. This study tested whether there is a relation between improvement in symptoms and the way the client sees the traumatic event; is this from a detached point of view (distancing) or when the trauma is re-experienced (reliving).The responses of 30 clients during an EMDR session, are classified into four categories according to the classification of Lee et al. (2006) (distancing, reliving, affect and associated). Added in this study is the category undecided. The results show there is no difference in the responses given during an EMDR session and the reduction of PTSD-symptoms (measured with the Dutch version of the Impact of Event Scale) and of the distress (measured with the Subjective Units of Disturbance Scale). All the responses are related to an improvement, regardless of the category. These results are not in line with the findings of Lee et al. (2006) that show distancing-reactions are associated with a greater reduction in symptoms than reliving-reactions. In addition to Lee et al. (2006), the current study found that both the nature of the trauma (intentional or not intentional) as well as the negative cognition of a client (powerlessness or self-esteem) are not associated with an improvement in symptoms during EMDR treatment. Future research may contribute to knowledge about other factors that may be associated with the effectiveness of EMDR.

Keywords: Distancing Reliving

Accuracy Verified: Yes

428. Bergmann, U. (2008). Hidden selves: Treating dissociation in the spectrum of personality disorders. In C. Forgash & M. Copeley (Eds.), Healing the Heart of Trauma and Dissociation with EMDR and Ego State Therapy (pp. 227-265). New York: Springer Publishing Co. xxi, 361 pp.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
This chapter will examine the applications of the ego state concepts and techniques to all phases of the EMDR process in order to facilitate the treatment relationship--especially with the lonely, vulnerable ego states--as well as identify and strengthen the more developed self-aspects. Treatment is usually long-term EMDR, interweaving the activation of fear-based, aggressive, infantile ego states necessary to facilitate, deepen, and accelerate desensitization and reprocessing. Case examples will be offered of the treatment of passive-aggressive and narcissistic personality disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Dissociation Personality Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

429. Grey, E. (2009, August). Holistically stressed: A qualitative investigation of EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
To the researcher’s knowledge, there is no phenomenological knowledge of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) with a sub-clinical stressed population. The vast majority of EMDR research has focused on traumatized and clinical populations, leaving a significant gap in what the non-traumatized or sub-clinically stressed participants’ experience. Sub-clinical stress includes any level of stress that does not meet the DSM-IV-TR’s criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) or acute stress disorder (ASD). Additionally, a gap in the literature exists in giving a voice to the participants’ experience of EMDR treatment. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the lived experiences of body sensations, emotions, beliefs, and imagery during EMDR treatment of participants with sub-clinical stress. Participants fit into either a young adult (18-35), adult (36-49), or older adult (50-60) maturity category and did not meet the criteria for PTSD or ASD. The sample consisted of 12 participants, from a large metropolitan area in the Northeastern United States. The participants chief complaints included economic stress, relationship stressor, and critical self-talk. The researcher employed a qualitative phenomenological design to gather data in order to answer the research question: what are the lived experiences of sub-clinically stressed participants’ body sensations, beliefs, emotions, and memory imagery during EMDR treatment? The data was collected using the EMDRIA approved research treatment protocol. The researcher included the floatback technique in every reprocessing session to complying with the tenet of the Adaptive Information Processing Model. After installing a safe-place and five reprocessing sessions, the researcher administered a final interview asking questions about what the participants’ experienced in their body, thoughts, emotions, and memory images. All reprocessing session were completed when the participant indicated a SUDs of ‘0’ and a VOC of ‘7’. The data collected during every reprocessing session and the final interviews were analyzed using constant comparative techniques and open coding; verified with member check techniques. The results identify five thematic holistic experiences common in all participants. The themes of responsibility, safety, choices, power, and value emerged from the data. The findings indicate a participants’ lived experience may expand the cognitive themes described in the Adaptive Information Processing Model. The themes of responsibility, safety, power, and value were targeted and reprocessed as disturbing memories. The participants experienced these themes as feeling overly responsible, unsafe, valueless, and/or powerless. The holistic manifestation of the themes of choices emerged as the outcome towards a more adaptive perspective of the disturbing targeted memories. The results of this study further indicate that it may be beneficial to address all four maladaptive themes in mind and body for effective sub-clinical stress resolution. The findings inform scholarly and clinical understanding of the Adaptive Information Processing Model concepts of responsibility, safety, and choices. The findings of this study preliminarily expand the previously unknown holistic manifestation of these themes in sub-clinical participants’ lived sensory experiences. These themes are now in need of additional research to verify and validate the findings of this study.

Keywords: Poster Sub-Clinical Stress

Accuracy Verified: Yes

430. May, R. (2005). How do we know what works?. Journal of College Student Psychotherapy, 19(3), 69-73. doi:10.1300/J035v19n03_07.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This commentary raises questions about how we assess therapeutic techniques. In particular, it critiques a recent paper promoting EMDR for use with college students.

Keywords: Brief Therapy College Students Comment Evaluation Letter Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Techniques PTSD Outcomes Research Reply Theory Technique

Accuracy Verified: Yes

431. Bergmann, U. (1999, November). How does EMDR work? An exploration of possible neurobiological mechanisms. Presentation at the annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Fall Conference, Miami, FL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: This discussion explores, briefly, the position that the repetitive redirecting of attention in EMDR is capable of turning on the brain's REM sleep system, leading to the activation of specific areas of the the anterior cortex of the cingulate gyrus, facilitating its function as a filter, thereby facilitating the integration of traumatic memory into general semantic networks. This integration is seen to lead to the subsequent reduction in both the strength of hippocampally mediated episodic memories of the traumatic event as well as the amygdaloid mediated negative affect of PTSD. The possibility is suggested that another underlying mechanisms of EMDR stimulation is the activation of the lateral cerebellum. The contribution of the cerebellum to cognitive and language functions is explored. The activation of the dentate nuclei in the lateral neocerebellum is shown to facilitate activation of the ventrolateral and central lateral thalamic nuclei. The activation of the ventrolateral nucleus is shown to lead to the activation of the left dorsolateral prefrontal cortex; further facilitating the integration of traumatic memory into general semantic and other neocortical networks

Keywords: Cognitive Processes Neurobiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Sleep Behavior Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

432. Gunter, R. W. (2007, 2008). How eye movements affect unpleasant memories: Support for a working memory account. University of Calgary, Canada. AAT NR44352.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing can reduce ratings of the vividness and emotionality of unpleasant memories--hence it is commonly used to treat posttraumatic stress disorder. The present experiments compared three accounts of how eye movements produce these benefits. Participants rated unpleasant autobiographical memories before and after eye movements or an eyes stationary control condition. In Experiment 1, eye movements produced benefits only when memories were held in mind during the movements, and eye movements increased arousal, contrary to an investigatory-reflex account. In Experiment 2, horizontal and vertical eye movements produced equivalent benefits, contrary to an interhemispheric-communication account. In Experiment 3, two other distractor tasks (auditory shadowing, drawing) produced benefits that were negatively correlated with working memory capacity. These findings support a working-memory account of the eye movement benefit in which the central executive is taxed when a person performs a distractor task while attempting to hold a memory in mind.

Keywords: Eye Movements Working Memory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

433. Gunter, R. W., & Bodner, G. E. (2008, August). How eye movements affect unpleasant memories: Support for a working-memory account. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 46(8), 913-931. doi:10.1016/j.brat.2008.04.006.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing can reduce ratings of the vividness and emotionality of unpleasant memories—hence it is commonly used to treat posttraumatic stress disorder. The present experiments compared three accounts of how eye movements produce these benefits. Participants rated unpleasant autobiographical memories before and after eye movements or an eyes stationary control condition. In Experiment 1, eye movements produced benefits only when memories were held in mind during the movements, and eye movements increased arousal, contrary to an investigatory-reflex account. In Experiment 2, horizontal and vertical eye movements produced equivalent benefits, contrary to an interhemispheric-communication account. In Experiment 3, two other distractor tasks (auditory shadowing, drawing) produced benefits that were negatively correlated with working-memory capacity. These findings support a working-memory account of the eye movement benefits in which the central executive is taxed when a person performs a distractor task while attempting to hold a memory in mind.

Keywords: Autobiographical Memory Eye Movements Psychotherapy Working Memory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

434. Froning, M., Horne, B., & Maiberger, B. (2009, August). How to successfully and safely close down an EMDR session - Especially an incomplete one. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on Phase VII (Closure) of the EMDR Protocol. By providing a wide array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to properly close incomplete EMDR sessions. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice new methods before using them with clients.

Keywords: Closing Down A Session Complete Sessions Incomplete Sessions

Accuracy Verified: Yes

435. Shapiro, F. (2012, June 13). How to take back your power after a divorce. Huffinton Post. Retrieved from http://www.huffingtonpost.com/francine-shapiro-phd/how-to-take-back-your-pow_b_1582534.html on 6/13/2012.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Self-help techniques can often do the trick and may make it possible to deal with negative emotions, images and thoughts that arise. For instance, here's one from my book, Getting Past Your Past: Take Control of Your Life with Self-Help Techniques from EMDR Therapy: Whenever you find yourself bothered by negative self-talk (you know, that voice that tells you how defective you are), notice how your body feels. Then think of a cartoon character with a funny voice like Elmer Fudd, Popeye or Daffy Duck and make your critical inner voice sound like that character. For most people, the disturbing feelings will go away. {Excerpt]

Keywords: Blog Divorce

Accuracy Verified: Yes

436. Brivio, R., & Bergamaschi, L. (2008, January). Human and organizational aspects affecting the wellbeing in rescue-working activity: EMDR (Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing), Mirror Neuron and Stress Inoculation: The role of training methods, practice and simulation for psychological risks prevention and management in emergency workers.. International Workshop Reinforce Rescuers' Resilience by Empowering a well-being Demension Workshop, Turin, Italy .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The wellbeing of rescuers: Relational, organizational and technical aspects that can affect rescuers' wellbeing during rescue activities: Stress inoculation, role playing and the role of mirror neurons in training, also through the use of video recordings. Relaxation techniques, psychological debriefing and EMDR in trainings.

Focus of our intervention is the wellbeing of the rescuer. The study and research on this matter came and were carried out thanks to the activity done both during trainings and simulations of the Civil Protection than real emergencies. Our team work received contribution by some psychologists of OPP (Parma’s Psychologists’ Observatory: A.Sozzi, E.Pedrelli, F.Frati, A. Bocelli, T. Serra). Wellbeing, defined as a subjective and positive emotional state together with a global life satisfaction (Diener, 1984), is strongly at risk during rescuer’s emergency activities and can affect the rescuer both physically and psychologically. The rescuer's capabilities, that we think are technical “know how” and thorough knowledge, are essential to give the best performance according to the complexity and urgency of the intervention. These skills can really contribute to the rescuer's wellbeing, because they can improve the self-efficiency perception. To effectively manage and train rescuers, it is furthermore important to consider and acknowledge the influence of interpersonal relationships on technical performances. It is, in fact, particularly important to recognize and support the typical relationships that can be created in a team with the same task and specialization, as well as in multidisciplinary teams, or teams belonging to different Institutions but operating in the same scenario.

In recent years increasing attention has been given to training activities, even through the use of the role play for interventions in artificial emergency scenarios. To recreate scenarios of massive emergencies, different Civil Protection Associations, as well as First Aid volunteer associations and the local Institutions have been involved. In these simulations, most cases focus on improving technical performances. Lately psychologists have been asked to join the rescuers team. During these simulations, the role-play of emotional and psychological problems occurs thanks to the cooperation between emergency psychologists and the medical team. The introduction of the role and expertise of psychologists allowed to extend and strengthen the attention to cross support and care aspects for the psychological wellbeing of both victims and rescuers. The psychologist must therefore consider the “wellbeing” in all the emergency scenarios and contexts, as a sum of all the components that we talked about here and the ones we will describe during our intervention. He must first of all be aware of the complexity of each intervention in the field, and adopt a kind of approach aimed at creating and recovering wellbeing strategies, that can be used by himself as well. Strategies on how to build, recover and maintain the wellbeing identify stress as the first danger source the rescuer has to face in his training and emergency activity. When external events or stimuli are perceived as difficult to face compared with resources available at that moment, the individual gets stressed. When the person's efforts are not adaptive to the external requests and/or coherent with his performance expectations, he becomes vulnerable to emotional, behavioural, cognitive and physical reactions, which can be even very difficult to manage both in the short and/or in the medium-long term. This can happen when the sources of stress depend on the rescuer’s performance, and it can also happen in case of post traumatic stress, visible in different stages after the event. From the psychologist's specialist background and from the integration of this with the result of field experiences, the demand for a range of different tools to manage the different kinds of stress emerges, and these tools must be applicable both to the individual and to the group. This range is still improving, and the results of our observational activity from past and present experiences lead us to see the opportunity to carry on our research of tools of efficacy. During this speech we would like to underline that approaches like Stress Inoculation Training (SIT, Michenbaum, 1983) and the use of role playing allow the technical appraisal and let the rescuers improve their stress management skills, and all that can lead to a decrease in the risk of PTSD. In past simulations of emergencies, we found out that the use of videotapes for the role plays is a tool that should be taken more into account. We think it is important to evaluate its potential for the rescuers' benefit, because it seems to be not only “a record of technical performances”, but also an observation and learning tool about the rescuer's own defence and adaptive strategies. In fact, during these simulations we found out that the rescuers' psychological and emotional vulnerability emerged in several situations. The fact that even in these artificial situations there were acute stress episodes and O codes urged us to focus more on the matter of mutual influence between technical performance and internal experience of stress. We understand that such acute stress episodes may occur during real life critical events but we can see how role playing and video recordings show that such acute stress episodes affected the simulators themselves even during the simulation. The videos show that even apparently “high immunity” simulators, who are considered 'immune' thanks to their comprehensive and strong experience, experienced acute stress, perhaps because of an incorrect selfevaluation of their own stress management skills. The interest in the use of videos as a training and reprocessing tool for rescuers led some of us to specialize in role playing recording, so as to carry out a more accurate and comprehensive study on those same videos and use them as a mirror of reality and better educational tool through a vicar experience or through “seeing oneself from within the experience” and in the interpersonal dynamics that took place in the scenario. Videotapes are a very known and widely used tool in other kinds of trainings, disciplines and therapies (i.e. Family Therapy and CBT). The discovery of mirror neurons by Rizzolati, Gallese et Al., provides the evidence that when someone observes the same action performed by another person, the neurons "mirrors" the behaviour of that person, as though the observer were itself acting. Thanks to these researchers it is now proven that this can happen thanks to the motor neurons in the pre-motor cortex. Therefore, we would like to underline the role of videos as very useful and versatile training tools, since they expose a situation in an unexpected realistic manner “as if” it were true and “as if” we were really experiencing that situation, with the consequent learning movements at the emotional, cognitive and behavioural level, at the stress management level, as well as at the level of team work dynamics. Visual imagination activates the same brain regions that are active during visual perception and motor imagination activates the same brain regions activated the movement is really happening. More importantly, it was possible for us to verify that the videos recorded by other operators were not focused on showing the important psychological aspects we mentioned for the goal of the trainings, thing that happened instead with the videos recorded by psychologists. We think therefore that the use of videotapes recorded by psychologists should be given more consideration in the trainings of rescuers. During this intervention we will devote part of the time to broadcasting two short videos; the first one shows the role playing of an intervention in an emergency context, and the second one shows a part of an EMDR session (Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing). We think it is important to recreate and protect rescuers wellbeing in the post-role playing and post emergency stages too. For years EMDR has been proven effective in improving the individual's coping skills and in reprocessing, wherever necessary, the post traumatic aspects resulting from critical events to whom not only the victims, but also the rescuers too, are exposed during emergencies.

Keywords: Emergency Workers Mirror Neuron and Stress Inoculation Rescue-Working Activity Risk Prevention and Management

Accuracy Verified: Yes

437. Lallerstedt, C. (2010). Hypnos som komplement till EMDR i behandling av posttraumatiskt stressyndrom [Hypnosis as an adjunct to EMDR in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder]. Orebro, Sweden: Mementum Nr 50, Rapportserie från Psykiatriskt forskningscentrum.

Language: Swedish

Format: Book

Abstract:
Posttraumatiskt stressyndrom (PTSD) innebär en ångestproblematik och en svårighet att hantera affekter och stress på ett funktionellt sätt. Traumatiska minnen väcker starka känsloreaktioner som kan vara översvallande och upplevas som förgörande för individen. Vissa individer kan ha svårighet att hantera affekter pga. irrationella tankar och föreställningar som stör förmågan att hantera stress, eller så har patienten aldrig utvecklat förmågan att hantera intensiva affekter och som hindrar en bearbetning. I den här studien vill jag visa hur hypnos och EMDR i kombination skulle kunna hjälpa klienter att hantera dessa reaktioner där hypnos kan ha en stabiliserande effekt och EMDR en mer bearbetande effekt. Studien har en kvalitativ undersökningsdesign och är upplagd som en fallstudie av tre patienter som genomgick en psykoterapeutisk traumaterapi. Datainsamlingen gjordes genom deltagande observation och efter varje avslutad session gjordes minnesanteckningar som sedan systematiserades och analyserades. Behandlingsutfallet utvärderades med hjälp av Impact Event Scale som visade en påtaglig minskning av traumasymtom. En slutsats av denna studie är att det finns många fördelar med att använda hypnotiska tekniker för att skapa stabilitet i det terapeutiska rummet vid behandling av posttraumatisk stress med EMDR.

Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is an anxiety problems, and difficulty manage emotions and stress in a functional way. Traumatic memories arouses strong emotions which can be exuberant and experienced as devastating to the individual. Some individuals may have difficulty dealing with emotions due. irrational thoughts and beliefs that interferes with the ability to handle stress, or so the patient has never developed the ability to manage intense emotions that prevent a machine. In this study, I show how hypnosis and EMDR in combination could help clients to manage these reactions where hypnosis can have a stabilizing effect and EMDR more processing power. The study has a qualitative research design is conceived as a case study of three patients underwent a psychotherapeutic trauma therapy. The data was collected by participating observation and after completion of each session were made notes which are then systematized and analyzed. Treatment outcome was evaluated using the Impact Event Scale showed a significant reduction in trauma symptoms. One conclusion of this study is to there are many advantages to using hypnotic techniques to create stability in the therapeutic consideration in the treatment of post traumatic stress disorder with EMDR.

Keywords: Hypnosis Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

438. Lallerstedt, C. (2010). Hypnos som komplement till EMDR i behandling av posttraumatiskt stressyndrom: En deskriptiv studie, del 1 [Hypnosis as an adjunct to EMDR in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder: A descriptive study, part 1] . HypnosNytt, 3, 5-17.

Language: Swedish

Format: Journal

Keywords: Hypnosis Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

439. Simone, M. (2012, June). Hypnosis and EMDR with athletes. Poster presented at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe, Madrid, Spain .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: My intention is to present a model of intervention in sport psychology that I have defined with the acronym O.R.A., using techniques of Gestalt therapy, EMDR protocol adapted to peak performance and Hypnosis Eriksoniana. The O.R.A model was conceived and developed from my working experience as a sport psychologist of elite athletes of various disciplines. ORA in Italian means NOW and the acronym stands for: Obiettivi (Objectives); Risorse (Resources); Autoefficacia (self-efficacy). Being myself an athlete and having had the opportunity to make an experience / internship of about 4 months at a sports center for professional athletes still continuing to follow a few, I could realize that it is important to them essentially a work of defining targets from which to identify the resources needed to achieve them through EMDR. This allows an increase of self-efficacy as one goes to work with the four sources identified by Bandura and that identify past successful experiences, the feelings connected, verbal persuasion and reference models. The work is enhanced by the use EMDR with hypnosis Eriksoniana that allows you to experience a future scenario more vividly, more multi-sensory experience where the athlete may be able to excel in his sport performance.

Keywords: Athletes, Hypnosis

Accuracy Verified: Yes

440. Baddeley, M. (1996, March). Hypnotherapy, gestalt, EMDR and the treatment of post traumatic stress. Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 17(1), 41-47.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The paper consists of clinical observations on the use of Gestalt and EMDR under hypnosis for the treatment of post-traumatic stress. The observations are made in the context of 2 cases:(1) an individual who had been bound during an armed hold-up in her home. (2) an emergency services worker suffering from accumulated stress resulting in burn-out. The paper concludes by drawing out a number of principles that give structure to working with the above techniques. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Gestalt Therapy Hypnotherapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

441. Cook, A. (1994). Ideas for using EMDR with dissociative states. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(3), 5.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
I have been using EMDR with many of my clients a number of whom had been sexually assaulted as children and have suffered other childhood trauma. While it is very helpful for most clients, I have found that some, who had suffered repeated and early abuse, are overwhelmed with the material that they uncovered using EMDR in its original form. I have tried a couple of techniques for altering EMDR which have been very helpful to some clients. Interestingly, many clients can return to the original version once their anxiety levels have been lowered.

Keywords: Dissociation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

442. Occhi, S., Albiol, L. M., & Cicognani, E. (2007). Il disturbo post-traumatico da stress: Una rassegna [Post-traumatic stress disorder: A review]. Psicoterapia Cognitiva e Comportamentale, 13(3), 323-344.

Language: Italian

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Questo articolo presenta una rassegna aggiornata teorico del Post-Traumatico da Stress Disorder (PTSD) concetto, un disturbo mentale che può comparire dopo essere stato esposto direttamente o indirettamente, ad un evento traumatico. L'articolo inizia con una descrizione della sintomatologia, suddivisi in: rivivere l'evento traumatico, evitamento, ottundimento reattività generale e ipervigilanza. Questo è seguito da una presentazione dei più recenti studi che indicano la presenza di disordine da stress post-traumatico nella popolazione, sia nella popolazione generale e nei soggetti direttamente coinvolti in un evento traumatico. Post-traumatico da stress sintomi del disturbo sono identificati mediante questionari specifici descritti nella sezione riferimento a strumenti di indagine. Lo studio delle basi biologiche per il PTSD è diventata particolarmente significativo negli ultimi anni, e abbiamo analizzato questo contesto in modo più approfondito per questo motivo, con particolare riferimento al ruolo dell'asse ipotalamo-ipofisi-surrene. Un impulso importante dello studio del PTSD è dovuto alla crescente importanza dato alla prevenzione, intesa come riduzione dell'impatto dei disturbi psichiatrici che concentrandosi su Eye Movement Desensibilizzazione e ritrattamento (EMDR), il trattamento psicologico, con il supporto di tecniche che riguarda la terapia cognitivo comportamentale e il trattamento farmacologico che prevede l'uso di inibitori della ricaptazione della serotonina selettiva, quali siano le forme più studiate. (PsycINFO record del database (c) 2008 APA, tutti i diritti riservati)

This article presents an updated theoretical review of the Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) concept, a mental disorder that can appear after being exposed directly or indirectly to a traumatic event. The article begins with a description of the symptomatology, divided in: re-living the traumatic event, avoidance, dulling general reactivity and hyperarousal. This is followed by a presentation of the most recent studies which indicate the presence of post-traumatic stress disorder in the population, both in the general population and in subjects directly involved in a traumatic event. Post-traumatic stress disorder symptoms are identified by using specific questionnaires described in the section referring to investigation instruments. The study of the biological bases for PTSD has become particularly significant in recent years, and we analysed this context in greater detail for this reason, with particular reference to the role of the hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenocortical axis. An important boost of the study of PTSD is due to the increasing importance placed on prevention, understood as a reduction of the impact of psychiatric disorders which focusing on Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR), on psychological treatment, with the support of techniques that concerns cognitive behavioral therapy and pharmacological treatment that involves the use of serotonin selective reuptake inhibitors, which are the forms studied most. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Review

Accuracy Verified: No

443. Fernandez, I. (2009, Marzo). Il trauma della sterilita: Applicazioni cliniche dell'EMDR [The trauma of infertility: Clinical Applications of EMDR]. Presentazione presso il soma Convegno Infertilita ARM e Psiche: Riflessioni, professinalita, Esperienza a confronto, Milano, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Negli ultimi 20 anni l'Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) come approccio terapeutico e diventato uno instrumento significativo per la practica clinica. L'EMDR costituisce un metodo psicoterapeutico innovativo, attualmente soggetto ad una grand quantita di ricerca specialmente in ambito nerurofisiologico. Attulament esiste molta evidenza empirica scaturita dalla ricerca condotta con gruppi de controllo, che supportano la validita di questo metodo e nuovo approccio terapeutico per il Disturbo Post-Traumatico da Stress (PTSD) e le linee guida internazionali per la pratica clinica lo segnalano come trattament elettivo dei disturbi post-traumatici da stress. Le esperienze traumatiche non elaborate sono in genere considerate la causa primaria della sintomatologia del disturbo post traumatico da stress e possono essere fonte de disagio concorrenti allo sviluppo di altri disturbi d'ansia e dell'umore. Data la sua efficacia nella risoluzione di sintomi da stress dope un evento traumatico particolarmente grave, l'EMDR puo essere applicato con altri disturbi che possono essere conseguenti ad un grosso stress psico-fisico. In alcune condizioni la sterilita potrebbe rientrare tra gli eventi di tipo traumatico o a forte impatto emotivo, a seconda del vissuto soggettiveo della paziente. Tenendo conto che il vissuto traumatico puo avere un impatto anche sui legami affettivi, l'identita della persona, la modulazione affettiva, il comportamento distruttivo rivolto a se o agli altri, ecc., l'EMDR potrebbe essere particolarmente indicato per il trattamento del disagio psicologico legato alla sterilita. Nel case della sterilita puo essere utilizzato per affontare: 1) traumi precedenti che possono constituire un fattore di rischio per l'insorgere della depressione. Per esempio: traumi subiti in eta percoce,compresa la perdita della capacita de regolazione emotiva, possono essere alla base di comportamenti che evidenziano una tendenza cronical ad instaurare rapporti distruttivi, la dissociazinoe e l'amnesia, la somatizzazione, e problemi caratteriali cronici come la auto-colpevolizzazione, il senso de inadeuatezza, ecc. 2) L'impatto de problemi medici e di altri natura che possono essere insorti e possono aver constituto una fonte di stress. 3) L'impatto delle difficolta oggettive e soggettive date dalla nuova condizione. 4) Schemi cognitivi difunzionali come "non sono in grado", non sono all'altezza della nuova situazione familiare", oppure "non sono una brava madre". 5) L'impatto della riattivazione de traume o situazioni disfunzionali nella propria famiglia di origine. 6) Le risorse, i comportamenti positivi e gli schemi adattivi di attaccamento devono essere rafforzati e puo essere usato l'EMDR anche per questo obiettivo.

Over the past 20 years, Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) as a therapeutic approach has become a significant instrumento for clinical practica. EMDR is an innovative psychotherapeutic method which is currently subject to a great deal of research especially in the context nerurofisiologico. Attulament there is plenty of empirical evidence generated by research conducted with groups of control, which support the validity of this method and new therapeutic approach for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) and international guidelines for clinical practice report it as elective trattament of post-traumatic stress disorder. Traumatic experiences were not processed are generally considered the primary cause of the symptoms of post traumatic stress disorder and can be a source of discomfort to the development of competitors other anxiety and mood disorders. Because of its effectiveness in resolving symptoms of traumatic stress is a particularly serious dope, EMDR can be applied to other disorders that may be associated with a great psycho-physical stress. In some circumstances, the sterility may be among the type of traumatic event or a strong emotional impact, depending on the patient lived soggettiveo. Considering that the traumatic experience can have an impact on emotional relationships, the identity of the person, the emotional modulation, destructive behavior directed at oneself or others, etc.., EMDR may be particularly indicated for the treatment of discomfort psychological linked to infertility. In the case of infertility can be used for men faced: 1) previous trauma that can constitues a risk factor for the onset of depression. For example: age peaches in trauma, including loss of the ability of emotional regulation may be the basis of behaviors that show a tendency to establish relations cronical destructive, and the dissociazinoe amnesia, somatization, and temperament problems such as chronic self-blame, sense of inadeuatezza, etc.. 2) The impact of medical problems and other nature that may be incurred and may have constituta a source of stress. 3) The impact of objective and subjective difficulties given the new condition. 4) difunctional cognitive schemata as "can not" are not up to the new family situation, "or" not a good mother. "5) The impact of the reactivation of trauma or dysfunctional situations in their family of origin . 6) The resources and positive behaviors and adaptive patterns of attachment must be reinforced and EMDR can be used for this purpose.

Keywords: Infertility

Accuracy Verified: Yes

444. Daigger, M. (2007). Imaginative techniken in der psychotraumatherapie unter besonderer berücksichtigung des motivs "Die innerern helfer" [Imaginative techniques in the psychotrauma-therapy in special view of the motif "The inner helpers"]. Zeitschrift für Psychotraumatologie, Psychotherapiewissenschaft, Psychologische Medizin (ZPPM), 5(2), 39-51.

Language: German

Format: Journal

Abstract:
In psychotraumatherapy den therapeutischen Prozess (Stabilisierung, Therapie mit dem inneren Kind, Trauma-Exposition) ist oft durch mehrere Probleme behindert. Dann das Motiv "Die Inneren Helfer" als eine phantasievolle Ressource im Zusammenhang mit der suggestiven Beeinflussung durch den Therapeuten kann gute Dienste leisten. Die Inneren Helfer symbolisieren unbewussten Teile des Selbst, die losgelöst haben und verdrängten durch das Mittel der Projektion im Sinne von Fähigkeiten, die der Patient hat (noch) keinen Zugang. Die Inneren Helfer nehmen eine repräsentative Funktion für den Patienten, bis er in der Lage, diese Teile des Selbst nach Gebrauch mit integrierten ihnen. Die Aktivierung dieser Ressourcen phantasievolle ermöglicht nicht nur ein Erfolg versprechende Stabilisierung und Therapie mit dem inneren Kind, sondern auch eine sanfte und wenig Anstrengung Trauma Exposition für Patient und therapist.In diesem Artikel möchte ich zunächst das Motiv einführen "Die Inneren Helfer" . Ich weiterhin durch den Nachweis wichtige Techniken der Psychotraumatologie, indem sie Beispiele für mögliche Anwendungen der das Motiv des Inneren Helfer in schwierigen Situationen des therapeutischen Prozesses. Alle Techniken ergänzen einander und können miteinander kombiniert werden. [Autor Zusammenfassung]

In psychotraumatherapy the therapeutic process (stabilization, therapy with the Inner Child, trauma exposure) is often hindered by multiple difficulties. Then the motif "The Inner Helpers" as an imaginative resource in connection with suggestive influencing by the therapist can serve well. The Inner Helpers symbolize unconscious parts of the self that have been dissociated and repressed by the means of projection in the sense of abilities to which the patient has (yet) no access. The Inner Helpers take a representative function for the patient until he is able to use these parts of the self after having integrated them. The activation of these imaginative resources not only makes possible a success promising stabilization and therapy with the Inner Child, but also a gentle and little straining trauma exposure for patient and therapist.In this article I first want to introduce the motif "The Inner Helpers". I continue by demonstrating important techniques of psychotraumatology by giving examples of possible applications of the motif of the Inner Helpers in difficult situations of the therapeutic process. All techniques complete each other and can be combined. [Author Summary]

Keywords: Psychotrauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

445. Flemke, K., & Protinsky, H. (2001, December). Imago dialogues: Treatment enhancement with EMDR. Journal of Family Psychotherapy, 12(4), 1-14. doi:10.1300/J085v12n04_01.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The goal of Imago Relationship Therapy (IRT) is to have a healing connection form within the couple relationship. Some tools for achieving such connection include the Couples-Dialogue and the Parent-Child Dialogue. Despite the effectiveness of these interventions, it seems that some past childhood hurts and traumas remain unprocessed within the brain of certain individuals, thus inhibiting intimacy. By implementing Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) in tandem with IRT, clients who are stuck within these communication enhancement exercises are often able to establish a healing connection, thus further repairing past childhood wounds. Case studies have been included to illustrate the effectiveness of such integration.

Keywords: Childhood Childhood Development Conversation Couples-Dialogue Couples Relationships Couples Therapy Emotional Trauma Healing connection Imago Relationship Therapy Interventions Intimacy Marital Relations Parent Child Communication Parent-Child Dialogue Psychotherapeutic Techniques Relationship Therapy Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

446. Flemke, K., & Protinsky, H. (2003). Imago dialogues: Treatment enhancement with EMDR. Journal of Family Psychotherapy, 14(2), 31-45. doi:10.1300/J085v14n02_03 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The goal of Imago Relationship Therapy (IRT) is to have a healing connection form within the couple relationship. Some tools for achieving such connection include the Couples-dialogue and the Parent-Child dialogue. Despite the effectiveness of these interventions, it seems that some past childhood hurts and traumas remain unprocessed within the brain of certain individuals, thus inhibiting intimacy. By implementing Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) in tandem with IRT, clients who are stuck within these communication enhancement exercises are often able to establish a healing connection, thus further repairing past childhood wounds. Case studies have been included to illustrate the effectiveness of such integration.

Keywords: Child Dialogue Childhood Childhood Development Conversation Couples-Dialogue Couple Relationships Couples Therapy Emotional Trauma Healing Connection Imago Relationship Therapy Intimacy Marital Relations Parent Child Communication Parent-Child Interventions Psychotherapeutic Techniques Relationship Therapy Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

447. Forgash, C. (2012, October). The impact of complex PTSD and attachment issues on personal health: An EMDR treatment approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR treatment will be presented as a successful model for dealing with the attachment deficits and health problems of trauma survivors. The development of an EMDR Treatment Plan to treat both health and attachment problems with a focus on a Health History and specific target selection is highlighted. Specialized techniques will be utilized in phases 1-3 to help the patient experience self soothing, develop emotional regulation, and to avoid re-traumatization in the health care setting. Phases 4-7 will emphasize specific work on past attachment ruptures as well as specific health issues. Skills development such as rehearsal will also be presented.

Keywords: Attachment Issues Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex-PTSD C-PSTD Personal Health

Accuracy Verified: Yes

448. Flumeri, F., Salmaso, D., & Pagani, M. (2008, 26-28 Settembre). Impatto dell'EMDR sulle fuzioni e sulla neurobiologia cerebrali [Impact on EMDR and neurobiological brain functions]. In T. Farma (Chair), Simposio, Il modello psicotraumatologico: Un ponte tra indicatori neurobiologici e Psicoterapia. VII Congresso SPR Italia, Modena.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Introduzione:negli ultimi anni il numero di studi condotti nell’ambito dei disturbi causati da eventi traumatici ha subito una forte accelerazione rilevando l’esistenza di alterazioni fisiologiche e morfologiche in specifiche aree cerebrali associate sia alla risposta emotiva al trauma che alla insorgenza dei sintomi della sindrome da stress post-traumatico (PTSD). L’impiego delle tecniche di neuroimmagine ha consentito di fare luce sui correlati neurali della psicoterapia, rivelando i suoi effetti neurobiologici sulla funzione cerebrale. Nell’ambito dei diversi approcci psicoterapeutici, l’EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing therapy) è emerso come promettente risorsa per il trattamento del trauma e di altri disturbi d’ansia, sebbene ancora non sia stata completamente chiarita la sua modalità di azione sui circuiti neurali. Molte ricerche sono state effettuate per valutare l’efficacia dell’EMDR, ma solo un numero esiguo di esse ha indagato il substrato neurobiologico di questa psicoterapia. Le metodiche di neuroimmagini utilizzate finora per studi sull’EMDR sono la Single Photon Emission Computed Tomography (SPECT) e la Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI). La prima raccoglie dati sull’attivita’ cellulare cerebrale mentre la seconda riporta dati anatomici strutturali. Gli studi funzionali condotti con SPECT consentono di identificare le variazioni del metabolismo e del flusso ematico cerebrale, suggerendo un ruolo specifico per ciascuna area cerebrale coinvolta nel complesso meccanismo che sottende il processamento delle emozioni; la MRI consente invece di rilevare la presenza di variazioni morfologiche e volumetriche di specifiche strutture cerebrali. Negli ultimi anni, studi SPECT e MRI, volti ad esaminare gli effetti dell’EMDR sulla fisiopatologia cerebrale in pazienti affetti da disturbi d’ansia, hanno riscontrato sostanziali variazioni del flusso ematico ed alterazioni strutturali di alcune regioni cerebrali in seguito a terapia. L’efficacia dell’EMDR nel trattamento del PTSD è stata confermata da uno studio SPECT su sei soggetti ( Lansing et al.) (1) che ha evidenziato dopo terapia una diminuzione del flusso ematico nel lobo occipitale bilateralmente e nel lobo parietale sinistro e un aumento di flusso nel giro frontale inferiore sinistro. Sempre utilizzando la SPECT Oh e Choi (2) hanno riportato una significativa modificazione del flusso cerebrale in seguito ad EMDR, prevalentemente riscontrabile nell’area limbica e nella corteccia prefrontale. Un recente studio con utilizzo di MRI (3) ha inoltre messo in evidenza un aumento di volume dell’ippocampo in seguito a trattamento con EMDR, aumento invece non riportato in un lavoro di Lindauer et al. su 9 soggetti con PTSD, nonostante il successo clinico della psicoterapia eclettica eseguita (4). Obiettivi: il nostro gruppo ha studiato gli effetti a breve e lungo termine dell’EMDR (5, 6) dimostrando la sua efficacia nel trattamento di soggetti traumatizzati sul lavoro, e una stabilità del miglioramento clinico ottenuto in risposta alla terapia, ancora presente a distanza di tre anni. Nell’ambito dello stesso progetto sono state anche studiate le variazioni del flusso ematico cerebrale e della volumetria di alcune strutture cerebrali in relazione alla terapia con EMDR. Un primo studio SPECT ha analizzato la variazione della distribuzione di flusso in 11 soggetti guariti clinicamente da PTSD in seguito a EMDR messi a confronto con 5 soggetti nei quali la terapia non ha avuto effetto (7). Risultati: è stato evidenziato nei soggetti con remissione sintomatologica significative differenze di flusso in 4 aree corticali, alla disfunzione delle quali sono ascrivibili alcuni sintomi presenti in corso di PTSD. Diminuzioni di flusso post-terapia sono state registrate nell’ippocampo, nella corteccia parieto-occipitale e nella corteccia visiva primaria. L’ippocampo e’ sede della memoria a breve termine; la corteccia parieto-occipitale processa il riconoscimento di volti, dei corpi e delle parole; la corteccia visiva primaria custodisce la memoria visiva degli eventi. La mancata inibizione e/o l’iperattivita’ di queste regioni nel PTSD sono responsabili della rivisitazione patologica dell’evento traumatico e della presenza di flashback ed immagini allucinatorie. Inoltre la corteccia frontale dorsolaterale ha dimostrato un aumento di flusso nei soggetti che hanno risposto positivamente alla terapia. Questa regione chiave oltre ad essere deputata ad inibire la risposta patologica a stimoli che ricordano l’evento traumatico e’ essenziale per i processi di attenzione e di autostima, diminuiti in corso di PTSD e recuperati in seguito alla remissione della malattia. In ulteriori studi che combinano indagini funzionali e strutturali utilizzando SPECT e MRI abbiamo messo in evidenza il valore predittivo delle dimensioni dell’ippocampo riguardo all’efficacia della terapia con EMDR (Pagani et al. sottomesso). Conclusioni: gli effetti della terapia con EMDR sono risultati, unitamente ad un consistente miglioramento della sintomatologia e ad una riduzione della iperreattività a stimoli di carattere emotivo, in una normalizzazione funzionale di alcune aree specifiche e in un aumento del volume ippocampale probabilmente ascrivibile a neo-neurogenesi. Questi risultati sono in linea con la pregressa letteratura e con le attuali conoscenze sul PTSD e suggeriscono basi neurobiologiche dell’effetto terapeutico dell’EMDR confermandone l’impatto funzionale su strutture cerebrali coinvolte in patologie ansiogene. Bibliografia: 1. Lansing et al. (2005). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci;17(4):526-532. 2. Ho DH and Choi J. (2007). J EMDR Pract Res;1(1):24-30. 3. Bossini et al. (2007). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci; 19(4):475-476. 4. Lindauer et al. (2005). Psychol Med ; 35 :1-11. 5. Hogberg et al. (2007). Nord J Psych; 61(1):54-61. 6. Hogberg et al. (2008). Psych Res; doi:10.1016/j.psychres.2007.10.019. 7. Pagani et al. (2007). Nuc Med Comm; 28(10):757-65. [Pagani abstract]

Introduction In recent years the number of studies in disorders caused by traumatic events has been greatly accelerated by detecting the existence of morphological and physiological changes in specific brain areas associated with both the emotional response to trauma to the onset of symptoms Post-traumatic stress syndrome (PTSD). The use of neuroimaging techniques has allowed to shed light on the neural correlates of psychotherapy, revealing the neurobiological effects on brain function. Under the different psychotherapeutic approaches, EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing therapy) has emerged as a promising resource for the treatment of trauma and other anxiety disorders, although still not been fully elucidated its mode of action on neural circuits. Many studies have been carried out to assess the effectiveness EMDR, but only a small number of them have investigated the neurobiological substrate of this psychotherapy. The methods used so far for neuroimaging studies on EMDR are Single Photon Emission Computed Tomography (SPECT) and Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI). The first collects data on 'brain cells while the second contains structural anatomical data. The functional studies performed with SPECT to identify changes in metabolism and cerebral blood flow, suggesting a specific role for each brain area involved in the complex mechanism underlying the processing of emotions, instead of MRI allows detection of morphological changes and volume of specific brain structures. In recent years, MRI and SPECT studies, aimed to examine the effects of EMDR on brain pathophysiology in patients with anxiety disorders, have found substantial variations in blood flow and structural alterations of some brain regions after treatment. The effectiveness of EMDR in the treatment of PTSD was confirmed by a SPECT study in six subjects (Lansing et al.) (1) showed that after treatment reduced blood flow in the occipital lobe bilaterally and in left parietal lobe and a increase of flow in left inferior frontal gyrus. Always using SPECT Oh and Choi (2) reported a significant change of cerebral blood flow after EMDR, mainly found in limbic and prefrontal cortex. A recent study using MRI (3) has also highlighted an increase in volume of the hippocampus after treatment with EMDR, but no increase in reported work of Lindauer et al. on 9 subjects with PTSD, despite the clinical success of eclectic psychotherapy performed (4). Objectives: Our group has studied the effects of short and long term EMDR (5, 6) demonstrating its effectiveness in treating traumatized individuals at work, and stability of clinical improvement obtained in response to therapy, yet this distance three years. Within the same project were also studied changes in cerebral blood flow and volume of certain brain structures in relation to treatment with EMDR. A first SPECT study analyzed the change in flow distribution in 11 subjects clinically recovered from PTSD after EMDR compared with 5 subjects in whom treatment had no effect (7). Results: It was shown in patients with symptomatic remission, significant differences in flow in 4 cortical areas, which are attributable to dysfunction of some symptoms of PTSD being present. Flow decreases post-treatment were recorded in the hippocampus, cortex parietal-occipital and primary visual cortex. The hippocampus and 'seat of short-term memory, the parietal-occipital cortex processes the recognition of faces, bodies and words, the primary visual cortex preserves the visual memory of events. The lack of inhibition and / or 'hyperactivity' of PTSD in these regions are responsible for the pathological review of the traumatic event and the presence of flashbacks and hallucinatory images. Moreover, the dorsolateral frontal cortex showed an increase in flow in subjects who responded positively to therapy. This key region in addition to being appointed to inhibit the pathological response to stimuli that recall the traumatic event and 'essential for the processes of attention and self-esteem, decreased in the course of PTSD and recovered following the remission of the disease. In further studies that combine functional and structural investigations using SPECT and MRI have shown the predictive value of the size of the hippocampus on the effectiveness of EMDR therapy (Pagani et al. Submitted). Conclusion: the effects of EMDR therapy were coupled with a significant improvement in symptoms and a reduction of hyperreactivity to stimuli, emotional, functional in a normalization of some specific areas and an increase in hippocampal volume probably due to neo- neurogenesis. These results are consistent with previous literature and with current knowledge about PTSD and suggest a neurobiological basis of therapeutic EMDR confirming the functional impact on brain structures involved in anxiety-disorders. Bibliography: 1. Lansing et al. (2005). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci, 17 (4) :526-532. 2. I DH and J. Choi (2007). J EMDR pract Res, 1 (1) :24-30. 3. Bossini et al. (2007). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci, 19 (4) :475-476. 4. Lindauer et al. (2005). Psychol Med, 35 :1-11. 5. Högberg et al. (2007). Nord J Psych, 61 (1) :54-61. 6. Högberg et al. (2008). Psych Res, doi: 10.1016/j.psychres.2007.10.019. 7. Pagani et al. (2007). NUC Med Comm, 28 (10) :757-65. [Pagani abstract]

Keywords: Brain Functions Neurobiology

Accuracy Verified: Yes

449. Peters, E., Wissing, M. P., & du Plessis, W. F. (2002, June). Implementation of EMD(R) with cancer patients: Research. Health SA Gesondheid, 7(2), 100-109.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR(R)), developed in 1987 and proved highly effective in treating psychological disturbances rooted in traumatic memories. It was hypothesised that EMDR(R) would enhance coping in patients traumatised by a cancer diagnosis and / or treatment, as indicated by their subjective responses and levels of depression, anxiety, satisfaction with life, positive-negative affect balance and sense of coherence. A descriptive multiple case-study method was implemented. Three cases were treated by EMDR(R) and three by a supportive method. Data collection was triangulised in terms of semi-structured interviews, quantitative measuring instruments and interviews by an external validator. Findings were consistently in favour of EMDR(R). The results confirmed EMDR(R)'s efficacy in terms of beneficial clinical outcomes on both objective and subjective measures of change.[Journal abstract]

Keywords: Cancer Enhancement of Well-Being Psycho-Oncology Psychotherapy Stress Reduction

Accuracy Verified: Yes

450. Adler-Tapia, R., Settle, C., & Onsager, D. (2004). The implications of including parents in EMDR sessions with children. Authors.

Language: English

Format: Publication

Abstract:
When considering these seven issues: Parent’s Mental Health Status/ Abusive Parent, Parent Expectations, Parent’s Treatment History, Parent’s Ability to Tolerate Affect, Attachment, Sharing Information, and Parent Co-Therapist, the authors consider the advantages